Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in AST
      1      1.1  joerg //===--- ExprConstant.cpp - Expression Constant Evaluator -----------------===//
      2      1.1  joerg //
      3      1.1  joerg // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
      4      1.1  joerg // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
      5      1.1  joerg // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
      6      1.1  joerg //
      7      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
      8      1.1  joerg //
      9      1.1  joerg // This file implements the Expr constant evaluator.
     10      1.1  joerg //
     11      1.1  joerg // Constant expression evaluation produces four main results:
     12      1.1  joerg //
     13      1.1  joerg //  * A success/failure flag indicating whether constant folding was successful.
     14      1.1  joerg //    This is the 'bool' return value used by most of the code in this file. A
     15      1.1  joerg //    'false' return value indicates that constant folding has failed, and any
     16      1.1  joerg //    appropriate diagnostic has already been produced.
     17      1.1  joerg //
     18      1.1  joerg //  * An evaluated result, valid only if constant folding has not failed.
     19      1.1  joerg //
     20      1.1  joerg //  * A flag indicating if evaluation encountered (unevaluated) side-effects.
     21      1.1  joerg //    These arise in cases such as (sideEffect(), 0) and (sideEffect() || 1),
     22      1.1  joerg //    where it is possible to determine the evaluated result regardless.
     23      1.1  joerg //
     24      1.1  joerg //  * A set of notes indicating why the evaluation was not a constant expression
     25      1.1  joerg //    (under the C++11 / C++1y rules only, at the moment), or, if folding failed
     26      1.1  joerg //    too, why the expression could not be folded.
     27      1.1  joerg //
     28      1.1  joerg // If we are checking for a potential constant expression, failure to constant
     29      1.1  joerg // fold a potential constant sub-expression will be indicated by a 'false'
     30      1.1  joerg // return value (the expression could not be folded) and no diagnostic (the
     31      1.1  joerg // expression is not necessarily non-constant).
     32      1.1  joerg //
     33      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
     34      1.1  joerg 
     35      1.1  joerg #include "Interp/Context.h"
     36      1.1  joerg #include "Interp/Frame.h"
     37      1.1  joerg #include "Interp/State.h"
     38      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
     39      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
     40      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/ASTDiagnostic.h"
     41      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
     42  1.1.1.2  joerg #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
     43      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
     44      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
     45      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/CurrentSourceLocExprScope.h"
     46      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
     47      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/OSLog.h"
     48      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/OptionalDiagnostic.h"
     49      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
     50      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
     51      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
     52      1.1  joerg #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
     53      1.1  joerg #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
     54  1.1.1.2  joerg #include "llvm/ADT/APFixedPoint.h"
     55      1.1  joerg #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
     56      1.1  joerg #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
     57  1.1.1.2  joerg #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
     58      1.1  joerg #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
     59      1.1  joerg #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
     60  1.1.1.2  joerg #include <cstring>
     61  1.1.1.2  joerg #include <functional>
     62      1.1  joerg 
     63      1.1  joerg #define DEBUG_TYPE "exprconstant"
     64      1.1  joerg 
     65      1.1  joerg using namespace clang;
     66  1.1.1.2  joerg using llvm::APFixedPoint;
     67      1.1  joerg using llvm::APInt;
     68      1.1  joerg using llvm::APSInt;
     69      1.1  joerg using llvm::APFloat;
     70  1.1.1.2  joerg using llvm::FixedPointSemantics;
     71      1.1  joerg using llvm::Optional;
     72      1.1  joerg 
     73      1.1  joerg namespace {
     74      1.1  joerg   struct LValue;
     75      1.1  joerg   class CallStackFrame;
     76      1.1  joerg   class EvalInfo;
     77      1.1  joerg 
     78      1.1  joerg   using SourceLocExprScopeGuard =
     79      1.1  joerg       CurrentSourceLocExprScope::SourceLocExprScopeGuard;
     80      1.1  joerg 
     81      1.1  joerg   static QualType getType(APValue::LValueBase B) {
     82  1.1.1.2  joerg     return B.getType();
     83      1.1  joerg   }
     84      1.1  joerg 
     85      1.1  joerg   /// Get an LValue path entry, which is known to not be an array index, as a
     86      1.1  joerg   /// field declaration.
     87      1.1  joerg   static const FieldDecl *getAsField(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) {
     88      1.1  joerg     return dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer());
     89      1.1  joerg   }
     90      1.1  joerg   /// Get an LValue path entry, which is known to not be an array index, as a
     91      1.1  joerg   /// base class declaration.
     92      1.1  joerg   static const CXXRecordDecl *getAsBaseClass(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) {
     93      1.1  joerg     return dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer());
     94      1.1  joerg   }
     95      1.1  joerg   /// Determine whether this LValue path entry for a base class names a virtual
     96      1.1  joerg   /// base class.
     97      1.1  joerg   static bool isVirtualBaseClass(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) {
     98      1.1  joerg     return E.getAsBaseOrMember().getInt();
     99      1.1  joerg   }
    100      1.1  joerg 
    101      1.1  joerg   /// Given an expression, determine the type used to store the result of
    102      1.1  joerg   /// evaluating that expression.
    103      1.1  joerg   static QualType getStorageType(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E) {
    104      1.1  joerg     if (E->isRValue())
    105      1.1  joerg       return E->getType();
    106      1.1  joerg     return Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(E->getType());
    107      1.1  joerg   }
    108      1.1  joerg 
    109      1.1  joerg   /// Given a CallExpr, try to get the alloc_size attribute. May return null.
    110      1.1  joerg   static const AllocSizeAttr *getAllocSizeAttr(const CallExpr *CE) {
    111  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (const FunctionDecl *DirectCallee = CE->getDirectCallee())
    112  1.1.1.2  joerg       return DirectCallee->getAttr<AllocSizeAttr>();
    113  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (const Decl *IndirectCallee = CE->getCalleeDecl())
    114  1.1.1.2  joerg       return IndirectCallee->getAttr<AllocSizeAttr>();
    115  1.1.1.2  joerg     return nullptr;
    116      1.1  joerg   }
    117      1.1  joerg 
    118      1.1  joerg   /// Attempts to unwrap a CallExpr (with an alloc_size attribute) from an Expr.
    119      1.1  joerg   /// This will look through a single cast.
    120      1.1  joerg   ///
    121      1.1  joerg   /// Returns null if we couldn't unwrap a function with alloc_size.
    122      1.1  joerg   static const CallExpr *tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(const Expr *E) {
    123      1.1  joerg     if (!E->getType()->isPointerType())
    124      1.1  joerg       return nullptr;
    125      1.1  joerg 
    126      1.1  joerg     E = E->IgnoreParens();
    127      1.1  joerg     // If we're doing a variable assignment from e.g. malloc(N), there will
    128      1.1  joerg     // probably be a cast of some kind. In exotic cases, we might also see a
    129      1.1  joerg     // top-level ExprWithCleanups. Ignore them either way.
    130      1.1  joerg     if (const auto *FE = dyn_cast<FullExpr>(E))
    131      1.1  joerg       E = FE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
    132      1.1  joerg 
    133      1.1  joerg     if (const auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E))
    134      1.1  joerg       E = Cast->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
    135      1.1  joerg 
    136      1.1  joerg     if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
    137      1.1  joerg       return getAllocSizeAttr(CE) ? CE : nullptr;
    138      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
    139      1.1  joerg   }
    140      1.1  joerg 
    141      1.1  joerg   /// Determines whether or not the given Base contains a call to a function
    142      1.1  joerg   /// with the alloc_size attribute.
    143      1.1  joerg   static bool isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(APValue::LValueBase Base) {
    144      1.1  joerg     const auto *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
    145      1.1  joerg     return E && E->getType()->isPointerType() && tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E);
    146      1.1  joerg   }
    147      1.1  joerg 
    148  1.1.1.2  joerg   /// Determines whether the given kind of constant expression is only ever
    149  1.1.1.2  joerg   /// used for name mangling. If so, it's permitted to reference things that we
    150  1.1.1.2  joerg   /// can't generate code for (in particular, dllimported functions).
    151  1.1.1.2  joerg   static bool isForManglingOnly(ConstantExprKind Kind) {
    152  1.1.1.2  joerg     switch (Kind) {
    153  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::Normal:
    154  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument:
    155  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation:
    156  1.1.1.2  joerg       // Note that non-type template arguments of class type are emitted as
    157  1.1.1.2  joerg       // template parameter objects.
    158  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
    159  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    160  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument:
    161  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
    162  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
    163  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm_unreachable("unknown ConstantExprKind");
    164  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
    165  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    166  1.1.1.2  joerg   static bool isTemplateArgument(ConstantExprKind Kind) {
    167  1.1.1.2  joerg     switch (Kind) {
    168  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::Normal:
    169  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation:
    170  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
    171  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    172  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument:
    173  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument:
    174  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
    175  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
    176  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm_unreachable("unknown ConstantExprKind");
    177  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
    178  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    179      1.1  joerg   /// The bound to claim that an array of unknown bound has.
    180      1.1  joerg   /// The value in MostDerivedArraySize is undefined in this case. So, set it
    181      1.1  joerg   /// to an arbitrary value that's likely to loudly break things if it's used.
    182      1.1  joerg   static const uint64_t AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray =
    183      1.1  joerg       std::numeric_limits<uint64_t>::max() / 2;
    184      1.1  joerg 
    185      1.1  joerg   /// Determines if an LValue with the given LValueBase will have an unsized
    186      1.1  joerg   /// array in its designator.
    187      1.1  joerg   /// Find the path length and type of the most-derived subobject in the given
    188      1.1  joerg   /// path, and find the size of the containing array, if any.
    189      1.1  joerg   static unsigned
    190      1.1  joerg   findMostDerivedSubobject(ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base,
    191      1.1  joerg                            ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path,
    192      1.1  joerg                            uint64_t &ArraySize, QualType &Type, bool &IsArray,
    193      1.1  joerg                            bool &FirstEntryIsUnsizedArray) {
    194      1.1  joerg     // This only accepts LValueBases from APValues, and APValues don't support
    195      1.1  joerg     // arrays that lack size info.
    196      1.1  joerg     assert(!isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(Base) &&
    197      1.1  joerg            "Unsized arrays shouldn't appear here");
    198      1.1  joerg     unsigned MostDerivedLength = 0;
    199      1.1  joerg     Type = getType(Base);
    200      1.1  joerg 
    201      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    202      1.1  joerg       if (Type->isArrayType()) {
    203      1.1  joerg         const ArrayType *AT = Ctx.getAsArrayType(Type);
    204      1.1  joerg         Type = AT->getElementType();
    205      1.1  joerg         MostDerivedLength = I + 1;
    206      1.1  joerg         IsArray = true;
    207      1.1  joerg 
    208      1.1  joerg         if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
    209      1.1  joerg           ArraySize = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
    210      1.1  joerg         } else {
    211      1.1  joerg           assert(I == 0 && "unexpected unsized array designator");
    212      1.1  joerg           FirstEntryIsUnsizedArray = true;
    213      1.1  joerg           ArraySize = AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray;
    214      1.1  joerg         }
    215      1.1  joerg       } else if (Type->isAnyComplexType()) {
    216      1.1  joerg         const ComplexType *CT = Type->castAs<ComplexType>();
    217      1.1  joerg         Type = CT->getElementType();
    218      1.1  joerg         ArraySize = 2;
    219      1.1  joerg         MostDerivedLength = I + 1;
    220      1.1  joerg         IsArray = true;
    221      1.1  joerg       } else if (const FieldDecl *FD = getAsField(Path[I])) {
    222      1.1  joerg         Type = FD->getType();
    223      1.1  joerg         ArraySize = 0;
    224      1.1  joerg         MostDerivedLength = I + 1;
    225      1.1  joerg         IsArray = false;
    226      1.1  joerg       } else {
    227      1.1  joerg         // Path[I] describes a base class.
    228      1.1  joerg         ArraySize = 0;
    229      1.1  joerg         IsArray = false;
    230      1.1  joerg       }
    231      1.1  joerg     }
    232      1.1  joerg     return MostDerivedLength;
    233      1.1  joerg   }
    234      1.1  joerg 
    235      1.1  joerg   /// A path from a glvalue to a subobject of that glvalue.
    236      1.1  joerg   struct SubobjectDesignator {
    237      1.1  joerg     /// True if the subobject was named in a manner not supported by C++11. Such
    238      1.1  joerg     /// lvalues can still be folded, but they are not core constant expressions
    239      1.1  joerg     /// and we cannot perform lvalue-to-rvalue conversions on them.
    240      1.1  joerg     unsigned Invalid : 1;
    241      1.1  joerg 
    242      1.1  joerg     /// Is this a pointer one past the end of an object?
    243      1.1  joerg     unsigned IsOnePastTheEnd : 1;
    244      1.1  joerg 
    245      1.1  joerg     /// Indicator of whether the first entry is an unsized array.
    246      1.1  joerg     unsigned FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray : 1;
    247      1.1  joerg 
    248      1.1  joerg     /// Indicator of whether the most-derived object is an array element.
    249      1.1  joerg     unsigned MostDerivedIsArrayElement : 1;
    250      1.1  joerg 
    251      1.1  joerg     /// The length of the path to the most-derived object of which this is a
    252      1.1  joerg     /// subobject.
    253      1.1  joerg     unsigned MostDerivedPathLength : 28;
    254      1.1  joerg 
    255      1.1  joerg     /// The size of the array of which the most-derived object is an element.
    256      1.1  joerg     /// This will always be 0 if the most-derived object is not an array
    257      1.1  joerg     /// element. 0 is not an indicator of whether or not the most-derived object
    258      1.1  joerg     /// is an array, however, because 0-length arrays are allowed.
    259      1.1  joerg     ///
    260      1.1  joerg     /// If the current array is an unsized array, the value of this is
    261      1.1  joerg     /// undefined.
    262      1.1  joerg     uint64_t MostDerivedArraySize;
    263      1.1  joerg 
    264      1.1  joerg     /// The type of the most derived object referred to by this address.
    265      1.1  joerg     QualType MostDerivedType;
    266      1.1  joerg 
    267      1.1  joerg     typedef APValue::LValuePathEntry PathEntry;
    268      1.1  joerg 
    269      1.1  joerg     /// The entries on the path from the glvalue to the designated subobject.
    270      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<PathEntry, 8> Entries;
    271      1.1  joerg 
    272      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator() : Invalid(true) {}
    273      1.1  joerg 
    274      1.1  joerg     explicit SubobjectDesignator(QualType T)
    275      1.1  joerg         : Invalid(false), IsOnePastTheEnd(false),
    276      1.1  joerg           FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray(false), MostDerivedIsArrayElement(false),
    277      1.1  joerg           MostDerivedPathLength(0), MostDerivedArraySize(0),
    278      1.1  joerg           MostDerivedType(T) {}
    279      1.1  joerg 
    280      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator(ASTContext &Ctx, const APValue &V)
    281      1.1  joerg         : Invalid(!V.isLValue() || !V.hasLValuePath()), IsOnePastTheEnd(false),
    282      1.1  joerg           FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray(false), MostDerivedIsArrayElement(false),
    283      1.1  joerg           MostDerivedPathLength(0), MostDerivedArraySize(0) {
    284      1.1  joerg       assert(V.isLValue() && "Non-LValue used to make an LValue designator?");
    285      1.1  joerg       if (!Invalid) {
    286      1.1  joerg         IsOnePastTheEnd = V.isLValueOnePastTheEnd();
    287      1.1  joerg         ArrayRef<PathEntry> VEntries = V.getLValuePath();
    288      1.1  joerg         Entries.insert(Entries.end(), VEntries.begin(), VEntries.end());
    289      1.1  joerg         if (V.getLValueBase()) {
    290      1.1  joerg           bool IsArray = false;
    291      1.1  joerg           bool FirstIsUnsizedArray = false;
    292      1.1  joerg           MostDerivedPathLength = findMostDerivedSubobject(
    293      1.1  joerg               Ctx, V.getLValueBase(), V.getLValuePath(), MostDerivedArraySize,
    294      1.1  joerg               MostDerivedType, IsArray, FirstIsUnsizedArray);
    295      1.1  joerg           MostDerivedIsArrayElement = IsArray;
    296      1.1  joerg           FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = FirstIsUnsizedArray;
    297      1.1  joerg         }
    298      1.1  joerg       }
    299      1.1  joerg     }
    300      1.1  joerg 
    301      1.1  joerg     void truncate(ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base,
    302      1.1  joerg                   unsigned NewLength) {
    303      1.1  joerg       if (Invalid)
    304      1.1  joerg         return;
    305      1.1  joerg 
    306      1.1  joerg       assert(Base && "cannot truncate path for null pointer");
    307      1.1  joerg       assert(NewLength <= Entries.size() && "not a truncation");
    308      1.1  joerg 
    309      1.1  joerg       if (NewLength == Entries.size())
    310      1.1  joerg         return;
    311      1.1  joerg       Entries.resize(NewLength);
    312      1.1  joerg 
    313      1.1  joerg       bool IsArray = false;
    314      1.1  joerg       bool FirstIsUnsizedArray = false;
    315      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedPathLength = findMostDerivedSubobject(
    316      1.1  joerg           Ctx, Base, Entries, MostDerivedArraySize, MostDerivedType, IsArray,
    317      1.1  joerg           FirstIsUnsizedArray);
    318      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = IsArray;
    319      1.1  joerg       FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = FirstIsUnsizedArray;
    320      1.1  joerg     }
    321      1.1  joerg 
    322      1.1  joerg     void setInvalid() {
    323      1.1  joerg       Invalid = true;
    324      1.1  joerg       Entries.clear();
    325      1.1  joerg     }
    326      1.1  joerg 
    327      1.1  joerg     /// Determine whether the most derived subobject is an array without a
    328      1.1  joerg     /// known bound.
    329      1.1  joerg     bool isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() const {
    330      1.1  joerg       assert(!Invalid && "Calling this makes no sense on invalid designators");
    331      1.1  joerg       return Entries.size() == 1 && FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray;
    332      1.1  joerg     }
    333      1.1  joerg 
    334      1.1  joerg     /// Determine what the most derived array's size is. Results in an assertion
    335      1.1  joerg     /// failure if the most derived array lacks a size.
    336      1.1  joerg     uint64_t getMostDerivedArraySize() const {
    337      1.1  joerg       assert(!isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() && "Unsized array has no size");
    338      1.1  joerg       return MostDerivedArraySize;
    339      1.1  joerg     }
    340      1.1  joerg 
    341      1.1  joerg     /// Determine whether this is a one-past-the-end pointer.
    342      1.1  joerg     bool isOnePastTheEnd() const {
    343      1.1  joerg       assert(!Invalid);
    344      1.1  joerg       if (IsOnePastTheEnd)
    345      1.1  joerg         return true;
    346      1.1  joerg       if (!isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() && MostDerivedIsArrayElement &&
    347      1.1  joerg           Entries[MostDerivedPathLength - 1].getAsArrayIndex() ==
    348      1.1  joerg               MostDerivedArraySize)
    349      1.1  joerg         return true;
    350      1.1  joerg       return false;
    351      1.1  joerg     }
    352      1.1  joerg 
    353      1.1  joerg     /// Get the range of valid index adjustments in the form
    354      1.1  joerg     ///   {maximum value that can be subtracted from this pointer,
    355      1.1  joerg     ///    maximum value that can be added to this pointer}
    356      1.1  joerg     std::pair<uint64_t, uint64_t> validIndexAdjustments() {
    357      1.1  joerg       if (Invalid || isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray())
    358      1.1  joerg         return {0, 0};
    359      1.1  joerg 
    360      1.1  joerg       // [expr.add]p4: For the purposes of these operators, a pointer to a
    361      1.1  joerg       // nonarray object behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of
    362      1.1  joerg       // an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type.
    363      1.1  joerg       bool IsArray = MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() &&
    364      1.1  joerg                      MostDerivedIsArrayElement;
    365      1.1  joerg       uint64_t ArrayIndex = IsArray ? Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex()
    366      1.1  joerg                                     : (uint64_t)IsOnePastTheEnd;
    367      1.1  joerg       uint64_t ArraySize =
    368      1.1  joerg           IsArray ? getMostDerivedArraySize() : (uint64_t)1;
    369      1.1  joerg       return {ArrayIndex, ArraySize - ArrayIndex};
    370      1.1  joerg     }
    371      1.1  joerg 
    372      1.1  joerg     /// Check that this refers to a valid subobject.
    373      1.1  joerg     bool isValidSubobject() const {
    374      1.1  joerg       if (Invalid)
    375      1.1  joerg         return false;
    376      1.1  joerg       return !isOnePastTheEnd();
    377      1.1  joerg     }
    378      1.1  joerg     /// Check that this refers to a valid subobject, and if not, produce a
    379      1.1  joerg     /// relevant diagnostic and set the designator as invalid.
    380      1.1  joerg     bool checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, CheckSubobjectKind CSK);
    381      1.1  joerg 
    382      1.1  joerg     /// Get the type of the designated object.
    383      1.1  joerg     QualType getType(ASTContext &Ctx) const {
    384      1.1  joerg       assert(!Invalid && "invalid designator has no subobject type");
    385      1.1  joerg       return MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size()
    386      1.1  joerg                  ? MostDerivedType
    387      1.1  joerg                  : Ctx.getRecordType(getAsBaseClass(Entries.back()));
    388      1.1  joerg     }
    389      1.1  joerg 
    390      1.1  joerg     /// Update this designator to refer to the first element within this array.
    391      1.1  joerg     void addArrayUnchecked(const ConstantArrayType *CAT) {
    392      1.1  joerg       Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(0));
    393      1.1  joerg 
    394      1.1  joerg       // This is a most-derived object.
    395      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedType = CAT->getElementType();
    396      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true;
    397      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedArraySize = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
    398      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
    399      1.1  joerg     }
    400      1.1  joerg     /// Update this designator to refer to the first element within the array of
    401      1.1  joerg     /// elements of type T. This is an array of unknown size.
    402      1.1  joerg     void addUnsizedArrayUnchecked(QualType ElemTy) {
    403      1.1  joerg       Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(0));
    404      1.1  joerg 
    405      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedType = ElemTy;
    406      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true;
    407      1.1  joerg       // The value in MostDerivedArraySize is undefined in this case. So, set it
    408      1.1  joerg       // to an arbitrary value that's likely to loudly break things if it's
    409      1.1  joerg       // used.
    410      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedArraySize = AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray;
    411      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
    412      1.1  joerg     }
    413      1.1  joerg     /// Update this designator to refer to the given base or member of this
    414      1.1  joerg     /// object.
    415      1.1  joerg     void addDeclUnchecked(const Decl *D, bool Virtual = false) {
    416      1.1  joerg       Entries.push_back(APValue::BaseOrMemberType(D, Virtual));
    417      1.1  joerg 
    418      1.1  joerg       // If this isn't a base class, it's a new most-derived object.
    419      1.1  joerg       if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
    420      1.1  joerg         MostDerivedType = FD->getType();
    421      1.1  joerg         MostDerivedIsArrayElement = false;
    422      1.1  joerg         MostDerivedArraySize = 0;
    423      1.1  joerg         MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
    424      1.1  joerg       }
    425      1.1  joerg     }
    426      1.1  joerg     /// Update this designator to refer to the given complex component.
    427      1.1  joerg     void addComplexUnchecked(QualType EltTy, bool Imag) {
    428      1.1  joerg       Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(Imag));
    429      1.1  joerg 
    430      1.1  joerg       // This is technically a most-derived object, though in practice this
    431      1.1  joerg       // is unlikely to matter.
    432      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedType = EltTy;
    433      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true;
    434      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedArraySize = 2;
    435      1.1  joerg       MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
    436      1.1  joerg     }
    437      1.1  joerg     void diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E);
    438      1.1  joerg     void diagnosePointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
    439      1.1  joerg                                    const APSInt &N);
    440      1.1  joerg     /// Add N to the address of this subobject.
    441      1.1  joerg     void adjustIndex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APSInt N) {
    442      1.1  joerg       if (Invalid || !N) return;
    443      1.1  joerg       uint64_t TruncatedN = N.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
    444      1.1  joerg       if (isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) {
    445      1.1  joerg         diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(Info, E);
    446      1.1  joerg         // Can't verify -- trust that the user is doing the right thing (or if
    447      1.1  joerg         // not, trust that the caller will catch the bad behavior).
    448      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: Should we reject if this overflows, at least?
    449      1.1  joerg         Entries.back() = PathEntry::ArrayIndex(
    450      1.1  joerg             Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex() + TruncatedN);
    451      1.1  joerg         return;
    452      1.1  joerg       }
    453      1.1  joerg 
    454      1.1  joerg       // [expr.add]p4: For the purposes of these operators, a pointer to a
    455      1.1  joerg       // nonarray object behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of
    456      1.1  joerg       // an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type.
    457      1.1  joerg       bool IsArray = MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() &&
    458      1.1  joerg                      MostDerivedIsArrayElement;
    459      1.1  joerg       uint64_t ArrayIndex = IsArray ? Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex()
    460      1.1  joerg                                     : (uint64_t)IsOnePastTheEnd;
    461      1.1  joerg       uint64_t ArraySize =
    462      1.1  joerg           IsArray ? getMostDerivedArraySize() : (uint64_t)1;
    463      1.1  joerg 
    464      1.1  joerg       if (N < -(int64_t)ArrayIndex || N > ArraySize - ArrayIndex) {
    465      1.1  joerg         // Calculate the actual index in a wide enough type, so we can include
    466      1.1  joerg         // it in the note.
    467      1.1  joerg         N = N.extend(std::max<unsigned>(N.getBitWidth() + 1, 65));
    468      1.1  joerg         (llvm::APInt&)N += ArrayIndex;
    469      1.1  joerg         assert(N.ugt(ArraySize) && "bounds check failed for in-bounds index");
    470      1.1  joerg         diagnosePointerArithmetic(Info, E, N);
    471      1.1  joerg         setInvalid();
    472      1.1  joerg         return;
    473      1.1  joerg       }
    474      1.1  joerg 
    475      1.1  joerg       ArrayIndex += TruncatedN;
    476      1.1  joerg       assert(ArrayIndex <= ArraySize &&
    477      1.1  joerg              "bounds check succeeded for out-of-bounds index");
    478      1.1  joerg 
    479      1.1  joerg       if (IsArray)
    480      1.1  joerg         Entries.back() = PathEntry::ArrayIndex(ArrayIndex);
    481      1.1  joerg       else
    482      1.1  joerg         IsOnePastTheEnd = (ArrayIndex != 0);
    483      1.1  joerg     }
    484      1.1  joerg   };
    485      1.1  joerg 
    486  1.1.1.2  joerg   /// A scope at the end of which an object can need to be destroyed.
    487  1.1.1.2  joerg   enum class ScopeKind {
    488  1.1.1.2  joerg     Block,
    489  1.1.1.2  joerg     FullExpression,
    490  1.1.1.2  joerg     Call
    491  1.1.1.2  joerg   };
    492  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    493  1.1.1.2  joerg   /// A reference to a particular call and its arguments.
    494  1.1.1.2  joerg   struct CallRef {
    495  1.1.1.2  joerg     CallRef() : OrigCallee(), CallIndex(0), Version() {}
    496  1.1.1.2  joerg     CallRef(const FunctionDecl *Callee, unsigned CallIndex, unsigned Version)
    497  1.1.1.2  joerg         : OrigCallee(Callee), CallIndex(CallIndex), Version(Version) {}
    498  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    499  1.1.1.2  joerg     explicit operator bool() const { return OrigCallee; }
    500  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    501  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// Get the parameter that the caller initialized, corresponding to the
    502  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// given parameter in the callee.
    503  1.1.1.2  joerg     const ParmVarDecl *getOrigParam(const ParmVarDecl *PVD) const {
    504  1.1.1.2  joerg       return OrigCallee ? OrigCallee->getParamDecl(PVD->getFunctionScopeIndex())
    505  1.1.1.2  joerg                         : PVD;
    506  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
    507  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    508  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// The callee at the point where the arguments were evaluated. This might
    509  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// be different from the actual callee (a different redeclaration, or a
    510  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// virtual override), but this function's parameters are the ones that
    511  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// appear in the parameter map.
    512  1.1.1.2  joerg     const FunctionDecl *OrigCallee;
    513  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// The call index of the frame that holds the argument values.
    514  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned CallIndex;
    515  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// The version of the parameters corresponding to this call.
    516  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned Version;
    517  1.1.1.2  joerg   };
    518  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    519      1.1  joerg   /// A stack frame in the constexpr call stack.
    520      1.1  joerg   class CallStackFrame : public interp::Frame {
    521      1.1  joerg   public:
    522      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo &Info;
    523      1.1  joerg 
    524      1.1  joerg     /// Parent - The caller of this stack frame.
    525      1.1  joerg     CallStackFrame *Caller;
    526      1.1  joerg 
    527      1.1  joerg     /// Callee - The function which was called.
    528      1.1  joerg     const FunctionDecl *Callee;
    529      1.1  joerg 
    530      1.1  joerg     /// This - The binding for the this pointer in this call, if any.
    531      1.1  joerg     const LValue *This;
    532      1.1  joerg 
    533  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// Information on how to find the arguments to this call. Our arguments
    534  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// are stored in our parent's CallStackFrame, using the ParmVarDecl* as a
    535  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// key and this value as the version.
    536  1.1.1.2  joerg     CallRef Arguments;
    537      1.1  joerg 
    538      1.1  joerg     /// Source location information about the default argument or default
    539      1.1  joerg     /// initializer expression we're evaluating, if any.
    540      1.1  joerg     CurrentSourceLocExprScope CurSourceLocExprScope;
    541      1.1  joerg 
    542      1.1  joerg     // Note that we intentionally use std::map here so that references to
    543      1.1  joerg     // values are stable.
    544      1.1  joerg     typedef std::pair<const void *, unsigned> MapKeyTy;
    545      1.1  joerg     typedef std::map<MapKeyTy, APValue> MapTy;
    546      1.1  joerg     /// Temporaries - Temporary lvalues materialized within this stack frame.
    547      1.1  joerg     MapTy Temporaries;
    548      1.1  joerg 
    549      1.1  joerg     /// CallLoc - The location of the call expression for this call.
    550      1.1  joerg     SourceLocation CallLoc;
    551      1.1  joerg 
    552      1.1  joerg     /// Index - The call index of this call.
    553      1.1  joerg     unsigned Index;
    554      1.1  joerg 
    555      1.1  joerg     /// The stack of integers for tracking version numbers for temporaries.
    556      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<unsigned, 2> TempVersionStack = {1};
    557      1.1  joerg     unsigned CurTempVersion = TempVersionStack.back();
    558      1.1  joerg 
    559      1.1  joerg     unsigned getTempVersion() const { return TempVersionStack.back(); }
    560      1.1  joerg 
    561      1.1  joerg     void pushTempVersion() {
    562      1.1  joerg       TempVersionStack.push_back(++CurTempVersion);
    563      1.1  joerg     }
    564      1.1  joerg 
    565      1.1  joerg     void popTempVersion() {
    566      1.1  joerg       TempVersionStack.pop_back();
    567      1.1  joerg     }
    568      1.1  joerg 
    569  1.1.1.2  joerg     CallRef createCall(const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
    570  1.1.1.2  joerg       return {Callee, Index, ++CurTempVersion};
    571  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
    572  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    573      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Adding this to every 'CallStackFrame' may have a nontrivial impact
    574      1.1  joerg     // on the overall stack usage of deeply-recursing constexpr evaluations.
    575      1.1  joerg     // (We should cache this map rather than recomputing it repeatedly.)
    576      1.1  joerg     // But let's try this and see how it goes; we can look into caching the map
    577      1.1  joerg     // as a later change.
    578      1.1  joerg 
    579      1.1  joerg     /// LambdaCaptureFields - Mapping from captured variables/this to
    580      1.1  joerg     /// corresponding data members in the closure class.
    581      1.1  joerg     llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> LambdaCaptureFields;
    582      1.1  joerg     FieldDecl *LambdaThisCaptureField;
    583      1.1  joerg 
    584      1.1  joerg     CallStackFrame(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
    585      1.1  joerg                    const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This,
    586  1.1.1.2  joerg                    CallRef Arguments);
    587      1.1  joerg     ~CallStackFrame();
    588      1.1  joerg 
    589      1.1  joerg     // Return the temporary for Key whose version number is Version.
    590      1.1  joerg     APValue *getTemporary(const void *Key, unsigned Version) {
    591      1.1  joerg       MapKeyTy KV(Key, Version);
    592      1.1  joerg       auto LB = Temporaries.lower_bound(KV);
    593      1.1  joerg       if (LB != Temporaries.end() && LB->first == KV)
    594      1.1  joerg         return &LB->second;
    595      1.1  joerg       // Pair (Key,Version) wasn't found in the map. Check that no elements
    596      1.1  joerg       // in the map have 'Key' as their key.
    597      1.1  joerg       assert((LB == Temporaries.end() || LB->first.first != Key) &&
    598      1.1  joerg              (LB == Temporaries.begin() || std::prev(LB)->first.first != Key) &&
    599      1.1  joerg              "Element with key 'Key' found in map");
    600      1.1  joerg       return nullptr;
    601      1.1  joerg     }
    602      1.1  joerg 
    603      1.1  joerg     // Return the current temporary for Key in the map.
    604      1.1  joerg     APValue *getCurrentTemporary(const void *Key) {
    605      1.1  joerg       auto UB = Temporaries.upper_bound(MapKeyTy(Key, UINT_MAX));
    606      1.1  joerg       if (UB != Temporaries.begin() && std::prev(UB)->first.first == Key)
    607      1.1  joerg         return &std::prev(UB)->second;
    608      1.1  joerg       return nullptr;
    609      1.1  joerg     }
    610      1.1  joerg 
    611      1.1  joerg     // Return the version number of the current temporary for Key.
    612      1.1  joerg     unsigned getCurrentTemporaryVersion(const void *Key) const {
    613      1.1  joerg       auto UB = Temporaries.upper_bound(MapKeyTy(Key, UINT_MAX));
    614      1.1  joerg       if (UB != Temporaries.begin() && std::prev(UB)->first.first == Key)
    615      1.1  joerg         return std::prev(UB)->first.second;
    616      1.1  joerg       return 0;
    617      1.1  joerg     }
    618      1.1  joerg 
    619      1.1  joerg     /// Allocate storage for an object of type T in this stack frame.
    620      1.1  joerg     /// Populates LV with a handle to the created object. Key identifies
    621      1.1  joerg     /// the temporary within the stack frame, and must not be reused without
    622      1.1  joerg     /// bumping the temporary version number.
    623      1.1  joerg     template<typename KeyT>
    624      1.1  joerg     APValue &createTemporary(const KeyT *Key, QualType T,
    625  1.1.1.2  joerg                              ScopeKind Scope, LValue &LV);
    626  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    627  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// Allocate storage for a parameter of a function call made in this frame.
    628  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue &createParam(CallRef Args, const ParmVarDecl *PVD, LValue &LV);
    629      1.1  joerg 
    630      1.1  joerg     void describe(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) override;
    631      1.1  joerg 
    632      1.1  joerg     Frame *getCaller() const override { return Caller; }
    633      1.1  joerg     SourceLocation getCallLocation() const override { return CallLoc; }
    634      1.1  joerg     const FunctionDecl *getCallee() const override { return Callee; }
    635      1.1  joerg 
    636      1.1  joerg     bool isStdFunction() const {
    637      1.1  joerg       for (const DeclContext *DC = Callee; DC; DC = DC->getParent())
    638      1.1  joerg         if (DC->isStdNamespace())
    639      1.1  joerg           return true;
    640      1.1  joerg       return false;
    641      1.1  joerg     }
    642  1.1.1.2  joerg 
    643  1.1.1.2  joerg   private:
    644  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue &createLocal(APValue::LValueBase Base, const void *Key, QualType T,
    645  1.1.1.2  joerg                          ScopeKind Scope);
    646      1.1  joerg   };
    647      1.1  joerg 
    648      1.1  joerg   /// Temporarily override 'this'.
    649      1.1  joerg   class ThisOverrideRAII {
    650      1.1  joerg   public:
    651      1.1  joerg     ThisOverrideRAII(CallStackFrame &Frame, const LValue *NewThis, bool Enable)
    652      1.1  joerg         : Frame(Frame), OldThis(Frame.This) {
    653      1.1  joerg       if (Enable)
    654      1.1  joerg         Frame.This = NewThis;
    655      1.1  joerg     }
    656      1.1  joerg     ~ThisOverrideRAII() {
    657      1.1  joerg       Frame.This = OldThis;
    658      1.1  joerg     }
    659      1.1  joerg   private:
    660      1.1  joerg     CallStackFrame &Frame;
    661      1.1  joerg     const LValue *OldThis;
    662      1.1  joerg   };
    663      1.1  joerg }
    664      1.1  joerg 
    665      1.1  joerg static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
    666      1.1  joerg                               const LValue &This, QualType ThisType);
    667      1.1  joerg static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
    668      1.1  joerg                               APValue::LValueBase LVBase, APValue &Value,
    669      1.1  joerg                               QualType T);
    670      1.1  joerg 
    671      1.1  joerg namespace {
    672      1.1  joerg   /// A cleanup, and a flag indicating whether it is lifetime-extended.
    673      1.1  joerg   class Cleanup {
    674  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm::PointerIntPair<APValue*, 2, ScopeKind> Value;
    675      1.1  joerg     APValue::LValueBase Base;
    676      1.1  joerg     QualType T;
    677      1.1  joerg 
    678      1.1  joerg   public:
    679      1.1  joerg     Cleanup(APValue *Val, APValue::LValueBase Base, QualType T,
    680  1.1.1.2  joerg             ScopeKind Scope)
    681  1.1.1.2  joerg         : Value(Val, Scope), Base(Base), T(T) {}
    682      1.1  joerg 
    683  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// Determine whether this cleanup should be performed at the end of the
    684  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// given kind of scope.
    685  1.1.1.2  joerg     bool isDestroyedAtEndOf(ScopeKind K) const {
    686  1.1.1.2  joerg       return (int)Value.getInt() >= (int)K;
    687  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
    688      1.1  joerg     bool endLifetime(EvalInfo &Info, bool RunDestructors) {
    689      1.1  joerg       if (RunDestructors) {
    690      1.1  joerg         SourceLocation Loc;
    691      1.1  joerg         if (const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>())
    692      1.1  joerg           Loc = VD->getLocation();
    693      1.1  joerg         else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>())
    694      1.1  joerg           Loc = E->getExprLoc();
    695      1.1  joerg         return HandleDestruction(Info, Loc, Base, *Value.getPointer(), T);
    696      1.1  joerg       }
    697      1.1  joerg       *Value.getPointer() = APValue();
    698      1.1  joerg       return true;
    699      1.1  joerg     }
    700      1.1  joerg 
    701      1.1  joerg     bool hasSideEffect() {
    702      1.1  joerg       return T.isDestructedType();
    703      1.1  joerg     }
    704      1.1  joerg   };
    705      1.1  joerg 
    706      1.1  joerg   /// A reference to an object whose construction we are currently evaluating.
    707      1.1  joerg   struct ObjectUnderConstruction {
    708      1.1  joerg     APValue::LValueBase Base;
    709      1.1  joerg     ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path;
    710      1.1  joerg     friend bool operator==(const ObjectUnderConstruction &LHS,
    711      1.1  joerg                            const ObjectUnderConstruction &RHS) {
    712      1.1  joerg       return LHS.Base == RHS.Base && LHS.Path == RHS.Path;
    713      1.1  joerg     }
    714      1.1  joerg     friend llvm::hash_code hash_value(const ObjectUnderConstruction &Obj) {
    715      1.1  joerg       return llvm::hash_combine(Obj.Base, Obj.Path);
    716      1.1  joerg     }
    717      1.1  joerg   };
    718      1.1  joerg   enum class ConstructionPhase {
    719      1.1  joerg     None,
    720      1.1  joerg     Bases,
    721      1.1  joerg     AfterBases,
    722  1.1.1.2  joerg     AfterFields,
    723      1.1  joerg     Destroying,
    724      1.1  joerg     DestroyingBases
    725      1.1  joerg   };
    726      1.1  joerg }
    727      1.1  joerg 
    728      1.1  joerg namespace llvm {
    729      1.1  joerg template<> struct DenseMapInfo<ObjectUnderConstruction> {
    730      1.1  joerg   using Base = DenseMapInfo<APValue::LValueBase>;
    731      1.1  joerg   static ObjectUnderConstruction getEmptyKey() {
    732      1.1  joerg     return {Base::getEmptyKey(), {}}; }
    733      1.1  joerg   static ObjectUnderConstruction getTombstoneKey() {
    734      1.1  joerg     return {Base::getTombstoneKey(), {}};
    735      1.1  joerg   }
    736      1.1  joerg   static unsigned getHashValue(const ObjectUnderConstruction &Object) {
    737      1.1  joerg     return hash_value(Object);
    738      1.1  joerg   }
    739      1.1  joerg   static bool isEqual(const ObjectUnderConstruction &LHS,
    740      1.1  joerg                       const ObjectUnderConstruction &RHS) {
    741      1.1  joerg     return LHS == RHS;
    742      1.1  joerg   }
    743      1.1  joerg };
    744      1.1  joerg }
    745      1.1  joerg 
    746      1.1  joerg namespace {
    747      1.1  joerg   /// A dynamically-allocated heap object.
    748      1.1  joerg   struct DynAlloc {
    749      1.1  joerg     /// The value of this heap-allocated object.
    750      1.1  joerg     APValue Value;
    751      1.1  joerg     /// The allocating expression; used for diagnostics. Either a CXXNewExpr
    752      1.1  joerg     /// or a CallExpr (the latter is for direct calls to operator new inside
    753      1.1  joerg     /// std::allocator<T>::allocate).
    754      1.1  joerg     const Expr *AllocExpr = nullptr;
    755      1.1  joerg 
    756      1.1  joerg     enum Kind {
    757      1.1  joerg       New,
    758      1.1  joerg       ArrayNew,
    759      1.1  joerg       StdAllocator
    760      1.1  joerg     };
    761      1.1  joerg 
    762      1.1  joerg     /// Get the kind of the allocation. This must match between allocation
    763      1.1  joerg     /// and deallocation.
    764      1.1  joerg     Kind getKind() const {
    765      1.1  joerg       if (auto *NE = dyn_cast<CXXNewExpr>(AllocExpr))
    766      1.1  joerg         return NE->isArray() ? ArrayNew : New;
    767      1.1  joerg       assert(isa<CallExpr>(AllocExpr));
    768      1.1  joerg       return StdAllocator;
    769      1.1  joerg     }
    770      1.1  joerg   };
    771      1.1  joerg 
    772      1.1  joerg   struct DynAllocOrder {
    773      1.1  joerg     bool operator()(DynamicAllocLValue L, DynamicAllocLValue R) const {
    774      1.1  joerg       return L.getIndex() < R.getIndex();
    775      1.1  joerg     }
    776      1.1  joerg   };
    777      1.1  joerg 
    778      1.1  joerg   /// EvalInfo - This is a private struct used by the evaluator to capture
    779      1.1  joerg   /// information about a subexpression as it is folded.  It retains information
    780      1.1  joerg   /// about the AST context, but also maintains information about the folded
    781      1.1  joerg   /// expression.
    782      1.1  joerg   ///
    783      1.1  joerg   /// If an expression could be evaluated, it is still possible it is not a C
    784      1.1  joerg   /// "integer constant expression" or constant expression.  If not, this struct
    785      1.1  joerg   /// captures information about how and why not.
    786      1.1  joerg   ///
    787      1.1  joerg   /// One bit of information passed *into* the request for constant folding
    788      1.1  joerg   /// indicates whether the subexpression is "evaluated" or not according to C
    789      1.1  joerg   /// rules.  For example, the RHS of (0 && foo()) is not evaluated.  We can
    790      1.1  joerg   /// evaluate the expression regardless of what the RHS is, but C only allows
    791      1.1  joerg   /// certain things in certain situations.
    792      1.1  joerg   class EvalInfo : public interp::State {
    793      1.1  joerg   public:
    794      1.1  joerg     ASTContext &Ctx;
    795      1.1  joerg 
    796      1.1  joerg     /// EvalStatus - Contains information about the evaluation.
    797      1.1  joerg     Expr::EvalStatus &EvalStatus;
    798      1.1  joerg 
    799      1.1  joerg     /// CurrentCall - The top of the constexpr call stack.
    800      1.1  joerg     CallStackFrame *CurrentCall;
    801      1.1  joerg 
    802      1.1  joerg     /// CallStackDepth - The number of calls in the call stack right now.
    803      1.1  joerg     unsigned CallStackDepth;
    804      1.1  joerg 
    805      1.1  joerg     /// NextCallIndex - The next call index to assign.
    806      1.1  joerg     unsigned NextCallIndex;
    807      1.1  joerg 
    808      1.1  joerg     /// StepsLeft - The remaining number of evaluation steps we're permitted
    809      1.1  joerg     /// to perform. This is essentially a limit for the number of statements
    810      1.1  joerg     /// we will evaluate.
    811      1.1  joerg     unsigned StepsLeft;
    812      1.1  joerg 
    813  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// Enable the experimental new constant interpreter. If an expression is
    814  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// not supported by the interpreter, an error is triggered.
    815      1.1  joerg     bool EnableNewConstInterp;
    816      1.1  joerg 
    817      1.1  joerg     /// BottomFrame - The frame in which evaluation started. This must be
    818      1.1  joerg     /// initialized after CurrentCall and CallStackDepth.
    819      1.1  joerg     CallStackFrame BottomFrame;
    820      1.1  joerg 
    821      1.1  joerg     /// A stack of values whose lifetimes end at the end of some surrounding
    822      1.1  joerg     /// evaluation frame.
    823      1.1  joerg     llvm::SmallVector<Cleanup, 16> CleanupStack;
    824      1.1  joerg 
    825      1.1  joerg     /// EvaluatingDecl - This is the declaration whose initializer is being
    826      1.1  joerg     /// evaluated, if any.
    827      1.1  joerg     APValue::LValueBase EvaluatingDecl;
    828      1.1  joerg 
    829      1.1  joerg     enum class EvaluatingDeclKind {
    830      1.1  joerg       None,
    831      1.1  joerg       /// We're evaluating the construction of EvaluatingDecl.
    832      1.1  joerg       Ctor,
    833      1.1  joerg       /// We're evaluating the destruction of EvaluatingDecl.
    834      1.1  joerg       Dtor,
    835      1.1  joerg     };
    836      1.1  joerg     EvaluatingDeclKind IsEvaluatingDecl = EvaluatingDeclKind::None;
    837      1.1  joerg 
    838      1.1  joerg     /// EvaluatingDeclValue - This is the value being constructed for the
    839      1.1  joerg     /// declaration whose initializer is being evaluated, if any.
    840      1.1  joerg     APValue *EvaluatingDeclValue;
    841      1.1  joerg 
    842      1.1  joerg     /// Set of objects that are currently being constructed.
    843      1.1  joerg     llvm::DenseMap<ObjectUnderConstruction, ConstructionPhase>
    844      1.1  joerg         ObjectsUnderConstruction;
    845      1.1  joerg 
    846      1.1  joerg     /// Current heap allocations, along with the location where each was
    847      1.1  joerg     /// allocated. We use std::map here because we need stable addresses
    848      1.1  joerg     /// for the stored APValues.
    849      1.1  joerg     std::map<DynamicAllocLValue, DynAlloc, DynAllocOrder> HeapAllocs;
    850      1.1  joerg 
    851      1.1  joerg     /// The number of heap allocations performed so far in this evaluation.
    852      1.1  joerg     unsigned NumHeapAllocs = 0;
    853      1.1  joerg 
    854      1.1  joerg     struct EvaluatingConstructorRAII {
    855      1.1  joerg       EvalInfo &EI;
    856      1.1  joerg       ObjectUnderConstruction Object;
    857      1.1  joerg       bool DidInsert;
    858      1.1  joerg       EvaluatingConstructorRAII(EvalInfo &EI, ObjectUnderConstruction Object,
    859      1.1  joerg                                 bool HasBases)
    860      1.1  joerg           : EI(EI), Object(Object) {
    861      1.1  joerg         DidInsert =
    862      1.1  joerg             EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction
    863      1.1  joerg                 .insert({Object, HasBases ? ConstructionPhase::Bases
    864      1.1  joerg                                           : ConstructionPhase::AfterBases})
    865      1.1  joerg                 .second;
    866      1.1  joerg       }
    867      1.1  joerg       void finishedConstructingBases() {
    868      1.1  joerg         EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] = ConstructionPhase::AfterBases;
    869      1.1  joerg       }
    870  1.1.1.2  joerg       void finishedConstructingFields() {
    871  1.1.1.2  joerg         EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] = ConstructionPhase::AfterFields;
    872  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
    873      1.1  joerg       ~EvaluatingConstructorRAII() {
    874      1.1  joerg         if (DidInsert) EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction.erase(Object);
    875      1.1  joerg       }
    876      1.1  joerg     };
    877      1.1  joerg 
    878      1.1  joerg     struct EvaluatingDestructorRAII {
    879      1.1  joerg       EvalInfo &EI;
    880      1.1  joerg       ObjectUnderConstruction Object;
    881      1.1  joerg       bool DidInsert;
    882      1.1  joerg       EvaluatingDestructorRAII(EvalInfo &EI, ObjectUnderConstruction Object)
    883      1.1  joerg           : EI(EI), Object(Object) {
    884      1.1  joerg         DidInsert = EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction
    885      1.1  joerg                         .insert({Object, ConstructionPhase::Destroying})
    886      1.1  joerg                         .second;
    887      1.1  joerg       }
    888      1.1  joerg       void startedDestroyingBases() {
    889      1.1  joerg         EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] =
    890      1.1  joerg             ConstructionPhase::DestroyingBases;
    891      1.1  joerg       }
    892      1.1  joerg       ~EvaluatingDestructorRAII() {
    893      1.1  joerg         if (DidInsert)
    894      1.1  joerg           EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction.erase(Object);
    895      1.1  joerg       }
    896      1.1  joerg     };
    897      1.1  joerg 
    898      1.1  joerg     ConstructionPhase
    899      1.1  joerg     isEvaluatingCtorDtor(APValue::LValueBase Base,
    900      1.1  joerg                          ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path) {
    901      1.1  joerg       return ObjectsUnderConstruction.lookup({Base, Path});
    902      1.1  joerg     }
    903      1.1  joerg 
    904      1.1  joerg     /// If we're currently speculatively evaluating, the outermost call stack
    905      1.1  joerg     /// depth at which we can mutate state, otherwise 0.
    906      1.1  joerg     unsigned SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = 0;
    907      1.1  joerg 
    908      1.1  joerg     /// The current array initialization index, if we're performing array
    909      1.1  joerg     /// initialization.
    910      1.1  joerg     uint64_t ArrayInitIndex = -1;
    911      1.1  joerg 
    912      1.1  joerg     /// HasActiveDiagnostic - Was the previous diagnostic stored? If so, further
    913      1.1  joerg     /// notes attached to it will also be stored, otherwise they will not be.
    914      1.1  joerg     bool HasActiveDiagnostic;
    915      1.1  joerg 
    916      1.1  joerg     /// Have we emitted a diagnostic explaining why we couldn't constant
    917      1.1  joerg     /// fold (not just why it's not strictly a constant expression)?
    918      1.1  joerg     bool HasFoldFailureDiagnostic;
    919      1.1  joerg 
    920      1.1  joerg     /// Whether or not we're in a context where the front end requires a
    921      1.1  joerg     /// constant value.
    922      1.1  joerg     bool InConstantContext;
    923      1.1  joerg 
    924      1.1  joerg     /// Whether we're checking that an expression is a potential constant
    925      1.1  joerg     /// expression. If so, do not fail on constructs that could become constant
    926      1.1  joerg     /// later on (such as a use of an undefined global).
    927      1.1  joerg     bool CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = false;
    928      1.1  joerg 
    929      1.1  joerg     /// Whether we're checking for an expression that has undefined behavior.
    930      1.1  joerg     /// If so, we will produce warnings if we encounter an operation that is
    931      1.1  joerg     /// always undefined.
    932  1.1.1.2  joerg     ///
    933  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// Note that we still need to evaluate the expression normally when this
    934  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// is set; this is used when evaluating ICEs in C.
    935      1.1  joerg     bool CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = false;
    936      1.1  joerg 
    937      1.1  joerg     enum EvaluationMode {
    938      1.1  joerg       /// Evaluate as a constant expression. Stop if we find that the expression
    939      1.1  joerg       /// is not a constant expression.
    940      1.1  joerg       EM_ConstantExpression,
    941      1.1  joerg 
    942      1.1  joerg       /// Evaluate as a constant expression. Stop if we find that the expression
    943      1.1  joerg       /// is not a constant expression. Some expressions can be retried in the
    944      1.1  joerg       /// optimizer if we don't constant fold them here, but in an unevaluated
    945      1.1  joerg       /// context we try to fold them immediately since the optimizer never
    946      1.1  joerg       /// gets a chance to look at it.
    947      1.1  joerg       EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated,
    948      1.1  joerg 
    949      1.1  joerg       /// Fold the expression to a constant. Stop if we hit a side-effect that
    950      1.1  joerg       /// we can't model.
    951      1.1  joerg       EM_ConstantFold,
    952      1.1  joerg 
    953      1.1  joerg       /// Evaluate in any way we know how. Don't worry about side-effects that
    954      1.1  joerg       /// can't be modeled.
    955      1.1  joerg       EM_IgnoreSideEffects,
    956      1.1  joerg     } EvalMode;
    957      1.1  joerg 
    958      1.1  joerg     /// Are we checking whether the expression is a potential constant
    959      1.1  joerg     /// expression?
    960      1.1  joerg     bool checkingPotentialConstantExpression() const override  {
    961      1.1  joerg       return CheckingPotentialConstantExpression;
    962      1.1  joerg     }
    963      1.1  joerg 
    964      1.1  joerg     /// Are we checking an expression for overflow?
    965      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: We should check for any kind of undefined or suspicious behavior
    966      1.1  joerg     // in such constructs, not just overflow.
    967      1.1  joerg     bool checkingForUndefinedBehavior() const override {
    968      1.1  joerg       return CheckingForUndefinedBehavior;
    969      1.1  joerg     }
    970      1.1  joerg 
    971      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo(const ASTContext &C, Expr::EvalStatus &S, EvaluationMode Mode)
    972      1.1  joerg         : Ctx(const_cast<ASTContext &>(C)), EvalStatus(S), CurrentCall(nullptr),
    973      1.1  joerg           CallStackDepth(0), NextCallIndex(1),
    974  1.1.1.2  joerg           StepsLeft(C.getLangOpts().ConstexprStepLimit),
    975  1.1.1.2  joerg           EnableNewConstInterp(C.getLangOpts().EnableNewConstInterp),
    976  1.1.1.2  joerg           BottomFrame(*this, SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr, CallRef()),
    977      1.1  joerg           EvaluatingDecl((const ValueDecl *)nullptr),
    978      1.1  joerg           EvaluatingDeclValue(nullptr), HasActiveDiagnostic(false),
    979      1.1  joerg           HasFoldFailureDiagnostic(false), InConstantContext(false),
    980      1.1  joerg           EvalMode(Mode) {}
    981      1.1  joerg 
    982      1.1  joerg     ~EvalInfo() {
    983      1.1  joerg       discardCleanups();
    984      1.1  joerg     }
    985      1.1  joerg 
    986      1.1  joerg     void setEvaluatingDecl(APValue::LValueBase Base, APValue &Value,
    987      1.1  joerg                            EvaluatingDeclKind EDK = EvaluatingDeclKind::Ctor) {
    988      1.1  joerg       EvaluatingDecl = Base;
    989      1.1  joerg       IsEvaluatingDecl = EDK;
    990      1.1  joerg       EvaluatingDeclValue = &Value;
    991      1.1  joerg     }
    992      1.1  joerg 
    993      1.1  joerg     bool CheckCallLimit(SourceLocation Loc) {
    994      1.1  joerg       // Don't perform any constexpr calls (other than the call we're checking)
    995      1.1  joerg       // when checking a potential constant expression.
    996      1.1  joerg       if (checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && CallStackDepth > 1)
    997      1.1  joerg         return false;
    998      1.1  joerg       if (NextCallIndex == 0) {
    999      1.1  joerg         // NextCallIndex has wrapped around.
   1000      1.1  joerg         FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_call_limit_exceeded);
   1001      1.1  joerg         return false;
   1002      1.1  joerg       }
   1003      1.1  joerg       if (CallStackDepth <= getLangOpts().ConstexprCallDepth)
   1004      1.1  joerg         return true;
   1005      1.1  joerg       FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_depth_limit_exceeded)
   1006      1.1  joerg         << getLangOpts().ConstexprCallDepth;
   1007      1.1  joerg       return false;
   1008      1.1  joerg     }
   1009      1.1  joerg 
   1010      1.1  joerg     std::pair<CallStackFrame *, unsigned>
   1011      1.1  joerg     getCallFrameAndDepth(unsigned CallIndex) {
   1012      1.1  joerg       assert(CallIndex && "no call index in getCallFrameAndDepth");
   1013      1.1  joerg       // We will eventually hit BottomFrame, which has Index 1, so Frame can't
   1014      1.1  joerg       // be null in this loop.
   1015      1.1  joerg       unsigned Depth = CallStackDepth;
   1016      1.1  joerg       CallStackFrame *Frame = CurrentCall;
   1017      1.1  joerg       while (Frame->Index > CallIndex) {
   1018      1.1  joerg         Frame = Frame->Caller;
   1019      1.1  joerg         --Depth;
   1020      1.1  joerg       }
   1021      1.1  joerg       if (Frame->Index == CallIndex)
   1022      1.1  joerg         return {Frame, Depth};
   1023      1.1  joerg       return {nullptr, 0};
   1024      1.1  joerg     }
   1025      1.1  joerg 
   1026      1.1  joerg     bool nextStep(const Stmt *S) {
   1027      1.1  joerg       if (!StepsLeft) {
   1028      1.1  joerg         FFDiag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_step_limit_exceeded);
   1029      1.1  joerg         return false;
   1030      1.1  joerg       }
   1031      1.1  joerg       --StepsLeft;
   1032      1.1  joerg       return true;
   1033      1.1  joerg     }
   1034      1.1  joerg 
   1035      1.1  joerg     APValue *createHeapAlloc(const Expr *E, QualType T, LValue &LV);
   1036      1.1  joerg 
   1037      1.1  joerg     Optional<DynAlloc*> lookupDynamicAlloc(DynamicAllocLValue DA) {
   1038      1.1  joerg       Optional<DynAlloc*> Result;
   1039      1.1  joerg       auto It = HeapAllocs.find(DA);
   1040      1.1  joerg       if (It != HeapAllocs.end())
   1041      1.1  joerg         Result = &It->second;
   1042      1.1  joerg       return Result;
   1043      1.1  joerg     }
   1044      1.1  joerg 
   1045  1.1.1.2  joerg     /// Get the allocated storage for the given parameter of the given call.
   1046  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue *getParamSlot(CallRef Call, const ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
   1047  1.1.1.2  joerg       CallStackFrame *Frame = getCallFrameAndDepth(Call.CallIndex).first;
   1048  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Frame ? Frame->getTemporary(Call.getOrigParam(PVD), Call.Version)
   1049  1.1.1.2  joerg                    : nullptr;
   1050  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   1051  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   1052      1.1  joerg     /// Information about a stack frame for std::allocator<T>::[de]allocate.
   1053      1.1  joerg     struct StdAllocatorCaller {
   1054      1.1  joerg       unsigned FrameIndex;
   1055      1.1  joerg       QualType ElemType;
   1056      1.1  joerg       explicit operator bool() const { return FrameIndex != 0; };
   1057      1.1  joerg     };
   1058      1.1  joerg 
   1059      1.1  joerg     StdAllocatorCaller getStdAllocatorCaller(StringRef FnName) const {
   1060      1.1  joerg       for (const CallStackFrame *Call = CurrentCall; Call != &BottomFrame;
   1061      1.1  joerg            Call = Call->Caller) {
   1062      1.1  joerg         const auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Call->Callee);
   1063      1.1  joerg         if (!MD)
   1064      1.1  joerg           continue;
   1065      1.1  joerg         const IdentifierInfo *FnII = MD->getIdentifier();
   1066      1.1  joerg         if (!FnII || !FnII->isStr(FnName))
   1067      1.1  joerg           continue;
   1068      1.1  joerg 
   1069      1.1  joerg         const auto *CTSD =
   1070      1.1  joerg             dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(MD->getParent());
   1071      1.1  joerg         if (!CTSD)
   1072      1.1  joerg           continue;
   1073      1.1  joerg 
   1074      1.1  joerg         const IdentifierInfo *ClassII = CTSD->getIdentifier();
   1075      1.1  joerg         const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
   1076      1.1  joerg         if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() && ClassII &&
   1077      1.1  joerg             ClassII->isStr("allocator") && TAL.size() >= 1 &&
   1078      1.1  joerg             TAL[0].getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
   1079      1.1  joerg           return {Call->Index, TAL[0].getAsType()};
   1080      1.1  joerg       }
   1081      1.1  joerg 
   1082      1.1  joerg       return {};
   1083      1.1  joerg     }
   1084      1.1  joerg 
   1085      1.1  joerg     void performLifetimeExtension() {
   1086      1.1  joerg       // Disable the cleanups for lifetime-extended temporaries.
   1087  1.1.1.2  joerg       CleanupStack.erase(std::remove_if(CleanupStack.begin(),
   1088  1.1.1.2  joerg                                         CleanupStack.end(),
   1089  1.1.1.2  joerg                                         [](Cleanup &C) {
   1090  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           return !C.isDestroyedAtEndOf(
   1091  1.1.1.2  joerg                                               ScopeKind::FullExpression);
   1092  1.1.1.2  joerg                                         }),
   1093  1.1.1.2  joerg                          CleanupStack.end());
   1094      1.1  joerg      }
   1095      1.1  joerg 
   1096      1.1  joerg     /// Throw away any remaining cleanups at the end of evaluation. If any
   1097      1.1  joerg     /// cleanups would have had a side-effect, note that as an unmodeled
   1098      1.1  joerg     /// side-effect and return false. Otherwise, return true.
   1099      1.1  joerg     bool discardCleanups() {
   1100  1.1.1.2  joerg       for (Cleanup &C : CleanupStack) {
   1101  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (C.hasSideEffect() && !noteSideEffect()) {
   1102  1.1.1.2  joerg           CleanupStack.clear();
   1103  1.1.1.2  joerg           return false;
   1104  1.1.1.2  joerg         }
   1105  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   1106  1.1.1.2  joerg       CleanupStack.clear();
   1107      1.1  joerg       return true;
   1108      1.1  joerg     }
   1109      1.1  joerg 
   1110      1.1  joerg   private:
   1111      1.1  joerg     interp::Frame *getCurrentFrame() override { return CurrentCall; }
   1112      1.1  joerg     const interp::Frame *getBottomFrame() const override { return &BottomFrame; }
   1113      1.1  joerg 
   1114      1.1  joerg     bool hasActiveDiagnostic() override { return HasActiveDiagnostic; }
   1115      1.1  joerg     void setActiveDiagnostic(bool Flag) override { HasActiveDiagnostic = Flag; }
   1116      1.1  joerg 
   1117      1.1  joerg     void setFoldFailureDiagnostic(bool Flag) override {
   1118      1.1  joerg       HasFoldFailureDiagnostic = Flag;
   1119      1.1  joerg     }
   1120      1.1  joerg 
   1121      1.1  joerg     Expr::EvalStatus &getEvalStatus() const override { return EvalStatus; }
   1122      1.1  joerg 
   1123      1.1  joerg     ASTContext &getCtx() const override { return Ctx; }
   1124      1.1  joerg 
   1125      1.1  joerg     // If we have a prior diagnostic, it will be noting that the expression
   1126      1.1  joerg     // isn't a constant expression. This diagnostic is more important,
   1127      1.1  joerg     // unless we require this evaluation to produce a constant expression.
   1128      1.1  joerg     //
   1129      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: We might want to show both diagnostics to the user in
   1130      1.1  joerg     // EM_ConstantFold mode.
   1131      1.1  joerg     bool hasPriorDiagnostic() override {
   1132      1.1  joerg       if (!EvalStatus.Diag->empty()) {
   1133      1.1  joerg         switch (EvalMode) {
   1134      1.1  joerg         case EM_ConstantFold:
   1135      1.1  joerg         case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
   1136      1.1  joerg           if (!HasFoldFailureDiagnostic)
   1137      1.1  joerg             break;
   1138      1.1  joerg           // We've already failed to fold something. Keep that diagnostic.
   1139      1.1  joerg           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
   1140      1.1  joerg         case EM_ConstantExpression:
   1141      1.1  joerg         case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
   1142      1.1  joerg           setActiveDiagnostic(false);
   1143      1.1  joerg           return true;
   1144      1.1  joerg         }
   1145      1.1  joerg       }
   1146      1.1  joerg       return false;
   1147      1.1  joerg     }
   1148      1.1  joerg 
   1149      1.1  joerg     unsigned getCallStackDepth() override { return CallStackDepth; }
   1150      1.1  joerg 
   1151      1.1  joerg   public:
   1152      1.1  joerg     /// Should we continue evaluation after encountering a side-effect that we
   1153      1.1  joerg     /// couldn't model?
   1154      1.1  joerg     bool keepEvaluatingAfterSideEffect() {
   1155      1.1  joerg       switch (EvalMode) {
   1156      1.1  joerg       case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
   1157      1.1  joerg         return true;
   1158      1.1  joerg 
   1159      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantExpression:
   1160      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
   1161      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantFold:
   1162      1.1  joerg         // By default, assume any side effect might be valid in some other
   1163      1.1  joerg         // evaluation of this expression from a different context.
   1164      1.1  joerg         return checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
   1165      1.1  joerg                checkingForUndefinedBehavior();
   1166      1.1  joerg       }
   1167      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case");
   1168      1.1  joerg     }
   1169      1.1  joerg 
   1170      1.1  joerg     /// Note that we have had a side-effect, and determine whether we should
   1171      1.1  joerg     /// keep evaluating.
   1172      1.1  joerg     bool noteSideEffect() {
   1173      1.1  joerg       EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = true;
   1174      1.1  joerg       return keepEvaluatingAfterSideEffect();
   1175      1.1  joerg     }
   1176      1.1  joerg 
   1177      1.1  joerg     /// Should we continue evaluation after encountering undefined behavior?
   1178      1.1  joerg     bool keepEvaluatingAfterUndefinedBehavior() {
   1179      1.1  joerg       switch (EvalMode) {
   1180      1.1  joerg       case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
   1181      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantFold:
   1182      1.1  joerg         return true;
   1183      1.1  joerg 
   1184      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantExpression:
   1185      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
   1186      1.1  joerg         return checkingForUndefinedBehavior();
   1187      1.1  joerg       }
   1188      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case");
   1189      1.1  joerg     }
   1190      1.1  joerg 
   1191      1.1  joerg     /// Note that we hit something that was technically undefined behavior, but
   1192      1.1  joerg     /// that we can evaluate past it (such as signed overflow or floating-point
   1193      1.1  joerg     /// division by zero.)
   1194      1.1  joerg     bool noteUndefinedBehavior() override {
   1195      1.1  joerg       EvalStatus.HasUndefinedBehavior = true;
   1196      1.1  joerg       return keepEvaluatingAfterUndefinedBehavior();
   1197      1.1  joerg     }
   1198      1.1  joerg 
   1199      1.1  joerg     /// Should we continue evaluation as much as possible after encountering a
   1200      1.1  joerg     /// construct which can't be reduced to a value?
   1201      1.1  joerg     bool keepEvaluatingAfterFailure() const override {
   1202      1.1  joerg       if (!StepsLeft)
   1203      1.1  joerg         return false;
   1204      1.1  joerg 
   1205      1.1  joerg       switch (EvalMode) {
   1206      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantExpression:
   1207      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
   1208      1.1  joerg       case EM_ConstantFold:
   1209      1.1  joerg       case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
   1210      1.1  joerg         return checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
   1211      1.1  joerg                checkingForUndefinedBehavior();
   1212      1.1  joerg       }
   1213      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case");
   1214      1.1  joerg     }
   1215      1.1  joerg 
   1216      1.1  joerg     /// Notes that we failed to evaluate an expression that other expressions
   1217      1.1  joerg     /// directly depend on, and determine if we should keep evaluating. This
   1218      1.1  joerg     /// should only be called if we actually intend to keep evaluating.
   1219      1.1  joerg     ///
   1220      1.1  joerg     /// Call noteSideEffect() instead if we may be able to ignore the value that
   1221      1.1  joerg     /// we failed to evaluate, e.g. if we failed to evaluate Foo() in:
   1222      1.1  joerg     ///
   1223      1.1  joerg     /// (Foo(), 1)      // use noteSideEffect
   1224      1.1  joerg     /// (Foo() || true) // use noteSideEffect
   1225      1.1  joerg     /// Foo() + 1       // use noteFailure
   1226      1.1  joerg     LLVM_NODISCARD bool noteFailure() {
   1227      1.1  joerg       // Failure when evaluating some expression often means there is some
   1228      1.1  joerg       // subexpression whose evaluation was skipped. Therefore, (because we
   1229      1.1  joerg       // don't track whether we skipped an expression when unwinding after an
   1230      1.1  joerg       // evaluation failure) every evaluation failure that bubbles up from a
   1231      1.1  joerg       // subexpression implies that a side-effect has potentially happened. We
   1232      1.1  joerg       // skip setting the HasSideEffects flag to true until we decide to
   1233      1.1  joerg       // continue evaluating after that point, which happens here.
   1234      1.1  joerg       bool KeepGoing = keepEvaluatingAfterFailure();
   1235      1.1  joerg       EvalStatus.HasSideEffects |= KeepGoing;
   1236      1.1  joerg       return KeepGoing;
   1237      1.1  joerg     }
   1238      1.1  joerg 
   1239      1.1  joerg     class ArrayInitLoopIndex {
   1240      1.1  joerg       EvalInfo &Info;
   1241      1.1  joerg       uint64_t OuterIndex;
   1242      1.1  joerg 
   1243      1.1  joerg     public:
   1244      1.1  joerg       ArrayInitLoopIndex(EvalInfo &Info)
   1245      1.1  joerg           : Info(Info), OuterIndex(Info.ArrayInitIndex) {
   1246      1.1  joerg         Info.ArrayInitIndex = 0;
   1247      1.1  joerg       }
   1248      1.1  joerg       ~ArrayInitLoopIndex() { Info.ArrayInitIndex = OuterIndex; }
   1249      1.1  joerg 
   1250      1.1  joerg       operator uint64_t&() { return Info.ArrayInitIndex; }
   1251      1.1  joerg     };
   1252      1.1  joerg   };
   1253      1.1  joerg 
   1254      1.1  joerg   /// Object used to treat all foldable expressions as constant expressions.
   1255      1.1  joerg   struct FoldConstant {
   1256      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo &Info;
   1257      1.1  joerg     bool Enabled;
   1258      1.1  joerg     bool HadNoPriorDiags;
   1259      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo::EvaluationMode OldMode;
   1260      1.1  joerg 
   1261      1.1  joerg     explicit FoldConstant(EvalInfo &Info, bool Enabled)
   1262      1.1  joerg       : Info(Info),
   1263      1.1  joerg         Enabled(Enabled),
   1264      1.1  joerg         HadNoPriorDiags(Info.EvalStatus.Diag &&
   1265      1.1  joerg                         Info.EvalStatus.Diag->empty() &&
   1266      1.1  joerg                         !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects),
   1267      1.1  joerg         OldMode(Info.EvalMode) {
   1268      1.1  joerg       if (Enabled)
   1269      1.1  joerg         Info.EvalMode = EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold;
   1270      1.1  joerg     }
   1271      1.1  joerg     void keepDiagnostics() { Enabled = false; }
   1272      1.1  joerg     ~FoldConstant() {
   1273      1.1  joerg       if (Enabled && HadNoPriorDiags && !Info.EvalStatus.Diag->empty() &&
   1274      1.1  joerg           !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects)
   1275      1.1  joerg         Info.EvalStatus.Diag->clear();
   1276      1.1  joerg       Info.EvalMode = OldMode;
   1277      1.1  joerg     }
   1278      1.1  joerg   };
   1279      1.1  joerg 
   1280      1.1  joerg   /// RAII object used to set the current evaluation mode to ignore
   1281      1.1  joerg   /// side-effects.
   1282      1.1  joerg   struct IgnoreSideEffectsRAII {
   1283      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo &Info;
   1284      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo::EvaluationMode OldMode;
   1285      1.1  joerg     explicit IgnoreSideEffectsRAII(EvalInfo &Info)
   1286      1.1  joerg         : Info(Info), OldMode(Info.EvalMode) {
   1287      1.1  joerg       Info.EvalMode = EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects;
   1288      1.1  joerg     }
   1289      1.1  joerg 
   1290      1.1  joerg     ~IgnoreSideEffectsRAII() { Info.EvalMode = OldMode; }
   1291      1.1  joerg   };
   1292      1.1  joerg 
   1293      1.1  joerg   /// RAII object used to optionally suppress diagnostics and side-effects from
   1294      1.1  joerg   /// a speculative evaluation.
   1295      1.1  joerg   class SpeculativeEvaluationRAII {
   1296      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo *Info = nullptr;
   1297      1.1  joerg     Expr::EvalStatus OldStatus;
   1298      1.1  joerg     unsigned OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth;
   1299      1.1  joerg 
   1300      1.1  joerg     void moveFromAndCancel(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) {
   1301      1.1  joerg       Info = Other.Info;
   1302      1.1  joerg       OldStatus = Other.OldStatus;
   1303      1.1  joerg       OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth = Other.OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth;
   1304      1.1  joerg       Other.Info = nullptr;
   1305      1.1  joerg     }
   1306      1.1  joerg 
   1307      1.1  joerg     void maybeRestoreState() {
   1308      1.1  joerg       if (!Info)
   1309      1.1  joerg         return;
   1310      1.1  joerg 
   1311      1.1  joerg       Info->EvalStatus = OldStatus;
   1312      1.1  joerg       Info->SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth;
   1313      1.1  joerg     }
   1314      1.1  joerg 
   1315      1.1  joerg   public:
   1316      1.1  joerg     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII() = default;
   1317      1.1  joerg 
   1318      1.1  joerg     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(
   1319      1.1  joerg         EvalInfo &Info, SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *NewDiag = nullptr)
   1320      1.1  joerg         : Info(&Info), OldStatus(Info.EvalStatus),
   1321      1.1  joerg           OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth(Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) {
   1322      1.1  joerg       Info.EvalStatus.Diag = NewDiag;
   1323      1.1  joerg       Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = Info.CallStackDepth + 1;
   1324      1.1  joerg     }
   1325      1.1  joerg 
   1326      1.1  joerg     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(const SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &Other) = delete;
   1327      1.1  joerg     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) {
   1328      1.1  joerg       moveFromAndCancel(std::move(Other));
   1329      1.1  joerg     }
   1330      1.1  joerg 
   1331      1.1  joerg     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &operator=(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) {
   1332      1.1  joerg       maybeRestoreState();
   1333      1.1  joerg       moveFromAndCancel(std::move(Other));
   1334      1.1  joerg       return *this;
   1335      1.1  joerg     }
   1336      1.1  joerg 
   1337      1.1  joerg     ~SpeculativeEvaluationRAII() { maybeRestoreState(); }
   1338      1.1  joerg   };
   1339      1.1  joerg 
   1340      1.1  joerg   /// RAII object wrapping a full-expression or block scope, and handling
   1341      1.1  joerg   /// the ending of the lifetime of temporaries created within it.
   1342  1.1.1.2  joerg   template<ScopeKind Kind>
   1343      1.1  joerg   class ScopeRAII {
   1344      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo &Info;
   1345      1.1  joerg     unsigned OldStackSize;
   1346      1.1  joerg   public:
   1347      1.1  joerg     ScopeRAII(EvalInfo &Info)
   1348      1.1  joerg         : Info(Info), OldStackSize(Info.CleanupStack.size()) {
   1349      1.1  joerg       // Push a new temporary version. This is needed to distinguish between
   1350      1.1  joerg       // temporaries created in different iterations of a loop.
   1351      1.1  joerg       Info.CurrentCall->pushTempVersion();
   1352      1.1  joerg     }
   1353      1.1  joerg     bool destroy(bool RunDestructors = true) {
   1354      1.1  joerg       bool OK = cleanup(Info, RunDestructors, OldStackSize);
   1355      1.1  joerg       OldStackSize = -1U;
   1356      1.1  joerg       return OK;
   1357      1.1  joerg     }
   1358      1.1  joerg     ~ScopeRAII() {
   1359      1.1  joerg       if (OldStackSize != -1U)
   1360      1.1  joerg         destroy(false);
   1361      1.1  joerg       // Body moved to a static method to encourage the compiler to inline away
   1362      1.1  joerg       // instances of this class.
   1363      1.1  joerg       Info.CurrentCall->popTempVersion();
   1364      1.1  joerg     }
   1365      1.1  joerg   private:
   1366      1.1  joerg     static bool cleanup(EvalInfo &Info, bool RunDestructors,
   1367      1.1  joerg                         unsigned OldStackSize) {
   1368      1.1  joerg       assert(OldStackSize <= Info.CleanupStack.size() &&
   1369      1.1  joerg              "running cleanups out of order?");
   1370      1.1  joerg 
   1371      1.1  joerg       // Run all cleanups for a block scope, and non-lifetime-extended cleanups
   1372      1.1  joerg       // for a full-expression scope.
   1373      1.1  joerg       bool Success = true;
   1374      1.1  joerg       for (unsigned I = Info.CleanupStack.size(); I > OldStackSize; --I) {
   1375  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (Info.CleanupStack[I - 1].isDestroyedAtEndOf(Kind)) {
   1376      1.1  joerg           if (!Info.CleanupStack[I - 1].endLifetime(Info, RunDestructors)) {
   1377      1.1  joerg             Success = false;
   1378      1.1  joerg             break;
   1379      1.1  joerg           }
   1380      1.1  joerg         }
   1381      1.1  joerg       }
   1382      1.1  joerg 
   1383  1.1.1.2  joerg       // Compact any retained cleanups.
   1384      1.1  joerg       auto NewEnd = Info.CleanupStack.begin() + OldStackSize;
   1385  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Kind != ScopeKind::Block)
   1386      1.1  joerg         NewEnd =
   1387  1.1.1.2  joerg             std::remove_if(NewEnd, Info.CleanupStack.end(), [](Cleanup &C) {
   1388  1.1.1.2  joerg               return C.isDestroyedAtEndOf(Kind);
   1389  1.1.1.2  joerg             });
   1390      1.1  joerg       Info.CleanupStack.erase(NewEnd, Info.CleanupStack.end());
   1391      1.1  joerg       return Success;
   1392      1.1  joerg     }
   1393      1.1  joerg   };
   1394  1.1.1.2  joerg   typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::Block> BlockScopeRAII;
   1395  1.1.1.2  joerg   typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::FullExpression> FullExpressionRAII;
   1396  1.1.1.2  joerg   typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::Call> CallScopeRAII;
   1397      1.1  joerg }
   1398      1.1  joerg 
   1399      1.1  joerg bool SubobjectDesignator::checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   1400      1.1  joerg                                          CheckSubobjectKind CSK) {
   1401      1.1  joerg   if (Invalid)
   1402      1.1  joerg     return false;
   1403      1.1  joerg   if (isOnePastTheEnd()) {
   1404      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_past_end_subobject)
   1405      1.1  joerg       << CSK;
   1406      1.1  joerg     setInvalid();
   1407      1.1  joerg     return false;
   1408      1.1  joerg   }
   1409      1.1  joerg   // Note, we do not diagnose if isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray(), because there
   1410      1.1  joerg   // must actually be at least one array element; even a VLA cannot have a
   1411      1.1  joerg   // bound of zero. And if our index is nonzero, we already had a CCEDiag.
   1412      1.1  joerg   return true;
   1413      1.1  joerg }
   1414      1.1  joerg 
   1415      1.1  joerg void SubobjectDesignator::diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info,
   1416      1.1  joerg                                                                 const Expr *E) {
   1417      1.1  joerg   Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsized_array_indexed);
   1418      1.1  joerg   // Do not set the designator as invalid: we can represent this situation,
   1419      1.1  joerg   // and correct handling of __builtin_object_size requires us to do so.
   1420      1.1  joerg }
   1421      1.1  joerg 
   1422      1.1  joerg void SubobjectDesignator::diagnosePointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info,
   1423      1.1  joerg                                                     const Expr *E,
   1424      1.1  joerg                                                     const APSInt &N) {
   1425      1.1  joerg   // If we're complaining, we must be able to statically determine the size of
   1426      1.1  joerg   // the most derived array.
   1427      1.1  joerg   if (MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() && MostDerivedIsArrayElement)
   1428      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_array_index)
   1429      1.1  joerg       << N << /*array*/ 0
   1430      1.1  joerg       << static_cast<unsigned>(getMostDerivedArraySize());
   1431      1.1  joerg   else
   1432      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_array_index)
   1433      1.1  joerg       << N << /*non-array*/ 1;
   1434      1.1  joerg   setInvalid();
   1435      1.1  joerg }
   1436      1.1  joerg 
   1437      1.1  joerg CallStackFrame::CallStackFrame(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
   1438      1.1  joerg                                const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This,
   1439  1.1.1.2  joerg                                CallRef Call)
   1440      1.1  joerg     : Info(Info), Caller(Info.CurrentCall), Callee(Callee), This(This),
   1441  1.1.1.2  joerg       Arguments(Call), CallLoc(CallLoc), Index(Info.NextCallIndex++) {
   1442      1.1  joerg   Info.CurrentCall = this;
   1443      1.1  joerg   ++Info.CallStackDepth;
   1444      1.1  joerg }
   1445      1.1  joerg 
   1446      1.1  joerg CallStackFrame::~CallStackFrame() {
   1447      1.1  joerg   assert(Info.CurrentCall == this && "calls retired out of order");
   1448      1.1  joerg   --Info.CallStackDepth;
   1449      1.1  joerg   Info.CurrentCall = Caller;
   1450      1.1  joerg }
   1451      1.1  joerg 
   1452      1.1  joerg static bool isRead(AccessKinds AK) {
   1453      1.1  joerg   return AK == AK_Read || AK == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation;
   1454      1.1  joerg }
   1455      1.1  joerg 
   1456      1.1  joerg static bool isModification(AccessKinds AK) {
   1457      1.1  joerg   switch (AK) {
   1458      1.1  joerg   case AK_Read:
   1459      1.1  joerg   case AK_ReadObjectRepresentation:
   1460      1.1  joerg   case AK_MemberCall:
   1461      1.1  joerg   case AK_DynamicCast:
   1462      1.1  joerg   case AK_TypeId:
   1463      1.1  joerg     return false;
   1464      1.1  joerg   case AK_Assign:
   1465      1.1  joerg   case AK_Increment:
   1466      1.1  joerg   case AK_Decrement:
   1467      1.1  joerg   case AK_Construct:
   1468      1.1  joerg   case AK_Destroy:
   1469      1.1  joerg     return true;
   1470      1.1  joerg   }
   1471      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unknown access kind");
   1472      1.1  joerg }
   1473      1.1  joerg 
   1474      1.1  joerg static bool isAnyAccess(AccessKinds AK) {
   1475      1.1  joerg   return isRead(AK) || isModification(AK);
   1476      1.1  joerg }
   1477      1.1  joerg 
   1478      1.1  joerg /// Is this an access per the C++ definition?
   1479      1.1  joerg static bool isFormalAccess(AccessKinds AK) {
   1480      1.1  joerg   return isAnyAccess(AK) && AK != AK_Construct && AK != AK_Destroy;
   1481      1.1  joerg }
   1482      1.1  joerg 
   1483  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Is this kind of axcess valid on an indeterminate object value?
   1484  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool isValidIndeterminateAccess(AccessKinds AK) {
   1485  1.1.1.2  joerg   switch (AK) {
   1486  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_Read:
   1487  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_Increment:
   1488  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_Decrement:
   1489  1.1.1.2  joerg     // These need the object's value.
   1490  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   1491  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   1492  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_ReadObjectRepresentation:
   1493  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_Assign:
   1494  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_Construct:
   1495  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_Destroy:
   1496  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Construction and destruction don't need the value.
   1497  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   1498  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   1499  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_MemberCall:
   1500  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_DynamicCast:
   1501  1.1.1.2  joerg   case AK_TypeId:
   1502  1.1.1.2  joerg     // These aren't really meaningful on scalars.
   1503  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   1504  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   1505  1.1.1.2  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unknown access kind");
   1506  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   1507  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   1508      1.1  joerg namespace {
   1509      1.1  joerg   struct ComplexValue {
   1510      1.1  joerg   private:
   1511      1.1  joerg     bool IsInt;
   1512      1.1  joerg 
   1513      1.1  joerg   public:
   1514      1.1  joerg     APSInt IntReal, IntImag;
   1515      1.1  joerg     APFloat FloatReal, FloatImag;
   1516      1.1  joerg 
   1517      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue() : FloatReal(APFloat::Bogus()), FloatImag(APFloat::Bogus()) {}
   1518      1.1  joerg 
   1519      1.1  joerg     void makeComplexFloat() { IsInt = false; }
   1520      1.1  joerg     bool isComplexFloat() const { return !IsInt; }
   1521      1.1  joerg     APFloat &getComplexFloatReal() { return FloatReal; }
   1522      1.1  joerg     APFloat &getComplexFloatImag() { return FloatImag; }
   1523      1.1  joerg 
   1524      1.1  joerg     void makeComplexInt() { IsInt = true; }
   1525      1.1  joerg     bool isComplexInt() const { return IsInt; }
   1526      1.1  joerg     APSInt &getComplexIntReal() { return IntReal; }
   1527      1.1  joerg     APSInt &getComplexIntImag() { return IntImag; }
   1528      1.1  joerg 
   1529      1.1  joerg     void moveInto(APValue &v) const {
   1530      1.1  joerg       if (isComplexFloat())
   1531      1.1  joerg         v = APValue(FloatReal, FloatImag);
   1532      1.1  joerg       else
   1533      1.1  joerg         v = APValue(IntReal, IntImag);
   1534      1.1  joerg     }
   1535      1.1  joerg     void setFrom(const APValue &v) {
   1536      1.1  joerg       assert(v.isComplexFloat() || v.isComplexInt());
   1537      1.1  joerg       if (v.isComplexFloat()) {
   1538      1.1  joerg         makeComplexFloat();
   1539      1.1  joerg         FloatReal = v.getComplexFloatReal();
   1540      1.1  joerg         FloatImag = v.getComplexFloatImag();
   1541      1.1  joerg       } else {
   1542      1.1  joerg         makeComplexInt();
   1543      1.1  joerg         IntReal = v.getComplexIntReal();
   1544      1.1  joerg         IntImag = v.getComplexIntImag();
   1545      1.1  joerg       }
   1546      1.1  joerg     }
   1547      1.1  joerg   };
   1548      1.1  joerg 
   1549      1.1  joerg   struct LValue {
   1550      1.1  joerg     APValue::LValueBase Base;
   1551      1.1  joerg     CharUnits Offset;
   1552      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator Designator;
   1553      1.1  joerg     bool IsNullPtr : 1;
   1554      1.1  joerg     bool InvalidBase : 1;
   1555      1.1  joerg 
   1556      1.1  joerg     const APValue::LValueBase getLValueBase() const { return Base; }
   1557      1.1  joerg     CharUnits &getLValueOffset() { return Offset; }
   1558      1.1  joerg     const CharUnits &getLValueOffset() const { return Offset; }
   1559      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator &getLValueDesignator() { return Designator; }
   1560      1.1  joerg     const SubobjectDesignator &getLValueDesignator() const { return Designator;}
   1561      1.1  joerg     bool isNullPointer() const { return IsNullPtr;}
   1562      1.1  joerg 
   1563      1.1  joerg     unsigned getLValueCallIndex() const { return Base.getCallIndex(); }
   1564      1.1  joerg     unsigned getLValueVersion() const { return Base.getVersion(); }
   1565      1.1  joerg 
   1566      1.1  joerg     void moveInto(APValue &V) const {
   1567      1.1  joerg       if (Designator.Invalid)
   1568      1.1  joerg         V = APValue(Base, Offset, APValue::NoLValuePath(), IsNullPtr);
   1569      1.1  joerg       else {
   1570      1.1  joerg         assert(!InvalidBase && "APValues can't handle invalid LValue bases");
   1571      1.1  joerg         V = APValue(Base, Offset, Designator.Entries,
   1572      1.1  joerg                     Designator.IsOnePastTheEnd, IsNullPtr);
   1573      1.1  joerg       }
   1574      1.1  joerg     }
   1575      1.1  joerg     void setFrom(ASTContext &Ctx, const APValue &V) {
   1576      1.1  joerg       assert(V.isLValue() && "Setting LValue from a non-LValue?");
   1577      1.1  joerg       Base = V.getLValueBase();
   1578      1.1  joerg       Offset = V.getLValueOffset();
   1579      1.1  joerg       InvalidBase = false;
   1580      1.1  joerg       Designator = SubobjectDesignator(Ctx, V);
   1581      1.1  joerg       IsNullPtr = V.isNullPointer();
   1582      1.1  joerg     }
   1583      1.1  joerg 
   1584      1.1  joerg     void set(APValue::LValueBase B, bool BInvalid = false) {
   1585      1.1  joerg #ifndef NDEBUG
   1586      1.1  joerg       // We only allow a few types of invalid bases. Enforce that here.
   1587      1.1  joerg       if (BInvalid) {
   1588      1.1  joerg         const auto *E = B.get<const Expr *>();
   1589      1.1  joerg         assert((isa<MemberExpr>(E) || tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E)) &&
   1590      1.1  joerg                "Unexpected type of invalid base");
   1591      1.1  joerg       }
   1592      1.1  joerg #endif
   1593      1.1  joerg 
   1594      1.1  joerg       Base = B;
   1595      1.1  joerg       Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(0);
   1596      1.1  joerg       InvalidBase = BInvalid;
   1597      1.1  joerg       Designator = SubobjectDesignator(getType(B));
   1598      1.1  joerg       IsNullPtr = false;
   1599      1.1  joerg     }
   1600      1.1  joerg 
   1601      1.1  joerg     void setNull(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType PointerTy) {
   1602  1.1.1.2  joerg       Base = (const ValueDecl *)nullptr;
   1603      1.1  joerg       Offset =
   1604      1.1  joerg           CharUnits::fromQuantity(Ctx.getTargetNullPointerValue(PointerTy));
   1605      1.1  joerg       InvalidBase = false;
   1606      1.1  joerg       Designator = SubobjectDesignator(PointerTy->getPointeeType());
   1607      1.1  joerg       IsNullPtr = true;
   1608      1.1  joerg     }
   1609      1.1  joerg 
   1610      1.1  joerg     void setInvalid(APValue::LValueBase B, unsigned I = 0) {
   1611      1.1  joerg       set(B, true);
   1612      1.1  joerg     }
   1613      1.1  joerg 
   1614      1.1  joerg     std::string toString(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) const {
   1615      1.1  joerg       APValue Printable;
   1616      1.1  joerg       moveInto(Printable);
   1617      1.1  joerg       return Printable.getAsString(Ctx, T);
   1618      1.1  joerg     }
   1619      1.1  joerg 
   1620      1.1  joerg   private:
   1621      1.1  joerg     // Check that this LValue is not based on a null pointer. If it is, produce
   1622      1.1  joerg     // a diagnostic and mark the designator as invalid.
   1623      1.1  joerg     template <typename GenDiagType>
   1624      1.1  joerg     bool checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith(const GenDiagType &GenDiag) {
   1625      1.1  joerg       if (Designator.Invalid)
   1626      1.1  joerg         return false;
   1627      1.1  joerg       if (IsNullPtr) {
   1628      1.1  joerg         GenDiag();
   1629      1.1  joerg         Designator.setInvalid();
   1630      1.1  joerg         return false;
   1631      1.1  joerg       }
   1632      1.1  joerg       return true;
   1633      1.1  joerg     }
   1634      1.1  joerg 
   1635      1.1  joerg   public:
   1636      1.1  joerg     bool checkNullPointer(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   1637      1.1  joerg                           CheckSubobjectKind CSK) {
   1638      1.1  joerg       return checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith([&Info, E, CSK] {
   1639      1.1  joerg         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_null_subobject) << CSK;
   1640      1.1  joerg       });
   1641      1.1  joerg     }
   1642      1.1  joerg 
   1643      1.1  joerg     bool checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   1644      1.1  joerg                                        AccessKinds AK) {
   1645      1.1  joerg       return checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith([&Info, E, AK] {
   1646      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_null) << AK;
   1647      1.1  joerg       });
   1648      1.1  joerg     }
   1649      1.1  joerg 
   1650      1.1  joerg     // Check this LValue refers to an object. If not, set the designator to be
   1651      1.1  joerg     // invalid and emit a diagnostic.
   1652      1.1  joerg     bool checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, CheckSubobjectKind CSK) {
   1653      1.1  joerg       return (CSK == CSK_ArrayToPointer || checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK)) &&
   1654      1.1  joerg              Designator.checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK);
   1655      1.1  joerg     }
   1656      1.1  joerg 
   1657      1.1  joerg     void addDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   1658      1.1  joerg                  const Decl *D, bool Virtual = false) {
   1659      1.1  joerg       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, isa<FieldDecl>(D) ? CSK_Field : CSK_Base))
   1660      1.1  joerg         Designator.addDeclUnchecked(D, Virtual);
   1661      1.1  joerg     }
   1662      1.1  joerg     void addUnsizedArray(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, QualType ElemTy) {
   1663      1.1  joerg       if (!Designator.Entries.empty()) {
   1664      1.1  joerg         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_unsized_array);
   1665      1.1  joerg         Designator.setInvalid();
   1666      1.1  joerg         return;
   1667      1.1  joerg       }
   1668      1.1  joerg       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_ArrayToPointer)) {
   1669      1.1  joerg         assert(getType(Base)->isPointerType() || getType(Base)->isArrayType());
   1670      1.1  joerg         Designator.FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = true;
   1671      1.1  joerg         Designator.addUnsizedArrayUnchecked(ElemTy);
   1672      1.1  joerg       }
   1673      1.1  joerg     }
   1674      1.1  joerg     void addArray(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const ConstantArrayType *CAT) {
   1675      1.1  joerg       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_ArrayToPointer))
   1676      1.1  joerg         Designator.addArrayUnchecked(CAT);
   1677      1.1  joerg     }
   1678      1.1  joerg     void addComplex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, QualType EltTy, bool Imag) {
   1679      1.1  joerg       if (checkSubobject(Info, E, Imag ? CSK_Imag : CSK_Real))
   1680      1.1  joerg         Designator.addComplexUnchecked(EltTy, Imag);
   1681      1.1  joerg     }
   1682      1.1  joerg     void clearIsNullPointer() {
   1683      1.1  joerg       IsNullPtr = false;
   1684      1.1  joerg     }
   1685      1.1  joerg     void adjustOffsetAndIndex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   1686      1.1  joerg                               const APSInt &Index, CharUnits ElementSize) {
   1687      1.1  joerg       // An index of 0 has no effect. (In C, adding 0 to a null pointer is UB,
   1688      1.1  joerg       // but we're not required to diagnose it and it's valid in C++.)
   1689      1.1  joerg       if (!Index)
   1690      1.1  joerg         return;
   1691      1.1  joerg 
   1692      1.1  joerg       // Compute the new offset in the appropriate width, wrapping at 64 bits.
   1693      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: When compiling for a 32-bit target, we should use 32-bit
   1694      1.1  joerg       // offsets.
   1695      1.1  joerg       uint64_t Offset64 = Offset.getQuantity();
   1696      1.1  joerg       uint64_t ElemSize64 = ElementSize.getQuantity();
   1697      1.1  joerg       uint64_t Index64 = Index.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
   1698      1.1  joerg       Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Offset64 + ElemSize64 * Index64);
   1699      1.1  joerg 
   1700      1.1  joerg       if (checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK_ArrayIndex))
   1701      1.1  joerg         Designator.adjustIndex(Info, E, Index);
   1702      1.1  joerg       clearIsNullPointer();
   1703      1.1  joerg     }
   1704      1.1  joerg     void adjustOffset(CharUnits N) {
   1705      1.1  joerg       Offset += N;
   1706      1.1  joerg       if (N.getQuantity())
   1707      1.1  joerg         clearIsNullPointer();
   1708      1.1  joerg     }
   1709      1.1  joerg   };
   1710      1.1  joerg 
   1711      1.1  joerg   struct MemberPtr {
   1712      1.1  joerg     MemberPtr() {}
   1713      1.1  joerg     explicit MemberPtr(const ValueDecl *Decl) :
   1714      1.1  joerg       DeclAndIsDerivedMember(Decl, false), Path() {}
   1715      1.1  joerg 
   1716      1.1  joerg     /// The member or (direct or indirect) field referred to by this member
   1717      1.1  joerg     /// pointer, or 0 if this is a null member pointer.
   1718      1.1  joerg     const ValueDecl *getDecl() const {
   1719      1.1  joerg       return DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getPointer();
   1720      1.1  joerg     }
   1721      1.1  joerg     /// Is this actually a member of some type derived from the relevant class?
   1722      1.1  joerg     bool isDerivedMember() const {
   1723      1.1  joerg       return DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getInt();
   1724      1.1  joerg     }
   1725      1.1  joerg     /// Get the class which the declaration actually lives in.
   1726      1.1  joerg     const CXXRecordDecl *getContainingRecord() const {
   1727      1.1  joerg       return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
   1728      1.1  joerg           DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getPointer()->getDeclContext());
   1729      1.1  joerg     }
   1730      1.1  joerg 
   1731      1.1  joerg     void moveInto(APValue &V) const {
   1732      1.1  joerg       V = APValue(getDecl(), isDerivedMember(), Path);
   1733      1.1  joerg     }
   1734      1.1  joerg     void setFrom(const APValue &V) {
   1735      1.1  joerg       assert(V.isMemberPointer());
   1736      1.1  joerg       DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setPointer(V.getMemberPointerDecl());
   1737      1.1  joerg       DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(V.isMemberPointerToDerivedMember());
   1738      1.1  joerg       Path.clear();
   1739      1.1  joerg       ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl*> P = V.getMemberPointerPath();
   1740      1.1  joerg       Path.insert(Path.end(), P.begin(), P.end());
   1741      1.1  joerg     }
   1742      1.1  joerg 
   1743      1.1  joerg     /// DeclAndIsDerivedMember - The member declaration, and a flag indicating
   1744      1.1  joerg     /// whether the member is a member of some class derived from the class type
   1745      1.1  joerg     /// of the member pointer.
   1746      1.1  joerg     llvm::PointerIntPair<const ValueDecl*, 1, bool> DeclAndIsDerivedMember;
   1747      1.1  joerg     /// Path - The path of base/derived classes from the member declaration's
   1748      1.1  joerg     /// class (exclusive) to the class type of the member pointer (inclusive).
   1749      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<const CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Path;
   1750      1.1  joerg 
   1751      1.1  joerg     /// Perform a cast towards the class of the Decl (either up or down the
   1752      1.1  joerg     /// hierarchy).
   1753      1.1  joerg     bool castBack(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
   1754      1.1  joerg       assert(!Path.empty());
   1755      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Expected;
   1756      1.1  joerg       if (Path.size() >= 2)
   1757      1.1  joerg         Expected = Path[Path.size() - 2];
   1758      1.1  joerg       else
   1759      1.1  joerg         Expected = getContainingRecord();
   1760      1.1  joerg       if (Expected->getCanonicalDecl() != Class->getCanonicalDecl()) {
   1761      1.1  joerg         // C++11 [expr.static.cast]p12: In a conversion from (D::*) to (B::*),
   1762      1.1  joerg         // if B does not contain the original member and is not a base or
   1763      1.1  joerg         // derived class of the class containing the original member, the result
   1764      1.1  joerg         // of the cast is undefined.
   1765      1.1  joerg         // C++11 [conv.mem]p2 does not cover this case for a cast from (B::*) to
   1766      1.1  joerg         // (D::*). We consider that to be a language defect.
   1767      1.1  joerg         return false;
   1768      1.1  joerg       }
   1769      1.1  joerg       Path.pop_back();
   1770      1.1  joerg       return true;
   1771      1.1  joerg     }
   1772      1.1  joerg     /// Perform a base-to-derived member pointer cast.
   1773      1.1  joerg     bool castToDerived(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived) {
   1774      1.1  joerg       if (!getDecl())
   1775      1.1  joerg         return true;
   1776      1.1  joerg       if (!isDerivedMember()) {
   1777      1.1  joerg         Path.push_back(Derived);
   1778      1.1  joerg         return true;
   1779      1.1  joerg       }
   1780      1.1  joerg       if (!castBack(Derived))
   1781      1.1  joerg         return false;
   1782      1.1  joerg       if (Path.empty())
   1783      1.1  joerg         DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(false);
   1784      1.1  joerg       return true;
   1785      1.1  joerg     }
   1786      1.1  joerg     /// Perform a derived-to-base member pointer cast.
   1787      1.1  joerg     bool castToBase(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) {
   1788      1.1  joerg       if (!getDecl())
   1789      1.1  joerg         return true;
   1790      1.1  joerg       if (Path.empty())
   1791      1.1  joerg         DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(true);
   1792      1.1  joerg       if (isDerivedMember()) {
   1793      1.1  joerg         Path.push_back(Base);
   1794      1.1  joerg         return true;
   1795      1.1  joerg       }
   1796      1.1  joerg       return castBack(Base);
   1797      1.1  joerg     }
   1798      1.1  joerg   };
   1799      1.1  joerg 
   1800      1.1  joerg   /// Compare two member pointers, which are assumed to be of the same type.
   1801      1.1  joerg   static bool operator==(const MemberPtr &LHS, const MemberPtr &RHS) {
   1802      1.1  joerg     if (!LHS.getDecl() || !RHS.getDecl())
   1803      1.1  joerg       return !LHS.getDecl() && !RHS.getDecl();
   1804      1.1  joerg     if (LHS.getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() != RHS.getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
   1805      1.1  joerg       return false;
   1806      1.1  joerg     return LHS.Path == RHS.Path;
   1807      1.1  joerg   }
   1808      1.1  joerg }
   1809      1.1  joerg 
   1810      1.1  joerg static bool Evaluate(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E);
   1811      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateInPlace(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   1812      1.1  joerg                             const LValue &This, const Expr *E,
   1813      1.1  joerg                             bool AllowNonLiteralTypes = false);
   1814      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   1815      1.1  joerg                            bool InvalidBaseOK = false);
   1816      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   1817      1.1  joerg                             bool InvalidBaseOK = false);
   1818      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateMemberPointer(const Expr *E, MemberPtr &Result,
   1819      1.1  joerg                                   EvalInfo &Info);
   1820      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateTemporary(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info);
   1821      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateInteger(const Expr *E, APSInt &Result, EvalInfo &Info);
   1822      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(const Expr *E, APValue &Result,
   1823      1.1  joerg                                     EvalInfo &Info);
   1824      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateFloat(const Expr *E, APFloat &Result, EvalInfo &Info);
   1825      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateComplex(const Expr *E, ComplexValue &Res, EvalInfo &Info);
   1826      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAtomic(const Expr *E, const LValue *This, APValue &Result,
   1827      1.1  joerg                            EvalInfo &Info);
   1828      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APValue &Result);
   1829      1.1  joerg 
   1830      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate an integer or fixed point expression into an APResult.
   1831      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
   1832      1.1  joerg                                         EvalInfo &Info);
   1833      1.1  joerg 
   1834      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate only a fixed point expression into an APResult.
   1835      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateFixedPoint(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
   1836      1.1  joerg                                EvalInfo &Info);
   1837      1.1  joerg 
   1838      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   1839      1.1  joerg // Misc utilities
   1840      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   1841      1.1  joerg 
   1842      1.1  joerg /// Negate an APSInt in place, converting it to a signed form if necessary, and
   1843      1.1  joerg /// preserving its value (by extending by up to one bit as needed).
   1844      1.1  joerg static void negateAsSigned(APSInt &Int) {
   1845      1.1  joerg   if (Int.isUnsigned() || Int.isMinSignedValue()) {
   1846      1.1  joerg     Int = Int.extend(Int.getBitWidth() + 1);
   1847      1.1  joerg     Int.setIsSigned(true);
   1848      1.1  joerg   }
   1849      1.1  joerg   Int = -Int;
   1850      1.1  joerg }
   1851      1.1  joerg 
   1852      1.1  joerg template<typename KeyT>
   1853      1.1  joerg APValue &CallStackFrame::createTemporary(const KeyT *Key, QualType T,
   1854  1.1.1.2  joerg                                          ScopeKind Scope, LValue &LV) {
   1855      1.1  joerg   unsigned Version = getTempVersion();
   1856      1.1  joerg   APValue::LValueBase Base(Key, Index, Version);
   1857      1.1  joerg   LV.set(Base);
   1858  1.1.1.2  joerg   return createLocal(Base, Key, T, Scope);
   1859  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   1860  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   1861  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Allocate storage for a parameter of a function call made in this frame.
   1862  1.1.1.2  joerg APValue &CallStackFrame::createParam(CallRef Args, const ParmVarDecl *PVD,
   1863  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      LValue &LV) {
   1864  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(Args.CallIndex == Index && "creating parameter in wrong frame");
   1865  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue::LValueBase Base(PVD, Index, Args.Version);
   1866  1.1.1.2  joerg   LV.set(Base);
   1867  1.1.1.2  joerg   // We always destroy parameters at the end of the call, even if we'd allow
   1868  1.1.1.2  joerg   // them to live to the end of the full-expression at runtime, in order to
   1869  1.1.1.2  joerg   // give portable results and match other compilers.
   1870  1.1.1.2  joerg   return createLocal(Base, PVD, PVD->getType(), ScopeKind::Call);
   1871  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   1872  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   1873  1.1.1.2  joerg APValue &CallStackFrame::createLocal(APValue::LValueBase Base, const void *Key,
   1874  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      QualType T, ScopeKind Scope) {
   1875  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(Base.getCallIndex() == Index && "lvalue for wrong frame");
   1876  1.1.1.2  joerg   unsigned Version = Base.getVersion();
   1877      1.1  joerg   APValue &Result = Temporaries[MapKeyTy(Key, Version)];
   1878  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(Result.isAbsent() && "local created multiple times");
   1879      1.1  joerg 
   1880  1.1.1.2  joerg   // If we're creating a local immediately in the operand of a speculative
   1881      1.1  joerg   // evaluation, don't register a cleanup to be run outside the speculative
   1882      1.1  joerg   // evaluation context, since we won't actually be able to initialize this
   1883      1.1  joerg   // object.
   1884      1.1  joerg   if (Index <= Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) {
   1885      1.1  joerg     if (T.isDestructedType())
   1886      1.1  joerg       Info.noteSideEffect();
   1887      1.1  joerg   } else {
   1888  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.CleanupStack.push_back(Cleanup(&Result, Base, T, Scope));
   1889      1.1  joerg   }
   1890      1.1  joerg   return Result;
   1891      1.1  joerg }
   1892      1.1  joerg 
   1893      1.1  joerg APValue *EvalInfo::createHeapAlloc(const Expr *E, QualType T, LValue &LV) {
   1894      1.1  joerg   if (NumHeapAllocs > DynamicAllocLValue::getMaxIndex()) {
   1895      1.1  joerg     FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_heap_alloc_limit_exceeded);
   1896      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
   1897      1.1  joerg   }
   1898      1.1  joerg 
   1899      1.1  joerg   DynamicAllocLValue DA(NumHeapAllocs++);
   1900      1.1  joerg   LV.set(APValue::LValueBase::getDynamicAlloc(DA, T));
   1901      1.1  joerg   auto Result = HeapAllocs.emplace(std::piecewise_construct,
   1902      1.1  joerg                                    std::forward_as_tuple(DA), std::tuple<>());
   1903      1.1  joerg   assert(Result.second && "reused a heap alloc index?");
   1904      1.1  joerg   Result.first->second.AllocExpr = E;
   1905      1.1  joerg   return &Result.first->second.Value;
   1906      1.1  joerg }
   1907      1.1  joerg 
   1908      1.1  joerg /// Produce a string describing the given constexpr call.
   1909      1.1  joerg void CallStackFrame::describe(raw_ostream &Out) {
   1910      1.1  joerg   unsigned ArgIndex = 0;
   1911      1.1  joerg   bool IsMemberCall = isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee) &&
   1912      1.1  joerg                       !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Callee) &&
   1913      1.1  joerg                       cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee)->isInstance();
   1914      1.1  joerg 
   1915      1.1  joerg   if (!IsMemberCall)
   1916      1.1  joerg     Out << *Callee << '(';
   1917      1.1  joerg 
   1918      1.1  joerg   if (This && IsMemberCall) {
   1919      1.1  joerg     APValue Val;
   1920      1.1  joerg     This->moveInto(Val);
   1921      1.1  joerg     Val.printPretty(Out, Info.Ctx,
   1922      1.1  joerg                     This->Designator.MostDerivedType);
   1923      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Add parens around Val if needed.
   1924      1.1  joerg     Out << "->" << *Callee << '(';
   1925      1.1  joerg     IsMemberCall = false;
   1926      1.1  joerg   }
   1927      1.1  joerg 
   1928      1.1  joerg   for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator I = Callee->param_begin(),
   1929      1.1  joerg        E = Callee->param_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ArgIndex) {
   1930      1.1  joerg     if (ArgIndex > (unsigned)IsMemberCall)
   1931      1.1  joerg       Out << ", ";
   1932      1.1  joerg 
   1933      1.1  joerg     const ParmVarDecl *Param = *I;
   1934  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue *V = Info.getParamSlot(Arguments, Param);
   1935  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (V)
   1936  1.1.1.2  joerg       V->printPretty(Out, Info.Ctx, Param->getType());
   1937  1.1.1.2  joerg     else
   1938  1.1.1.2  joerg       Out << "<...>";
   1939      1.1  joerg 
   1940      1.1  joerg     if (ArgIndex == 0 && IsMemberCall)
   1941      1.1  joerg       Out << "->" << *Callee << '(';
   1942      1.1  joerg   }
   1943      1.1  joerg 
   1944      1.1  joerg   Out << ')';
   1945      1.1  joerg }
   1946      1.1  joerg 
   1947      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate an expression to see if it had side-effects, and discard its
   1948      1.1  joerg /// result.
   1949      1.1  joerg /// \return \c true if the caller should keep evaluating.
   1950      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateIgnoredValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) {
   1951  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   1952      1.1  joerg   APValue Scratch;
   1953      1.1  joerg   if (!Evaluate(Scratch, Info, E))
   1954      1.1  joerg     // We don't need the value, but we might have skipped a side effect here.
   1955      1.1  joerg     return Info.noteSideEffect();
   1956      1.1  joerg   return true;
   1957      1.1  joerg }
   1958      1.1  joerg 
   1959      1.1  joerg /// Should this call expression be treated as a string literal?
   1960      1.1  joerg static bool IsStringLiteralCall(const CallExpr *E) {
   1961      1.1  joerg   unsigned Builtin = E->getBuiltinCallee();
   1962      1.1  joerg   return (Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
   1963      1.1  joerg           Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString);
   1964      1.1  joerg }
   1965      1.1  joerg 
   1966      1.1  joerg static bool IsGlobalLValue(APValue::LValueBase B) {
   1967      1.1  joerg   // C++11 [expr.const]p3 An address constant expression is a prvalue core
   1968      1.1  joerg   // constant expression of pointer type that evaluates to...
   1969      1.1  joerg 
   1970      1.1  joerg   // ... a null pointer value, or a prvalue core constant expression of type
   1971      1.1  joerg   // std::nullptr_t.
   1972      1.1  joerg   if (!B) return true;
   1973      1.1  joerg 
   1974      1.1  joerg   if (const ValueDecl *D = B.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
   1975      1.1  joerg     // ... the address of an object with static storage duration,
   1976      1.1  joerg     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
   1977      1.1  joerg       return VD->hasGlobalStorage();
   1978  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (isa<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D))
   1979  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   1980      1.1  joerg     // ... the address of a function,
   1981  1.1.1.2  joerg     // ... the address of a GUID [MS extension],
   1982  1.1.1.2  joerg     return isa<FunctionDecl>(D) || isa<MSGuidDecl>(D);
   1983      1.1  joerg   }
   1984      1.1  joerg 
   1985      1.1  joerg   if (B.is<TypeInfoLValue>() || B.is<DynamicAllocLValue>())
   1986      1.1  joerg     return true;
   1987      1.1  joerg 
   1988      1.1  joerg   const Expr *E = B.get<const Expr*>();
   1989      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
   1990      1.1  joerg   default:
   1991      1.1  joerg     return false;
   1992      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: {
   1993      1.1  joerg     const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E);
   1994      1.1  joerg     return CLE->isFileScope() && CLE->isLValue();
   1995      1.1  joerg   }
   1996      1.1  joerg   case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
   1997      1.1  joerg     // A materialized temporary might have been lifetime-extended to static
   1998      1.1  joerg     // storage duration.
   1999      1.1  joerg     return cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static;
   2000      1.1  joerg   // A string literal has static storage duration.
   2001      1.1  joerg   case Expr::StringLiteralClass:
   2002      1.1  joerg   case Expr::PredefinedExprClass:
   2003      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
   2004      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
   2005      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2006      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
   2007      1.1  joerg     return cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)->isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer();
   2008      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CallExprClass:
   2009      1.1  joerg     return IsStringLiteralCall(cast<CallExpr>(E));
   2010      1.1  joerg   // For GCC compatibility, &&label has static storage duration.
   2011      1.1  joerg   case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass:
   2012      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2013      1.1  joerg   // A Block literal expression may be used as the initialization value for
   2014      1.1  joerg   // Block variables at global or local static scope.
   2015      1.1  joerg   case Expr::BlockExprClass:
   2016      1.1  joerg     return !cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures();
   2017      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ImplicitValueInitExprClass:
   2018      1.1  joerg     // FIXME:
   2019      1.1  joerg     // We can never form an lvalue with an implicit value initialization as its
   2020      1.1  joerg     // base through expression evaluation, so these only appear in one case: the
   2021      1.1  joerg     // implicit variable declaration we invent when checking whether a constexpr
   2022      1.1  joerg     // constructor can produce a constant expression. We must assume that such
   2023      1.1  joerg     // an expression might be a global lvalue.
   2024      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2025      1.1  joerg   }
   2026      1.1  joerg }
   2027      1.1  joerg 
   2028      1.1  joerg static const ValueDecl *GetLValueBaseDecl(const LValue &LVal) {
   2029      1.1  joerg   return LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
   2030      1.1  joerg }
   2031      1.1  joerg 
   2032      1.1  joerg static bool IsLiteralLValue(const LValue &Value) {
   2033      1.1  joerg   if (Value.getLValueCallIndex())
   2034      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2035      1.1  joerg   const Expr *E = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
   2036      1.1  joerg   return E && !isa<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E);
   2037      1.1  joerg }
   2038      1.1  joerg 
   2039      1.1  joerg static bool IsWeakLValue(const LValue &Value) {
   2040      1.1  joerg   const ValueDecl *Decl = GetLValueBaseDecl(Value);
   2041      1.1  joerg   return Decl && Decl->isWeak();
   2042      1.1  joerg }
   2043      1.1  joerg 
   2044      1.1  joerg static bool isZeroSized(const LValue &Value) {
   2045      1.1  joerg   const ValueDecl *Decl = GetLValueBaseDecl(Value);
   2046      1.1  joerg   if (Decl && isa<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
   2047      1.1  joerg     QualType Ty = Decl->getType();
   2048      1.1  joerg     if (Ty->isArrayType())
   2049      1.1  joerg       return Ty->isIncompleteType() ||
   2050      1.1  joerg              Decl->getASTContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 0;
   2051      1.1  joerg   }
   2052      1.1  joerg   return false;
   2053      1.1  joerg }
   2054      1.1  joerg 
   2055      1.1  joerg static bool HasSameBase(const LValue &A, const LValue &B) {
   2056      1.1  joerg   if (!A.getLValueBase())
   2057      1.1  joerg     return !B.getLValueBase();
   2058      1.1  joerg   if (!B.getLValueBase())
   2059      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2060      1.1  joerg 
   2061      1.1  joerg   if (A.getLValueBase().getOpaqueValue() !=
   2062  1.1.1.2  joerg       B.getLValueBase().getOpaqueValue())
   2063  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   2064      1.1  joerg 
   2065  1.1.1.2  joerg   return A.getLValueCallIndex() == B.getLValueCallIndex() &&
   2066  1.1.1.2  joerg          A.getLValueVersion() == B.getLValueVersion();
   2067      1.1  joerg }
   2068      1.1  joerg 
   2069      1.1  joerg static void NoteLValueLocation(EvalInfo &Info, APValue::LValueBase Base) {
   2070      1.1  joerg   assert(Base && "no location for a null lvalue");
   2071      1.1  joerg   const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
   2072  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2073  1.1.1.2  joerg   // For a parameter, find the corresponding call stack frame (if it still
   2074  1.1.1.2  joerg   // exists), and point at the parameter of the function definition we actually
   2075  1.1.1.2  joerg   // invoked.
   2076  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
   2077  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned Idx = PVD->getFunctionScopeIndex();
   2078  1.1.1.2  joerg     for (CallStackFrame *F = Info.CurrentCall; F; F = F->Caller) {
   2079  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (F->Arguments.CallIndex == Base.getCallIndex() &&
   2080  1.1.1.2  joerg           F->Arguments.Version == Base.getVersion() && F->Callee &&
   2081  1.1.1.2  joerg           Idx < F->Callee->getNumParams()) {
   2082  1.1.1.2  joerg         VD = F->Callee->getParamDecl(Idx);
   2083  1.1.1.2  joerg         break;
   2084  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   2085  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   2086  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2087  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2088      1.1  joerg   if (VD)
   2089      1.1  joerg     Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   2090      1.1  joerg   else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>())
   2091      1.1  joerg     Info.Note(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_temporary_here);
   2092      1.1  joerg   else if (DynamicAllocLValue DA = Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
   2093      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Produce a note for dangling pointers too.
   2094      1.1  joerg     if (Optional<DynAlloc*> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA))
   2095      1.1  joerg       Info.Note((*Alloc)->AllocExpr->getExprLoc(),
   2096      1.1  joerg                 diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_alloc_here);
   2097      1.1  joerg   }
   2098      1.1  joerg   // We have no information to show for a typeid(T) object.
   2099      1.1  joerg }
   2100      1.1  joerg 
   2101      1.1  joerg enum class CheckEvaluationResultKind {
   2102      1.1  joerg   ConstantExpression,
   2103      1.1  joerg   FullyInitialized,
   2104      1.1  joerg };
   2105      1.1  joerg 
   2106      1.1  joerg /// Materialized temporaries that we've already checked to determine if they're
   2107      1.1  joerg /// initializsed by a constant expression.
   2108      1.1  joerg using CheckedTemporaries =
   2109      1.1  joerg     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, 8>;
   2110      1.1  joerg 
   2111      1.1  joerg static bool CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind CERK,
   2112      1.1  joerg                                   EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
   2113      1.1  joerg                                   QualType Type, const APValue &Value,
   2114  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   ConstantExprKind Kind,
   2115      1.1  joerg                                   SourceLocation SubobjectLoc,
   2116      1.1  joerg                                   CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps);
   2117      1.1  joerg 
   2118      1.1  joerg /// Check that this reference or pointer core constant expression is a valid
   2119      1.1  joerg /// value for an address or reference constant expression. Return true if we
   2120      1.1  joerg /// can fold this expression, whether or not it's a constant expression.
   2121      1.1  joerg static bool CheckLValueConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
   2122      1.1  joerg                                           QualType Type, const LValue &LVal,
   2123  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           ConstantExprKind Kind,
   2124      1.1  joerg                                           CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps) {
   2125      1.1  joerg   bool IsReferenceType = Type->isReferenceType();
   2126      1.1  joerg 
   2127      1.1  joerg   APValue::LValueBase Base = LVal.getLValueBase();
   2128      1.1  joerg   const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.getLValueDesignator();
   2129      1.1  joerg 
   2130  1.1.1.2  joerg   const Expr *BaseE = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
   2131  1.1.1.2  joerg   const ValueDecl *BaseVD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
   2132  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2133  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Additional restrictions apply in a template argument. We only enforce the
   2134  1.1.1.2  joerg   // C++20 restrictions here; additional syntactic and semantic restrictions
   2135  1.1.1.2  joerg   // are applied elsewhere.
   2136  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (isTemplateArgument(Kind)) {
   2137  1.1.1.2  joerg     int InvalidBaseKind = -1;
   2138  1.1.1.2  joerg     StringRef Ident;
   2139  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Base.is<TypeInfoLValue>())
   2140  1.1.1.2  joerg       InvalidBaseKind = 0;
   2141  1.1.1.2  joerg     else if (isa_and_nonnull<StringLiteral>(BaseE))
   2142  1.1.1.2  joerg       InvalidBaseKind = 1;
   2143  1.1.1.2  joerg     else if (isa_and_nonnull<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE) ||
   2144  1.1.1.2  joerg              isa_and_nonnull<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl>(BaseVD))
   2145  1.1.1.2  joerg       InvalidBaseKind = 2;
   2146  1.1.1.2  joerg     else if (auto *PE = dyn_cast_or_null<PredefinedExpr>(BaseE)) {
   2147  1.1.1.2  joerg       InvalidBaseKind = 3;
   2148  1.1.1.2  joerg       Ident = PE->getIdentKindName();
   2149  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   2150  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2151  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (InvalidBaseKind != -1) {
   2152  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg)
   2153  1.1.1.2  joerg           << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty() << InvalidBaseKind
   2154  1.1.1.2  joerg           << Ident;
   2155  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   2156  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   2157  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2158  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2159  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(BaseVD)) {
   2160  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (FD->isConsteval()) {
   2161  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_consteval_address_accessible)
   2162  1.1.1.2  joerg           << !Type->isAnyPointerType();
   2163  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.Note(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   2164  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   2165  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   2166  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2167  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2168      1.1  joerg   // Check that the object is a global. Note that the fake 'this' object we
   2169      1.1  joerg   // manufacture when checking potential constant expressions is conservatively
   2170      1.1  joerg   // assumed to be global here.
   2171      1.1  joerg   if (!IsGlobalLValue(Base)) {
   2172      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   2173      1.1  joerg       const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
   2174      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_non_global, 1)
   2175      1.1  joerg         << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty()
   2176      1.1  joerg         << !!VD << VD;
   2177  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2178  1.1.1.2  joerg       auto *VarD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(VD);
   2179  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (VarD && VarD->isConstexpr()) {
   2180  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Non-static local constexpr variables have unintuitive semantics:
   2181  1.1.1.2  joerg         //   constexpr int a = 1;
   2182  1.1.1.2  joerg         //   constexpr const int *p = &a;
   2183  1.1.1.2  joerg         // ... is invalid because the address of 'a' is not constant. Suggest
   2184  1.1.1.2  joerg         // adding a 'static' in this case.
   2185  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.Note(VarD->getLocation(), diag::note_constexpr_not_static)
   2186  1.1.1.2  joerg             << VarD
   2187  1.1.1.2  joerg             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarD->getBeginLoc(), "static ");
   2188  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else {
   2189  1.1.1.2  joerg         NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   2190  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   2191      1.1  joerg     } else {
   2192      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(Loc);
   2193      1.1  joerg     }
   2194      1.1  joerg     // Don't allow references to temporaries to escape.
   2195      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2196      1.1  joerg   }
   2197      1.1  joerg   assert((Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
   2198      1.1  joerg           LVal.getLValueCallIndex() == 0) &&
   2199      1.1  joerg          "have call index for global lvalue");
   2200      1.1  joerg 
   2201      1.1  joerg   if (Base.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
   2202      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_alloc)
   2203      1.1  joerg         << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty();
   2204      1.1  joerg     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   2205      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2206      1.1  joerg   }
   2207      1.1  joerg 
   2208  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (BaseVD) {
   2209  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(BaseVD)) {
   2210      1.1  joerg       // Check if this is a thread-local variable.
   2211      1.1  joerg       if (Var->getTLSKind())
   2212      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: Diagnostic!
   2213      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2214      1.1  joerg 
   2215  1.1.1.2  joerg       // A dllimport variable never acts like a constant, unless we're
   2216  1.1.1.2  joerg       // evaluating a value for use only in name mangling.
   2217  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!isForManglingOnly(Kind) && Var->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>())
   2218      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: Diagnostic!
   2219      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2220      1.1  joerg     }
   2221  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<const FunctionDecl>(BaseVD)) {
   2222      1.1  joerg       // __declspec(dllimport) must be handled very carefully:
   2223      1.1  joerg       // We must never initialize an expression with the thunk in C++.
   2224      1.1  joerg       // Doing otherwise would allow the same id-expression to yield
   2225      1.1  joerg       // different addresses for the same function in different translation
   2226      1.1  joerg       // units.  However, this means that we must dynamically initialize the
   2227      1.1  joerg       // expression with the contents of the import address table at runtime.
   2228      1.1  joerg       //
   2229      1.1  joerg       // The C language has no notion of ODR; furthermore, it has no notion of
   2230      1.1  joerg       // dynamic initialization.  This means that we are permitted to
   2231      1.1  joerg       // perform initialization with the address of the thunk.
   2232  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !isForManglingOnly(Kind) &&
   2233      1.1  joerg           FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>())
   2234      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: Diagnostic!
   2235      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2236      1.1  joerg     }
   2237  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else if (const auto *MTE =
   2238  1.1.1.2  joerg                  dyn_cast_or_null<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE)) {
   2239      1.1  joerg     if (CheckedTemps.insert(MTE).second) {
   2240      1.1  joerg       QualType TempType = getType(Base);
   2241      1.1  joerg       if (TempType.isDestructedType()) {
   2242      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(MTE->getExprLoc(),
   2243  1.1.1.2  joerg                     diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_temporary_nontrivial_dtor)
   2244      1.1  joerg             << TempType;
   2245      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2246      1.1  joerg       }
   2247      1.1  joerg 
   2248  1.1.1.2  joerg       APValue *V = MTE->getOrCreateValue(false);
   2249      1.1  joerg       assert(V && "evasluation result refers to uninitialised temporary");
   2250      1.1  joerg       if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression,
   2251      1.1  joerg                                  Info, MTE->getExprLoc(), TempType, *V,
   2252  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  Kind, SourceLocation(), CheckedTemps))
   2253      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2254      1.1  joerg     }
   2255      1.1  joerg   }
   2256      1.1  joerg 
   2257      1.1  joerg   // Allow address constant expressions to be past-the-end pointers. This is
   2258      1.1  joerg   // an extension: the standard requires them to point to an object.
   2259      1.1  joerg   if (!IsReferenceType)
   2260      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2261      1.1  joerg 
   2262      1.1  joerg   // A reference constant expression must refer to an object.
   2263      1.1  joerg   if (!Base) {
   2264      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: diagnostic
   2265      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(Loc);
   2266      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2267      1.1  joerg   }
   2268      1.1  joerg 
   2269      1.1  joerg   // Does this refer one past the end of some object?
   2270      1.1  joerg   if (!Designator.Invalid && Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()) {
   2271      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_past_end, 1)
   2272  1.1.1.2  joerg       << !Designator.Entries.empty() << !!BaseVD << BaseVD;
   2273      1.1  joerg     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   2274      1.1  joerg   }
   2275      1.1  joerg 
   2276      1.1  joerg   return true;
   2277      1.1  joerg }
   2278      1.1  joerg 
   2279      1.1  joerg /// Member pointers are constant expressions unless they point to a
   2280      1.1  joerg /// non-virtual dllimport member function.
   2281      1.1  joerg static bool CheckMemberPointerConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info,
   2282      1.1  joerg                                                  SourceLocation Loc,
   2283      1.1  joerg                                                  QualType Type,
   2284      1.1  joerg                                                  const APValue &Value,
   2285  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                  ConstantExprKind Kind) {
   2286      1.1  joerg   const ValueDecl *Member = Value.getMemberPointerDecl();
   2287      1.1  joerg   const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Member);
   2288      1.1  joerg   if (!FD)
   2289      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2290  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (FD->isConsteval()) {
   2291  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_consteval_address_accessible) << /*pointer*/ 0;
   2292  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.Note(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   2293  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   2294  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2295  1.1.1.2  joerg   return isForManglingOnly(Kind) || FD->isVirtual() ||
   2296      1.1  joerg          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
   2297      1.1  joerg }
   2298      1.1  joerg 
   2299      1.1  joerg /// Check that this core constant expression is of literal type, and if not,
   2300      1.1  joerg /// produce an appropriate diagnostic.
   2301      1.1  joerg static bool CheckLiteralType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2302      1.1  joerg                              const LValue *This = nullptr) {
   2303      1.1  joerg   if (!E->isRValue() || E->getType()->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx))
   2304      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2305      1.1  joerg 
   2306      1.1  joerg   // C++1y: A constant initializer for an object o [...] may also invoke
   2307      1.1  joerg   // constexpr constructors for o and its subobjects even if those objects
   2308      1.1  joerg   // are of non-literal class types.
   2309      1.1  joerg   //
   2310      1.1  joerg   // C++11 missed this detail for aggregates, so classes like this:
   2311      1.1  joerg   //   struct foo_t { union { int i; volatile int j; } u; };
   2312      1.1  joerg   // are not (obviously) initializable like so:
   2313      1.1  joerg   //   __attribute__((__require_constant_initialization__))
   2314      1.1  joerg   //   static const foo_t x = {{0}};
   2315      1.1  joerg   // because "i" is a subobject with non-literal initialization (due to the
   2316      1.1  joerg   // volatile member of the union). See:
   2317      1.1  joerg   //   http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#1677
   2318      1.1  joerg   // Therefore, we use the C++1y behavior.
   2319      1.1  joerg   if (This && Info.EvaluatingDecl == This->getLValueBase())
   2320      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2321      1.1  joerg 
   2322      1.1  joerg   // Prvalue constant expressions must be of literal types.
   2323      1.1  joerg   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   2324      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral)
   2325      1.1  joerg       << E->getType();
   2326      1.1  joerg   else
   2327      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   2328      1.1  joerg   return false;
   2329      1.1  joerg }
   2330      1.1  joerg 
   2331      1.1  joerg static bool CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind CERK,
   2332      1.1  joerg                                   EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
   2333      1.1  joerg                                   QualType Type, const APValue &Value,
   2334  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   ConstantExprKind Kind,
   2335      1.1  joerg                                   SourceLocation SubobjectLoc,
   2336      1.1  joerg                                   CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps) {
   2337      1.1  joerg   if (!Value.hasValue()) {
   2338      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(DiagLoc, diag::note_constexpr_uninitialized)
   2339      1.1  joerg       << true << Type;
   2340      1.1  joerg     if (SubobjectLoc.isValid())
   2341      1.1  joerg       Info.Note(SubobjectLoc, diag::note_constexpr_subobject_declared_here);
   2342      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2343      1.1  joerg   }
   2344      1.1  joerg 
   2345      1.1  joerg   // We allow _Atomic(T) to be initialized from anything that T can be
   2346      1.1  joerg   // initialized from.
   2347      1.1  joerg   if (const AtomicType *AT = Type->getAs<AtomicType>())
   2348      1.1  joerg     Type = AT->getValueType();
   2349      1.1  joerg 
   2350      1.1  joerg   // Core issue 1454: For a literal constant expression of array or class type,
   2351      1.1  joerg   // each subobject of its value shall have been initialized by a constant
   2352      1.1  joerg   // expression.
   2353      1.1  joerg   if (Value.isArray()) {
   2354      1.1  joerg     QualType EltTy = Type->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
   2355      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Value.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != N; ++I) {
   2356      1.1  joerg       if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, EltTy,
   2357  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  Value.getArrayInitializedElt(I), Kind,
   2358      1.1  joerg                                  SubobjectLoc, CheckedTemps))
   2359      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2360      1.1  joerg     }
   2361      1.1  joerg     if (!Value.hasArrayFiller())
   2362      1.1  joerg       return true;
   2363      1.1  joerg     return CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, EltTy,
   2364  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  Value.getArrayFiller(), Kind, SubobjectLoc,
   2365      1.1  joerg                                  CheckedTemps);
   2366      1.1  joerg   }
   2367      1.1  joerg   if (Value.isUnion() && Value.getUnionField()) {
   2368      1.1  joerg     return CheckEvaluationResult(
   2369      1.1  joerg         CERK, Info, DiagLoc, Value.getUnionField()->getType(),
   2370  1.1.1.2  joerg         Value.getUnionValue(), Kind, Value.getUnionField()->getLocation(),
   2371      1.1  joerg         CheckedTemps);
   2372      1.1  joerg   }
   2373      1.1  joerg   if (Value.isStruct()) {
   2374      1.1  joerg     RecordDecl *RD = Type->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
   2375      1.1  joerg     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
   2376      1.1  joerg       unsigned BaseIndex = 0;
   2377      1.1  joerg       for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CD->bases()) {
   2378      1.1  joerg         if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, BS.getType(),
   2379  1.1.1.2  joerg                                    Value.getStructBase(BaseIndex), Kind,
   2380      1.1  joerg                                    BS.getBeginLoc(), CheckedTemps))
   2381      1.1  joerg           return false;
   2382      1.1  joerg         ++BaseIndex;
   2383      1.1  joerg       }
   2384      1.1  joerg     }
   2385      1.1  joerg     for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) {
   2386      1.1  joerg       if (I->isUnnamedBitfield())
   2387      1.1  joerg         continue;
   2388      1.1  joerg 
   2389      1.1  joerg       if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, I->getType(),
   2390      1.1  joerg                                  Value.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()),
   2391  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  Kind, I->getLocation(), CheckedTemps))
   2392      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2393      1.1  joerg     }
   2394      1.1  joerg   }
   2395      1.1  joerg 
   2396      1.1  joerg   if (Value.isLValue() &&
   2397      1.1  joerg       CERK == CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression) {
   2398      1.1  joerg     LValue LVal;
   2399      1.1  joerg     LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Value);
   2400  1.1.1.2  joerg     return CheckLValueConstantExpression(Info, DiagLoc, Type, LVal, Kind,
   2401      1.1  joerg                                          CheckedTemps);
   2402      1.1  joerg   }
   2403      1.1  joerg 
   2404      1.1  joerg   if (Value.isMemberPointer() &&
   2405      1.1  joerg       CERK == CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression)
   2406  1.1.1.2  joerg     return CheckMemberPointerConstantExpression(Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value, Kind);
   2407      1.1  joerg 
   2408      1.1  joerg   // Everything else is fine.
   2409      1.1  joerg   return true;
   2410      1.1  joerg }
   2411      1.1  joerg 
   2412      1.1  joerg /// Check that this core constant expression value is a valid value for a
   2413      1.1  joerg /// constant expression. If not, report an appropriate diagnostic. Does not
   2414      1.1  joerg /// check that the expression is of literal type.
   2415  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool CheckConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
   2416  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     QualType Type, const APValue &Value,
   2417  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     ConstantExprKind Kind) {
   2418  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Nothing to check for a constant expression of type 'cv void'.
   2419  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Type->isVoidType())
   2420  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   2421  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2422      1.1  joerg   CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps;
   2423      1.1  joerg   return CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression,
   2424  1.1.1.2  joerg                                Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value, Kind,
   2425      1.1  joerg                                SourceLocation(), CheckedTemps);
   2426      1.1  joerg }
   2427      1.1  joerg 
   2428      1.1  joerg /// Check that this evaluated value is fully-initialized and can be loaded by
   2429      1.1  joerg /// an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
   2430      1.1  joerg static bool CheckFullyInitialized(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
   2431      1.1  joerg                                   QualType Type, const APValue &Value) {
   2432      1.1  joerg   CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps;
   2433      1.1  joerg   return CheckEvaluationResult(
   2434      1.1  joerg       CheckEvaluationResultKind::FullyInitialized, Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value,
   2435  1.1.1.2  joerg       ConstantExprKind::Normal, SourceLocation(), CheckedTemps);
   2436      1.1  joerg }
   2437      1.1  joerg 
   2438      1.1  joerg /// Enforce C++2a [expr.const]/4.17, which disallows new-expressions unless
   2439      1.1  joerg /// "the allocated storage is deallocated within the evaluation".
   2440      1.1  joerg static bool CheckMemoryLeaks(EvalInfo &Info) {
   2441      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.HeapAllocs.empty()) {
   2442      1.1  joerg     // We can still fold to a constant despite a compile-time memory leak,
   2443      1.1  joerg     // so long as the heap allocation isn't referenced in the result (we check
   2444      1.1  joerg     // that in CheckConstantExpression).
   2445      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(Info.HeapAllocs.begin()->second.AllocExpr,
   2446      1.1  joerg                  diag::note_constexpr_memory_leak)
   2447      1.1  joerg         << unsigned(Info.HeapAllocs.size() - 1);
   2448      1.1  joerg   }
   2449      1.1  joerg   return true;
   2450      1.1  joerg }
   2451      1.1  joerg 
   2452      1.1  joerg static bool EvalPointerValueAsBool(const APValue &Value, bool &Result) {
   2453      1.1  joerg   // A null base expression indicates a null pointer.  These are always
   2454      1.1  joerg   // evaluatable, and they are false unless the offset is zero.
   2455      1.1  joerg   if (!Value.getLValueBase()) {
   2456      1.1  joerg     Result = !Value.getLValueOffset().isZero();
   2457      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2458      1.1  joerg   }
   2459      1.1  joerg 
   2460      1.1  joerg   // We have a non-null base.  These are generally known to be true, but if it's
   2461      1.1  joerg   // a weak declaration it can be null at runtime.
   2462      1.1  joerg   Result = true;
   2463      1.1  joerg   const ValueDecl *Decl = Value.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
   2464      1.1  joerg   return !Decl || !Decl->isWeak();
   2465      1.1  joerg }
   2466      1.1  joerg 
   2467      1.1  joerg static bool HandleConversionToBool(const APValue &Val, bool &Result) {
   2468      1.1  joerg   switch (Val.getKind()) {
   2469      1.1  joerg   case APValue::None:
   2470      1.1  joerg   case APValue::Indeterminate:
   2471      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2472      1.1  joerg   case APValue::Int:
   2473      1.1  joerg     Result = Val.getInt().getBoolValue();
   2474      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2475      1.1  joerg   case APValue::FixedPoint:
   2476      1.1  joerg     Result = Val.getFixedPoint().getBoolValue();
   2477      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2478      1.1  joerg   case APValue::Float:
   2479      1.1  joerg     Result = !Val.getFloat().isZero();
   2480      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2481      1.1  joerg   case APValue::ComplexInt:
   2482      1.1  joerg     Result = Val.getComplexIntReal().getBoolValue() ||
   2483      1.1  joerg              Val.getComplexIntImag().getBoolValue();
   2484      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2485      1.1  joerg   case APValue::ComplexFloat:
   2486      1.1  joerg     Result = !Val.getComplexFloatReal().isZero() ||
   2487      1.1  joerg              !Val.getComplexFloatImag().isZero();
   2488      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2489      1.1  joerg   case APValue::LValue:
   2490      1.1  joerg     return EvalPointerValueAsBool(Val, Result);
   2491      1.1  joerg   case APValue::MemberPointer:
   2492      1.1  joerg     Result = Val.getMemberPointerDecl();
   2493      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2494      1.1  joerg   case APValue::Vector:
   2495      1.1  joerg   case APValue::Array:
   2496      1.1  joerg   case APValue::Struct:
   2497      1.1  joerg   case APValue::Union:
   2498      1.1  joerg   case APValue::AddrLabelDiff:
   2499      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2500      1.1  joerg   }
   2501      1.1  joerg 
   2502      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unknown APValue kind");
   2503      1.1  joerg }
   2504      1.1  joerg 
   2505      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(const Expr *E, bool &Result,
   2506      1.1  joerg                                        EvalInfo &Info) {
   2507  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   2508      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && "missing lvalue-to-rvalue conv in bool condition");
   2509      1.1  joerg   APValue Val;
   2510      1.1  joerg   if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E))
   2511      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2512      1.1  joerg   return HandleConversionToBool(Val, Result);
   2513      1.1  joerg }
   2514      1.1  joerg 
   2515      1.1  joerg template<typename T>
   2516      1.1  joerg static bool HandleOverflow(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2517      1.1  joerg                            const T &SrcValue, QualType DestType) {
   2518      1.1  joerg   Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_overflow)
   2519      1.1  joerg     << SrcValue << DestType;
   2520      1.1  joerg   return Info.noteUndefinedBehavior();
   2521      1.1  joerg }
   2522      1.1  joerg 
   2523      1.1  joerg static bool HandleFloatToIntCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2524      1.1  joerg                                  QualType SrcType, const APFloat &Value,
   2525      1.1  joerg                                  QualType DestType, APSInt &Result) {
   2526      1.1  joerg   unsigned DestWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType);
   2527      1.1  joerg   // Determine whether we are converting to unsigned or signed.
   2528      1.1  joerg   bool DestSigned = DestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
   2529      1.1  joerg 
   2530      1.1  joerg   Result = APSInt(DestWidth, !DestSigned);
   2531      1.1  joerg   bool ignored;
   2532      1.1  joerg   if (Value.convertToInteger(Result, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored)
   2533      1.1  joerg       & APFloat::opInvalidOp)
   2534      1.1  joerg     return HandleOverflow(Info, E, Value, DestType);
   2535      1.1  joerg   return true;
   2536      1.1  joerg }
   2537      1.1  joerg 
   2538  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Get rounding mode used for evaluation of the specified expression.
   2539  1.1.1.2  joerg /// \param[out] DynamicRM Is set to true is the requested rounding mode is
   2540  1.1.1.2  joerg ///                       dynamic.
   2541  1.1.1.2  joerg /// If rounding mode is unknown at compile time, still try to evaluate the
   2542  1.1.1.2  joerg /// expression. If the result is exact, it does not depend on rounding mode.
   2543  1.1.1.2  joerg /// So return "tonearest" mode instead of "dynamic".
   2544  1.1.1.2  joerg static llvm::RoundingMode getActiveRoundingMode(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2545  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                 bool &DynamicRM) {
   2546  1.1.1.2  joerg   llvm::RoundingMode RM =
   2547  1.1.1.2  joerg       E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()).getRoundingMode();
   2548  1.1.1.2  joerg   DynamicRM = (RM == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic);
   2549  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (DynamicRM)
   2550  1.1.1.2  joerg     RM = llvm::RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven;
   2551  1.1.1.2  joerg   return RM;
   2552  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2553  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2554  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Check if the given evaluation result is allowed for constant evaluation.
   2555  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool checkFloatingPointResult(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2556  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      APFloat::opStatus St) {
   2557  1.1.1.2  joerg   // In a constant context, assume that any dynamic rounding mode or FP
   2558  1.1.1.2  joerg   // exception state matches the default floating-point environment.
   2559  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Info.InConstantContext)
   2560  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   2561  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2562  1.1.1.2  joerg   FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
   2563  1.1.1.2  joerg   if ((St & APFloat::opInexact) &&
   2564  1.1.1.2  joerg       FPO.getRoundingMode() == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic) {
   2565  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Inexact result means that it depends on rounding mode. If the requested
   2566  1.1.1.2  joerg     // mode is dynamic, the evaluation cannot be made in compile time.
   2567  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_rounding);
   2568  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   2569  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2570  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2571  1.1.1.2  joerg   if ((St != APFloat::opOK) &&
   2572  1.1.1.2  joerg       (FPO.getRoundingMode() == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic ||
   2573  1.1.1.2  joerg        FPO.getFPExceptionMode() != LangOptions::FPE_Ignore ||
   2574  1.1.1.2  joerg        FPO.getAllowFEnvAccess())) {
   2575  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict);
   2576  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   2577  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2578  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2579  1.1.1.2  joerg   if ((St & APFloat::opStatus::opInvalidOp) &&
   2580  1.1.1.2  joerg       FPO.getFPExceptionMode() != LangOptions::FPE_Ignore) {
   2581  1.1.1.2  joerg     // There is no usefully definable result.
   2582  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   2583  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   2584  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2585  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2586  1.1.1.2  joerg   // FIXME: if:
   2587  1.1.1.2  joerg   // - evaluation triggered other FP exception, and
   2588  1.1.1.2  joerg   // - exception mode is not "ignore", and
   2589  1.1.1.2  joerg   // - the expression being evaluated is not a part of global variable
   2590  1.1.1.2  joerg   //   initializer,
   2591  1.1.1.2  joerg   // the evaluation probably need to be rejected.
   2592  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   2593  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2594  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2595      1.1  joerg static bool HandleFloatToFloatCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2596      1.1  joerg                                    QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
   2597      1.1  joerg                                    APFloat &Result) {
   2598  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(isa<CastExpr>(E) || isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(E));
   2599  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool DynamicRM;
   2600  1.1.1.2  joerg   llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E, DynamicRM);
   2601  1.1.1.2  joerg   APFloat::opStatus St;
   2602      1.1  joerg   APFloat Value = Result;
   2603      1.1  joerg   bool ignored;
   2604  1.1.1.2  joerg   St = Result.convert(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(DestType), RM, &ignored);
   2605  1.1.1.2  joerg   return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St);
   2606      1.1  joerg }
   2607      1.1  joerg 
   2608      1.1  joerg static APSInt HandleIntToIntCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2609      1.1  joerg                                  QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
   2610      1.1  joerg                                  const APSInt &Value) {
   2611      1.1  joerg   unsigned DestWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType);
   2612      1.1  joerg   // Figure out if this is a truncate, extend or noop cast.
   2613      1.1  joerg   // If the input is signed, do a sign extend, noop, or truncate.
   2614      1.1  joerg   APSInt Result = Value.extOrTrunc(DestWidth);
   2615      1.1  joerg   Result.setIsUnsigned(DestType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   2616      1.1  joerg   if (DestType->isBooleanType())
   2617      1.1  joerg     Result = Value.getBoolValue();
   2618      1.1  joerg   return Result;
   2619      1.1  joerg }
   2620      1.1  joerg 
   2621      1.1  joerg static bool HandleIntToFloatCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2622  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  const FPOptions FPO,
   2623      1.1  joerg                                  QualType SrcType, const APSInt &Value,
   2624      1.1  joerg                                  QualType DestType, APFloat &Result) {
   2625      1.1  joerg   Result = APFloat(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(DestType), 1);
   2626  1.1.1.2  joerg   APFloat::opStatus St = Result.convertFromAPInt(Value, Value.isSigned(),
   2627  1.1.1.2  joerg        APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   2628  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Info.InConstantContext && St != llvm::APFloatBase::opOK &&
   2629  1.1.1.2  joerg       FPO.isFPConstrained()) {
   2630  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict);
   2631  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   2632  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2633      1.1  joerg   return true;
   2634      1.1  joerg }
   2635      1.1  joerg 
   2636      1.1  joerg static bool truncateBitfieldValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2637      1.1  joerg                                   APValue &Value, const FieldDecl *FD) {
   2638      1.1  joerg   assert(FD->isBitField() && "truncateBitfieldValue on non-bitfield");
   2639      1.1  joerg 
   2640      1.1  joerg   if (!Value.isInt()) {
   2641      1.1  joerg     // Trying to store a pointer-cast-to-integer into a bitfield.
   2642      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: In this case, we should provide the diagnostic for casting
   2643      1.1  joerg     // a pointer to an integer.
   2644      1.1  joerg     assert(Value.isLValue() && "integral value neither int nor lvalue?");
   2645      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   2646      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2647      1.1  joerg   }
   2648      1.1  joerg 
   2649      1.1  joerg   APSInt &Int = Value.getInt();
   2650      1.1  joerg   unsigned OldBitWidth = Int.getBitWidth();
   2651      1.1  joerg   unsigned NewBitWidth = FD->getBitWidthValue(Info.Ctx);
   2652      1.1  joerg   if (NewBitWidth < OldBitWidth)
   2653      1.1  joerg     Int = Int.trunc(NewBitWidth).extend(OldBitWidth);
   2654      1.1  joerg   return true;
   2655      1.1  joerg }
   2656      1.1  joerg 
   2657      1.1  joerg static bool EvalAndBitcastToAPInt(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2658      1.1  joerg                                   llvm::APInt &Res) {
   2659      1.1  joerg   APValue SVal;
   2660      1.1  joerg   if (!Evaluate(SVal, Info, E))
   2661      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2662      1.1  joerg   if (SVal.isInt()) {
   2663      1.1  joerg     Res = SVal.getInt();
   2664      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2665      1.1  joerg   }
   2666      1.1  joerg   if (SVal.isFloat()) {
   2667      1.1  joerg     Res = SVal.getFloat().bitcastToAPInt();
   2668      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2669      1.1  joerg   }
   2670      1.1  joerg   if (SVal.isVector()) {
   2671      1.1  joerg     QualType VecTy = E->getType();
   2672      1.1  joerg     unsigned VecSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(VecTy);
   2673      1.1  joerg     QualType EltTy = VecTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
   2674      1.1  joerg     unsigned EltSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(EltTy);
   2675      1.1  joerg     bool BigEndian = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isBigEndian();
   2676      1.1  joerg     Res = llvm::APInt::getNullValue(VecSize);
   2677      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned i = 0; i < SVal.getVectorLength(); i++) {
   2678      1.1  joerg       APValue &Elt = SVal.getVectorElt(i);
   2679      1.1  joerg       llvm::APInt EltAsInt;
   2680      1.1  joerg       if (Elt.isInt()) {
   2681      1.1  joerg         EltAsInt = Elt.getInt();
   2682      1.1  joerg       } else if (Elt.isFloat()) {
   2683      1.1  joerg         EltAsInt = Elt.getFloat().bitcastToAPInt();
   2684      1.1  joerg       } else {
   2685      1.1  joerg         // Don't try to handle vectors of anything other than int or float
   2686      1.1  joerg         // (not sure if it's possible to hit this case).
   2687      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   2688      1.1  joerg         return false;
   2689      1.1  joerg       }
   2690      1.1  joerg       unsigned BaseEltSize = EltAsInt.getBitWidth();
   2691      1.1  joerg       if (BigEndian)
   2692      1.1  joerg         Res |= EltAsInt.zextOrTrunc(VecSize).rotr(i*EltSize+BaseEltSize);
   2693      1.1  joerg       else
   2694      1.1  joerg         Res |= EltAsInt.zextOrTrunc(VecSize).rotl(i*EltSize);
   2695      1.1  joerg     }
   2696      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2697      1.1  joerg   }
   2698      1.1  joerg   // Give up if the input isn't an int, float, or vector.  For example, we
   2699      1.1  joerg   // reject "(v4i16)(intptr_t)&a".
   2700      1.1  joerg   Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   2701      1.1  joerg   return false;
   2702      1.1  joerg }
   2703      1.1  joerg 
   2704      1.1  joerg /// Perform the given integer operation, which is known to need at most BitWidth
   2705      1.1  joerg /// bits, and check for overflow in the original type (if that type was not an
   2706      1.1  joerg /// unsigned type).
   2707      1.1  joerg template<typename Operation>
   2708      1.1  joerg static bool CheckedIntArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   2709      1.1  joerg                                  const APSInt &LHS, const APSInt &RHS,
   2710      1.1  joerg                                  unsigned BitWidth, Operation Op,
   2711      1.1  joerg                                  APSInt &Result) {
   2712      1.1  joerg   if (LHS.isUnsigned()) {
   2713      1.1  joerg     Result = Op(LHS, RHS);
   2714      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2715      1.1  joerg   }
   2716      1.1  joerg 
   2717      1.1  joerg   APSInt Value(Op(LHS.extend(BitWidth), RHS.extend(BitWidth)), false);
   2718      1.1  joerg   Result = Value.trunc(LHS.getBitWidth());
   2719      1.1  joerg   if (Result.extend(BitWidth) != Value) {
   2720      1.1  joerg     if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
   2721      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
   2722      1.1  joerg                                        diag::warn_integer_constant_overflow)
   2723      1.1  joerg           << Result.toString(10) << E->getType();
   2724  1.1.1.2  joerg     return HandleOverflow(Info, E, Value, E->getType());
   2725      1.1  joerg   }
   2726      1.1  joerg   return true;
   2727      1.1  joerg }
   2728      1.1  joerg 
   2729      1.1  joerg /// Perform the given binary integer operation.
   2730      1.1  joerg static bool handleIntIntBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const APSInt &LHS,
   2731      1.1  joerg                               BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, APSInt RHS,
   2732      1.1  joerg                               APSInt &Result) {
   2733      1.1  joerg   switch (Opcode) {
   2734      1.1  joerg   default:
   2735      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   2736      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2737      1.1  joerg   case BO_Mul:
   2738      1.1  joerg     return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() * 2,
   2739      1.1  joerg                                 std::multiplies<APSInt>(), Result);
   2740      1.1  joerg   case BO_Add:
   2741      1.1  joerg     return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() + 1,
   2742      1.1  joerg                                 std::plus<APSInt>(), Result);
   2743      1.1  joerg   case BO_Sub:
   2744      1.1  joerg     return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() + 1,
   2745      1.1  joerg                                 std::minus<APSInt>(), Result);
   2746      1.1  joerg   case BO_And: Result = LHS & RHS; return true;
   2747      1.1  joerg   case BO_Xor: Result = LHS ^ RHS; return true;
   2748      1.1  joerg   case BO_Or:  Result = LHS | RHS; return true;
   2749      1.1  joerg   case BO_Div:
   2750      1.1  joerg   case BO_Rem:
   2751      1.1  joerg     if (RHS == 0) {
   2752      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
   2753      1.1  joerg       return false;
   2754      1.1  joerg     }
   2755      1.1  joerg     Result = (Opcode == BO_Rem ? LHS % RHS : LHS / RHS);
   2756      1.1  joerg     // Check for overflow case: INT_MIN / -1 or INT_MIN % -1. APSInt supports
   2757      1.1  joerg     // this operation and gives the two's complement result.
   2758      1.1  joerg     if (RHS.isNegative() && RHS.isAllOnesValue() &&
   2759      1.1  joerg         LHS.isSigned() && LHS.isMinSignedValue())
   2760      1.1  joerg       return HandleOverflow(Info, E, -LHS.extend(LHS.getBitWidth() + 1),
   2761      1.1  joerg                             E->getType());
   2762      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2763      1.1  joerg   case BO_Shl: {
   2764      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
   2765      1.1  joerg       // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS.
   2766      1.1  joerg       RHS &= APSInt(llvm::APInt(RHS.getBitWidth(),
   2767      1.1  joerg                     static_cast<uint64_t>(LHS.getBitWidth() - 1)),
   2768      1.1  joerg                     RHS.isUnsigned());
   2769      1.1  joerg     else if (RHS.isSigned() && RHS.isNegative()) {
   2770      1.1  joerg       // During constant-folding, a negative shift is an opposite shift. Such
   2771      1.1  joerg       // a shift is not a constant expression.
   2772      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHS;
   2773      1.1  joerg       RHS = -RHS;
   2774      1.1  joerg       goto shift_right;
   2775      1.1  joerg     }
   2776      1.1  joerg   shift_left:
   2777      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [expr.shift]p1: Shift width must be less than the bit width of
   2778      1.1  joerg     // the shifted type.
   2779      1.1  joerg     unsigned SA = (unsigned) RHS.getLimitedValue(LHS.getBitWidth()-1);
   2780      1.1  joerg     if (SA != RHS) {
   2781      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift)
   2782      1.1  joerg         << RHS << E->getType() << LHS.getBitWidth();
   2783  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else if (LHS.isSigned() && !Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
   2784      1.1  joerg       // C++11 [expr.shift]p2: A signed left shift must have a non-negative
   2785      1.1  joerg       // operand, and must not overflow the corresponding unsigned type.
   2786      1.1  joerg       // C++2a [expr.shift]p2: E1 << E2 is the unique value congruent to
   2787      1.1  joerg       // E1 x 2^E2 module 2^N.
   2788      1.1  joerg       if (LHS.isNegative())
   2789      1.1  joerg         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lshift_of_negative) << LHS;
   2790      1.1  joerg       else if (LHS.countLeadingZeros() < SA)
   2791      1.1  joerg         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lshift_discards);
   2792      1.1  joerg     }
   2793      1.1  joerg     Result = LHS << SA;
   2794      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2795      1.1  joerg   }
   2796      1.1  joerg   case BO_Shr: {
   2797      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
   2798      1.1  joerg       // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS.
   2799      1.1  joerg       RHS &= APSInt(llvm::APInt(RHS.getBitWidth(),
   2800      1.1  joerg                     static_cast<uint64_t>(LHS.getBitWidth() - 1)),
   2801      1.1  joerg                     RHS.isUnsigned());
   2802      1.1  joerg     else if (RHS.isSigned() && RHS.isNegative()) {
   2803      1.1  joerg       // During constant-folding, a negative shift is an opposite shift. Such a
   2804      1.1  joerg       // shift is not a constant expression.
   2805      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHS;
   2806      1.1  joerg       RHS = -RHS;
   2807      1.1  joerg       goto shift_left;
   2808      1.1  joerg     }
   2809      1.1  joerg   shift_right:
   2810      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [expr.shift]p1: Shift width must be less than the bit width of the
   2811      1.1  joerg     // shifted type.
   2812      1.1  joerg     unsigned SA = (unsigned) RHS.getLimitedValue(LHS.getBitWidth()-1);
   2813      1.1  joerg     if (SA != RHS)
   2814      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift)
   2815      1.1  joerg         << RHS << E->getType() << LHS.getBitWidth();
   2816      1.1  joerg     Result = LHS >> SA;
   2817      1.1  joerg     return true;
   2818      1.1  joerg   }
   2819      1.1  joerg 
   2820      1.1  joerg   case BO_LT: Result = LHS < RHS; return true;
   2821      1.1  joerg   case BO_GT: Result = LHS > RHS; return true;
   2822      1.1  joerg   case BO_LE: Result = LHS <= RHS; return true;
   2823      1.1  joerg   case BO_GE: Result = LHS >= RHS; return true;
   2824      1.1  joerg   case BO_EQ: Result = LHS == RHS; return true;
   2825      1.1  joerg   case BO_NE: Result = LHS != RHS; return true;
   2826      1.1  joerg   case BO_Cmp:
   2827      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("BO_Cmp should be handled elsewhere");
   2828      1.1  joerg   }
   2829      1.1  joerg }
   2830      1.1  joerg 
   2831      1.1  joerg /// Perform the given binary floating-point operation, in-place, on LHS.
   2832  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleFloatFloatBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E,
   2833      1.1  joerg                                   APFloat &LHS, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   2834      1.1  joerg                                   const APFloat &RHS) {
   2835  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool DynamicRM;
   2836  1.1.1.2  joerg   llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E, DynamicRM);
   2837  1.1.1.2  joerg   APFloat::opStatus St;
   2838      1.1  joerg   switch (Opcode) {
   2839      1.1  joerg   default:
   2840      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   2841      1.1  joerg     return false;
   2842      1.1  joerg   case BO_Mul:
   2843  1.1.1.2  joerg     St = LHS.multiply(RHS, RM);
   2844      1.1  joerg     break;
   2845      1.1  joerg   case BO_Add:
   2846  1.1.1.2  joerg     St = LHS.add(RHS, RM);
   2847      1.1  joerg     break;
   2848      1.1  joerg   case BO_Sub:
   2849  1.1.1.2  joerg     St = LHS.subtract(RHS, RM);
   2850      1.1  joerg     break;
   2851      1.1  joerg   case BO_Div:
   2852      1.1  joerg     // [expr.mul]p4:
   2853      1.1  joerg     //   If the second operand of / or % is zero the behavior is undefined.
   2854      1.1  joerg     if (RHS.isZero())
   2855      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
   2856  1.1.1.2  joerg     St = LHS.divide(RHS, RM);
   2857      1.1  joerg     break;
   2858      1.1  joerg   }
   2859      1.1  joerg 
   2860      1.1  joerg   // [expr.pre]p4:
   2861      1.1  joerg   //   If during the evaluation of an expression, the result is not
   2862      1.1  joerg   //   mathematically defined [...], the behavior is undefined.
   2863      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: C++ rules require us to not conform to IEEE 754 here.
   2864      1.1  joerg   if (LHS.isNaN()) {
   2865      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic) << LHS.isNaN();
   2866      1.1  joerg     return Info.noteUndefinedBehavior();
   2867      1.1  joerg   }
   2868  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2869  1.1.1.2  joerg   return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St);
   2870  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2871  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2872  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APInt &LHSValue,
   2873  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   2874  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      const APInt &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
   2875  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool LHS = (LHSValue != 0);
   2876  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool RHS = (RHSValue != 0);
   2877  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2878  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Opcode == BO_LAnd)
   2879  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHS && RHS;
   2880  1.1.1.2  joerg   else
   2881  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHS || RHS;
   2882  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   2883  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2884  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APFloat &LHSValue,
   2885  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   2886  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      const APFloat &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
   2887  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool LHS = !LHSValue.isZero();
   2888  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool RHS = !RHSValue.isZero();
   2889  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2890  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Opcode == BO_LAnd)
   2891  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHS && RHS;
   2892  1.1.1.2  joerg   else
   2893  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHS || RHS;
   2894  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   2895  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2896  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2897  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APValue &LHSValue,
   2898  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   2899  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      const APValue &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
   2900  1.1.1.2  joerg   // The result is always an int type, however operands match the first.
   2901  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Int)
   2902  1.1.1.2  joerg     return handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSValue.getInt(), Opcode,
   2903  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     RHSValue.getInt(), Result);
   2904  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Float && "Should be no other options");
   2905  1.1.1.2  joerg   return handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSValue.getFloat(), Opcode,
   2906  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   RHSValue.getFloat(), Result);
   2907  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2908  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2909  1.1.1.2  joerg template <typename APTy>
   2910  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool
   2911  1.1.1.2  joerg handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(const APTy &LHSValue, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   2912  1.1.1.2  joerg                                const APTy &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
   2913  1.1.1.2  joerg   switch (Opcode) {
   2914  1.1.1.2  joerg   default:
   2915  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm_unreachable("unsupported binary operator");
   2916  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_EQ:
   2917  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = (LHSValue == RHSValue);
   2918  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   2919  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_NE:
   2920  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = (LHSValue != RHSValue);
   2921  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   2922  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_LT:
   2923  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = (LHSValue < RHSValue);
   2924  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   2925  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_GT:
   2926  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = (LHSValue > RHSValue);
   2927  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   2928  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_LE:
   2929  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = (LHSValue <= RHSValue);
   2930  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   2931  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_GE:
   2932  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = (LHSValue >= RHSValue);
   2933  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   2934  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2935  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2936  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   2937  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2938  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2939  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleCompareOpForVector(const APValue &LHSValue,
   2940  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   2941  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      const APValue &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
   2942  1.1.1.2  joerg   // The result is always an int type, however operands match the first.
   2943  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Int)
   2944  1.1.1.2  joerg     return handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(LHSValue.getInt(), Opcode,
   2945  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           RHSValue.getInt(), Result);
   2946  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Float && "Should be no other options");
   2947  1.1.1.2  joerg   return handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(LHSValue.getFloat(), Opcode,
   2948  1.1.1.2  joerg                                         RHSValue.getFloat(), Result);
   2949  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   2950  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2951  1.1.1.2  joerg // Perform binary operations for vector types, in place on the LHS.
   2952  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleVectorVectorBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E,
   2953  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   2954  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     APValue &LHSValue,
   2955  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     const APValue &RHSValue) {
   2956  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(Opcode != BO_PtrMemD && Opcode != BO_PtrMemI &&
   2957  1.1.1.2  joerg          "Operation not supported on vector types");
   2958  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2959  1.1.1.2  joerg   const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
   2960  1.1.1.2  joerg   unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
   2961  1.1.1.2  joerg   QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
   2962  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2963  1.1.1.2  joerg   // In the cases (typically C as I've observed) where we aren't evaluating
   2964  1.1.1.2  joerg   // constexpr but are checking for cases where the LHS isn't yet evaluatable,
   2965  1.1.1.2  joerg   // just give up.
   2966  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!LHSValue.isVector()) {
   2967  1.1.1.2  joerg     assert(LHSValue.isLValue() &&
   2968  1.1.1.2  joerg            "A vector result that isn't a vector OR uncalculated LValue");
   2969  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   2970  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   2971  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   2972  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2973  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(LHSValue.getVectorLength() == NumElements &&
   2974  1.1.1.2  joerg          RHSValue.getVectorLength() == NumElements && "Different vector sizes");
   2975  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2976  1.1.1.2  joerg   SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements;
   2977  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2978  1.1.1.2  joerg   for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < NumElements; ++EltNum) {
   2979  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue LHSElt = LHSValue.getVectorElt(EltNum);
   2980  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue RHSElt = RHSValue.getVectorElt(EltNum);
   2981  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2982  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
   2983  1.1.1.2  joerg       APSInt EltResult{Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(EltTy),
   2984  1.1.1.2  joerg                        EltTy->isUnsignedIntegerType()};
   2985  1.1.1.2  joerg       bool Success = true;
   2986  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2987  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (BinaryOperator::isLogicalOp(Opcode))
   2988  1.1.1.2  joerg         Success = handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSElt, Opcode, RHSElt, EltResult);
   2989  1.1.1.2  joerg       else if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opcode))
   2990  1.1.1.2  joerg         Success = handleCompareOpForVector(LHSElt, Opcode, RHSElt, EltResult);
   2991  1.1.1.2  joerg       else
   2992  1.1.1.2  joerg         Success = handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHSElt.getInt(), Opcode,
   2993  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     RHSElt.getInt(), EltResult);
   2994  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   2995  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!Success) {
   2996  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E);
   2997  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   2998  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   2999  1.1.1.2  joerg       ResultElements.emplace_back(EltResult);
   3000  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3001  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else if (EltTy->isFloatingType()) {
   3002  1.1.1.2  joerg       assert(LHSElt.getKind() == APValue::Float &&
   3003  1.1.1.2  joerg              RHSElt.getKind() == APValue::Float &&
   3004  1.1.1.2  joerg              "Mismatched LHS/RHS/Result Type");
   3005  1.1.1.2  joerg       APFloat LHSFloat = LHSElt.getFloat();
   3006  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3007  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, LHSFloat, Opcode,
   3008  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  RHSElt.getFloat())) {
   3009  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E);
   3010  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   3011  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   3012  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3013  1.1.1.2  joerg       ResultElements.emplace_back(LHSFloat);
   3014  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   3015  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   3016  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3017  1.1.1.2  joerg   LHSValue = APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size());
   3018      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3019      1.1  joerg }
   3020      1.1  joerg 
   3021      1.1  joerg /// Cast an lvalue referring to a base subobject to a derived class, by
   3022      1.1  joerg /// truncating the lvalue's path to the given length.
   3023      1.1  joerg static bool CastToDerivedClass(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Result,
   3024      1.1  joerg                                const RecordDecl *TruncatedType,
   3025      1.1  joerg                                unsigned TruncatedElements) {
   3026      1.1  joerg   SubobjectDesignator &D = Result.Designator;
   3027      1.1  joerg 
   3028      1.1  joerg   // Check we actually point to a derived class object.
   3029      1.1  joerg   if (TruncatedElements == D.Entries.size())
   3030      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3031      1.1  joerg   assert(TruncatedElements >= D.MostDerivedPathLength &&
   3032      1.1  joerg          "not casting to a derived class");
   3033      1.1  joerg   if (!Result.checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_Derived))
   3034      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3035      1.1  joerg 
   3036      1.1  joerg   // Truncate the path to the subobject, and remove any derived-to-base offsets.
   3037      1.1  joerg   const RecordDecl *RD = TruncatedType;
   3038      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = TruncatedElements, N = D.Entries.size(); I != N; ++I) {
   3039      1.1  joerg     if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   3040      1.1  joerg     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   3041      1.1  joerg     const CXXRecordDecl *Base = getAsBaseClass(D.Entries[I]);
   3042      1.1  joerg     if (isVirtualBaseClass(D.Entries[I]))
   3043      1.1  joerg       Result.Offset -= Layout.getVBaseClassOffset(Base);
   3044      1.1  joerg     else
   3045      1.1  joerg       Result.Offset -= Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base);
   3046      1.1  joerg     RD = Base;
   3047      1.1  joerg   }
   3048      1.1  joerg   D.Entries.resize(TruncatedElements);
   3049      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3050      1.1  joerg }
   3051      1.1  joerg 
   3052      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueDirectBase(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Obj,
   3053      1.1  joerg                                    const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
   3054      1.1  joerg                                    const CXXRecordDecl *Base,
   3055      1.1  joerg                                    const ASTRecordLayout *RL = nullptr) {
   3056      1.1  joerg   if (!RL) {
   3057      1.1  joerg     if (Derived->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   3058      1.1  joerg     RL = &Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(Derived);
   3059      1.1  joerg   }
   3060      1.1  joerg 
   3061      1.1  joerg   Obj.getLValueOffset() += RL->getBaseClassOffset(Base);
   3062      1.1  joerg   Obj.addDecl(Info, E, Base, /*Virtual*/ false);
   3063      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3064      1.1  joerg }
   3065      1.1  joerg 
   3066      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueBase(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Obj,
   3067      1.1  joerg                              const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedDecl,
   3068      1.1  joerg                              const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base) {
   3069      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = Base->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   3070      1.1  joerg 
   3071      1.1  joerg   if (!Base->isVirtual())
   3072      1.1  joerg     return HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, E, Obj, DerivedDecl, BaseDecl);
   3073      1.1  joerg 
   3074      1.1  joerg   SubobjectDesignator &D = Obj.Designator;
   3075      1.1  joerg   if (D.Invalid)
   3076      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3077      1.1  joerg 
   3078      1.1  joerg   // Extract most-derived object and corresponding type.
   3079      1.1  joerg   DerivedDecl = D.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   3080      1.1  joerg   if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Obj, DerivedDecl, D.MostDerivedPathLength))
   3081      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3082      1.1  joerg 
   3083      1.1  joerg   // Find the virtual base class.
   3084      1.1  joerg   if (DerivedDecl->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   3085      1.1  joerg   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(DerivedDecl);
   3086      1.1  joerg   Obj.getLValueOffset() += Layout.getVBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl);
   3087      1.1  joerg   Obj.addDecl(Info, E, BaseDecl, /*Virtual*/ true);
   3088      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3089      1.1  joerg }
   3090      1.1  joerg 
   3091      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueBasePath(EvalInfo &Info, const CastExpr *E,
   3092      1.1  joerg                                  QualType Type, LValue &Result) {
   3093      1.1  joerg   for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(),
   3094      1.1  joerg                                      PathE = E->path_end();
   3095      1.1  joerg        PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
   3096      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Result, Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(),
   3097      1.1  joerg                           *PathI))
   3098      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3099      1.1  joerg     Type = (*PathI)->getType();
   3100      1.1  joerg   }
   3101      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3102      1.1  joerg }
   3103      1.1  joerg 
   3104      1.1  joerg /// Cast an lvalue referring to a derived class to a known base subobject.
   3105      1.1  joerg static bool CastToBaseClass(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Result,
   3106      1.1  joerg                             const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedRD,
   3107      1.1  joerg                             const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD) {
   3108      1.1  joerg   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/false,
   3109      1.1  joerg                      /*RecordPaths=*/true, /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
   3110      1.1  joerg   if (!DerivedRD->isDerivedFrom(BaseRD, Paths))
   3111      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("Class must be derived from the passed in base class!");
   3112      1.1  joerg 
   3113      1.1  joerg   for (CXXBasePathElement &Elem : Paths.front())
   3114      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Result, Elem.Class, Elem.Base))
   3115      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3116      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3117      1.1  joerg }
   3118      1.1  joerg 
   3119      1.1  joerg /// Update LVal to refer to the given field, which must be a member of the type
   3120      1.1  joerg /// currently described by LVal.
   3121      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueMember(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &LVal,
   3122      1.1  joerg                                const FieldDecl *FD,
   3123      1.1  joerg                                const ASTRecordLayout *RL = nullptr) {
   3124      1.1  joerg   if (!RL) {
   3125      1.1  joerg     if (FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   3126      1.1  joerg     RL = &Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(FD->getParent());
   3127      1.1  joerg   }
   3128      1.1  joerg 
   3129      1.1  joerg   unsigned I = FD->getFieldIndex();
   3130      1.1  joerg   LVal.adjustOffset(Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(RL->getFieldOffset(I)));
   3131      1.1  joerg   LVal.addDecl(Info, E, FD);
   3132      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3133      1.1  joerg }
   3134      1.1  joerg 
   3135      1.1  joerg /// Update LVal to refer to the given indirect field.
   3136      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueIndirectMember(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3137      1.1  joerg                                        LValue &LVal,
   3138      1.1  joerg                                        const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD) {
   3139      1.1  joerg   for (const auto *C : IFD->chain())
   3140      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, LVal, cast<FieldDecl>(C)))
   3141      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3142      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3143      1.1  joerg }
   3144      1.1  joerg 
   3145      1.1  joerg /// Get the size of the given type in char units.
   3146      1.1  joerg static bool HandleSizeof(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
   3147      1.1  joerg                          QualType Type, CharUnits &Size) {
   3148      1.1  joerg   // sizeof(void), __alignof__(void), sizeof(function) = 1 as a gcc
   3149      1.1  joerg   // extension.
   3150      1.1  joerg   if (Type->isVoidType() || Type->isFunctionType()) {
   3151      1.1  joerg     Size = CharUnits::One();
   3152      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3153      1.1  joerg   }
   3154      1.1  joerg 
   3155      1.1  joerg   if (Type->isDependentType()) {
   3156      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(Loc);
   3157      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3158      1.1  joerg   }
   3159      1.1  joerg 
   3160      1.1  joerg   if (!Type->isConstantSizeType()) {
   3161      1.1  joerg     // sizeof(vla) is not a constantexpr: C99 6.5.3.4p2.
   3162      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Better diagnostic.
   3163      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(Loc);
   3164      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3165      1.1  joerg   }
   3166      1.1  joerg 
   3167      1.1  joerg   Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Type);
   3168      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3169      1.1  joerg }
   3170      1.1  joerg 
   3171      1.1  joerg /// Update a pointer value to model pointer arithmetic.
   3172      1.1  joerg /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
   3173      1.1  joerg /// \param E - The expression being evaluated, for diagnostic purposes.
   3174      1.1  joerg /// \param LVal - The pointer value to be updated.
   3175      1.1  joerg /// \param EltTy - The pointee type represented by LVal.
   3176      1.1  joerg /// \param Adjustment - The adjustment, in objects of type EltTy, to add.
   3177      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3178      1.1  joerg                                         LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy,
   3179      1.1  joerg                                         APSInt Adjustment) {
   3180      1.1  joerg   CharUnits SizeOfPointee;
   3181      1.1  joerg   if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), EltTy, SizeOfPointee))
   3182      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3183      1.1  joerg 
   3184      1.1  joerg   LVal.adjustOffsetAndIndex(Info, E, Adjustment, SizeOfPointee);
   3185      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3186      1.1  joerg }
   3187      1.1  joerg 
   3188      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3189      1.1  joerg                                         LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy,
   3190      1.1  joerg                                         int64_t Adjustment) {
   3191      1.1  joerg   return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, EltTy,
   3192      1.1  joerg                                      APSInt::get(Adjustment));
   3193      1.1  joerg }
   3194      1.1  joerg 
   3195      1.1  joerg /// Update an lvalue to refer to a component of a complex number.
   3196      1.1  joerg /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
   3197      1.1  joerg /// \param LVal - The lvalue to be updated.
   3198      1.1  joerg /// \param EltTy - The complex number's component type.
   3199      1.1  joerg /// \param Imag - False for the real component, true for the imaginary.
   3200      1.1  joerg static bool HandleLValueComplexElement(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3201      1.1  joerg                                        LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy,
   3202      1.1  joerg                                        bool Imag) {
   3203      1.1  joerg   if (Imag) {
   3204      1.1  joerg     CharUnits SizeOfComponent;
   3205      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), EltTy, SizeOfComponent))
   3206      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3207      1.1  joerg     LVal.Offset += SizeOfComponent;
   3208      1.1  joerg   }
   3209      1.1  joerg   LVal.addComplex(Info, E, EltTy, Imag);
   3210      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3211      1.1  joerg }
   3212      1.1  joerg 
   3213      1.1  joerg /// Try to evaluate the initializer for a variable declaration.
   3214      1.1  joerg ///
   3215      1.1  joerg /// \param Info   Information about the ongoing evaluation.
   3216      1.1  joerg /// \param E      An expression to be used when printing diagnostics.
   3217      1.1  joerg /// \param VD     The variable whose initializer should be obtained.
   3218  1.1.1.2  joerg /// \param Version The version of the variable within the frame.
   3219      1.1  joerg /// \param Frame  The frame in which the variable was created. Must be null
   3220      1.1  joerg ///               if this variable is not local to the evaluation.
   3221      1.1  joerg /// \param Result Filled in with a pointer to the value of the variable.
   3222      1.1  joerg static bool evaluateVarDeclInit(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3223      1.1  joerg                                 const VarDecl *VD, CallStackFrame *Frame,
   3224  1.1.1.2  joerg                                 unsigned Version, APValue *&Result) {
   3225  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue::LValueBase Base(VD, Frame ? Frame->Index : 0, Version);
   3226      1.1  joerg 
   3227      1.1  joerg   // If this is a local variable, dig out its value.
   3228      1.1  joerg   if (Frame) {
   3229  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = Frame->getTemporary(VD, Version);
   3230  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Result)
   3231  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   3232  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3233  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
   3234      1.1  joerg       // Assume variables referenced within a lambda's call operator that were
   3235      1.1  joerg       // not declared within the call operator are captures and during checking
   3236      1.1  joerg       // of a potential constant expression, assume they are unknown constant
   3237      1.1  joerg       // expressions.
   3238      1.1  joerg       assert(isLambdaCallOperator(Frame->Callee) &&
   3239      1.1  joerg              (VD->getDeclContext() != Frame->Callee || VD->isInitCapture()) &&
   3240      1.1  joerg              "missing value for local variable");
   3241      1.1  joerg       if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
   3242      1.1  joerg         return false;
   3243  1.1.1.2  joerg       // FIXME: This diagnostic is bogus; we do support captures. Is this code
   3244  1.1.1.2  joerg       // still reachable at all?
   3245      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E->getBeginLoc(),
   3246      1.1  joerg                   diag::note_unimplemented_constexpr_lambda_feature_ast)
   3247      1.1  joerg           << "captures not currently allowed";
   3248      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3249      1.1  joerg     }
   3250      1.1  joerg   }
   3251      1.1  joerg 
   3252      1.1  joerg   // If we're currently evaluating the initializer of this declaration, use that
   3253      1.1  joerg   // in-flight value.
   3254  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Info.EvaluatingDecl == Base) {
   3255      1.1  joerg     Result = Info.EvaluatingDeclValue;
   3256      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3257      1.1  joerg   }
   3258      1.1  joerg 
   3259  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
   3260  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Assume parameters of a potential constant expression are usable in
   3261  1.1.1.2  joerg     // constant expressions.
   3262  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
   3263  1.1.1.2  joerg         !Info.CurrentCall->Callee ||
   3264  1.1.1.2  joerg         !Info.CurrentCall->Callee->Equals(VD->getDeclContext())) {
   3265  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   3266  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_function_param_value_unknown)
   3267  1.1.1.2  joerg             << VD;
   3268  1.1.1.2  joerg         NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   3269  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else {
   3270  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E);
   3271  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   3272  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   3273  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   3274  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   3275  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3276  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Dig out the initializer, and use the declaration which it's attached to.
   3277  1.1.1.2  joerg   // FIXME: We should eventually check whether the variable has a reachable
   3278  1.1.1.2  joerg   // initializing declaration.
   3279  1.1.1.2  joerg   const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer(VD);
   3280  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Init) {
   3281  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Don't diagnose during potential constant expression checking; an
   3282  1.1.1.2  joerg     // initializer might be added later.
   3283  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) {
   3284  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_unknown, 1)
   3285  1.1.1.2  joerg         << VD;
   3286  1.1.1.2  joerg       NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   3287  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   3288  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   3289  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   3290  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3291  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
   3292  1.1.1.2  joerg     // The DeclRefExpr is not value-dependent, but the variable it refers to
   3293  1.1.1.2  joerg     // has a value-dependent initializer. This should only happen in
   3294  1.1.1.2  joerg     // constant-folding cases, where the variable is not actually of a suitable
   3295  1.1.1.2  joerg     // type for use in a constant expression (otherwise the DeclRefExpr would
   3296  1.1.1.2  joerg     // have been value-dependent too), so diagnose that.
   3297  1.1.1.2  joerg     assert(!VD->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx));
   3298  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) {
   3299  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
   3300  1.1.1.2  joerg                          ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr
   3301  1.1.1.2  joerg                          : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
   3302  1.1.1.2  joerg           << VD << VD->getType();
   3303  1.1.1.2  joerg       NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   3304  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   3305      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3306      1.1  joerg   }
   3307      1.1  joerg 
   3308      1.1  joerg   // Check that we can fold the initializer. In C++, we will have already done
   3309      1.1  joerg   // this in the cases where it matters for conformance.
   3310  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!VD->evaluateValue()) {
   3311  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_non_constant, 1) << VD;
   3312  1.1.1.2  joerg     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   3313  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   3314  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   3315  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3316  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Check that the variable is actually usable in constant expressions. For a
   3317  1.1.1.2  joerg   // const integral variable or a reference, we might have a non-constant
   3318  1.1.1.2  joerg   // initializer that we can nonetheless evaluate the initializer for. Such
   3319  1.1.1.2  joerg   // variables are not usable in constant expressions. In C++98, the
   3320  1.1.1.2  joerg   // initializer also syntactically needs to be an ICE.
   3321  1.1.1.2  joerg   //
   3322  1.1.1.2  joerg   // FIXME: We don't diagnose cases that aren't potentially usable in constant
   3323  1.1.1.2  joerg   // expressions here; doing so would regress diagnostics for things like
   3324  1.1.1.2  joerg   // reading from a volatile constexpr variable.
   3325  1.1.1.2  joerg   if ((Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VD->hasConstantInitialization() &&
   3326  1.1.1.2  joerg        VD->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx)) ||
   3327  1.1.1.2  joerg       ((Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
   3328  1.1.1.2  joerg        !Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !VD->hasICEInitializer(Info.Ctx))) {
   3329  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_non_constant, 1) << VD;
   3330  1.1.1.2  joerg     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   3331  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   3332  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3333  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Never use the initializer of a weak variable, not even for constant
   3334  1.1.1.2  joerg   // folding. We can't be sure that this is the definition that will be used.
   3335  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (VD->isWeak()) {
   3336  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_weak) << VD;
   3337  1.1.1.2  joerg     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
   3338      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3339      1.1  joerg   }
   3340      1.1  joerg 
   3341      1.1  joerg   Result = VD->getEvaluatedValue();
   3342      1.1  joerg   return true;
   3343      1.1  joerg }
   3344      1.1  joerg 
   3345      1.1  joerg /// Get the base index of the given base class within an APValue representing
   3346      1.1  joerg /// the given derived class.
   3347      1.1  joerg static unsigned getBaseIndex(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
   3348      1.1  joerg                              const CXXRecordDecl *Base) {
   3349      1.1  joerg   Base = Base->getCanonicalDecl();
   3350      1.1  joerg   unsigned Index = 0;
   3351      1.1  joerg   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = Derived->bases_begin(),
   3352      1.1  joerg          E = Derived->bases_end(); I != E; ++I, ++Index) {
   3353      1.1  joerg     if (I->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() == Base)
   3354      1.1  joerg       return Index;
   3355      1.1  joerg   }
   3356      1.1  joerg 
   3357      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("base class missing from derived class's bases list");
   3358      1.1  joerg }
   3359      1.1  joerg 
   3360      1.1  joerg /// Extract the value of a character from a string literal.
   3361      1.1  joerg static APSInt extractStringLiteralCharacter(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Lit,
   3362      1.1  joerg                                             uint64_t Index) {
   3363      1.1  joerg   assert(!isa<SourceLocExpr>(Lit) &&
   3364      1.1  joerg          "SourceLocExpr should have already been converted to a StringLiteral");
   3365      1.1  joerg 
   3366      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Support MakeStringConstant
   3367      1.1  joerg   if (const auto *ObjCEnc = dyn_cast<ObjCEncodeExpr>(Lit)) {
   3368      1.1  joerg     std::string Str;
   3369      1.1  joerg     Info.Ctx.getObjCEncodingForType(ObjCEnc->getEncodedType(), Str);
   3370      1.1  joerg     assert(Index <= Str.size() && "Index too large");
   3371      1.1  joerg     return APSInt::getUnsigned(Str.c_str()[Index]);
   3372      1.1  joerg   }
   3373      1.1  joerg 
   3374      1.1  joerg   if (auto PE = dyn_cast<PredefinedExpr>(Lit))
   3375      1.1  joerg     Lit = PE->getFunctionName();
   3376      1.1  joerg   const StringLiteral *S = cast<StringLiteral>(Lit);
   3377      1.1  joerg   const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
   3378      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(S->getType());
   3379      1.1  joerg   assert(CAT && "string literal isn't an array");
   3380      1.1  joerg   QualType CharType = CAT->getElementType();
   3381      1.1  joerg   assert(CharType->isIntegerType() && "unexpected character type");
   3382      1.1  joerg 
   3383      1.1  joerg   APSInt Value(S->getCharByteWidth() * Info.Ctx.getCharWidth(),
   3384      1.1  joerg                CharType->isUnsignedIntegerType());
   3385      1.1  joerg   if (Index < S->getLength())
   3386      1.1  joerg     Value = S->getCodeUnit(Index);
   3387      1.1  joerg   return Value;
   3388      1.1  joerg }
   3389      1.1  joerg 
   3390      1.1  joerg // Expand a string literal into an array of characters.
   3391      1.1  joerg //
   3392      1.1  joerg // FIXME: This is inefficient; we should probably introduce something similar
   3393      1.1  joerg // to the LLVM ConstantDataArray to make this cheaper.
   3394      1.1  joerg static void expandStringLiteral(EvalInfo &Info, const StringLiteral *S,
   3395      1.1  joerg                                 APValue &Result,
   3396      1.1  joerg                                 QualType AllocType = QualType()) {
   3397      1.1  joerg   const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(
   3398      1.1  joerg       AllocType.isNull() ? S->getType() : AllocType);
   3399      1.1  joerg   assert(CAT && "string literal isn't an array");
   3400      1.1  joerg   QualType CharType = CAT->getElementType();
   3401      1.1  joerg   assert(CharType->isIntegerType() && "unexpected character type");
   3402      1.1  joerg 
   3403      1.1  joerg   unsigned Elts = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
   3404      1.1  joerg   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(),
   3405      1.1  joerg                    std::min(S->getLength(), Elts), Elts);
   3406      1.1  joerg   APSInt Value(S->getCharByteWidth() * Info.Ctx.getCharWidth(),
   3407      1.1  joerg                CharType->isUnsignedIntegerType());
   3408      1.1  joerg   if (Result.hasArrayFiller())
   3409      1.1  joerg     Result.getArrayFiller() = APValue(Value);
   3410      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Result.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != N; ++I) {
   3411      1.1  joerg     Value = S->getCodeUnit(I);
   3412      1.1  joerg     Result.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = APValue(Value);
   3413      1.1  joerg   }
   3414      1.1  joerg }
   3415      1.1  joerg 
   3416      1.1  joerg // Expand an array so that it has more than Index filled elements.
   3417      1.1  joerg static void expandArray(APValue &Array, unsigned Index) {
   3418      1.1  joerg   unsigned Size = Array.getArraySize();
   3419      1.1  joerg   assert(Index < Size);
   3420      1.1  joerg 
   3421      1.1  joerg   // Always at least double the number of elements for which we store a value.
   3422      1.1  joerg   unsigned OldElts = Array.getArrayInitializedElts();
   3423      1.1  joerg   unsigned NewElts = std::max(Index+1, OldElts * 2);
   3424      1.1  joerg   NewElts = std::min(Size, std::max(NewElts, 8u));
   3425      1.1  joerg 
   3426      1.1  joerg   // Copy the data across.
   3427      1.1  joerg   APValue NewValue(APValue::UninitArray(), NewElts, Size);
   3428      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = 0; I != OldElts; ++I)
   3429      1.1  joerg     NewValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I).swap(Array.getArrayInitializedElt(I));
   3430      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = OldElts; I != NewElts; ++I)
   3431      1.1  joerg     NewValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Array.getArrayFiller();
   3432      1.1  joerg   if (NewValue.hasArrayFiller())
   3433      1.1  joerg     NewValue.getArrayFiller() = Array.getArrayFiller();
   3434      1.1  joerg   Array.swap(NewValue);
   3435      1.1  joerg }
   3436      1.1  joerg 
   3437      1.1  joerg /// Determine whether a type would actually be read by an lvalue-to-rvalue
   3438      1.1  joerg /// conversion. If it's of class type, we may assume that the copy operation
   3439      1.1  joerg /// is trivial. Note that this is never true for a union type with fields
   3440      1.1  joerg /// (because the copy always "reads" the active member) and always true for
   3441      1.1  joerg /// a non-class type.
   3442  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   3443      1.1  joerg static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(QualType T) {
   3444      1.1  joerg   CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   3445  1.1.1.2  joerg   return !RD || isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(RD);
   3446  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   3447  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
   3448  1.1.1.2  joerg   // FIXME: A trivial copy of a union copies the object representation, even if
   3449  1.1.1.2  joerg   // the union is empty.
   3450  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (RD->isUnion())
   3451  1.1.1.2  joerg     return !RD->field_empty();
   3452      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isEmpty())
   3453      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3454      1.1  joerg 
   3455      1.1  joerg   for (auto *Field : RD->fields())
   3456  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Field->isUnnamedBitfield() &&
   3457  1.1.1.2  joerg         isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Field->getType()))
   3458      1.1  joerg       return true;
   3459      1.1  joerg 
   3460      1.1  joerg   for (auto &BaseSpec : RD->bases())
   3461      1.1  joerg     if (isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(BaseSpec.getType()))
   3462      1.1  joerg       return true;
   3463      1.1  joerg 
   3464      1.1  joerg   return false;
   3465      1.1  joerg }
   3466      1.1  joerg 
   3467      1.1  joerg /// Diagnose an attempt to read from any unreadable field within the specified
   3468      1.1  joerg /// type, which might be a class type.
   3469      1.1  joerg static bool diagnoseMutableFields(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, AccessKinds AK,
   3470      1.1  joerg                                   QualType T) {
   3471      1.1  joerg   CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   3472      1.1  joerg   if (!RD)
   3473      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3474      1.1  joerg 
   3475      1.1  joerg   if (!RD->hasMutableFields())
   3476      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3477      1.1  joerg 
   3478      1.1  joerg   for (auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
   3479      1.1  joerg     // If we're actually going to read this field in some way, then it can't
   3480      1.1  joerg     // be mutable. If we're in a union, then assigning to a mutable field
   3481      1.1  joerg     // (even an empty one) can change the active member, so that's not OK.
   3482      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Add core issue number for the union case.
   3483      1.1  joerg     if (Field->isMutable() &&
   3484      1.1  joerg         (RD->isUnion() || isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Field->getType()))) {
   3485      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_mutable, 1) << AK << Field;
   3486      1.1  joerg       Info.Note(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   3487      1.1  joerg       return true;
   3488      1.1  joerg     }
   3489      1.1  joerg 
   3490      1.1  joerg     if (diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, AK, Field->getType()))
   3491      1.1  joerg       return true;
   3492      1.1  joerg   }
   3493      1.1  joerg 
   3494      1.1  joerg   for (auto &BaseSpec : RD->bases())
   3495      1.1  joerg     if (diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, AK, BaseSpec.getType()))
   3496      1.1  joerg       return true;
   3497      1.1  joerg 
   3498      1.1  joerg   // All mutable fields were empty, and thus not actually read.
   3499      1.1  joerg   return false;
   3500      1.1  joerg }
   3501      1.1  joerg 
   3502      1.1  joerg static bool lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(EvalInfo &Info,
   3503      1.1  joerg                                         APValue::LValueBase Base,
   3504      1.1  joerg                                         bool MutableSubobject = false) {
   3505  1.1.1.2  joerg   // A temporary or transient heap allocation we created.
   3506  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Base.getCallIndex() || Base.is<DynamicAllocLValue>())
   3507      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3508      1.1  joerg 
   3509      1.1  joerg   switch (Info.IsEvaluatingDecl) {
   3510      1.1  joerg   case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::None:
   3511      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3512      1.1  joerg 
   3513      1.1  joerg   case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Ctor:
   3514      1.1  joerg     // The variable whose initializer we're evaluating.
   3515  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Info.EvaluatingDecl == Base)
   3516  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   3517      1.1  joerg 
   3518      1.1  joerg     // A temporary lifetime-extended by the variable whose initializer we're
   3519      1.1  joerg     // evaluating.
   3520      1.1  joerg     if (auto *BaseE = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
   3521      1.1  joerg       if (auto *BaseMTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE))
   3522  1.1.1.2  joerg         return Info.EvaluatingDecl == BaseMTE->getExtendingDecl();
   3523      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3524      1.1  joerg 
   3525      1.1  joerg   case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Dtor:
   3526      1.1  joerg     // C++2a [expr.const]p6:
   3527      1.1  joerg     //   [during constant destruction] the lifetime of a and its non-mutable
   3528      1.1  joerg     //   subobjects (but not its mutable subobjects) [are] considered to start
   3529      1.1  joerg     //   within e.
   3530  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (MutableSubobject || Base != Info.EvaluatingDecl)
   3531  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   3532      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: We can meaningfully extend this to cover non-const objects, but
   3533      1.1  joerg     // we will need special handling: we should be able to access only
   3534      1.1  joerg     // subobjects of such objects that are themselves declared const.
   3535  1.1.1.2  joerg     QualType T = getType(Base);
   3536  1.1.1.2  joerg     return T.isConstQualified() || T->isReferenceType();
   3537      1.1  joerg   }
   3538      1.1  joerg 
   3539      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unknown evaluating decl kind");
   3540      1.1  joerg }
   3541      1.1  joerg 
   3542      1.1  joerg namespace {
   3543      1.1  joerg /// A handle to a complete object (an object that is not a subobject of
   3544      1.1  joerg /// another object).
   3545      1.1  joerg struct CompleteObject {
   3546      1.1  joerg   /// The identity of the object.
   3547      1.1  joerg   APValue::LValueBase Base;
   3548      1.1  joerg   /// The value of the complete object.
   3549      1.1  joerg   APValue *Value;
   3550      1.1  joerg   /// The type of the complete object.
   3551      1.1  joerg   QualType Type;
   3552      1.1  joerg 
   3553      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject() : Value(nullptr) {}
   3554      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject(APValue::LValueBase Base, APValue *Value, QualType Type)
   3555      1.1  joerg       : Base(Base), Value(Value), Type(Type) {}
   3556      1.1  joerg 
   3557      1.1  joerg   bool mayAccessMutableMembers(EvalInfo &Info, AccessKinds AK) const {
   3558  1.1.1.2  joerg     // If this isn't a "real" access (eg, if it's just accessing the type
   3559  1.1.1.2  joerg     // info), allow it. We assume the type doesn't change dynamically for
   3560  1.1.1.2  joerg     // subobjects of constexpr objects (even though we'd hit UB here if it
   3561  1.1.1.2  joerg     // did). FIXME: Is this right?
   3562  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!isAnyAccess(AK))
   3563  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   3564  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   3565      1.1  joerg     // In C++14 onwards, it is permitted to read a mutable member whose
   3566      1.1  joerg     // lifetime began within the evaluation.
   3567      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Should we also allow this in C++11?
   3568      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
   3569      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3570      1.1  joerg     return lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, Base, /*MutableSubobject*/true);
   3571      1.1  joerg   }
   3572      1.1  joerg 
   3573      1.1  joerg   explicit operator bool() const { return !Type.isNull(); }
   3574      1.1  joerg };
   3575      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   3576      1.1  joerg 
   3577      1.1  joerg static QualType getSubobjectType(QualType ObjType, QualType SubobjType,
   3578      1.1  joerg                                  bool IsMutable = false) {
   3579      1.1  joerg   // C++ [basic.type.qualifier]p1:
   3580      1.1  joerg   // - A const object is an object of type const T or a non-mutable subobject
   3581      1.1  joerg   //   of a const object.
   3582      1.1  joerg   if (ObjType.isConstQualified() && !IsMutable)
   3583      1.1  joerg     SubobjType.addConst();
   3584      1.1  joerg   // - A volatile object is an object of type const T or a subobject of a
   3585      1.1  joerg   //   volatile object.
   3586      1.1  joerg   if (ObjType.isVolatileQualified())
   3587      1.1  joerg     SubobjType.addVolatile();
   3588      1.1  joerg   return SubobjType;
   3589      1.1  joerg }
   3590      1.1  joerg 
   3591      1.1  joerg /// Find the designated sub-object of an rvalue.
   3592      1.1  joerg template<typename SubobjectHandler>
   3593      1.1  joerg typename SubobjectHandler::result_type
   3594      1.1  joerg findSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const CompleteObject &Obj,
   3595      1.1  joerg               const SubobjectDesignator &Sub, SubobjectHandler &handler) {
   3596      1.1  joerg   if (Sub.Invalid)
   3597      1.1  joerg     // A diagnostic will have already been produced.
   3598      1.1  joerg     return handler.failed();
   3599      1.1  joerg   if (Sub.isOnePastTheEnd() || Sub.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) {
   3600      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   3601      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, Sub.isOnePastTheEnd()
   3602      1.1  joerg                          ? diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end
   3603      1.1  joerg                          : diag::note_constexpr_access_unsized_array)
   3604      1.1  joerg           << handler.AccessKind;
   3605      1.1  joerg     else
   3606      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   3607      1.1  joerg     return handler.failed();
   3608      1.1  joerg   }
   3609      1.1  joerg 
   3610      1.1  joerg   APValue *O = Obj.Value;
   3611      1.1  joerg   QualType ObjType = Obj.Type;
   3612      1.1  joerg   const FieldDecl *LastField = nullptr;
   3613      1.1  joerg   const FieldDecl *VolatileField = nullptr;
   3614      1.1  joerg 
   3615      1.1  joerg   // Walk the designator's path to find the subobject.
   3616      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sub.Entries.size(); /**/; ++I) {
   3617      1.1  joerg     // Reading an indeterminate value is undefined, but assigning over one is OK.
   3618      1.1  joerg     if ((O->isAbsent() && !(handler.AccessKind == AK_Construct && I == N)) ||
   3619  1.1.1.2  joerg         (O->isIndeterminate() &&
   3620  1.1.1.2  joerg          !isValidIndeterminateAccess(handler.AccessKind))) {
   3621      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
   3622      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_uninit)
   3623      1.1  joerg             << handler.AccessKind << O->isIndeterminate();
   3624      1.1  joerg       return handler.failed();
   3625      1.1  joerg     }
   3626      1.1  joerg 
   3627      1.1  joerg     // C++ [class.ctor]p5, C++ [class.dtor]p5:
   3628      1.1  joerg     //    const and volatile semantics are not applied on an object under
   3629      1.1  joerg     //    {con,de}struction.
   3630      1.1  joerg     if ((ObjType.isConstQualified() || ObjType.isVolatileQualified()) &&
   3631      1.1  joerg         ObjType->isRecordType() &&
   3632      1.1  joerg         Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(
   3633      1.1  joerg             Obj.Base, llvm::makeArrayRef(Sub.Entries.begin(),
   3634      1.1  joerg                                          Sub.Entries.begin() + I)) !=
   3635      1.1  joerg                           ConstructionPhase::None) {
   3636      1.1  joerg       ObjType = Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(ObjType);
   3637      1.1  joerg       ObjType.removeLocalConst();
   3638      1.1  joerg       ObjType.removeLocalVolatile();
   3639      1.1  joerg     }
   3640      1.1  joerg 
   3641      1.1  joerg     // If this is our last pass, check that the final object type is OK.
   3642      1.1  joerg     if (I == N || (I == N - 1 && ObjType->isAnyComplexType())) {
   3643      1.1  joerg       // Accesses to volatile objects are prohibited.
   3644      1.1  joerg       if (ObjType.isVolatileQualified() && isFormalAccess(handler.AccessKind)) {
   3645      1.1  joerg         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
   3646      1.1  joerg           int DiagKind;
   3647      1.1  joerg           SourceLocation Loc;
   3648      1.1  joerg           const NamedDecl *Decl = nullptr;
   3649      1.1  joerg           if (VolatileField) {
   3650      1.1  joerg             DiagKind = 2;
   3651      1.1  joerg             Loc = VolatileField->getLocation();
   3652      1.1  joerg             Decl = VolatileField;
   3653      1.1  joerg           } else if (auto *VD = Obj.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
   3654      1.1  joerg             DiagKind = 1;
   3655      1.1  joerg             Loc = VD->getLocation();
   3656      1.1  joerg             Decl = VD;
   3657      1.1  joerg           } else {
   3658      1.1  joerg             DiagKind = 0;
   3659      1.1  joerg             if (auto *E = Obj.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
   3660      1.1  joerg               Loc = E->getExprLoc();
   3661      1.1  joerg           }
   3662      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_volatile_obj, 1)
   3663      1.1  joerg               << handler.AccessKind << DiagKind << Decl;
   3664      1.1  joerg           Info.Note(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_volatile_here) << DiagKind;
   3665      1.1  joerg         } else {
   3666      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   3667      1.1  joerg         }
   3668      1.1  joerg         return handler.failed();
   3669      1.1  joerg       }
   3670      1.1  joerg 
   3671      1.1  joerg       // If we are reading an object of class type, there may still be more
   3672      1.1  joerg       // things we need to check: if there are any mutable subobjects, we
   3673      1.1  joerg       // cannot perform this read. (This only happens when performing a trivial
   3674      1.1  joerg       // copy or assignment.)
   3675      1.1  joerg       if (ObjType->isRecordType() &&
   3676      1.1  joerg           !Obj.mayAccessMutableMembers(Info, handler.AccessKind) &&
   3677      1.1  joerg           diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, handler.AccessKind, ObjType))
   3678      1.1  joerg         return handler.failed();
   3679      1.1  joerg     }
   3680      1.1  joerg 
   3681      1.1  joerg     if (I == N) {
   3682      1.1  joerg       if (!handler.found(*O, ObjType))
   3683      1.1  joerg         return false;
   3684      1.1  joerg 
   3685      1.1  joerg       // If we modified a bit-field, truncate it to the right width.
   3686      1.1  joerg       if (isModification(handler.AccessKind) &&
   3687      1.1  joerg           LastField && LastField->isBitField() &&
   3688      1.1  joerg           !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, E, *O, LastField))
   3689      1.1  joerg         return false;
   3690      1.1  joerg 
   3691      1.1  joerg       return true;
   3692      1.1  joerg     }
   3693      1.1  joerg 
   3694      1.1  joerg     LastField = nullptr;
   3695      1.1  joerg     if (ObjType->isArrayType()) {
   3696      1.1  joerg       // Next subobject is an array element.
   3697      1.1  joerg       const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(ObjType);
   3698      1.1  joerg       assert(CAT && "vla in literal type?");
   3699      1.1  joerg       uint64_t Index = Sub.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex();
   3700      1.1  joerg       if (CAT->getSize().ule(Index)) {
   3701      1.1  joerg         // Note, it should not be possible to form a pointer with a valid
   3702      1.1  joerg         // designator which points more than one past the end of the array.
   3703      1.1  joerg         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   3704      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end)
   3705      1.1  joerg             << handler.AccessKind;
   3706      1.1  joerg         else
   3707      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E);
   3708      1.1  joerg         return handler.failed();
   3709      1.1  joerg       }
   3710      1.1  joerg 
   3711      1.1  joerg       ObjType = CAT->getElementType();
   3712      1.1  joerg 
   3713      1.1  joerg       if (O->getArrayInitializedElts() > Index)
   3714      1.1  joerg         O = &O->getArrayInitializedElt(Index);
   3715      1.1  joerg       else if (!isRead(handler.AccessKind)) {
   3716      1.1  joerg         expandArray(*O, Index);
   3717      1.1  joerg         O = &O->getArrayInitializedElt(Index);
   3718      1.1  joerg       } else
   3719      1.1  joerg         O = &O->getArrayFiller();
   3720      1.1  joerg     } else if (ObjType->isAnyComplexType()) {
   3721      1.1  joerg       // Next subobject is a complex number.
   3722      1.1  joerg       uint64_t Index = Sub.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex();
   3723      1.1  joerg       if (Index > 1) {
   3724      1.1  joerg         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   3725      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end)
   3726      1.1  joerg             << handler.AccessKind;
   3727      1.1  joerg         else
   3728      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E);
   3729      1.1  joerg         return handler.failed();
   3730      1.1  joerg       }
   3731      1.1  joerg 
   3732      1.1  joerg       ObjType = getSubobjectType(
   3733      1.1  joerg           ObjType, ObjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType());
   3734      1.1  joerg 
   3735      1.1  joerg       assert(I == N - 1 && "extracting subobject of scalar?");
   3736      1.1  joerg       if (O->isComplexInt()) {
   3737      1.1  joerg         return handler.found(Index ? O->getComplexIntImag()
   3738      1.1  joerg                                    : O->getComplexIntReal(), ObjType);
   3739      1.1  joerg       } else {
   3740      1.1  joerg         assert(O->isComplexFloat());
   3741      1.1  joerg         return handler.found(Index ? O->getComplexFloatImag()
   3742      1.1  joerg                                    : O->getComplexFloatReal(), ObjType);
   3743      1.1  joerg       }
   3744      1.1  joerg     } else if (const FieldDecl *Field = getAsField(Sub.Entries[I])) {
   3745      1.1  joerg       if (Field->isMutable() &&
   3746      1.1  joerg           !Obj.mayAccessMutableMembers(Info, handler.AccessKind)) {
   3747      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_mutable, 1)
   3748      1.1  joerg           << handler.AccessKind << Field;
   3749      1.1  joerg         Info.Note(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   3750      1.1  joerg         return handler.failed();
   3751      1.1  joerg       }
   3752      1.1  joerg 
   3753      1.1  joerg       // Next subobject is a class, struct or union field.
   3754      1.1  joerg       RecordDecl *RD = ObjType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
   3755      1.1  joerg       if (RD->isUnion()) {
   3756      1.1  joerg         const FieldDecl *UnionField = O->getUnionField();
   3757      1.1  joerg         if (!UnionField ||
   3758      1.1  joerg             UnionField->getCanonicalDecl() != Field->getCanonicalDecl()) {
   3759      1.1  joerg           if (I == N - 1 && handler.AccessKind == AK_Construct) {
   3760      1.1  joerg             // Placement new onto an inactive union member makes it active.
   3761      1.1  joerg             O->setUnion(Field, APValue());
   3762      1.1  joerg           } else {
   3763      1.1  joerg             // FIXME: If O->getUnionValue() is absent, report that there's no
   3764      1.1  joerg             // active union member rather than reporting the prior active union
   3765      1.1  joerg             // member. We'll need to fix nullptr_t to not use APValue() as its
   3766      1.1  joerg             // representation first.
   3767      1.1  joerg             Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_inactive_union_member)
   3768      1.1  joerg                 << handler.AccessKind << Field << !UnionField << UnionField;
   3769      1.1  joerg             return handler.failed();
   3770      1.1  joerg           }
   3771      1.1  joerg         }
   3772      1.1  joerg         O = &O->getUnionValue();
   3773      1.1  joerg       } else
   3774      1.1  joerg         O = &O->getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex());
   3775      1.1  joerg 
   3776      1.1  joerg       ObjType = getSubobjectType(ObjType, Field->getType(), Field->isMutable());
   3777      1.1  joerg       LastField = Field;
   3778      1.1  joerg       if (Field->getType().isVolatileQualified())
   3779      1.1  joerg         VolatileField = Field;
   3780      1.1  joerg     } else {
   3781      1.1  joerg       // Next subobject is a base class.
   3782      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Derived = ObjType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   3783      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = getAsBaseClass(Sub.Entries[I]);
   3784      1.1  joerg       O = &O->getStructBase(getBaseIndex(Derived, Base));
   3785      1.1  joerg 
   3786      1.1  joerg       ObjType = getSubobjectType(ObjType, Info.Ctx.getRecordType(Base));
   3787      1.1  joerg     }
   3788      1.1  joerg   }
   3789      1.1  joerg }
   3790      1.1  joerg 
   3791      1.1  joerg namespace {
   3792      1.1  joerg struct ExtractSubobjectHandler {
   3793      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   3794      1.1  joerg   const Expr *E;
   3795      1.1  joerg   APValue &Result;
   3796      1.1  joerg   const AccessKinds AccessKind;
   3797      1.1  joerg 
   3798      1.1  joerg   typedef bool result_type;
   3799      1.1  joerg   bool failed() { return false; }
   3800      1.1  joerg   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   3801      1.1  joerg     Result = Subobj;
   3802      1.1  joerg     if (AccessKind == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation)
   3803      1.1  joerg       return true;
   3804      1.1  joerg     return CheckFullyInitialized(Info, E->getExprLoc(), SubobjType, Result);
   3805      1.1  joerg   }
   3806      1.1  joerg   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   3807      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(Value);
   3808      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3809      1.1  joerg   }
   3810      1.1  joerg   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   3811      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(Value);
   3812      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3813      1.1  joerg   }
   3814      1.1  joerg };
   3815      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   3816      1.1  joerg 
   3817      1.1  joerg /// Extract the designated sub-object of an rvalue.
   3818      1.1  joerg static bool extractSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3819      1.1  joerg                              const CompleteObject &Obj,
   3820      1.1  joerg                              const SubobjectDesignator &Sub, APValue &Result,
   3821      1.1  joerg                              AccessKinds AK = AK_Read) {
   3822      1.1  joerg   assert(AK == AK_Read || AK == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation);
   3823      1.1  joerg   ExtractSubobjectHandler Handler = {Info, E, Result, AK};
   3824      1.1  joerg   return findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Sub, Handler);
   3825      1.1  joerg }
   3826      1.1  joerg 
   3827      1.1  joerg namespace {
   3828      1.1  joerg struct ModifySubobjectHandler {
   3829      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   3830      1.1  joerg   APValue &NewVal;
   3831      1.1  joerg   const Expr *E;
   3832      1.1  joerg 
   3833      1.1  joerg   typedef bool result_type;
   3834      1.1  joerg   static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign;
   3835      1.1  joerg 
   3836      1.1  joerg   bool checkConst(QualType QT) {
   3837      1.1  joerg     // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior.
   3838      1.1  joerg     if (QT.isConstQualified()) {
   3839      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT;
   3840      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3841      1.1  joerg     }
   3842      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3843      1.1  joerg   }
   3844      1.1  joerg 
   3845      1.1  joerg   bool failed() { return false; }
   3846      1.1  joerg   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   3847      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   3848      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3849      1.1  joerg     // We've been given ownership of NewVal, so just swap it in.
   3850      1.1  joerg     Subobj.swap(NewVal);
   3851      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3852      1.1  joerg   }
   3853      1.1  joerg   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   3854      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   3855      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3856      1.1  joerg     if (!NewVal.isInt()) {
   3857      1.1  joerg       // Maybe trying to write a cast pointer value into a complex?
   3858      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   3859      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3860      1.1  joerg     }
   3861      1.1  joerg     Value = NewVal.getInt();
   3862      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3863      1.1  joerg   }
   3864      1.1  joerg   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   3865      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   3866      1.1  joerg       return false;
   3867      1.1  joerg     Value = NewVal.getFloat();
   3868      1.1  joerg     return true;
   3869      1.1  joerg   }
   3870      1.1  joerg };
   3871      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   3872      1.1  joerg 
   3873      1.1  joerg const AccessKinds ModifySubobjectHandler::AccessKind;
   3874      1.1  joerg 
   3875      1.1  joerg /// Update the designated sub-object of an rvalue to the given value.
   3876      1.1  joerg static bool modifySubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3877      1.1  joerg                             const CompleteObject &Obj,
   3878      1.1  joerg                             const SubobjectDesignator &Sub,
   3879      1.1  joerg                             APValue &NewVal) {
   3880      1.1  joerg   ModifySubobjectHandler Handler = { Info, NewVal, E };
   3881      1.1  joerg   return findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Sub, Handler);
   3882      1.1  joerg }
   3883      1.1  joerg 
   3884      1.1  joerg /// Find the position where two subobject designators diverge, or equivalently
   3885      1.1  joerg /// the length of the common initial subsequence.
   3886      1.1  joerg static unsigned FindDesignatorMismatch(QualType ObjType,
   3887      1.1  joerg                                        const SubobjectDesignator &A,
   3888      1.1  joerg                                        const SubobjectDesignator &B,
   3889      1.1  joerg                                        bool &WasArrayIndex) {
   3890      1.1  joerg   unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(A.Entries.size(), B.Entries.size());
   3891      1.1  joerg   for (/**/; I != N; ++I) {
   3892      1.1  joerg     if (!ObjType.isNull() &&
   3893      1.1  joerg         (ObjType->isArrayType() || ObjType->isAnyComplexType())) {
   3894      1.1  joerg       // Next subobject is an array element.
   3895      1.1  joerg       if (A.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex() != B.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex()) {
   3896      1.1  joerg         WasArrayIndex = true;
   3897      1.1  joerg         return I;
   3898      1.1  joerg       }
   3899      1.1  joerg       if (ObjType->isAnyComplexType())
   3900      1.1  joerg         ObjType = ObjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   3901      1.1  joerg       else
   3902      1.1  joerg         ObjType = ObjType->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
   3903      1.1  joerg     } else {
   3904      1.1  joerg       if (A.Entries[I].getAsBaseOrMember() !=
   3905      1.1  joerg           B.Entries[I].getAsBaseOrMember()) {
   3906      1.1  joerg         WasArrayIndex = false;
   3907      1.1  joerg         return I;
   3908      1.1  joerg       }
   3909      1.1  joerg       if (const FieldDecl *FD = getAsField(A.Entries[I]))
   3910      1.1  joerg         // Next subobject is a field.
   3911      1.1  joerg         ObjType = FD->getType();
   3912      1.1  joerg       else
   3913      1.1  joerg         // Next subobject is a base class.
   3914      1.1  joerg         ObjType = QualType();
   3915      1.1  joerg     }
   3916      1.1  joerg   }
   3917      1.1  joerg   WasArrayIndex = false;
   3918      1.1  joerg   return I;
   3919      1.1  joerg }
   3920      1.1  joerg 
   3921      1.1  joerg /// Determine whether the given subobject designators refer to elements of the
   3922      1.1  joerg /// same array object.
   3923      1.1  joerg static bool AreElementsOfSameArray(QualType ObjType,
   3924      1.1  joerg                                    const SubobjectDesignator &A,
   3925      1.1  joerg                                    const SubobjectDesignator &B) {
   3926      1.1  joerg   if (A.Entries.size() != B.Entries.size())
   3927      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3928      1.1  joerg 
   3929      1.1  joerg   bool IsArray = A.MostDerivedIsArrayElement;
   3930      1.1  joerg   if (IsArray && A.MostDerivedPathLength != A.Entries.size())
   3931      1.1  joerg     // A is a subobject of the array element.
   3932      1.1  joerg     return false;
   3933      1.1  joerg 
   3934      1.1  joerg   // If A (and B) designates an array element, the last entry will be the array
   3935      1.1  joerg   // index. That doesn't have to match. Otherwise, we're in the 'implicit array
   3936      1.1  joerg   // of length 1' case, and the entire path must match.
   3937      1.1  joerg   bool WasArrayIndex;
   3938      1.1  joerg   unsigned CommonLength = FindDesignatorMismatch(ObjType, A, B, WasArrayIndex);
   3939      1.1  joerg   return CommonLength >= A.Entries.size() - IsArray;
   3940      1.1  joerg }
   3941      1.1  joerg 
   3942      1.1  joerg /// Find the complete object to which an LValue refers.
   3943      1.1  joerg static CompleteObject findCompleteObject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   3944      1.1  joerg                                          AccessKinds AK, const LValue &LVal,
   3945      1.1  joerg                                          QualType LValType) {
   3946      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.InvalidBase) {
   3947      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   3948      1.1  joerg     return CompleteObject();
   3949      1.1  joerg   }
   3950      1.1  joerg 
   3951      1.1  joerg   if (!LVal.Base) {
   3952      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_null) << AK;
   3953      1.1  joerg     return CompleteObject();
   3954      1.1  joerg   }
   3955      1.1  joerg 
   3956      1.1  joerg   CallStackFrame *Frame = nullptr;
   3957      1.1  joerg   unsigned Depth = 0;
   3958      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.getLValueCallIndex()) {
   3959      1.1  joerg     std::tie(Frame, Depth) =
   3960      1.1  joerg         Info.getCallFrameAndDepth(LVal.getLValueCallIndex());
   3961      1.1  joerg     if (!Frame) {
   3962      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lifetime_ended, 1)
   3963      1.1  joerg         << AK << LVal.Base.is<const ValueDecl*>();
   3964      1.1  joerg       NoteLValueLocation(Info, LVal.Base);
   3965      1.1  joerg       return CompleteObject();
   3966      1.1  joerg     }
   3967      1.1  joerg   }
   3968      1.1  joerg 
   3969      1.1  joerg   bool IsAccess = isAnyAccess(AK);
   3970      1.1  joerg 
   3971      1.1  joerg   // C++11 DR1311: An lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on a volatile-qualified type
   3972      1.1  joerg   // is not a constant expression (even if the object is non-volatile). We also
   3973      1.1  joerg   // apply this rule to C++98, in order to conform to the expected 'volatile'
   3974      1.1  joerg   // semantics.
   3975      1.1  joerg   if (isFormalAccess(AK) && LValType.isVolatileQualified()) {
   3976      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
   3977      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_volatile_type)
   3978      1.1  joerg         << AK << LValType;
   3979      1.1  joerg     else
   3980      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   3981      1.1  joerg     return CompleteObject();
   3982      1.1  joerg   }
   3983      1.1  joerg 
   3984      1.1  joerg   // Compute value storage location and type of base object.
   3985      1.1  joerg   APValue *BaseVal = nullptr;
   3986      1.1  joerg   QualType BaseType = getType(LVal.Base);
   3987      1.1  joerg 
   3988  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && LVal.Base == Info.EvaluatingDecl &&
   3989  1.1.1.2  joerg       lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) {
   3990  1.1.1.2  joerg     // This is the object whose initializer we're evaluating, so its lifetime
   3991  1.1.1.2  joerg     // started in the current evaluation.
   3992  1.1.1.2  joerg     BaseVal = Info.EvaluatingDeclValue;
   3993  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else if (const ValueDecl *D = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) {
   3994  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Allow reading from a GUID declaration.
   3995  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (auto *GD = dyn_cast<MSGuidDecl>(D)) {
   3996  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (isModification(AK)) {
   3997  1.1.1.2  joerg         // All the remaining cases do not permit modification of the object.
   3998  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global);
   3999  1.1.1.2  joerg         return CompleteObject();
   4000  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   4001  1.1.1.2  joerg       APValue &V = GD->getAsAPValue();
   4002  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (V.isAbsent()) {
   4003  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_layout)
   4004  1.1.1.2  joerg             << GD->getType();
   4005  1.1.1.2  joerg         return CompleteObject();
   4006  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   4007  1.1.1.2  joerg       return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, &V, GD->getType());
   4008  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   4009  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   4010  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Allow reading from template parameter objects.
   4011  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (auto *TPO = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) {
   4012  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (isModification(AK)) {
   4013  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global);
   4014  1.1.1.2  joerg         return CompleteObject();
   4015  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   4016  1.1.1.2  joerg       return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, const_cast<APValue *>(&TPO->getValue()),
   4017  1.1.1.2  joerg                             TPO->getType());
   4018  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   4019  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   4020      1.1  joerg     // In C++98, const, non-volatile integers initialized with ICEs are ICEs.
   4021      1.1  joerg     // In C++11, constexpr, non-volatile variables initialized with constant
   4022      1.1  joerg     // expressions are constant expressions too. Inside constexpr functions,
   4023      1.1  joerg     // parameters are constant expressions even if they're non-const.
   4024      1.1  joerg     // In C++1y, objects local to a constant expression (those with a Frame) are
   4025      1.1  joerg     // both readable and writable inside constant expressions.
   4026      1.1  joerg     // In C, such things can also be folded, although they are not ICEs.
   4027      1.1  joerg     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
   4028      1.1  joerg     if (VD) {
   4029      1.1  joerg       if (const VarDecl *VDef = VD->getDefinition(Info.Ctx))
   4030      1.1  joerg         VD = VDef;
   4031      1.1  joerg     }
   4032      1.1  joerg     if (!VD || VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
   4033      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4034      1.1  joerg       return CompleteObject();
   4035      1.1  joerg     }
   4036      1.1  joerg 
   4037  1.1.1.2  joerg     bool IsConstant = BaseType.isConstant(Info.Ctx);
   4038  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   4039      1.1  joerg     // Unless we're looking at a local variable or argument in a constexpr call,
   4040      1.1  joerg     // the variable we're reading must be const.
   4041      1.1  joerg     if (!Frame) {
   4042  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (IsAccess && isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
   4043  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Access of a parameter that's not associated with a frame isn't going
   4044  1.1.1.2  joerg         // to work out, but we can leave it to evaluateVarDeclInit to provide a
   4045  1.1.1.2  joerg         // suitable diagnostic.
   4046  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
   4047  1.1.1.2  joerg                  lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) {
   4048      1.1  joerg         // OK, we can read and modify an object if we're in the process of
   4049      1.1  joerg         // evaluating its initializer, because its lifetime began in this
   4050      1.1  joerg         // evaluation.
   4051      1.1  joerg       } else if (isModification(AK)) {
   4052      1.1  joerg         // All the remaining cases do not permit modification of the object.
   4053      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global);
   4054      1.1  joerg         return CompleteObject();
   4055      1.1  joerg       } else if (VD->isConstexpr()) {
   4056      1.1  joerg         // OK, we can read this variable.
   4057      1.1  joerg       } else if (BaseType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
   4058  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!IsConstant) {
   4059      1.1  joerg           if (!IsAccess)
   4060      1.1  joerg             return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
   4061      1.1  joerg           if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
   4062      1.1  joerg             Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_const_int, 1) << VD;
   4063      1.1  joerg             Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   4064      1.1  joerg           } else {
   4065      1.1  joerg             Info.FFDiag(E);
   4066      1.1  joerg           }
   4067      1.1  joerg           return CompleteObject();
   4068      1.1  joerg         }
   4069      1.1  joerg       } else if (!IsAccess) {
   4070      1.1  joerg         return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
   4071  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else if (IsConstant && Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() &&
   4072  1.1.1.2  joerg                  BaseType->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx) && !VD->hasDefinition()) {
   4073  1.1.1.2  joerg         // This variable might end up being constexpr. Don't diagnose it yet.
   4074  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else if (IsConstant) {
   4075  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Keep evaluating to see what we can do. In particular, we support
   4076  1.1.1.2  joerg         // folding of const floating-point types, in order to make static const
   4077  1.1.1.2  joerg         // data members of such types (supported as an extension) more useful.
   4078  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
   4079  1.1.1.2  joerg           Info.CCEDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
   4080  1.1.1.2  joerg                               ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr
   4081  1.1.1.2  joerg                               : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
   4082  1.1.1.2  joerg               << VD << BaseType;
   4083      1.1  joerg           Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   4084      1.1  joerg         } else {
   4085      1.1  joerg           Info.CCEDiag(E);
   4086      1.1  joerg         }
   4087      1.1  joerg       } else {
   4088  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Never allow reading a non-const value.
   4089  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
   4090  1.1.1.2  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
   4091  1.1.1.2  joerg                              ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr
   4092  1.1.1.2  joerg                              : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
   4093  1.1.1.2  joerg               << VD << BaseType;
   4094      1.1  joerg           Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   4095      1.1  joerg         } else {
   4096      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E);
   4097      1.1  joerg         }
   4098      1.1  joerg         return CompleteObject();
   4099      1.1  joerg       }
   4100      1.1  joerg     }
   4101      1.1  joerg 
   4102  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!evaluateVarDeclInit(Info, E, VD, Frame, LVal.getLValueVersion(), BaseVal))
   4103      1.1  joerg       return CompleteObject();
   4104      1.1  joerg   } else if (DynamicAllocLValue DA = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
   4105      1.1  joerg     Optional<DynAlloc*> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA);
   4106      1.1  joerg     if (!Alloc) {
   4107      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_deleted_object) << AK;
   4108      1.1  joerg       return CompleteObject();
   4109      1.1  joerg     }
   4110      1.1  joerg     return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, &(*Alloc)->Value,
   4111      1.1  joerg                           LVal.Base.getDynamicAllocType());
   4112      1.1  joerg   } else {
   4113      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Base = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
   4114      1.1  joerg 
   4115      1.1  joerg     if (!Frame) {
   4116      1.1  joerg       if (const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *MTE =
   4117      1.1  joerg               dyn_cast_or_null<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Base)) {
   4118      1.1  joerg         assert(MTE->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static &&
   4119      1.1  joerg                "should have a frame for a non-global materialized temporary");
   4120      1.1  joerg 
   4121  1.1.1.2  joerg         // C++20 [expr.const]p4: [DR2126]
   4122  1.1.1.2  joerg         //   An object or reference is usable in constant expressions if it is
   4123  1.1.1.2  joerg         //   - a temporary object of non-volatile const-qualified literal type
   4124  1.1.1.2  joerg         //     whose lifetime is extended to that of a variable that is usable
   4125  1.1.1.2  joerg         //     in constant expressions
   4126  1.1.1.2  joerg         //
   4127  1.1.1.2  joerg         // C++20 [expr.const]p5:
   4128      1.1  joerg         //  an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion [is not allowed unless it applies to]
   4129  1.1.1.2  joerg         //   - a non-volatile glvalue that refers to an object that is usable
   4130  1.1.1.2  joerg         //     in constant expressions, or
   4131  1.1.1.2  joerg         //   - a non-volatile glvalue of literal type that refers to a
   4132  1.1.1.2  joerg         //     non-volatile object whose lifetime began within the evaluation
   4133  1.1.1.2  joerg         //     of E;
   4134      1.1  joerg         //
   4135      1.1  joerg         // C++11 misses the 'began within the evaluation of e' check and
   4136      1.1  joerg         // instead allows all temporaries, including things like:
   4137      1.1  joerg         //   int &&r = 1;
   4138      1.1  joerg         //   int x = ++r;
   4139      1.1  joerg         //   constexpr int k = r;
   4140  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Therefore we use the C++14-onwards rules in C++11 too.
   4141      1.1  joerg         //
   4142      1.1  joerg         // Note that temporaries whose lifetimes began while evaluating a
   4143      1.1  joerg         // variable's constructor are not usable while evaluating the
   4144      1.1  joerg         // corresponding destructor, not even if they're of const-qualified
   4145      1.1  joerg         // types.
   4146  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!MTE->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx) &&
   4147      1.1  joerg             !lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) {
   4148      1.1  joerg           if (!IsAccess)
   4149      1.1  joerg             return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
   4150      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_static_temporary, 1) << AK;
   4151      1.1  joerg           Info.Note(MTE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_temporary_here);
   4152      1.1  joerg           return CompleteObject();
   4153      1.1  joerg         }
   4154      1.1  joerg 
   4155  1.1.1.2  joerg         BaseVal = MTE->getOrCreateValue(false);
   4156      1.1  joerg         assert(BaseVal && "got reference to unevaluated temporary");
   4157      1.1  joerg       } else {
   4158      1.1  joerg         if (!IsAccess)
   4159      1.1  joerg           return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
   4160      1.1  joerg         APValue Val;
   4161      1.1  joerg         LVal.moveInto(Val);
   4162      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_unreadable_object)
   4163      1.1  joerg             << AK
   4164      1.1  joerg             << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx,
   4165      1.1  joerg                                Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(LValType));
   4166      1.1  joerg         NoteLValueLocation(Info, LVal.Base);
   4167      1.1  joerg         return CompleteObject();
   4168      1.1  joerg       }
   4169      1.1  joerg     } else {
   4170      1.1  joerg       BaseVal = Frame->getTemporary(Base, LVal.Base.getVersion());
   4171      1.1  joerg       assert(BaseVal && "missing value for temporary");
   4172      1.1  joerg     }
   4173      1.1  joerg   }
   4174      1.1  joerg 
   4175      1.1  joerg   // In C++14, we can't safely access any mutable state when we might be
   4176  1.1.1.2  joerg   // evaluating after an unmodeled side effect. Parameters are modeled as state
   4177  1.1.1.2  joerg   // in the caller, but aren't visible once the call returns, so they can be
   4178  1.1.1.2  joerg   // modified in a speculatively-evaluated call.
   4179      1.1  joerg   //
   4180      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Not all local state is mutable. Allow local constant subobjects
   4181      1.1  joerg   // to be read here (but take care with 'mutable' fields).
   4182  1.1.1.2  joerg   unsigned VisibleDepth = Depth;
   4183  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (llvm::isa_and_nonnull<ParmVarDecl>(
   4184  1.1.1.2  joerg           LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()))
   4185  1.1.1.2  joerg     ++VisibleDepth;
   4186      1.1  joerg   if ((Frame && Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
   4187      1.1  joerg        Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) ||
   4188  1.1.1.2  joerg       (isModification(AK) && VisibleDepth < Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth))
   4189      1.1  joerg     return CompleteObject();
   4190      1.1  joerg 
   4191      1.1  joerg   return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), BaseVal, BaseType);
   4192      1.1  joerg }
   4193      1.1  joerg 
   4194      1.1  joerg /// Perform an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on the given glvalue. This
   4195      1.1  joerg /// can also be used for 'lvalue-to-lvalue' conversions for looking up the
   4196      1.1  joerg /// glvalue referred to by an entity of reference type.
   4197      1.1  joerg ///
   4198      1.1  joerg /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
   4199      1.1  joerg /// \param Conv - The expression for which we are performing the conversion.
   4200      1.1  joerg ///               Used for diagnostics.
   4201      1.1  joerg /// \param Type - The type of the glvalue (before stripping cv-qualifiers in the
   4202      1.1  joerg ///               case of a non-class type).
   4203      1.1  joerg /// \param LVal - The glvalue on which we are attempting to perform this action.
   4204      1.1  joerg /// \param RVal - The produced value will be placed here.
   4205      1.1  joerg /// \param WantObjectRepresentation - If true, we're looking for the object
   4206      1.1  joerg ///               representation rather than the value, and in particular,
   4207      1.1  joerg ///               there is no requirement that the result be fully initialized.
   4208      1.1  joerg static bool
   4209      1.1  joerg handleLValueToRValueConversion(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Conv, QualType Type,
   4210      1.1  joerg                                const LValue &LVal, APValue &RVal,
   4211      1.1  joerg                                bool WantObjectRepresentation = false) {
   4212      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
   4213      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4214      1.1  joerg 
   4215      1.1  joerg   // Check for special cases where there is no existing APValue to look at.
   4216      1.1  joerg   const Expr *Base = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
   4217      1.1  joerg 
   4218      1.1  joerg   AccessKinds AK =
   4219      1.1  joerg       WantObjectRepresentation ? AK_ReadObjectRepresentation : AK_Read;
   4220      1.1  joerg 
   4221      1.1  joerg   if (Base && !LVal.getLValueCallIndex() && !Type.isVolatileQualified()) {
   4222      1.1  joerg     if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Base)) {
   4223      1.1  joerg       // In C99, a CompoundLiteralExpr is an lvalue, and we defer evaluating the
   4224      1.1  joerg       // initializer until now for such expressions. Such an expression can't be
   4225      1.1  joerg       // an ICE in C, so this only matters for fold.
   4226      1.1  joerg       if (Type.isVolatileQualified()) {
   4227      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(Conv);
   4228      1.1  joerg         return false;
   4229      1.1  joerg       }
   4230      1.1  joerg       APValue Lit;
   4231      1.1  joerg       if (!Evaluate(Lit, Info, CLE->getInitializer()))
   4232      1.1  joerg         return false;
   4233      1.1  joerg       CompleteObject LitObj(LVal.Base, &Lit, Base->getType());
   4234      1.1  joerg       return extractSubobject(Info, Conv, LitObj, LVal.Designator, RVal, AK);
   4235      1.1  joerg     } else if (isa<StringLiteral>(Base) || isa<PredefinedExpr>(Base)) {
   4236      1.1  joerg       // Special-case character extraction so we don't have to construct an
   4237      1.1  joerg       // APValue for the whole string.
   4238      1.1  joerg       assert(LVal.Designator.Entries.size() <= 1 &&
   4239      1.1  joerg              "Can only read characters from string literals");
   4240      1.1  joerg       if (LVal.Designator.Entries.empty()) {
   4241      1.1  joerg         // Fail for now for LValue to RValue conversion of an array.
   4242      1.1  joerg         // (This shouldn't show up in C/C++, but it could be triggered by a
   4243      1.1  joerg         // weird EvaluateAsRValue call from a tool.)
   4244      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(Conv);
   4245      1.1  joerg         return false;
   4246      1.1  joerg       }
   4247      1.1  joerg       if (LVal.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()) {
   4248      1.1  joerg         if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   4249      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(Conv, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end) << AK;
   4250      1.1  joerg         else
   4251      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(Conv);
   4252      1.1  joerg         return false;
   4253      1.1  joerg       }
   4254      1.1  joerg       uint64_t CharIndex = LVal.Designator.Entries[0].getAsArrayIndex();
   4255      1.1  joerg       RVal = APValue(extractStringLiteralCharacter(Info, Base, CharIndex));
   4256      1.1  joerg       return true;
   4257      1.1  joerg     }
   4258      1.1  joerg   }
   4259      1.1  joerg 
   4260      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, Conv, AK, LVal, Type);
   4261      1.1  joerg   return Obj && extractSubobject(Info, Conv, Obj, LVal.Designator, RVal, AK);
   4262      1.1  joerg }
   4263      1.1  joerg 
   4264      1.1  joerg /// Perform an assignment of Val to LVal. Takes ownership of Val.
   4265      1.1  joerg static bool handleAssignment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &LVal,
   4266      1.1  joerg                              QualType LValType, APValue &Val) {
   4267      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
   4268      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4269      1.1  joerg 
   4270      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
   4271      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   4272      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4273      1.1  joerg   }
   4274      1.1  joerg 
   4275      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Assign, LVal, LValType);
   4276      1.1  joerg   return Obj && modifySubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Val);
   4277      1.1  joerg }
   4278      1.1  joerg 
   4279      1.1  joerg namespace {
   4280      1.1  joerg struct CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler {
   4281      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   4282  1.1.1.2  joerg   const CompoundAssignOperator *E;
   4283      1.1  joerg   QualType PromotedLHSType;
   4284      1.1  joerg   BinaryOperatorKind Opcode;
   4285      1.1  joerg   const APValue &RHS;
   4286      1.1  joerg 
   4287      1.1  joerg   static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign;
   4288      1.1  joerg 
   4289      1.1  joerg   typedef bool result_type;
   4290      1.1  joerg 
   4291      1.1  joerg   bool checkConst(QualType QT) {
   4292      1.1  joerg     // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior.
   4293      1.1  joerg     if (QT.isConstQualified()) {
   4294      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT;
   4295      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4296      1.1  joerg     }
   4297      1.1  joerg     return true;
   4298      1.1  joerg   }
   4299      1.1  joerg 
   4300      1.1  joerg   bool failed() { return false; }
   4301      1.1  joerg   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   4302      1.1  joerg     switch (Subobj.getKind()) {
   4303      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Int:
   4304      1.1  joerg       return found(Subobj.getInt(), SubobjType);
   4305      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Float:
   4306      1.1  joerg       return found(Subobj.getFloat(), SubobjType);
   4307      1.1  joerg     case APValue::ComplexInt:
   4308      1.1  joerg     case APValue::ComplexFloat:
   4309      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: Implement complex compound assignment.
   4310      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4311      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4312      1.1  joerg     case APValue::LValue:
   4313      1.1  joerg       return foundPointer(Subobj, SubobjType);
   4314  1.1.1.2  joerg     case APValue::Vector:
   4315  1.1.1.2  joerg       return foundVector(Subobj, SubobjType);
   4316      1.1  joerg     default:
   4317      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: can this happen?
   4318      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4319      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4320      1.1  joerg     }
   4321      1.1  joerg   }
   4322  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   4323  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool foundVector(APValue &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   4324  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   4325  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   4326  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   4327  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!SubobjType->isVectorType()) {
   4328  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4329  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   4330  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   4331  1.1.1.2  joerg     return handleVectorVectorBinOp(Info, E, Opcode, Value, RHS);
   4332  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   4333  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   4334      1.1  joerg   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   4335      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   4336      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4337      1.1  joerg 
   4338      1.1  joerg     if (!SubobjType->isIntegerType()) {
   4339      1.1  joerg       // We don't support compound assignment on integer-cast-to-pointer
   4340      1.1  joerg       // values.
   4341      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4342      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4343      1.1  joerg     }
   4344      1.1  joerg 
   4345      1.1  joerg     if (RHS.isInt()) {
   4346      1.1  joerg       APSInt LHS =
   4347      1.1  joerg           HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, SubobjType, Value);
   4348      1.1  joerg       if (!handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHS, Opcode, RHS.getInt(), LHS))
   4349      1.1  joerg         return false;
   4350      1.1  joerg       Value = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, SubobjType, PromotedLHSType, LHS);
   4351      1.1  joerg       return true;
   4352      1.1  joerg     } else if (RHS.isFloat()) {
   4353  1.1.1.2  joerg       const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(
   4354  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
   4355      1.1  joerg       APFloat FValue(0.0);
   4356  1.1.1.2  joerg       return HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, SubobjType, Value,
   4357  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   PromotedLHSType, FValue) &&
   4358      1.1  joerg              handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, FValue, Opcode, RHS.getFloat()) &&
   4359      1.1  joerg              HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, FValue, SubobjType,
   4360      1.1  joerg                                   Value);
   4361      1.1  joerg     }
   4362      1.1  joerg 
   4363      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   4364      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4365      1.1  joerg   }
   4366      1.1  joerg   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   4367      1.1  joerg     return checkConst(SubobjType) &&
   4368      1.1  joerg            HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, SubobjType, PromotedLHSType,
   4369      1.1  joerg                                   Value) &&
   4370      1.1  joerg            handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, Value, Opcode, RHS.getFloat()) &&
   4371      1.1  joerg            HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, SubobjType, Value);
   4372      1.1  joerg   }
   4373      1.1  joerg   bool foundPointer(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   4374      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   4375      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4376      1.1  joerg 
   4377      1.1  joerg     QualType PointeeType;
   4378      1.1  joerg     if (const PointerType *PT = SubobjType->getAs<PointerType>())
   4379      1.1  joerg       PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
   4380      1.1  joerg 
   4381      1.1  joerg     if (PointeeType.isNull() || !RHS.isInt() ||
   4382      1.1  joerg         (Opcode != BO_Add && Opcode != BO_Sub)) {
   4383      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4384      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4385      1.1  joerg     }
   4386      1.1  joerg 
   4387      1.1  joerg     APSInt Offset = RHS.getInt();
   4388      1.1  joerg     if (Opcode == BO_Sub)
   4389      1.1  joerg       negateAsSigned(Offset);
   4390      1.1  joerg 
   4391      1.1  joerg     LValue LVal;
   4392      1.1  joerg     LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Subobj);
   4393      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, PointeeType, Offset))
   4394      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4395      1.1  joerg     LVal.moveInto(Subobj);
   4396      1.1  joerg     return true;
   4397      1.1  joerg   }
   4398      1.1  joerg };
   4399      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   4400      1.1  joerg 
   4401      1.1  joerg const AccessKinds CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler::AccessKind;
   4402      1.1  joerg 
   4403      1.1  joerg /// Perform a compound assignment of LVal <op>= RVal.
   4404  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleCompoundAssignment(EvalInfo &Info,
   4405  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      const CompoundAssignOperator *E,
   4406  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      const LValue &LVal, QualType LValType,
   4407  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      QualType PromotedLValType,
   4408  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   4409  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      const APValue &RVal) {
   4410      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
   4411      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4412      1.1  joerg 
   4413      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
   4414      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   4415      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4416      1.1  joerg   }
   4417      1.1  joerg 
   4418      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Assign, LVal, LValType);
   4419      1.1  joerg   CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler Handler = { Info, E, PromotedLValType, Opcode,
   4420      1.1  joerg                                              RVal };
   4421      1.1  joerg   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Handler);
   4422      1.1  joerg }
   4423      1.1  joerg 
   4424      1.1  joerg namespace {
   4425      1.1  joerg struct IncDecSubobjectHandler {
   4426      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   4427      1.1  joerg   const UnaryOperator *E;
   4428      1.1  joerg   AccessKinds AccessKind;
   4429      1.1  joerg   APValue *Old;
   4430      1.1  joerg 
   4431      1.1  joerg   typedef bool result_type;
   4432      1.1  joerg 
   4433      1.1  joerg   bool checkConst(QualType QT) {
   4434      1.1  joerg     // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior.
   4435      1.1  joerg     if (QT.isConstQualified()) {
   4436      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT;
   4437      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4438      1.1  joerg     }
   4439      1.1  joerg     return true;
   4440      1.1  joerg   }
   4441      1.1  joerg 
   4442      1.1  joerg   bool failed() { return false; }
   4443      1.1  joerg   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   4444      1.1  joerg     // Stash the old value. Also clear Old, so we don't clobber it later
   4445      1.1  joerg     // if we're post-incrementing a complex.
   4446      1.1  joerg     if (Old) {
   4447      1.1  joerg       *Old = Subobj;
   4448      1.1  joerg       Old = nullptr;
   4449      1.1  joerg     }
   4450      1.1  joerg 
   4451      1.1  joerg     switch (Subobj.getKind()) {
   4452      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Int:
   4453      1.1  joerg       return found(Subobj.getInt(), SubobjType);
   4454      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Float:
   4455      1.1  joerg       return found(Subobj.getFloat(), SubobjType);
   4456      1.1  joerg     case APValue::ComplexInt:
   4457      1.1  joerg       return found(Subobj.getComplexIntReal(),
   4458      1.1  joerg                    SubobjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()
   4459      1.1  joerg                      .withCVRQualifiers(SubobjType.getCVRQualifiers()));
   4460      1.1  joerg     case APValue::ComplexFloat:
   4461      1.1  joerg       return found(Subobj.getComplexFloatReal(),
   4462      1.1  joerg                    SubobjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()
   4463      1.1  joerg                      .withCVRQualifiers(SubobjType.getCVRQualifiers()));
   4464      1.1  joerg     case APValue::LValue:
   4465      1.1  joerg       return foundPointer(Subobj, SubobjType);
   4466      1.1  joerg     default:
   4467      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: can this happen?
   4468      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4469      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4470      1.1  joerg     }
   4471      1.1  joerg   }
   4472      1.1  joerg   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   4473      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   4474      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4475      1.1  joerg 
   4476      1.1  joerg     if (!SubobjType->isIntegerType()) {
   4477      1.1  joerg       // We don't support increment / decrement on integer-cast-to-pointer
   4478      1.1  joerg       // values.
   4479      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4480      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4481      1.1  joerg     }
   4482      1.1  joerg 
   4483      1.1  joerg     if (Old) *Old = APValue(Value);
   4484      1.1  joerg 
   4485      1.1  joerg     // bool arithmetic promotes to int, and the conversion back to bool
   4486      1.1  joerg     // doesn't reduce mod 2^n, so special-case it.
   4487      1.1  joerg     if (SubobjType->isBooleanType()) {
   4488      1.1  joerg       if (AccessKind == AK_Increment)
   4489      1.1  joerg         Value = 1;
   4490      1.1  joerg       else
   4491      1.1  joerg         Value = !Value;
   4492      1.1  joerg       return true;
   4493      1.1  joerg     }
   4494      1.1  joerg 
   4495      1.1  joerg     bool WasNegative = Value.isNegative();
   4496      1.1  joerg     if (AccessKind == AK_Increment) {
   4497      1.1  joerg       ++Value;
   4498      1.1  joerg 
   4499      1.1  joerg       if (!WasNegative && Value.isNegative() && E->canOverflow()) {
   4500      1.1  joerg         APSInt ActualValue(Value, /*IsUnsigned*/true);
   4501      1.1  joerg         return HandleOverflow(Info, E, ActualValue, SubobjType);
   4502      1.1  joerg       }
   4503      1.1  joerg     } else {
   4504      1.1  joerg       --Value;
   4505      1.1  joerg 
   4506      1.1  joerg       if (WasNegative && !Value.isNegative() && E->canOverflow()) {
   4507      1.1  joerg         unsigned BitWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
   4508      1.1  joerg         APSInt ActualValue(Value.sext(BitWidth + 1), /*IsUnsigned*/false);
   4509      1.1  joerg         ActualValue.setBit(BitWidth);
   4510      1.1  joerg         return HandleOverflow(Info, E, ActualValue, SubobjType);
   4511      1.1  joerg       }
   4512      1.1  joerg     }
   4513      1.1  joerg     return true;
   4514      1.1  joerg   }
   4515      1.1  joerg   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   4516      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   4517      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4518      1.1  joerg 
   4519      1.1  joerg     if (Old) *Old = APValue(Value);
   4520      1.1  joerg 
   4521      1.1  joerg     APFloat One(Value.getSemantics(), 1);
   4522      1.1  joerg     if (AccessKind == AK_Increment)
   4523      1.1  joerg       Value.add(One, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   4524      1.1  joerg     else
   4525      1.1  joerg       Value.subtract(One, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   4526      1.1  joerg     return true;
   4527      1.1  joerg   }
   4528      1.1  joerg   bool foundPointer(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   4529      1.1  joerg     if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
   4530      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4531      1.1  joerg 
   4532      1.1  joerg     QualType PointeeType;
   4533      1.1  joerg     if (const PointerType *PT = SubobjType->getAs<PointerType>())
   4534      1.1  joerg       PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
   4535      1.1  joerg     else {
   4536      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   4537      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4538      1.1  joerg     }
   4539      1.1  joerg 
   4540      1.1  joerg     LValue LVal;
   4541      1.1  joerg     LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Subobj);
   4542      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, PointeeType,
   4543      1.1  joerg                                      AccessKind == AK_Increment ? 1 : -1))
   4544      1.1  joerg       return false;
   4545      1.1  joerg     LVal.moveInto(Subobj);
   4546      1.1  joerg     return true;
   4547      1.1  joerg   }
   4548      1.1  joerg };
   4549      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   4550      1.1  joerg 
   4551      1.1  joerg /// Perform an increment or decrement on LVal.
   4552      1.1  joerg static bool handleIncDec(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &LVal,
   4553      1.1  joerg                          QualType LValType, bool IsIncrement, APValue *Old) {
   4554      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
   4555      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4556      1.1  joerg 
   4557      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
   4558      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   4559      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4560      1.1  joerg   }
   4561      1.1  joerg 
   4562      1.1  joerg   AccessKinds AK = IsIncrement ? AK_Increment : AK_Decrement;
   4563      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, LVal, LValType);
   4564      1.1  joerg   IncDecSubobjectHandler Handler = {Info, cast<UnaryOperator>(E), AK, Old};
   4565      1.1  joerg   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Handler);
   4566      1.1  joerg }
   4567      1.1  joerg 
   4568      1.1  joerg /// Build an lvalue for the object argument of a member function call.
   4569      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateObjectArgument(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Object,
   4570      1.1  joerg                                    LValue &This) {
   4571      1.1  joerg   if (Object->getType()->isPointerType() && Object->isRValue())
   4572      1.1  joerg     return EvaluatePointer(Object, This, Info);
   4573      1.1  joerg 
   4574      1.1  joerg   if (Object->isGLValue())
   4575      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateLValue(Object, This, Info);
   4576      1.1  joerg 
   4577      1.1  joerg   if (Object->getType()->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx))
   4578      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateTemporary(Object, This, Info);
   4579      1.1  joerg 
   4580      1.1  joerg   Info.FFDiag(Object, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) << Object->getType();
   4581      1.1  joerg   return false;
   4582      1.1  joerg }
   4583      1.1  joerg 
   4584      1.1  joerg /// HandleMemberPointerAccess - Evaluate a member access operation and build an
   4585      1.1  joerg /// lvalue referring to the result.
   4586      1.1  joerg ///
   4587      1.1  joerg /// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
   4588      1.1  joerg /// \param LV - An lvalue referring to the base of the member pointer.
   4589      1.1  joerg /// \param RHS - The member pointer expression.
   4590      1.1  joerg /// \param IncludeMember - Specifies whether the member itself is included in
   4591      1.1  joerg ///        the resulting LValue subobject designator. This is not possible when
   4592      1.1  joerg ///        creating a bound member function.
   4593      1.1  joerg /// \return The field or method declaration to which the member pointer refers,
   4594      1.1  joerg ///         or 0 if evaluation fails.
   4595      1.1  joerg static const ValueDecl *HandleMemberPointerAccess(EvalInfo &Info,
   4596      1.1  joerg                                                   QualType LVType,
   4597      1.1  joerg                                                   LValue &LV,
   4598      1.1  joerg                                                   const Expr *RHS,
   4599      1.1  joerg                                                   bool IncludeMember = true) {
   4600      1.1  joerg   MemberPtr MemPtr;
   4601      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(RHS, MemPtr, Info))
   4602      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
   4603      1.1  joerg 
   4604      1.1  joerg   // C++11 [expr.mptr.oper]p6: If the second operand is the null pointer to
   4605      1.1  joerg   // member value, the behavior is undefined.
   4606      1.1  joerg   if (!MemPtr.getDecl()) {
   4607      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Specific diagnostic.
   4608      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(RHS);
   4609      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
   4610      1.1  joerg   }
   4611      1.1  joerg 
   4612      1.1  joerg   if (MemPtr.isDerivedMember()) {
   4613      1.1  joerg     // This is a member of some derived class. Truncate LV appropriately.
   4614      1.1  joerg     // The end of the derived-to-base path for the base object must match the
   4615      1.1  joerg     // derived-to-base path for the member pointer.
   4616      1.1  joerg     if (LV.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength + MemPtr.Path.size() >
   4617      1.1  joerg         LV.Designator.Entries.size()) {
   4618      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(RHS);
   4619      1.1  joerg       return nullptr;
   4620      1.1  joerg     }
   4621      1.1  joerg     unsigned PathLengthToMember =
   4622      1.1  joerg         LV.Designator.Entries.size() - MemPtr.Path.size();
   4623      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 0, N = MemPtr.Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
   4624      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *LVDecl = getAsBaseClass(
   4625      1.1  joerg           LV.Designator.Entries[PathLengthToMember + I]);
   4626      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *MPDecl = MemPtr.Path[I];
   4627      1.1  joerg       if (LVDecl->getCanonicalDecl() != MPDecl->getCanonicalDecl()) {
   4628      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(RHS);
   4629      1.1  joerg         return nullptr;
   4630      1.1  joerg       }
   4631      1.1  joerg     }
   4632      1.1  joerg 
   4633      1.1  joerg     // Truncate the lvalue to the appropriate derived class.
   4634      1.1  joerg     if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, RHS, LV, MemPtr.getContainingRecord(),
   4635      1.1  joerg                             PathLengthToMember))
   4636      1.1  joerg       return nullptr;
   4637      1.1  joerg   } else if (!MemPtr.Path.empty()) {
   4638      1.1  joerg     // Extend the LValue path with the member pointer's path.
   4639      1.1  joerg     LV.Designator.Entries.reserve(LV.Designator.Entries.size() +
   4640      1.1  joerg                                   MemPtr.Path.size() + IncludeMember);
   4641      1.1  joerg 
   4642      1.1  joerg     // Walk down to the appropriate base class.
   4643      1.1  joerg     if (const PointerType *PT = LVType->getAs<PointerType>())
   4644      1.1  joerg       LVType = PT->getPointeeType();
   4645      1.1  joerg     const CXXRecordDecl *RD = LVType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   4646      1.1  joerg     assert(RD && "member pointer access on non-class-type expression");
   4647      1.1  joerg     // The first class in the path is that of the lvalue.
   4648      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 1, N = MemPtr.Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
   4649      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = MemPtr.Path[N - I - 1];
   4650      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, RHS, LV, RD, Base))
   4651      1.1  joerg         return nullptr;
   4652      1.1  joerg       RD = Base;
   4653      1.1  joerg     }
   4654      1.1  joerg     // Finally cast to the class containing the member.
   4655      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, RHS, LV, RD,
   4656      1.1  joerg                                 MemPtr.getContainingRecord()))
   4657      1.1  joerg       return nullptr;
   4658      1.1  joerg   }
   4659      1.1  joerg 
   4660      1.1  joerg   // Add the member. Note that we cannot build bound member functions here.
   4661      1.1  joerg   if (IncludeMember) {
   4662      1.1  joerg     if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemPtr.getDecl())) {
   4663      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, RHS, LV, FD))
   4664      1.1  joerg         return nullptr;
   4665      1.1  joerg     } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD =
   4666      1.1  joerg                  dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(MemPtr.getDecl())) {
   4667      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueIndirectMember(Info, RHS, LV, IFD))
   4668      1.1  joerg         return nullptr;
   4669      1.1  joerg     } else {
   4670      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("can't construct reference to bound member function");
   4671      1.1  joerg     }
   4672      1.1  joerg   }
   4673      1.1  joerg 
   4674      1.1  joerg   return MemPtr.getDecl();
   4675      1.1  joerg }
   4676      1.1  joerg 
   4677      1.1  joerg static const ValueDecl *HandleMemberPointerAccess(EvalInfo &Info,
   4678      1.1  joerg                                                   const BinaryOperator *BO,
   4679      1.1  joerg                                                   LValue &LV,
   4680      1.1  joerg                                                   bool IncludeMember = true) {
   4681      1.1  joerg   assert(BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI);
   4682      1.1  joerg 
   4683      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, BO->getLHS(), LV)) {
   4684      1.1  joerg     if (Info.noteFailure()) {
   4685      1.1  joerg       MemberPtr MemPtr;
   4686      1.1  joerg       EvaluateMemberPointer(BO->getRHS(), MemPtr, Info);
   4687      1.1  joerg     }
   4688      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
   4689      1.1  joerg   }
   4690      1.1  joerg 
   4691      1.1  joerg   return HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, BO->getLHS()->getType(), LV,
   4692      1.1  joerg                                    BO->getRHS(), IncludeMember);
   4693      1.1  joerg }
   4694      1.1  joerg 
   4695      1.1  joerg /// HandleBaseToDerivedCast - Apply the given base-to-derived cast operation on
   4696      1.1  joerg /// the provided lvalue, which currently refers to the base object.
   4697      1.1  joerg static bool HandleBaseToDerivedCast(EvalInfo &Info, const CastExpr *E,
   4698      1.1  joerg                                     LValue &Result) {
   4699      1.1  joerg   SubobjectDesignator &D = Result.Designator;
   4700      1.1  joerg   if (D.Invalid || !Result.checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK_Derived))
   4701      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4702      1.1  joerg 
   4703      1.1  joerg   QualType TargetQT = E->getType();
   4704      1.1  joerg   if (const PointerType *PT = TargetQT->getAs<PointerType>())
   4705      1.1  joerg     TargetQT = PT->getPointeeType();
   4706      1.1  joerg 
   4707      1.1  joerg   // Check this cast lands within the final derived-to-base subobject path.
   4708      1.1  joerg   if (D.MostDerivedPathLength + E->path_size() > D.Entries.size()) {
   4709      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_downcast)
   4710      1.1  joerg       << D.MostDerivedType << TargetQT;
   4711      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4712      1.1  joerg   }
   4713      1.1  joerg 
   4714      1.1  joerg   // Check the type of the final cast. We don't need to check the path,
   4715      1.1  joerg   // since a cast can only be formed if the path is unique.
   4716      1.1  joerg   unsigned NewEntriesSize = D.Entries.size() - E->path_size();
   4717      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *TargetType = TargetQT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   4718      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *FinalType;
   4719      1.1  joerg   if (NewEntriesSize == D.MostDerivedPathLength)
   4720      1.1  joerg     FinalType = D.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   4721      1.1  joerg   else
   4722      1.1  joerg     FinalType = getAsBaseClass(D.Entries[NewEntriesSize - 1]);
   4723      1.1  joerg   if (FinalType->getCanonicalDecl() != TargetType->getCanonicalDecl()) {
   4724      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_downcast)
   4725      1.1  joerg       << D.MostDerivedType << TargetQT;
   4726      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4727      1.1  joerg   }
   4728      1.1  joerg 
   4729      1.1  joerg   // Truncate the lvalue to the appropriate derived class.
   4730      1.1  joerg   return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Result, TargetType, NewEntriesSize);
   4731      1.1  joerg }
   4732      1.1  joerg 
   4733      1.1  joerg /// Get the value to use for a default-initialized object of type T.
   4734  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Return false if it encounters something invalid.
   4735  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool getDefaultInitValue(QualType T, APValue &Result) {
   4736  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool Success = true;
   4737      1.1  joerg   if (auto *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
   4738  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) {
   4739  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result = APValue();
   4740  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   4741  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   4742  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (RD->isUnion()) {
   4743  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result = APValue((const FieldDecl *)nullptr);
   4744  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   4745  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   4746  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), RD->getNumBases(),
   4747  1.1.1.2  joerg                      std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
   4748      1.1  joerg 
   4749      1.1  joerg     unsigned Index = 0;
   4750      1.1  joerg     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = RD->bases_begin(),
   4751  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                   End = RD->bases_end();
   4752  1.1.1.2  joerg          I != End; ++I, ++Index)
   4753  1.1.1.2  joerg       Success &= getDefaultInitValue(I->getType(), Result.getStructBase(Index));
   4754      1.1  joerg 
   4755      1.1  joerg     for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) {
   4756      1.1  joerg       if (I->isUnnamedBitfield())
   4757      1.1  joerg         continue;
   4758  1.1.1.2  joerg       Success &= getDefaultInitValue(I->getType(),
   4759  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      Result.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()));
   4760      1.1  joerg     }
   4761  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success;
   4762      1.1  joerg   }
   4763      1.1  joerg 
   4764      1.1  joerg   if (auto *AT =
   4765      1.1  joerg           dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())) {
   4766  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, AT->getSize().getZExtValue());
   4767  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Result.hasArrayFiller())
   4768  1.1.1.2  joerg       Success &=
   4769  1.1.1.2  joerg           getDefaultInitValue(AT->getElementType(), Result.getArrayFiller());
   4770  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   4771  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success;
   4772      1.1  joerg   }
   4773      1.1  joerg 
   4774  1.1.1.2  joerg   Result = APValue::IndeterminateValue();
   4775  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   4776      1.1  joerg }
   4777      1.1  joerg 
   4778      1.1  joerg namespace {
   4779      1.1  joerg enum EvalStmtResult {
   4780      1.1  joerg   /// Evaluation failed.
   4781      1.1  joerg   ESR_Failed,
   4782      1.1  joerg   /// Hit a 'return' statement.
   4783      1.1  joerg   ESR_Returned,
   4784      1.1  joerg   /// Evaluation succeeded.
   4785      1.1  joerg   ESR_Succeeded,
   4786      1.1  joerg   /// Hit a 'continue' statement.
   4787      1.1  joerg   ESR_Continue,
   4788      1.1  joerg   /// Hit a 'break' statement.
   4789      1.1  joerg   ESR_Break,
   4790      1.1  joerg   /// Still scanning for 'case' or 'default' statement.
   4791      1.1  joerg   ESR_CaseNotFound
   4792      1.1  joerg };
   4793      1.1  joerg }
   4794      1.1  joerg 
   4795      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateVarDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const VarDecl *VD) {
   4796      1.1  joerg   // We don't need to evaluate the initializer for a static local.
   4797      1.1  joerg   if (!VD->hasLocalStorage())
   4798      1.1  joerg     return true;
   4799      1.1  joerg 
   4800      1.1  joerg   LValue Result;
   4801  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue &Val = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(VD, VD->getType(),
   4802  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                    ScopeKind::Block, Result);
   4803      1.1  joerg 
   4804      1.1  joerg   const Expr *InitE = VD->getInit();
   4805      1.1  joerg   if (!InitE) {
   4806  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
   4807  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Info.noteSideEffect();
   4808  1.1.1.2  joerg     return getDefaultInitValue(VD->getType(), Val);
   4809      1.1  joerg   }
   4810      1.1  joerg   if (InitE->isValueDependent())
   4811      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4812      1.1  joerg 
   4813      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateInPlace(Val, Info, Result, InitE)) {
   4814      1.1  joerg     // Wipe out any partially-computed value, to allow tracking that this
   4815      1.1  joerg     // evaluation failed.
   4816      1.1  joerg     Val = APValue();
   4817      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4818      1.1  joerg   }
   4819      1.1  joerg 
   4820      1.1  joerg   return true;
   4821      1.1  joerg }
   4822      1.1  joerg 
   4823      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const Decl *D) {
   4824      1.1  joerg   bool OK = true;
   4825      1.1  joerg 
   4826      1.1  joerg   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
   4827      1.1  joerg     OK &= EvaluateVarDecl(Info, VD);
   4828      1.1  joerg 
   4829      1.1  joerg   if (const DecompositionDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
   4830      1.1  joerg     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
   4831      1.1  joerg       if (auto *VD = BD->getHoldingVar())
   4832      1.1  joerg         OK &= EvaluateDecl(Info, VD);
   4833      1.1  joerg 
   4834      1.1  joerg   return OK;
   4835      1.1  joerg }
   4836      1.1  joerg 
   4837  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool EvaluateDependentExpr(const Expr *E, EvalInfo &Info) {
   4838  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(E->isValueDependent());
   4839  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Info.noteSideEffect())
   4840  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   4841  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(E->containsErrors() && "valid value-dependent expression should never "
   4842  1.1.1.2  joerg                                 "reach invalid code path.");
   4843  1.1.1.2  joerg   return false;
   4844  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   4845      1.1  joerg 
   4846      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate a condition (either a variable declaration or an expression).
   4847      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateCond(EvalInfo &Info, const VarDecl *CondDecl,
   4848      1.1  joerg                          const Expr *Cond, bool &Result) {
   4849  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Cond->isValueDependent())
   4850  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   4851      1.1  joerg   FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
   4852      1.1  joerg   if (CondDecl && !EvaluateDecl(Info, CondDecl))
   4853      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4854      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, Result, Info))
   4855      1.1  joerg     return false;
   4856      1.1  joerg   return Scope.destroy();
   4857      1.1  joerg }
   4858      1.1  joerg 
   4859      1.1  joerg namespace {
   4860      1.1  joerg /// A location where the result (returned value) of evaluating a
   4861      1.1  joerg /// statement should be stored.
   4862      1.1  joerg struct StmtResult {
   4863      1.1  joerg   /// The APValue that should be filled in with the returned value.
   4864      1.1  joerg   APValue &Value;
   4865      1.1  joerg   /// The location containing the result, if any (used to support RVO).
   4866      1.1  joerg   const LValue *Slot;
   4867      1.1  joerg };
   4868      1.1  joerg 
   4869      1.1  joerg struct TempVersionRAII {
   4870      1.1  joerg   CallStackFrame &Frame;
   4871      1.1  joerg 
   4872      1.1  joerg   TempVersionRAII(CallStackFrame &Frame) : Frame(Frame) {
   4873      1.1  joerg     Frame.pushTempVersion();
   4874      1.1  joerg   }
   4875      1.1  joerg 
   4876      1.1  joerg   ~TempVersionRAII() {
   4877      1.1  joerg     Frame.popTempVersion();
   4878      1.1  joerg   }
   4879      1.1  joerg };
   4880      1.1  joerg 
   4881      1.1  joerg }
   4882      1.1  joerg 
   4883      1.1  joerg static EvalStmtResult EvaluateStmt(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   4884      1.1  joerg                                    const Stmt *S,
   4885      1.1  joerg                                    const SwitchCase *SC = nullptr);
   4886      1.1  joerg 
   4887      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate the body of a loop, and translate the result as appropriate.
   4888      1.1  joerg static EvalStmtResult EvaluateLoopBody(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   4889      1.1  joerg                                        const Stmt *Body,
   4890      1.1  joerg                                        const SwitchCase *Case = nullptr) {
   4891      1.1  joerg   BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   4892      1.1  joerg 
   4893      1.1  joerg   EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Body, Case);
   4894      1.1  joerg   if (ESR != ESR_Failed && ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound && !Scope.destroy())
   4895      1.1  joerg     ESR = ESR_Failed;
   4896      1.1  joerg 
   4897      1.1  joerg   switch (ESR) {
   4898      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Break:
   4899      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Succeeded;
   4900      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Succeeded:
   4901      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Continue:
   4902      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Continue;
   4903      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Failed:
   4904      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Returned:
   4905      1.1  joerg   case ESR_CaseNotFound:
   4906      1.1  joerg     return ESR;
   4907      1.1  joerg   }
   4908      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("Invalid EvalStmtResult!");
   4909      1.1  joerg }
   4910      1.1  joerg 
   4911      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate a switch statement.
   4912      1.1  joerg static EvalStmtResult EvaluateSwitch(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   4913      1.1  joerg                                      const SwitchStmt *SS) {
   4914      1.1  joerg   BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   4915      1.1  joerg 
   4916      1.1  joerg   // Evaluate the switch condition.
   4917      1.1  joerg   APSInt Value;
   4918      1.1  joerg   {
   4919      1.1  joerg     if (const Stmt *Init = SS->getInit()) {
   4920      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init);
   4921      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   4922      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   4923      1.1  joerg           ESR = ESR_Failed;
   4924      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   4925      1.1  joerg       }
   4926      1.1  joerg     }
   4927      1.1  joerg 
   4928      1.1  joerg     FullExpressionRAII CondScope(Info);
   4929      1.1  joerg     if (SS->getConditionVariable() &&
   4930      1.1  joerg         !EvaluateDecl(Info, SS->getConditionVariable()))
   4931      1.1  joerg       return ESR_Failed;
   4932      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(SS->getCond(), Value, Info))
   4933      1.1  joerg       return ESR_Failed;
   4934      1.1  joerg     if (!CondScope.destroy())
   4935      1.1  joerg       return ESR_Failed;
   4936      1.1  joerg   }
   4937      1.1  joerg 
   4938      1.1  joerg   // Find the switch case corresponding to the value of the condition.
   4939      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Cache this lookup.
   4940      1.1  joerg   const SwitchCase *Found = nullptr;
   4941      1.1  joerg   for (const SwitchCase *SC = SS->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
   4942      1.1  joerg        SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
   4943      1.1  joerg     if (isa<DefaultStmt>(SC)) {
   4944      1.1  joerg       Found = SC;
   4945      1.1  joerg       continue;
   4946      1.1  joerg     }
   4947      1.1  joerg 
   4948      1.1  joerg     const CaseStmt *CS = cast<CaseStmt>(SC);
   4949      1.1  joerg     APSInt LHS = CS->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx);
   4950      1.1  joerg     APSInt RHS = CS->getRHS() ? CS->getRHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx)
   4951      1.1  joerg                               : LHS;
   4952      1.1  joerg     if (LHS <= Value && Value <= RHS) {
   4953      1.1  joerg       Found = SC;
   4954      1.1  joerg       break;
   4955      1.1  joerg     }
   4956      1.1  joerg   }
   4957      1.1  joerg 
   4958      1.1  joerg   if (!Found)
   4959      1.1  joerg     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
   4960      1.1  joerg 
   4961      1.1  joerg   // Search the switch body for the switch case and evaluate it from there.
   4962      1.1  joerg   EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, SS->getBody(), Found);
   4963      1.1  joerg   if (ESR != ESR_Failed && ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound && !Scope.destroy())
   4964      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Failed;
   4965      1.1  joerg 
   4966      1.1  joerg   switch (ESR) {
   4967      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Break:
   4968      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Succeeded;
   4969      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Succeeded:
   4970      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Continue:
   4971      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Failed:
   4972      1.1  joerg   case ESR_Returned:
   4973      1.1  joerg     return ESR;
   4974      1.1  joerg   case ESR_CaseNotFound:
   4975      1.1  joerg     // This can only happen if the switch case is nested within a statement
   4976      1.1  joerg     // expression. We have no intention of supporting that.
   4977      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(Found->getBeginLoc(),
   4978      1.1  joerg                 diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported);
   4979      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Failed;
   4980      1.1  joerg   }
   4981      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("Invalid EvalStmtResult!");
   4982      1.1  joerg }
   4983      1.1  joerg 
   4984      1.1  joerg // Evaluate a statement.
   4985      1.1  joerg static EvalStmtResult EvaluateStmt(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   4986      1.1  joerg                                    const Stmt *S, const SwitchCase *Case) {
   4987      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.nextStep(S))
   4988      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Failed;
   4989      1.1  joerg 
   4990      1.1  joerg   // If we're hunting down a 'case' or 'default' label, recurse through
   4991      1.1  joerg   // substatements until we hit the label.
   4992      1.1  joerg   if (Case) {
   4993      1.1  joerg     switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
   4994      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass:
   4995      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: Precompute which substatement of a compound statement we
   4996      1.1  joerg       // would jump to, and go straight there rather than performing a
   4997      1.1  joerg       // linear scan each time.
   4998      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
   4999      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
   5000      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
   5001      1.1  joerg       break;
   5002      1.1  joerg 
   5003      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
   5004      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
   5005      1.1  joerg       if (Case == S)
   5006      1.1  joerg         Case = nullptr;
   5007      1.1  joerg       break;
   5008      1.1  joerg 
   5009      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::IfStmtClass: {
   5010      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: Precompute which side of an 'if' we would jump to, and go
   5011      1.1  joerg       // straight there rather than scanning both sides.
   5012      1.1  joerg       const IfStmt *IS = cast<IfStmt>(S);
   5013      1.1  joerg 
   5014      1.1  joerg       // Wrap the evaluation in a block scope, in case it's a DeclStmt
   5015      1.1  joerg       // preceded by our switch label.
   5016      1.1  joerg       BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   5017      1.1  joerg 
   5018      1.1  joerg       // Step into the init statement in case it brings an (uninitialized)
   5019      1.1  joerg       // variable into scope.
   5020      1.1  joerg       if (const Stmt *Init = IS->getInit()) {
   5021      1.1  joerg         EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init, Case);
   5022      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) {
   5023      1.1  joerg           assert(ESR != ESR_Succeeded);
   5024      1.1  joerg           return ESR;
   5025      1.1  joerg         }
   5026      1.1  joerg       }
   5027      1.1  joerg 
   5028      1.1  joerg       // Condition variable must be initialized if it exists.
   5029      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: We can skip evaluating the body if there's a condition
   5030      1.1  joerg       // variable, as there can't be any case labels within it.
   5031      1.1  joerg       // (The same is true for 'for' statements.)
   5032      1.1  joerg 
   5033      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, IS->getThen(), Case);
   5034      1.1  joerg       if (ESR == ESR_Failed)
   5035      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5036      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound)
   5037      1.1  joerg         return Scope.destroy() ? ESR : ESR_Failed;
   5038      1.1  joerg       if (!IS->getElse())
   5039      1.1  joerg         return ESR_CaseNotFound;
   5040      1.1  joerg 
   5041      1.1  joerg       ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, IS->getElse(), Case);
   5042      1.1  joerg       if (ESR == ESR_Failed)
   5043      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5044      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound)
   5045      1.1  joerg         return Scope.destroy() ? ESR : ESR_Failed;
   5046      1.1  joerg       return ESR_CaseNotFound;
   5047      1.1  joerg     }
   5048      1.1  joerg 
   5049      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: {
   5050      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR =
   5051      1.1  joerg           EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, cast<WhileStmt>(S)->getBody(), Case);
   5052      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Continue)
   5053      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5054      1.1  joerg       break;
   5055      1.1  joerg     }
   5056      1.1  joerg 
   5057      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::ForStmtClass: {
   5058      1.1  joerg       const ForStmt *FS = cast<ForStmt>(S);
   5059      1.1  joerg       BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   5060      1.1  joerg 
   5061      1.1  joerg       // Step into the init statement in case it brings an (uninitialized)
   5062      1.1  joerg       // variable into scope.
   5063      1.1  joerg       if (const Stmt *Init = FS->getInit()) {
   5064      1.1  joerg         EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init, Case);
   5065      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) {
   5066      1.1  joerg           assert(ESR != ESR_Succeeded);
   5067      1.1  joerg           return ESR;
   5068      1.1  joerg         }
   5069      1.1  joerg       }
   5070      1.1  joerg 
   5071      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR =
   5072      1.1  joerg           EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody(), Case);
   5073      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Continue)
   5074      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5075  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (const auto *Inc = FS->getInc()) {
   5076  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (Inc->isValueDependent()) {
   5077  1.1.1.2  joerg           if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(Inc, Info))
   5078  1.1.1.2  joerg             return ESR_Failed;
   5079  1.1.1.2  joerg         } else {
   5080  1.1.1.2  joerg           FullExpressionRAII IncScope(Info);
   5081  1.1.1.2  joerg           if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, Inc) || !IncScope.destroy())
   5082  1.1.1.2  joerg             return ESR_Failed;
   5083  1.1.1.2  joerg         }
   5084      1.1  joerg       }
   5085      1.1  joerg       break;
   5086      1.1  joerg     }
   5087      1.1  joerg 
   5088      1.1  joerg     case Stmt::DeclStmtClass: {
   5089      1.1  joerg       // Start the lifetime of any uninitialized variables we encounter. They
   5090      1.1  joerg       // might be used by the selected branch of the switch.
   5091      1.1  joerg       const DeclStmt *DS = cast<DeclStmt>(S);
   5092      1.1  joerg       for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
   5093      1.1  joerg         if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
   5094      1.1  joerg           if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && !VD->getInit())
   5095      1.1  joerg             if (!EvaluateVarDecl(Info, VD))
   5096      1.1  joerg               return ESR_Failed;
   5097      1.1  joerg           // FIXME: If the variable has initialization that can't be jumped
   5098      1.1  joerg           // over, bail out of any immediately-surrounding compound-statement
   5099      1.1  joerg           // too. There can't be any case labels here.
   5100      1.1  joerg         }
   5101      1.1  joerg       }
   5102      1.1  joerg       return ESR_CaseNotFound;
   5103      1.1  joerg     }
   5104      1.1  joerg 
   5105      1.1  joerg     default:
   5106      1.1  joerg       return ESR_CaseNotFound;
   5107      1.1  joerg     }
   5108      1.1  joerg   }
   5109      1.1  joerg 
   5110      1.1  joerg   switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
   5111      1.1  joerg   default:
   5112      1.1  joerg     if (const Expr *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S)) {
   5113  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (E->isValueDependent()) {
   5114  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(E, Info))
   5115  1.1.1.2  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5116  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else {
   5117  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Don't bother evaluating beyond an expression-statement which couldn't
   5118  1.1.1.2  joerg         // be evaluated.
   5119  1.1.1.2  joerg         // FIXME: Do we need the FullExpressionRAII object here?
   5120  1.1.1.2  joerg         // VisitExprWithCleanups should create one when necessary.
   5121  1.1.1.2  joerg         FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
   5122  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E) || !Scope.destroy())
   5123  1.1.1.2  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5124  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   5125      1.1  joerg       return ESR_Succeeded;
   5126      1.1  joerg     }
   5127      1.1  joerg 
   5128      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(S->getBeginLoc());
   5129      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Failed;
   5130      1.1  joerg 
   5131      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::NullStmtClass:
   5132      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Succeeded;
   5133      1.1  joerg 
   5134      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::DeclStmtClass: {
   5135      1.1  joerg     const DeclStmt *DS = cast<DeclStmt>(S);
   5136      1.1  joerg     for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
   5137      1.1  joerg       // Each declaration initialization is its own full-expression.
   5138      1.1  joerg       FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
   5139      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateDecl(Info, D) && !Info.noteFailure())
   5140      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5141      1.1  joerg       if (!Scope.destroy())
   5142      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5143      1.1  joerg     }
   5144      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Succeeded;
   5145      1.1  joerg   }
   5146      1.1  joerg 
   5147      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::ReturnStmtClass: {
   5148      1.1  joerg     const Expr *RetExpr = cast<ReturnStmt>(S)->getRetValue();
   5149      1.1  joerg     FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
   5150  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (RetExpr && RetExpr->isValueDependent()) {
   5151  1.1.1.2  joerg       EvaluateDependentExpr(RetExpr, Info);
   5152  1.1.1.2  joerg       // We know we returned, but we don't know what the value is.
   5153  1.1.1.2  joerg       return ESR_Failed;
   5154  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   5155      1.1  joerg     if (RetExpr &&
   5156      1.1  joerg         !(Result.Slot
   5157      1.1  joerg               ? EvaluateInPlace(Result.Value, Info, *Result.Slot, RetExpr)
   5158      1.1  joerg               : Evaluate(Result.Value, Info, RetExpr)))
   5159      1.1  joerg       return ESR_Failed;
   5160      1.1  joerg     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Returned : ESR_Failed;
   5161      1.1  joerg   }
   5162      1.1  joerg 
   5163      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass: {
   5164      1.1  joerg     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   5165      1.1  joerg 
   5166      1.1  joerg     const CompoundStmt *CS = cast<CompoundStmt>(S);
   5167      1.1  joerg     for (const auto *BI : CS->body()) {
   5168      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, BI, Case);
   5169      1.1  joerg       if (ESR == ESR_Succeeded)
   5170      1.1  joerg         Case = nullptr;
   5171      1.1  joerg       else if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) {
   5172      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5173      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5174      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5175      1.1  joerg       }
   5176      1.1  joerg     }
   5177      1.1  joerg     if (Case)
   5178      1.1  joerg       return ESR_CaseNotFound;
   5179      1.1  joerg     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
   5180      1.1  joerg   }
   5181      1.1  joerg 
   5182      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::IfStmtClass: {
   5183      1.1  joerg     const IfStmt *IS = cast<IfStmt>(S);
   5184      1.1  joerg 
   5185      1.1  joerg     // Evaluate the condition, as either a var decl or as an expression.
   5186      1.1  joerg     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   5187      1.1  joerg     if (const Stmt *Init = IS->getInit()) {
   5188      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init);
   5189      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5190      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5191      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5192      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5193      1.1  joerg       }
   5194      1.1  joerg     }
   5195      1.1  joerg     bool Cond;
   5196      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateCond(Info, IS->getConditionVariable(), IS->getCond(), Cond))
   5197      1.1  joerg       return ESR_Failed;
   5198      1.1  joerg 
   5199      1.1  joerg     if (const Stmt *SubStmt = Cond ? IS->getThen() : IS->getElse()) {
   5200      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, SubStmt);
   5201      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5202      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5203      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5204      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5205      1.1  joerg       }
   5206      1.1  joerg     }
   5207      1.1  joerg     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
   5208      1.1  joerg   }
   5209      1.1  joerg 
   5210      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: {
   5211      1.1  joerg     const WhileStmt *WS = cast<WhileStmt>(S);
   5212      1.1  joerg     while (true) {
   5213      1.1  joerg       BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   5214      1.1  joerg       bool Continue;
   5215      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateCond(Info, WS->getConditionVariable(), WS->getCond(),
   5216      1.1  joerg                         Continue))
   5217      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5218      1.1  joerg       if (!Continue)
   5219      1.1  joerg         break;
   5220      1.1  joerg 
   5221      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, WS->getBody());
   5222      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) {
   5223      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5224      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5225      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5226      1.1  joerg       }
   5227      1.1  joerg       if (!Scope.destroy())
   5228      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5229      1.1  joerg     }
   5230      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Succeeded;
   5231      1.1  joerg   }
   5232      1.1  joerg 
   5233      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::DoStmtClass: {
   5234      1.1  joerg     const DoStmt *DS = cast<DoStmt>(S);
   5235      1.1  joerg     bool Continue;
   5236      1.1  joerg     do {
   5237      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, DS->getBody(), Case);
   5238      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Continue)
   5239      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5240      1.1  joerg       Case = nullptr;
   5241      1.1  joerg 
   5242  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (DS->getCond()->isValueDependent()) {
   5243  1.1.1.2  joerg         EvaluateDependentExpr(DS->getCond(), Info);
   5244  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Bailout as we don't know whether to keep going or terminate the loop.
   5245  1.1.1.2  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5246  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   5247      1.1  joerg       FullExpressionRAII CondScope(Info);
   5248      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(DS->getCond(), Continue, Info) ||
   5249      1.1  joerg           !CondScope.destroy())
   5250      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5251      1.1  joerg     } while (Continue);
   5252      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Succeeded;
   5253      1.1  joerg   }
   5254      1.1  joerg 
   5255      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::ForStmtClass: {
   5256      1.1  joerg     const ForStmt *FS = cast<ForStmt>(S);
   5257      1.1  joerg     BlockScopeRAII ForScope(Info);
   5258      1.1  joerg     if (FS->getInit()) {
   5259      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getInit());
   5260      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5261      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !ForScope.destroy())
   5262      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5263      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5264      1.1  joerg       }
   5265      1.1  joerg     }
   5266      1.1  joerg     while (true) {
   5267      1.1  joerg       BlockScopeRAII IterScope(Info);
   5268      1.1  joerg       bool Continue = true;
   5269      1.1  joerg       if (FS->getCond() && !EvaluateCond(Info, FS->getConditionVariable(),
   5270      1.1  joerg                                          FS->getCond(), Continue))
   5271      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5272      1.1  joerg       if (!Continue)
   5273      1.1  joerg         break;
   5274      1.1  joerg 
   5275      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody());
   5276      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) {
   5277      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!IterScope.destroy() || !ForScope.destroy()))
   5278      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5279      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5280      1.1  joerg       }
   5281      1.1  joerg 
   5282  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (const auto *Inc = FS->getInc()) {
   5283  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (Inc->isValueDependent()) {
   5284  1.1.1.2  joerg           if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(Inc, Info))
   5285  1.1.1.2  joerg             return ESR_Failed;
   5286  1.1.1.2  joerg         } else {
   5287  1.1.1.2  joerg           FullExpressionRAII IncScope(Info);
   5288  1.1.1.2  joerg           if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, Inc) || !IncScope.destroy())
   5289  1.1.1.2  joerg             return ESR_Failed;
   5290  1.1.1.2  joerg         }
   5291      1.1  joerg       }
   5292      1.1  joerg 
   5293      1.1  joerg       if (!IterScope.destroy())
   5294      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5295      1.1  joerg     }
   5296      1.1  joerg     return ForScope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
   5297      1.1  joerg   }
   5298      1.1  joerg 
   5299      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass: {
   5300      1.1  joerg     const CXXForRangeStmt *FS = cast<CXXForRangeStmt>(S);
   5301      1.1  joerg     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   5302      1.1  joerg 
   5303      1.1  joerg     // Evaluate the init-statement if present.
   5304      1.1  joerg     if (FS->getInit()) {
   5305      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getInit());
   5306      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5307      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5308      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5309      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5310      1.1  joerg       }
   5311      1.1  joerg     }
   5312      1.1  joerg 
   5313      1.1  joerg     // Initialize the __range variable.
   5314      1.1  joerg     EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getRangeStmt());
   5315      1.1  joerg     if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5316      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5317      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5318      1.1  joerg       return ESR;
   5319      1.1  joerg     }
   5320      1.1  joerg 
   5321      1.1  joerg     // Create the __begin and __end iterators.
   5322      1.1  joerg     ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getBeginStmt());
   5323      1.1  joerg     if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5324      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5325      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5326      1.1  joerg       return ESR;
   5327      1.1  joerg     }
   5328      1.1  joerg     ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getEndStmt());
   5329      1.1  joerg     if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5330      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
   5331      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5332      1.1  joerg       return ESR;
   5333      1.1  joerg     }
   5334      1.1  joerg 
   5335      1.1  joerg     while (true) {
   5336      1.1  joerg       // Condition: __begin != __end.
   5337      1.1  joerg       {
   5338  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (FS->getCond()->isValueDependent()) {
   5339  1.1.1.2  joerg           EvaluateDependentExpr(FS->getCond(), Info);
   5340  1.1.1.2  joerg           // We don't know whether to keep going or terminate the loop.
   5341  1.1.1.2  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5342  1.1.1.2  joerg         }
   5343      1.1  joerg         bool Continue = true;
   5344      1.1  joerg         FullExpressionRAII CondExpr(Info);
   5345      1.1  joerg         if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(FS->getCond(), Continue, Info))
   5346      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5347      1.1  joerg         if (!Continue)
   5348      1.1  joerg           break;
   5349      1.1  joerg       }
   5350      1.1  joerg 
   5351      1.1  joerg       // User's variable declaration, initialized by *__begin.
   5352      1.1  joerg       BlockScopeRAII InnerScope(Info);
   5353      1.1  joerg       ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getLoopVarStmt());
   5354      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   5355      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!InnerScope.destroy() || !Scope.destroy()))
   5356      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5357      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5358      1.1  joerg       }
   5359      1.1  joerg 
   5360      1.1  joerg       // Loop body.
   5361      1.1  joerg       ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody());
   5362      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Continue) {
   5363      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!InnerScope.destroy() || !Scope.destroy()))
   5364      1.1  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5365      1.1  joerg         return ESR;
   5366      1.1  joerg       }
   5367  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (FS->getInc()->isValueDependent()) {
   5368  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(FS->getInc(), Info))
   5369  1.1.1.2  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5370  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else {
   5371  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Increment: ++__begin
   5372  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, FS->getInc()))
   5373  1.1.1.2  joerg           return ESR_Failed;
   5374  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   5375      1.1  joerg 
   5376      1.1  joerg       if (!InnerScope.destroy())
   5377      1.1  joerg         return ESR_Failed;
   5378      1.1  joerg     }
   5379      1.1  joerg 
   5380      1.1  joerg     return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
   5381      1.1  joerg   }
   5382      1.1  joerg 
   5383      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
   5384      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateSwitch(Result, Info, cast<SwitchStmt>(S));
   5385      1.1  joerg 
   5386      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass:
   5387      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Continue;
   5388      1.1  joerg 
   5389      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
   5390      1.1  joerg     return ESR_Break;
   5391      1.1  joerg 
   5392      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
   5393      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<LabelStmt>(S)->getSubStmt(), Case);
   5394      1.1  joerg 
   5395      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
   5396      1.1  joerg     // As a general principle, C++11 attributes can be ignored without
   5397      1.1  joerg     // any semantic impact.
   5398      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<AttributedStmt>(S)->getSubStmt(),
   5399      1.1  joerg                         Case);
   5400      1.1  joerg 
   5401      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
   5402      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
   5403      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<SwitchCase>(S)->getSubStmt(), Case);
   5404      1.1  joerg   case Stmt::CXXTryStmtClass:
   5405      1.1  joerg     // Evaluate try blocks by evaluating all sub statements.
   5406      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<CXXTryStmt>(S)->getTryBlock(), Case);
   5407      1.1  joerg   }
   5408      1.1  joerg }
   5409      1.1  joerg 
   5410      1.1  joerg /// CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor - Check whether a constructor is a trivial
   5411      1.1  joerg /// default constructor. If so, we'll fold it whether or not it's marked as
   5412      1.1  joerg /// constexpr. If it is marked as constexpr, we will never implicitly define it,
   5413      1.1  joerg /// so we need special handling.
   5414      1.1  joerg static bool CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
   5415      1.1  joerg                                            const CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
   5416      1.1  joerg                                            bool IsValueInitialization) {
   5417      1.1  joerg   if (!CD->isTrivial() || !CD->isDefaultConstructor())
   5418      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5419      1.1  joerg 
   5420      1.1  joerg   // Value-initialization does not call a trivial default constructor, so such a
   5421      1.1  joerg   // call is a core constant expression whether or not the constructor is
   5422      1.1  joerg   // constexpr.
   5423      1.1  joerg   if (!CD->isConstexpr() && !IsValueInitialization) {
   5424      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   5425      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: If DiagDecl is an implicitly-declared special member function,
   5426      1.1  joerg       // we should be much more explicit about why it's not constexpr.
   5427      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function, 1)
   5428      1.1  joerg         << /*IsConstexpr*/0 << /*IsConstructor*/1 << CD;
   5429      1.1  joerg       Info.Note(CD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   5430      1.1  joerg     } else {
   5431      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(Loc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   5432      1.1  joerg     }
   5433      1.1  joerg   }
   5434      1.1  joerg   return true;
   5435      1.1  joerg }
   5436      1.1  joerg 
   5437      1.1  joerg /// CheckConstexprFunction - Check that a function can be called in a constant
   5438      1.1  joerg /// expression.
   5439      1.1  joerg static bool CheckConstexprFunction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
   5440      1.1  joerg                                    const FunctionDecl *Declaration,
   5441      1.1  joerg                                    const FunctionDecl *Definition,
   5442      1.1  joerg                                    const Stmt *Body) {
   5443      1.1  joerg   // Potential constant expressions can contain calls to declared, but not yet
   5444      1.1  joerg   // defined, constexpr functions.
   5445      1.1  joerg   if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && !Definition &&
   5446      1.1  joerg       Declaration->isConstexpr())
   5447      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5448      1.1  joerg 
   5449      1.1  joerg   // Bail out if the function declaration itself is invalid.  We will
   5450      1.1  joerg   // have produced a relevant diagnostic while parsing it, so just
   5451      1.1  joerg   // note the problematic sub-expression.
   5452      1.1  joerg   if (Declaration->isInvalidDecl()) {
   5453      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   5454      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5455      1.1  joerg   }
   5456      1.1  joerg 
   5457      1.1  joerg   // DR1872: An instantiated virtual constexpr function can't be called in a
   5458      1.1  joerg   // constant expression (prior to C++20). We can still constant-fold such a
   5459      1.1  joerg   // call.
   5460  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Declaration) &&
   5461      1.1  joerg       cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Declaration)->isVirtual())
   5462      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_call);
   5463      1.1  joerg 
   5464      1.1  joerg   if (Definition && Definition->isInvalidDecl()) {
   5465      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   5466      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5467      1.1  joerg   }
   5468      1.1  joerg 
   5469      1.1  joerg   // Can we evaluate this function call?
   5470      1.1  joerg   if (Definition && Definition->isConstexpr() && Body)
   5471      1.1  joerg     return true;
   5472      1.1  joerg 
   5473      1.1  joerg   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   5474      1.1  joerg     const FunctionDecl *DiagDecl = Definition ? Definition : Declaration;
   5475      1.1  joerg 
   5476      1.1  joerg     // If this function is not constexpr because it is an inherited
   5477      1.1  joerg     // non-constexpr constructor, diagnose that directly.
   5478      1.1  joerg     auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(DiagDecl);
   5479      1.1  joerg     if (CD && CD->isInheritingConstructor()) {
   5480      1.1  joerg       auto *Inherited = CD->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor();
   5481      1.1  joerg       if (!Inherited->isConstexpr())
   5482      1.1  joerg         DiagDecl = CD = Inherited;
   5483      1.1  joerg     }
   5484      1.1  joerg 
   5485      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: If DiagDecl is an implicitly-declared special member function
   5486      1.1  joerg     // or an inheriting constructor, we should be much more explicit about why
   5487      1.1  joerg     // it's not constexpr.
   5488      1.1  joerg     if (CD && CD->isInheritingConstructor())
   5489      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_inhctor, 1)
   5490      1.1  joerg         << CD->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent();
   5491      1.1  joerg     else
   5492      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function, 1)
   5493      1.1  joerg         << DiagDecl->isConstexpr() << (bool)CD << DiagDecl;
   5494      1.1  joerg     Info.Note(DiagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   5495      1.1  joerg   } else {
   5496      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   5497      1.1  joerg   }
   5498      1.1  joerg   return false;
   5499      1.1  joerg }
   5500      1.1  joerg 
   5501      1.1  joerg namespace {
   5502      1.1  joerg struct CheckDynamicTypeHandler {
   5503      1.1  joerg   AccessKinds AccessKind;
   5504      1.1  joerg   typedef bool result_type;
   5505      1.1  joerg   bool failed() { return false; }
   5506      1.1  joerg   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { return true; }
   5507      1.1  joerg   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { return true; }
   5508      1.1  joerg   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { return true; }
   5509      1.1  joerg };
   5510      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   5511      1.1  joerg 
   5512      1.1  joerg /// Check that we can access the notional vptr of an object / determine its
   5513      1.1  joerg /// dynamic type.
   5514      1.1  joerg static bool checkDynamicType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
   5515      1.1  joerg                              AccessKinds AK, bool Polymorphic) {
   5516      1.1  joerg   if (This.Designator.Invalid)
   5517      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5518      1.1  joerg 
   5519      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, This, QualType());
   5520      1.1  joerg 
   5521      1.1  joerg   if (!Obj)
   5522      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5523      1.1  joerg 
   5524      1.1  joerg   if (!Obj.Value) {
   5525      1.1  joerg     // The object is not usable in constant expressions, so we can't inspect
   5526      1.1  joerg     // its value to see if it's in-lifetime or what the active union members
   5527      1.1  joerg     // are. We can still check for a one-past-the-end lvalue.
   5528      1.1  joerg     if (This.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd() ||
   5529      1.1  joerg         This.Designator.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) {
   5530      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, This.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()
   5531      1.1  joerg                          ? diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end
   5532      1.1  joerg                          : diag::note_constexpr_access_unsized_array)
   5533      1.1  joerg           << AK;
   5534      1.1  joerg       return false;
   5535      1.1  joerg     } else if (Polymorphic) {
   5536      1.1  joerg       // Conservatively refuse to perform a polymorphic operation if we would
   5537      1.1  joerg       // not be able to read a notional 'vptr' value.
   5538      1.1  joerg       APValue Val;
   5539      1.1  joerg       This.moveInto(Val);
   5540      1.1  joerg       QualType StarThisType =
   5541      1.1  joerg           Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(This.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx));
   5542      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_polymorphic_unknown_dynamic_type)
   5543      1.1  joerg           << AK << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx, StarThisType);
   5544      1.1  joerg       return false;
   5545      1.1  joerg     }
   5546      1.1  joerg     return true;
   5547      1.1  joerg   }
   5548      1.1  joerg 
   5549      1.1  joerg   CheckDynamicTypeHandler Handler{AK};
   5550      1.1  joerg   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, This.Designator, Handler);
   5551      1.1  joerg }
   5552      1.1  joerg 
   5553      1.1  joerg /// Check that the pointee of the 'this' pointer in a member function call is
   5554      1.1  joerg /// either within its lifetime or in its period of construction or destruction.
   5555      1.1  joerg static bool
   5556      1.1  joerg checkNonVirtualMemberCallThisPointer(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   5557      1.1  joerg                                      const LValue &This,
   5558      1.1  joerg                                      const CXXMethodDecl *NamedMember) {
   5559      1.1  joerg   return checkDynamicType(
   5560      1.1  joerg       Info, E, This,
   5561      1.1  joerg       isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NamedMember) ? AK_Destroy : AK_MemberCall, false);
   5562      1.1  joerg }
   5563      1.1  joerg 
   5564      1.1  joerg struct DynamicType {
   5565      1.1  joerg   /// The dynamic class type of the object.
   5566      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *Type;
   5567      1.1  joerg   /// The corresponding path length in the lvalue.
   5568      1.1  joerg   unsigned PathLength;
   5569      1.1  joerg };
   5570      1.1  joerg 
   5571      1.1  joerg static const CXXRecordDecl *getBaseClassType(SubobjectDesignator &Designator,
   5572      1.1  joerg                                              unsigned PathLength) {
   5573      1.1  joerg   assert(PathLength >= Designator.MostDerivedPathLength && PathLength <=
   5574      1.1  joerg       Designator.Entries.size() && "invalid path length");
   5575      1.1  joerg   return (PathLength == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength)
   5576      1.1  joerg              ? Designator.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
   5577      1.1  joerg              : getAsBaseClass(Designator.Entries[PathLength - 1]);
   5578      1.1  joerg }
   5579      1.1  joerg 
   5580      1.1  joerg /// Determine the dynamic type of an object.
   5581      1.1  joerg static Optional<DynamicType> ComputeDynamicType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   5582      1.1  joerg                                                 LValue &This, AccessKinds AK) {
   5583      1.1  joerg   // If we don't have an lvalue denoting an object of class type, there is no
   5584      1.1  joerg   // meaningful dynamic type. (We consider objects of non-class type to have no
   5585      1.1  joerg   // dynamic type.)
   5586      1.1  joerg   if (!checkDynamicType(Info, E, This, AK, true))
   5587      1.1  joerg     return None;
   5588      1.1  joerg 
   5589      1.1  joerg   // Refuse to compute a dynamic type in the presence of virtual bases. This
   5590      1.1  joerg   // shouldn't happen other than in constant-folding situations, since literal
   5591      1.1  joerg   // types can't have virtual bases.
   5592      1.1  joerg   //
   5593      1.1  joerg   // Note that consumers of DynamicType assume that the type has no virtual
   5594      1.1  joerg   // bases, and will need modifications if this restriction is relaxed.
   5595      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *Class =
   5596      1.1  joerg       This.Designator.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   5597      1.1  joerg   if (!Class || Class->getNumVBases()) {
   5598      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   5599      1.1  joerg     return None;
   5600      1.1  joerg   }
   5601      1.1  joerg 
   5602      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: For very deep class hierarchies, it might be beneficial to use a
   5603      1.1  joerg   // binary search here instead. But the overwhelmingly common case is that
   5604      1.1  joerg   // we're not in the middle of a constructor, so it probably doesn't matter
   5605      1.1  joerg   // in practice.
   5606      1.1  joerg   ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path = This.Designator.Entries;
   5607      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned PathLength = This.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength;
   5608      1.1  joerg        PathLength <= Path.size(); ++PathLength) {
   5609      1.1  joerg     switch (Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(This.getLValueBase(),
   5610      1.1  joerg                                       Path.slice(0, PathLength))) {
   5611      1.1  joerg     case ConstructionPhase::Bases:
   5612      1.1  joerg     case ConstructionPhase::DestroyingBases:
   5613      1.1  joerg       // We're constructing or destroying a base class. This is not the dynamic
   5614      1.1  joerg       // type.
   5615      1.1  joerg       break;
   5616      1.1  joerg 
   5617      1.1  joerg     case ConstructionPhase::None:
   5618      1.1  joerg     case ConstructionPhase::AfterBases:
   5619  1.1.1.2  joerg     case ConstructionPhase::AfterFields:
   5620      1.1  joerg     case ConstructionPhase::Destroying:
   5621      1.1  joerg       // We've finished constructing the base classes and not yet started
   5622      1.1  joerg       // destroying them again, so this is the dynamic type.
   5623      1.1  joerg       return DynamicType{getBaseClassType(This.Designator, PathLength),
   5624      1.1  joerg                          PathLength};
   5625      1.1  joerg     }
   5626      1.1  joerg   }
   5627      1.1  joerg 
   5628      1.1  joerg   // CWG issue 1517: we're constructing a base class of the object described by
   5629      1.1  joerg   // 'This', so that object has not yet begun its period of construction and
   5630      1.1  joerg   // any polymorphic operation on it results in undefined behavior.
   5631      1.1  joerg   Info.FFDiag(E);
   5632      1.1  joerg   return None;
   5633      1.1  joerg }
   5634      1.1  joerg 
   5635      1.1  joerg /// Perform virtual dispatch.
   5636      1.1  joerg static const CXXMethodDecl *HandleVirtualDispatch(
   5637      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &This, const CXXMethodDecl *Found,
   5638      1.1  joerg     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &CovariantAdjustmentPath) {
   5639      1.1  joerg   Optional<DynamicType> DynType = ComputeDynamicType(
   5640      1.1  joerg       Info, E, This,
   5641      1.1  joerg       isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Found) ? AK_Destroy : AK_MemberCall);
   5642      1.1  joerg   if (!DynType)
   5643      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
   5644      1.1  joerg 
   5645      1.1  joerg   // Find the final overrider. It must be declared in one of the classes on the
   5646      1.1  joerg   // path from the dynamic type to the static type.
   5647      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: If we ever allow literal types to have virtual base classes, that
   5648      1.1  joerg   // won't be true.
   5649      1.1  joerg   const CXXMethodDecl *Callee = Found;
   5650      1.1  joerg   unsigned PathLength = DynType->PathLength;
   5651      1.1  joerg   for (/**/; PathLength <= This.Designator.Entries.size(); ++PathLength) {
   5652      1.1  joerg     const CXXRecordDecl *Class = getBaseClassType(This.Designator, PathLength);
   5653      1.1  joerg     const CXXMethodDecl *Overrider =
   5654      1.1  joerg         Found->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(Class, false);
   5655      1.1  joerg     if (Overrider) {
   5656      1.1  joerg       Callee = Overrider;
   5657      1.1  joerg       break;
   5658      1.1  joerg     }
   5659      1.1  joerg   }
   5660      1.1  joerg 
   5661      1.1  joerg   // C++2a [class.abstract]p6:
   5662      1.1  joerg   //   the effect of making a virtual call to a pure virtual function [...] is
   5663      1.1  joerg   //   undefined
   5664      1.1  joerg   if (Callee->isPure()) {
   5665      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pure_virtual_call, 1) << Callee;
   5666      1.1  joerg     Info.Note(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   5667      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
   5668      1.1  joerg   }
   5669      1.1  joerg 
   5670      1.1  joerg   // If necessary, walk the rest of the path to determine the sequence of
   5671      1.1  joerg   // covariant adjustment steps to apply.
   5672      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Callee->getReturnType(),
   5673      1.1  joerg                                        Found->getReturnType())) {
   5674      1.1  joerg     CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Callee->getReturnType());
   5675      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned CovariantPathLength = PathLength + 1;
   5676      1.1  joerg          CovariantPathLength != This.Designator.Entries.size();
   5677      1.1  joerg          ++CovariantPathLength) {
   5678      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *NextClass =
   5679      1.1  joerg           getBaseClassType(This.Designator, CovariantPathLength);
   5680      1.1  joerg       const CXXMethodDecl *Next =
   5681      1.1  joerg           Found->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(NextClass, false);
   5682      1.1  joerg       if (Next && !Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
   5683      1.1  joerg                       Next->getReturnType(), CovariantAdjustmentPath.back()))
   5684      1.1  joerg         CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Next->getReturnType());
   5685      1.1  joerg     }
   5686      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Found->getReturnType(),
   5687      1.1  joerg                                          CovariantAdjustmentPath.back()))
   5688      1.1  joerg       CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Found->getReturnType());
   5689      1.1  joerg   }
   5690      1.1  joerg 
   5691      1.1  joerg   // Perform 'this' adjustment.
   5692      1.1  joerg   if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, This, Callee->getParent(), PathLength))
   5693      1.1  joerg     return nullptr;
   5694      1.1  joerg 
   5695      1.1  joerg   return Callee;
   5696      1.1  joerg }
   5697      1.1  joerg 
   5698      1.1  joerg /// Perform the adjustment from a value returned by a virtual function to
   5699      1.1  joerg /// a value of the statically expected type, which may be a pointer or
   5700      1.1  joerg /// reference to a base class of the returned type.
   5701      1.1  joerg static bool HandleCovariantReturnAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   5702      1.1  joerg                                             APValue &Result,
   5703      1.1  joerg                                             ArrayRef<QualType> Path) {
   5704      1.1  joerg   assert(Result.isLValue() &&
   5705      1.1  joerg          "unexpected kind of APValue for covariant return");
   5706      1.1  joerg   if (Result.isNullPointer())
   5707      1.1  joerg     return true;
   5708      1.1  joerg 
   5709      1.1  joerg   LValue LVal;
   5710      1.1  joerg   LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Result);
   5711      1.1  joerg 
   5712      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *OldClass = Path[0]->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
   5713      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = 1; I != Path.size(); ++I) {
   5714      1.1  joerg     const CXXRecordDecl *NewClass = Path[I]->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
   5715      1.1  joerg     assert(OldClass && NewClass && "unexpected kind of covariant return");
   5716      1.1  joerg     if (OldClass != NewClass &&
   5717      1.1  joerg         !CastToBaseClass(Info, E, LVal, OldClass, NewClass))
   5718      1.1  joerg       return false;
   5719      1.1  joerg     OldClass = NewClass;
   5720      1.1  joerg   }
   5721      1.1  joerg 
   5722      1.1  joerg   LVal.moveInto(Result);
   5723      1.1  joerg   return true;
   5724      1.1  joerg }
   5725      1.1  joerg 
   5726      1.1  joerg /// Determine whether \p Base, which is known to be a direct base class of
   5727      1.1  joerg /// \p Derived, is a public base class.
   5728      1.1  joerg static bool isBaseClassPublic(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
   5729      1.1  joerg                               const CXXRecordDecl *Base) {
   5730      1.1  joerg   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BaseSpec : Derived->bases()) {
   5731      1.1  joerg     auto *BaseClass = BaseSpec.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   5732      1.1  joerg     if (BaseClass && declaresSameEntity(BaseClass, Base))
   5733      1.1  joerg       return BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
   5734      1.1  joerg   }
   5735      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("Base is not a direct base of Derived");
   5736      1.1  joerg }
   5737      1.1  joerg 
   5738      1.1  joerg /// Apply the given dynamic cast operation on the provided lvalue.
   5739      1.1  joerg ///
   5740      1.1  joerg /// This implements the hard case of dynamic_cast, requiring a "runtime check"
   5741      1.1  joerg /// to find a suitable target subobject.
   5742      1.1  joerg static bool HandleDynamicCast(EvalInfo &Info, const ExplicitCastExpr *E,
   5743      1.1  joerg                               LValue &Ptr) {
   5744      1.1  joerg   // We can't do anything with a non-symbolic pointer value.
   5745      1.1  joerg   SubobjectDesignator &D = Ptr.Designator;
   5746      1.1  joerg   if (D.Invalid)
   5747      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5748      1.1  joerg 
   5749      1.1  joerg   // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p6:
   5750      1.1  joerg   //   If v is a null pointer value, the result is a null pointer value.
   5751      1.1  joerg   if (Ptr.isNullPointer() && !E->isGLValue())
   5752      1.1  joerg     return true;
   5753      1.1  joerg 
   5754      1.1  joerg   // For all the other cases, we need the pointer to point to an object within
   5755      1.1  joerg   // its lifetime / period of construction / destruction, and we need to know
   5756      1.1  joerg   // its dynamic type.
   5757      1.1  joerg   Optional<DynamicType> DynType =
   5758      1.1  joerg       ComputeDynamicType(Info, E, Ptr, AK_DynamicCast);
   5759      1.1  joerg   if (!DynType)
   5760      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5761      1.1  joerg 
   5762      1.1  joerg   // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p7:
   5763      1.1  joerg   //   If T is "pointer to cv void", then the result is a pointer to the most
   5764      1.1  joerg   //   derived object
   5765      1.1  joerg   if (E->getType()->isVoidPointerType())
   5766      1.1  joerg     return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, DynType->Type, DynType->PathLength);
   5767      1.1  joerg 
   5768      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *C = E->getTypeAsWritten()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
   5769      1.1  joerg   assert(C && "dynamic_cast target is not void pointer nor class");
   5770      1.1  joerg   CanQualType CQT = Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(C));
   5771      1.1  joerg 
   5772      1.1  joerg   auto RuntimeCheckFailed = [&] (CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
   5773      1.1  joerg     // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p9:
   5774      1.1  joerg     if (!E->isGLValue()) {
   5775      1.1  joerg       //   The value of a failed cast to pointer type is the null pointer value
   5776      1.1  joerg       //   of the required result type.
   5777      1.1  joerg       Ptr.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType());
   5778      1.1  joerg       return true;
   5779      1.1  joerg     }
   5780      1.1  joerg 
   5781      1.1  joerg     //   A failed cast to reference type throws [...] std::bad_cast.
   5782      1.1  joerg     unsigned DiagKind;
   5783      1.1  joerg     if (!Paths && (declaresSameEntity(DynType->Type, C) ||
   5784      1.1  joerg                    DynType->Type->isDerivedFrom(C)))
   5785      1.1  joerg       DiagKind = 0;
   5786      1.1  joerg     else if (!Paths || Paths->begin() == Paths->end())
   5787      1.1  joerg       DiagKind = 1;
   5788      1.1  joerg     else if (Paths->isAmbiguous(CQT))
   5789      1.1  joerg       DiagKind = 2;
   5790      1.1  joerg     else {
   5791      1.1  joerg       assert(Paths->front().Access != AS_public && "why did the cast fail?");
   5792      1.1  joerg       DiagKind = 3;
   5793      1.1  joerg     }
   5794      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_cast_to_reference_failed)
   5795      1.1  joerg         << DiagKind << Ptr.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx)
   5796      1.1  joerg         << Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DynType->Type)
   5797      1.1  joerg         << E->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
   5798      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5799      1.1  joerg   };
   5800      1.1  joerg 
   5801      1.1  joerg   // Runtime check, phase 1:
   5802      1.1  joerg   //   Walk from the base subobject towards the derived object looking for the
   5803      1.1  joerg   //   target type.
   5804      1.1  joerg   for (int PathLength = Ptr.Designator.Entries.size();
   5805      1.1  joerg        PathLength >= (int)DynType->PathLength; --PathLength) {
   5806      1.1  joerg     const CXXRecordDecl *Class = getBaseClassType(Ptr.Designator, PathLength);
   5807      1.1  joerg     if (declaresSameEntity(Class, C))
   5808      1.1  joerg       return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, Class, PathLength);
   5809      1.1  joerg     // We can only walk across public inheritance edges.
   5810      1.1  joerg     if (PathLength > (int)DynType->PathLength &&
   5811      1.1  joerg         !isBaseClassPublic(getBaseClassType(Ptr.Designator, PathLength - 1),
   5812      1.1  joerg                            Class))
   5813      1.1  joerg       return RuntimeCheckFailed(nullptr);
   5814      1.1  joerg   }
   5815      1.1  joerg 
   5816      1.1  joerg   // Runtime check, phase 2:
   5817      1.1  joerg   //   Search the dynamic type for an unambiguous public base of type C.
   5818      1.1  joerg   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true,
   5819      1.1  joerg                      /*RecordPaths=*/true, /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
   5820      1.1  joerg   if (DynType->Type->isDerivedFrom(C, Paths) && !Paths.isAmbiguous(CQT) &&
   5821      1.1  joerg       Paths.front().Access == AS_public) {
   5822      1.1  joerg     // Downcast to the dynamic type...
   5823      1.1  joerg     if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, DynType->Type, DynType->PathLength))
   5824      1.1  joerg       return false;
   5825      1.1  joerg     // ... then upcast to the chosen base class subobject.
   5826      1.1  joerg     for (CXXBasePathElement &Elem : Paths.front())
   5827      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Ptr, Elem.Class, Elem.Base))
   5828      1.1  joerg         return false;
   5829      1.1  joerg     return true;
   5830      1.1  joerg   }
   5831      1.1  joerg 
   5832      1.1  joerg   // Otherwise, the runtime check fails.
   5833      1.1  joerg   return RuntimeCheckFailed(&Paths);
   5834      1.1  joerg }
   5835      1.1  joerg 
   5836      1.1  joerg namespace {
   5837      1.1  joerg struct StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler {
   5838  1.1.1.2  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   5839  1.1.1.2  joerg   const Expr *LHSExpr;
   5840      1.1  joerg   const FieldDecl *Field;
   5841  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool DuringInit;
   5842  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool Failed = false;
   5843      1.1  joerg   static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign;
   5844      1.1  joerg 
   5845      1.1  joerg   typedef bool result_type;
   5846  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool failed() { return Failed; }
   5847      1.1  joerg   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   5848      1.1  joerg     // We are supposed to perform no initialization but begin the lifetime of
   5849      1.1  joerg     // the object. We interpret that as meaning to do what default
   5850      1.1  joerg     // initialization of the object would do if all constructors involved were
   5851      1.1  joerg     // trivial:
   5852      1.1  joerg     //  * All base, non-variant member, and array element subobjects' lifetimes
   5853      1.1  joerg     //    begin
   5854      1.1  joerg     //  * No variant members' lifetimes begin
   5855      1.1  joerg     //  * All scalar subobjects whose lifetimes begin have indeterminate values
   5856      1.1  joerg     assert(SubobjType->isUnionType());
   5857  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (declaresSameEntity(Subobj.getUnionField(), Field)) {
   5858  1.1.1.2  joerg       // This union member is already active. If it's also in-lifetime, there's
   5859  1.1.1.2  joerg       // nothing to do.
   5860  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Subobj.getUnionValue().hasValue())
   5861  1.1.1.2  joerg         return true;
   5862  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else if (DuringInit) {
   5863  1.1.1.2  joerg       // We're currently in the process of initializing a different union
   5864  1.1.1.2  joerg       // member.  If we carried on, that initialization would attempt to
   5865  1.1.1.2  joerg       // store to an inactive union member, resulting in undefined behavior.
   5866  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(LHSExpr,
   5867  1.1.1.2  joerg                   diag::note_constexpr_union_member_change_during_init);
   5868  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   5869  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   5870  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue Result;
   5871  1.1.1.2  joerg     Failed = !getDefaultInitValue(Field->getType(), Result);
   5872  1.1.1.2  joerg     Subobj.setUnion(Field, Result);
   5873      1.1  joerg     return true;
   5874      1.1  joerg   }
   5875      1.1  joerg   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   5876      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("wrong value kind for union object");
   5877      1.1  joerg   }
   5878      1.1  joerg   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   5879      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("wrong value kind for union object");
   5880      1.1  joerg   }
   5881      1.1  joerg };
   5882      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   5883      1.1  joerg 
   5884      1.1  joerg const AccessKinds StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler::AccessKind;
   5885      1.1  joerg 
   5886      1.1  joerg /// Handle a builtin simple-assignment or a call to a trivial assignment
   5887      1.1  joerg /// operator whose left-hand side might involve a union member access. If it
   5888      1.1  joerg /// does, implicitly start the lifetime of any accessed union elements per
   5889      1.1  joerg /// C++20 [class.union]5.
   5890      1.1  joerg static bool HandleUnionActiveMemberChange(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *LHSExpr,
   5891      1.1  joerg                                           const LValue &LHS) {
   5892      1.1  joerg   if (LHS.InvalidBase || LHS.Designator.Invalid)
   5893      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5894      1.1  joerg 
   5895      1.1  joerg   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<unsigned, const FieldDecl*>, 4> UnionPathLengths;
   5896      1.1  joerg   // C++ [class.union]p5:
   5897      1.1  joerg   //   define the set S(E) of subexpressions of E as follows:
   5898      1.1  joerg   unsigned PathLength = LHS.Designator.Entries.size();
   5899      1.1  joerg   for (const Expr *E = LHSExpr; E != nullptr;) {
   5900      1.1  joerg     //   -- If E is of the form A.B, S(E) contains the elements of S(A)...
   5901      1.1  joerg     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
   5902      1.1  joerg       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
   5903      1.1  joerg       // Note that we can't implicitly start the lifetime of a reference,
   5904      1.1  joerg       // so we don't need to proceed any further if we reach one.
   5905      1.1  joerg       if (!FD || FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
   5906      1.1  joerg         break;
   5907      1.1  joerg 
   5908      1.1  joerg       //    ... and also contains A.B if B names a union member ...
   5909      1.1  joerg       if (FD->getParent()->isUnion()) {
   5910      1.1  joerg         //    ... of a non-class, non-array type, or of a class type with a
   5911      1.1  joerg         //    trivial default constructor that is not deleted, or an array of
   5912      1.1  joerg         //    such types.
   5913      1.1  joerg         auto *RD =
   5914      1.1  joerg             FD->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   5915      1.1  joerg         if (!RD || RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
   5916      1.1  joerg           UnionPathLengths.push_back({PathLength - 1, FD});
   5917      1.1  joerg       }
   5918      1.1  joerg 
   5919      1.1  joerg       E = ME->getBase();
   5920      1.1  joerg       --PathLength;
   5921      1.1  joerg       assert(declaresSameEntity(FD,
   5922      1.1  joerg                                 LHS.Designator.Entries[PathLength]
   5923      1.1  joerg                                     .getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer()));
   5924      1.1  joerg 
   5925      1.1  joerg       //   -- If E is of the form A[B] and is interpreted as a built-in array
   5926      1.1  joerg       //      subscripting operator, S(E) is [S(the array operand, if any)].
   5927      1.1  joerg     } else if (auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) {
   5928      1.1  joerg       // Step over an ArrayToPointerDecay implicit cast.
   5929      1.1  joerg       auto *Base = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit();
   5930      1.1  joerg       if (!Base->getType()->isArrayType())
   5931      1.1  joerg         break;
   5932      1.1  joerg 
   5933      1.1  joerg       E = Base;
   5934      1.1  joerg       --PathLength;
   5935      1.1  joerg 
   5936      1.1  joerg     } else if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
   5937      1.1  joerg       // Step over a derived-to-base conversion.
   5938      1.1  joerg       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
   5939      1.1  joerg       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
   5940      1.1  joerg         continue;
   5941      1.1  joerg       if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_DerivedToBase &&
   5942      1.1  joerg           ICE->getCastKind() != CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase)
   5943      1.1  joerg         break;
   5944      1.1  joerg       // Walk path backwards as we walk up from the base to the derived class.
   5945      1.1  joerg       for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Elt : llvm::reverse(ICE->path())) {
   5946      1.1  joerg         --PathLength;
   5947      1.1  joerg         (void)Elt;
   5948      1.1  joerg         assert(declaresSameEntity(Elt->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(),
   5949      1.1  joerg                                   LHS.Designator.Entries[PathLength]
   5950      1.1  joerg                                       .getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer()));
   5951      1.1  joerg       }
   5952      1.1  joerg 
   5953      1.1  joerg     //   -- Otherwise, S(E) is empty.
   5954      1.1  joerg     } else {
   5955      1.1  joerg       break;
   5956      1.1  joerg     }
   5957      1.1  joerg   }
   5958      1.1  joerg 
   5959      1.1  joerg   // Common case: no unions' lifetimes are started.
   5960      1.1  joerg   if (UnionPathLengths.empty())
   5961      1.1  joerg     return true;
   5962      1.1  joerg 
   5963      1.1  joerg   //   if modification of X [would access an inactive union member], an object
   5964      1.1  joerg   //   of the type of X is implicitly created
   5965      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject Obj =
   5966      1.1  joerg       findCompleteObject(Info, LHSExpr, AK_Assign, LHS, LHSExpr->getType());
   5967      1.1  joerg   if (!Obj)
   5968      1.1  joerg     return false;
   5969      1.1  joerg   for (std::pair<unsigned, const FieldDecl *> LengthAndField :
   5970      1.1  joerg            llvm::reverse(UnionPathLengths)) {
   5971      1.1  joerg     // Form a designator for the union object.
   5972      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator D = LHS.Designator;
   5973      1.1  joerg     D.truncate(Info.Ctx, LHS.Base, LengthAndField.first);
   5974      1.1  joerg 
   5975  1.1.1.2  joerg     bool DuringInit = Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(LHS.Base, D.Entries) ==
   5976  1.1.1.2  joerg                       ConstructionPhase::AfterBases;
   5977  1.1.1.2  joerg     StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler StartLifetime{
   5978  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info, LHSExpr, LengthAndField.second, DuringInit};
   5979      1.1  joerg     if (!findSubobject(Info, LHSExpr, Obj, D, StartLifetime))
   5980      1.1  joerg       return false;
   5981      1.1  joerg   }
   5982      1.1  joerg 
   5983      1.1  joerg   return true;
   5984      1.1  joerg }
   5985      1.1  joerg 
   5986  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool EvaluateCallArg(const ParmVarDecl *PVD, const Expr *Arg,
   5987  1.1.1.2  joerg                             CallRef Call, EvalInfo &Info,
   5988  1.1.1.2  joerg                             bool NonNull = false) {
   5989  1.1.1.2  joerg   LValue LV;
   5990  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Create the parameter slot and register its destruction. For a vararg
   5991  1.1.1.2  joerg   // argument, create a temporary.
   5992  1.1.1.2  joerg   // FIXME: For calling conventions that destroy parameters in the callee,
   5993  1.1.1.2  joerg   // should we consider performing destruction when the function returns
   5994  1.1.1.2  joerg   // instead?
   5995  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue &V = PVD ? Info.CurrentCall->createParam(Call, PVD, LV)
   5996  1.1.1.2  joerg                    : Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(Arg, Arg->getType(),
   5997  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                        ScopeKind::Call, LV);
   5998  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!EvaluateInPlace(V, Info, LV, Arg))
   5999  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   6000  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6001  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Passing a null pointer to an __attribute__((nonnull)) parameter results in
   6002  1.1.1.2  joerg   // undefined behavior, so is non-constant.
   6003  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (NonNull && V.isLValue() && V.isNullPointer()) {
   6004  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(Arg, diag::note_non_null_attribute_failed);
   6005      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6006      1.1  joerg   }
   6007      1.1  joerg 
   6008  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   6009      1.1  joerg }
   6010      1.1  joerg 
   6011  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Evaluate the arguments to a function call.
   6012  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool EvaluateArgs(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, CallRef Call,
   6013  1.1.1.2  joerg                          EvalInfo &Info, const FunctionDecl *Callee,
   6014  1.1.1.2  joerg                          bool RightToLeft = false) {
   6015      1.1  joerg   bool Success = true;
   6016      1.1  joerg   llvm::SmallBitVector ForbiddenNullArgs;
   6017      1.1  joerg   if (Callee->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
   6018      1.1  joerg     ForbiddenNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
   6019      1.1  joerg     for (const auto *Attr : Callee->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
   6020      1.1  joerg       if (!Attr->args_size()) {
   6021      1.1  joerg         ForbiddenNullArgs.set();
   6022      1.1  joerg         break;
   6023      1.1  joerg       } else
   6024      1.1  joerg         for (auto Idx : Attr->args()) {
   6025      1.1  joerg           unsigned ASTIdx = Idx.getASTIndex();
   6026      1.1  joerg           if (ASTIdx >= Args.size())
   6027      1.1  joerg             continue;
   6028      1.1  joerg           ForbiddenNullArgs[ASTIdx] = 1;
   6029      1.1  joerg         }
   6030      1.1  joerg     }
   6031      1.1  joerg   }
   6032  1.1.1.2  joerg   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Args.size(); I++) {
   6033  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned Idx = RightToLeft ? Args.size() - I - 1 : I;
   6034  1.1.1.2  joerg     const ParmVarDecl *PVD =
   6035  1.1.1.2  joerg         Idx < Callee->getNumParams() ? Callee->getParamDecl(Idx) : nullptr;
   6036  1.1.1.2  joerg     bool NonNull = !ForbiddenNullArgs.empty() && ForbiddenNullArgs[Idx];
   6037  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateCallArg(PVD, Args[Idx], Call, Info, NonNull)) {
   6038      1.1  joerg       // If we're checking for a potential constant expression, evaluate all
   6039      1.1  joerg       // initializers even if some of them fail.
   6040      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.noteFailure())
   6041      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6042      1.1  joerg       Success = false;
   6043      1.1  joerg     }
   6044      1.1  joerg   }
   6045      1.1  joerg   return Success;
   6046      1.1  joerg }
   6047      1.1  joerg 
   6048  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Perform a trivial copy from Param, which is the parameter of a copy or move
   6049  1.1.1.2  joerg /// constructor or assignment operator.
   6050  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool handleTrivialCopy(EvalInfo &Info, const ParmVarDecl *Param,
   6051  1.1.1.2  joerg                               const Expr *E, APValue &Result,
   6052  1.1.1.2  joerg                               bool CopyObjectRepresentation) {
   6053  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Find the reference argument.
   6054  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallStackFrame *Frame = Info.CurrentCall;
   6055  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue *RefValue = Info.getParamSlot(Frame->Arguments, Param);
   6056  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!RefValue) {
   6057  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E);
   6058  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   6059  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   6060  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6061  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Copy out the contents of the RHS object.
   6062  1.1.1.2  joerg   LValue RefLValue;
   6063  1.1.1.2  joerg   RefLValue.setFrom(Info.Ctx, *RefValue);
   6064  1.1.1.2  joerg   return handleLValueToRValueConversion(
   6065  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info, E, Param->getType().getNonReferenceType(), RefLValue, Result,
   6066  1.1.1.2  joerg       CopyObjectRepresentation);
   6067  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   6068  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6069      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate a function call.
   6070      1.1  joerg static bool HandleFunctionCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   6071      1.1  joerg                                const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This,
   6072  1.1.1.2  joerg                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, CallRef Call,
   6073  1.1.1.2  joerg                                const Stmt *Body, EvalInfo &Info,
   6074  1.1.1.2  joerg                                APValue &Result, const LValue *ResultSlot) {
   6075      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc))
   6076      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6077      1.1  joerg 
   6078  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, CallLoc, Callee, This, Call);
   6079      1.1  joerg 
   6080      1.1  joerg   // For a trivial copy or move assignment, perform an APValue copy. This is
   6081      1.1  joerg   // essential for unions, where the operations performed by the assignment
   6082      1.1  joerg   // operator cannot be represented as statements.
   6083      1.1  joerg   //
   6084      1.1  joerg   // Skip this for non-union classes with no fields; in that case, the defaulted
   6085      1.1  joerg   // copy/move does not actually read the object.
   6086      1.1  joerg   const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee);
   6087      1.1  joerg   if (MD && MD->isDefaulted() &&
   6088      1.1  joerg       (MD->getParent()->isUnion() ||
   6089  1.1.1.2  joerg        (MD->isTrivial() &&
   6090  1.1.1.2  joerg         isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(MD->getParent())))) {
   6091      1.1  joerg     assert(This &&
   6092      1.1  joerg            (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()));
   6093      1.1  joerg     APValue RHSValue;
   6094  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!handleTrivialCopy(Info, MD->getParamDecl(0), Args[0], RHSValue,
   6095  1.1.1.2  joerg                            MD->getParent()->isUnion()))
   6096      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6097  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && MD->isTrivial() &&
   6098      1.1  joerg         !HandleUnionActiveMemberChange(Info, Args[0], *This))
   6099      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6100      1.1  joerg     if (!handleAssignment(Info, Args[0], *This, MD->getThisType(),
   6101      1.1  joerg                           RHSValue))
   6102      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6103      1.1  joerg     This->moveInto(Result);
   6104      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6105      1.1  joerg   } else if (MD && isLambdaCallOperator(MD)) {
   6106      1.1  joerg     // We're in a lambda; determine the lambda capture field maps unless we're
   6107      1.1  joerg     // just constexpr checking a lambda's call operator. constexpr checking is
   6108      1.1  joerg     // done before the captures have been added to the closure object (unless
   6109      1.1  joerg     // we're inferring constexpr-ness), so we don't have access to them in this
   6110      1.1  joerg     // case. But since we don't need the captures to constexpr check, we can
   6111      1.1  joerg     // just ignore them.
   6112      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
   6113      1.1  joerg       MD->getParent()->getCaptureFields(Frame.LambdaCaptureFields,
   6114      1.1  joerg                                         Frame.LambdaThisCaptureField);
   6115      1.1  joerg   }
   6116      1.1  joerg 
   6117      1.1  joerg   StmtResult Ret = {Result, ResultSlot};
   6118      1.1  joerg   EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Body);
   6119      1.1  joerg   if (ESR == ESR_Succeeded) {
   6120      1.1  joerg     if (Callee->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
   6121      1.1  joerg       return true;
   6122      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(Callee->getEndLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_no_return);
   6123      1.1  joerg   }
   6124      1.1  joerg   return ESR == ESR_Returned;
   6125      1.1  joerg }
   6126      1.1  joerg 
   6127      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate a constructor call.
   6128      1.1  joerg static bool HandleConstructorCall(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
   6129  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   CallRef Call,
   6130      1.1  joerg                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Definition,
   6131      1.1  joerg                                   EvalInfo &Info, APValue &Result) {
   6132      1.1  joerg   SourceLocation CallLoc = E->getExprLoc();
   6133      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc))
   6134      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6135      1.1  joerg 
   6136      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Definition->getParent();
   6137      1.1  joerg   if (RD->getNumVBases()) {
   6138      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD;
   6139      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6140      1.1  joerg   }
   6141      1.1  joerg 
   6142      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo::EvaluatingConstructorRAII EvalObj(
   6143      1.1  joerg       Info,
   6144      1.1  joerg       ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries},
   6145      1.1  joerg       RD->getNumBases());
   6146  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, CallLoc, Definition, &This, Call);
   6147      1.1  joerg 
   6148      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Creating an APValue just to hold a nonexistent return value is
   6149      1.1  joerg   // wasteful.
   6150      1.1  joerg   APValue RetVal;
   6151      1.1  joerg   StmtResult Ret = {RetVal, nullptr};
   6152      1.1  joerg 
   6153      1.1  joerg   // If it's a delegating constructor, delegate.
   6154      1.1  joerg   if (Definition->isDelegatingConstructor()) {
   6155      1.1  joerg     CXXConstructorDecl::init_const_iterator I = Definition->init_begin();
   6156  1.1.1.2  joerg     if ((*I)->getInit()->isValueDependent()) {
   6157  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!EvaluateDependentExpr((*I)->getInit(), Info))
   6158  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   6159  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else {
   6160      1.1  joerg       FullExpressionRAII InitScope(Info);
   6161      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, This, (*I)->getInit()) ||
   6162      1.1  joerg           !InitScope.destroy())
   6163      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6164      1.1  joerg     }
   6165      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) != ESR_Failed;
   6166      1.1  joerg   }
   6167      1.1  joerg 
   6168      1.1  joerg   // For a trivial copy or move constructor, perform an APValue copy. This is
   6169      1.1  joerg   // essential for unions (or classes with anonymous union members), where the
   6170      1.1  joerg   // operations performed by the constructor cannot be represented by
   6171      1.1  joerg   // ctor-initializers.
   6172      1.1  joerg   //
   6173      1.1  joerg   // Skip this for empty non-union classes; we should not perform an
   6174      1.1  joerg   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on them because their copy constructor does not
   6175      1.1  joerg   // actually read them.
   6176      1.1  joerg   if (Definition->isDefaulted() && Definition->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
   6177      1.1  joerg       (Definition->getParent()->isUnion() ||
   6178  1.1.1.2  joerg        (Definition->isTrivial() &&
   6179  1.1.1.2  joerg         isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Definition->getParent())))) {
   6180  1.1.1.2  joerg     return handleTrivialCopy(Info, Definition->getParamDecl(0), E, Result,
   6181  1.1.1.2  joerg                              Definition->getParent()->isUnion());
   6182      1.1  joerg   }
   6183      1.1  joerg 
   6184      1.1  joerg   // Reserve space for the struct members.
   6185  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Result.hasValue()) {
   6186  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!RD->isUnion())
   6187  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), RD->getNumBases(),
   6188  1.1.1.2  joerg                        std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
   6189  1.1.1.2  joerg     else
   6190  1.1.1.2  joerg       // A union starts with no active member.
   6191  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result = APValue((const FieldDecl*)nullptr);
   6192  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   6193      1.1  joerg 
   6194      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   6195      1.1  joerg   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   6196      1.1  joerg 
   6197      1.1  joerg   // A scope for temporaries lifetime-extended by reference members.
   6198      1.1  joerg   BlockScopeRAII LifetimeExtendedScope(Info);
   6199      1.1  joerg 
   6200      1.1  joerg   bool Success = true;
   6201      1.1  joerg   unsigned BasesSeen = 0;
   6202      1.1  joerg #ifndef NDEBUG
   6203      1.1  joerg   CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator BaseIt = RD->bases_begin();
   6204      1.1  joerg #endif
   6205      1.1  joerg   CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator FieldIt = RD->field_begin();
   6206      1.1  joerg   auto SkipToField = [&](FieldDecl *FD, bool Indirect) {
   6207      1.1  joerg     // We might be initializing the same field again if this is an indirect
   6208      1.1  joerg     // field initialization.
   6209      1.1  joerg     if (FieldIt == RD->field_end() ||
   6210      1.1  joerg         FieldIt->getFieldIndex() > FD->getFieldIndex()) {
   6211      1.1  joerg       assert(Indirect && "fields out of order?");
   6212      1.1  joerg       return;
   6213      1.1  joerg     }
   6214      1.1  joerg 
   6215      1.1  joerg     // Default-initialize any fields with no explicit initializer.
   6216      1.1  joerg     for (; !declaresSameEntity(*FieldIt, FD); ++FieldIt) {
   6217      1.1  joerg       assert(FieldIt != RD->field_end() && "missing field?");
   6218      1.1  joerg       if (!FieldIt->isUnnamedBitfield())
   6219  1.1.1.2  joerg         Success &= getDefaultInitValue(
   6220  1.1.1.2  joerg             FieldIt->getType(),
   6221  1.1.1.2  joerg             Result.getStructField(FieldIt->getFieldIndex()));
   6222      1.1  joerg     }
   6223      1.1  joerg     ++FieldIt;
   6224      1.1  joerg   };
   6225      1.1  joerg   for (const auto *I : Definition->inits()) {
   6226      1.1  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   6227      1.1  joerg     LValue SubobjectParent = This;
   6228      1.1  joerg     APValue *Value = &Result;
   6229      1.1  joerg 
   6230      1.1  joerg     // Determine the subobject to initialize.
   6231      1.1  joerg     FieldDecl *FD = nullptr;
   6232      1.1  joerg     if (I->isBaseInitializer()) {
   6233      1.1  joerg       QualType BaseType(I->getBaseClass(), 0);
   6234      1.1  joerg #ifndef NDEBUG
   6235      1.1  joerg       // Non-virtual base classes are initialized in the order in the class
   6236      1.1  joerg       // definition. We have already checked for virtual base classes.
   6237      1.1  joerg       assert(!BaseIt->isVirtual() && "virtual base for literal type");
   6238      1.1  joerg       assert(Info.Ctx.hasSameType(BaseIt->getType(), BaseType) &&
   6239      1.1  joerg              "base class initializers not in expected order");
   6240      1.1  joerg       ++BaseIt;
   6241      1.1  joerg #endif
   6242      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, RD,
   6243      1.1  joerg                                   BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), &Layout))
   6244      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6245      1.1  joerg       Value = &Result.getStructBase(BasesSeen++);
   6246      1.1  joerg     } else if ((FD = I->getMember())) {
   6247      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, FD, &Layout))
   6248      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6249      1.1  joerg       if (RD->isUnion()) {
   6250      1.1  joerg         Result = APValue(FD);
   6251      1.1  joerg         Value = &Result.getUnionValue();
   6252      1.1  joerg       } else {
   6253      1.1  joerg         SkipToField(FD, false);
   6254      1.1  joerg         Value = &Result.getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex());
   6255      1.1  joerg       }
   6256      1.1  joerg     } else if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = I->getIndirectMember()) {
   6257      1.1  joerg       // Walk the indirect field decl's chain to find the object to initialize,
   6258      1.1  joerg       // and make sure we've initialized every step along it.
   6259      1.1  joerg       auto IndirectFieldChain = IFD->chain();
   6260      1.1  joerg       for (auto *C : IndirectFieldChain) {
   6261      1.1  joerg         FD = cast<FieldDecl>(C);
   6262      1.1  joerg         CXXRecordDecl *CD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getParent());
   6263      1.1  joerg         // Switch the union field if it differs. This happens if we had
   6264      1.1  joerg         // preceding zero-initialization, and we're now initializing a union
   6265      1.1  joerg         // subobject other than the first.
   6266      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: In this case, the values of the other subobjects are
   6267      1.1  joerg         // specified, since zero-initialization sets all padding bits to zero.
   6268      1.1  joerg         if (!Value->hasValue() ||
   6269      1.1  joerg             (Value->isUnion() && Value->getUnionField() != FD)) {
   6270      1.1  joerg           if (CD->isUnion())
   6271      1.1  joerg             *Value = APValue(FD);
   6272      1.1  joerg           else
   6273  1.1.1.2  joerg             // FIXME: This immediately starts the lifetime of all members of
   6274  1.1.1.2  joerg             // an anonymous struct. It would be preferable to strictly start
   6275  1.1.1.2  joerg             // member lifetime in initialization order.
   6276  1.1.1.2  joerg             Success &= getDefaultInitValue(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(CD), *Value);
   6277      1.1  joerg         }
   6278      1.1  joerg         // Store Subobject as its parent before updating it for the last element
   6279      1.1  joerg         // in the chain.
   6280      1.1  joerg         if (C == IndirectFieldChain.back())
   6281      1.1  joerg           SubobjectParent = Subobject;
   6282      1.1  joerg         if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, FD))
   6283      1.1  joerg           return false;
   6284      1.1  joerg         if (CD->isUnion())
   6285      1.1  joerg           Value = &Value->getUnionValue();
   6286      1.1  joerg         else {
   6287      1.1  joerg           if (C == IndirectFieldChain.front() && !RD->isUnion())
   6288      1.1  joerg             SkipToField(FD, true);
   6289      1.1  joerg           Value = &Value->getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex());
   6290      1.1  joerg         }
   6291      1.1  joerg       }
   6292      1.1  joerg     } else {
   6293      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("unknown base initializer kind");
   6294      1.1  joerg     }
   6295      1.1  joerg 
   6296      1.1  joerg     // Need to override This for implicit field initializers as in this case
   6297      1.1  joerg     // This refers to innermost anonymous struct/union containing initializer,
   6298      1.1  joerg     // not to currently constructed class.
   6299      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Init = I->getInit();
   6300  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
   6301  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!EvaluateDependentExpr(Init, Info))
   6302      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6303  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else {
   6304  1.1.1.2  joerg       ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &SubobjectParent,
   6305  1.1.1.2  joerg                                     isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(Init));
   6306  1.1.1.2  joerg       FullExpressionRAII InitScope(Info);
   6307  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Value, Info, Subobject, Init) ||
   6308  1.1.1.2  joerg           (FD && FD->isBitField() &&
   6309  1.1.1.2  joerg            !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, Init, *Value, FD))) {
   6310  1.1.1.2  joerg         // If we're checking for a potential constant expression, evaluate all
   6311  1.1.1.2  joerg         // initializers even if some of them fail.
   6312  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!Info.noteFailure())
   6313  1.1.1.2  joerg           return false;
   6314  1.1.1.2  joerg         Success = false;
   6315  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   6316      1.1  joerg     }
   6317      1.1  joerg 
   6318      1.1  joerg     // This is the point at which the dynamic type of the object becomes this
   6319      1.1  joerg     // class type.
   6320      1.1  joerg     if (I->isBaseInitializer() && BasesSeen == RD->getNumBases())
   6321      1.1  joerg       EvalObj.finishedConstructingBases();
   6322      1.1  joerg   }
   6323      1.1  joerg 
   6324      1.1  joerg   // Default-initialize any remaining fields.
   6325      1.1  joerg   if (!RD->isUnion()) {
   6326      1.1  joerg     for (; FieldIt != RD->field_end(); ++FieldIt) {
   6327      1.1  joerg       if (!FieldIt->isUnnamedBitfield())
   6328  1.1.1.2  joerg         Success &= getDefaultInitValue(
   6329  1.1.1.2  joerg             FieldIt->getType(),
   6330  1.1.1.2  joerg             Result.getStructField(FieldIt->getFieldIndex()));
   6331      1.1  joerg     }
   6332      1.1  joerg   }
   6333      1.1  joerg 
   6334  1.1.1.2  joerg   EvalObj.finishedConstructingFields();
   6335  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6336      1.1  joerg   return Success &&
   6337      1.1  joerg          EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) != ESR_Failed &&
   6338      1.1  joerg          LifetimeExtendedScope.destroy();
   6339      1.1  joerg }
   6340      1.1  joerg 
   6341      1.1  joerg static bool HandleConstructorCall(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
   6342      1.1  joerg                                   ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args,
   6343      1.1  joerg                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Definition,
   6344      1.1  joerg                                   EvalInfo &Info, APValue &Result) {
   6345  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallScopeRAII CallScope(Info);
   6346  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallRef Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(Definition);
   6347  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!EvaluateArgs(Args, Call, Info, Definition))
   6348      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6349      1.1  joerg 
   6350  1.1.1.2  joerg   return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Call, Definition, Info, Result) &&
   6351  1.1.1.2  joerg          CallScope.destroy();
   6352      1.1  joerg }
   6353      1.1  joerg 
   6354      1.1  joerg static bool HandleDestructionImpl(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
   6355      1.1  joerg                                   const LValue &This, APValue &Value,
   6356      1.1  joerg                                   QualType T) {
   6357      1.1  joerg   // Objects can only be destroyed while they're within their lifetimes.
   6358      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: We have no representation for whether an object of type nullptr_t
   6359      1.1  joerg   // is in its lifetime; it usually doesn't matter. Perhaps we should model it
   6360      1.1  joerg   // as indeterminate instead?
   6361      1.1  joerg   if (Value.isAbsent() && !T->isNullPtrType()) {
   6362      1.1  joerg     APValue Printable;
   6363      1.1  joerg     This.moveInto(Printable);
   6364      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_out_of_lifetime)
   6365      1.1  joerg       << Printable.getAsString(Info.Ctx, Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(T));
   6366      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6367      1.1  joerg   }
   6368      1.1  joerg 
   6369      1.1  joerg   // Invent an expression for location purposes.
   6370      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: We shouldn't need to do this.
   6371      1.1  joerg   OpaqueValueExpr LocE(CallLoc, Info.Ctx.IntTy, VK_RValue);
   6372      1.1  joerg 
   6373      1.1  joerg   // For arrays, destroy elements right-to-left.
   6374      1.1  joerg   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) {
   6375      1.1  joerg     uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
   6376      1.1  joerg     QualType ElemT = CAT->getElementType();
   6377      1.1  joerg 
   6378      1.1  joerg     LValue ElemLV = This;
   6379      1.1  joerg     ElemLV.addArray(Info, &LocE, CAT);
   6380      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, &LocE, ElemLV, ElemT, Size))
   6381      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6382      1.1  joerg 
   6383      1.1  joerg     // Ensure that we have actual array elements available to destroy; the
   6384      1.1  joerg     // destructors might mutate the value, so we can't run them on the array
   6385      1.1  joerg     // filler.
   6386      1.1  joerg     if (Size && Size > Value.getArrayInitializedElts())
   6387      1.1  joerg       expandArray(Value, Value.getArraySize() - 1);
   6388      1.1  joerg 
   6389      1.1  joerg     for (; Size != 0; --Size) {
   6390      1.1  joerg       APValue &Elem = Value.getArrayInitializedElt(Size - 1);
   6391      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, &LocE, ElemLV, ElemT, -1) ||
   6392      1.1  joerg           !HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallLoc, ElemLV, Elem, ElemT))
   6393      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6394      1.1  joerg     }
   6395      1.1  joerg 
   6396      1.1  joerg     // End the lifetime of this array now.
   6397      1.1  joerg     Value = APValue();
   6398      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6399      1.1  joerg   }
   6400      1.1  joerg 
   6401      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   6402      1.1  joerg   if (!RD) {
   6403      1.1  joerg     if (T.isDestructedType()) {
   6404      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_destruction) << T;
   6405      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6406      1.1  joerg     }
   6407      1.1  joerg 
   6408      1.1  joerg     Value = APValue();
   6409      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6410      1.1  joerg   }
   6411      1.1  joerg 
   6412      1.1  joerg   if (RD->getNumVBases()) {
   6413      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD;
   6414      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6415      1.1  joerg   }
   6416      1.1  joerg 
   6417      1.1  joerg   const CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
   6418      1.1  joerg   if (!DD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) {
   6419      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc);
   6420      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6421      1.1  joerg   }
   6422      1.1  joerg 
   6423      1.1  joerg   if (!DD || DD->isTrivial() ||
   6424      1.1  joerg       (RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && RD->isUnion())) {
   6425      1.1  joerg     // A trivial destructor just ends the lifetime of the object. Check for
   6426      1.1  joerg     // this case before checking for a body, because we might not bother
   6427      1.1  joerg     // building a body for a trivial destructor. Note that it doesn't matter
   6428      1.1  joerg     // whether the destructor is constexpr in this case; all trivial
   6429      1.1  joerg     // destructors are constexpr.
   6430      1.1  joerg     //
   6431      1.1  joerg     // If an anonymous union would be destroyed, some enclosing destructor must
   6432      1.1  joerg     // have been explicitly defined, and the anonymous union destruction should
   6433      1.1  joerg     // have no effect.
   6434      1.1  joerg     Value = APValue();
   6435      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6436      1.1  joerg   }
   6437      1.1  joerg 
   6438      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc))
   6439      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6440      1.1  joerg 
   6441      1.1  joerg   const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
   6442      1.1  joerg   const Stmt *Body = DD->getBody(Definition);
   6443      1.1  joerg 
   6444      1.1  joerg   if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, CallLoc, DD, Definition, Body))
   6445      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6446      1.1  joerg 
   6447  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, CallLoc, Definition, &This, CallRef());
   6448      1.1  joerg 
   6449      1.1  joerg   // We're now in the period of destruction of this object.
   6450      1.1  joerg   unsigned BasesLeft = RD->getNumBases();
   6451      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo::EvaluatingDestructorRAII EvalObj(
   6452      1.1  joerg       Info,
   6453      1.1  joerg       ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries});
   6454      1.1  joerg   if (!EvalObj.DidInsert) {
   6455      1.1  joerg     // C++2a [class.dtor]p19:
   6456      1.1  joerg     //   the behavior is undefined if the destructor is invoked for an object
   6457      1.1  joerg     //   whose lifetime has ended
   6458      1.1  joerg     // (Note that formally the lifetime ends when the period of destruction
   6459      1.1  joerg     // begins, even though certain uses of the object remain valid until the
   6460      1.1  joerg     // period of destruction ends.)
   6461      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_double_destroy);
   6462      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6463      1.1  joerg   }
   6464      1.1  joerg 
   6465      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Creating an APValue just to hold a nonexistent return value is
   6466      1.1  joerg   // wasteful.
   6467      1.1  joerg   APValue RetVal;
   6468      1.1  joerg   StmtResult Ret = {RetVal, nullptr};
   6469      1.1  joerg   if (EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) == ESR_Failed)
   6470      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6471      1.1  joerg 
   6472      1.1  joerg   // A union destructor does not implicitly destroy its members.
   6473      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isUnion())
   6474      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6475      1.1  joerg 
   6476      1.1  joerg   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   6477      1.1  joerg 
   6478      1.1  joerg   // We don't have a good way to iterate fields in reverse, so collect all the
   6479      1.1  joerg   // fields first and then walk them backwards.
   6480      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 16> Fields(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end());
   6481      1.1  joerg   for (const FieldDecl *FD : llvm::reverse(Fields)) {
   6482      1.1  joerg     if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
   6483      1.1  joerg       continue;
   6484      1.1  joerg 
   6485      1.1  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   6486      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, &LocE, Subobject, FD, &Layout))
   6487      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6488      1.1  joerg 
   6489      1.1  joerg     APValue *SubobjectValue = &Value.getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex());
   6490      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallLoc, Subobject, *SubobjectValue,
   6491      1.1  joerg                                FD->getType()))
   6492      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6493      1.1  joerg   }
   6494      1.1  joerg 
   6495      1.1  joerg   if (BasesLeft != 0)
   6496      1.1  joerg     EvalObj.startedDestroyingBases();
   6497      1.1  joerg 
   6498      1.1  joerg   // Destroy base classes in reverse order.
   6499      1.1  joerg   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base : llvm::reverse(RD->bases())) {
   6500      1.1  joerg     --BasesLeft;
   6501      1.1  joerg 
   6502      1.1  joerg     QualType BaseType = Base.getType();
   6503      1.1  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   6504      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, &LocE, Subobject, RD,
   6505      1.1  joerg                                 BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), &Layout))
   6506      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6507      1.1  joerg 
   6508      1.1  joerg     APValue *SubobjectValue = &Value.getStructBase(BasesLeft);
   6509      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallLoc, Subobject, *SubobjectValue,
   6510      1.1  joerg                                BaseType))
   6511      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6512      1.1  joerg   }
   6513      1.1  joerg   assert(BasesLeft == 0 && "NumBases was wrong?");
   6514      1.1  joerg 
   6515      1.1  joerg   // The period of destruction ends now. The object is gone.
   6516      1.1  joerg   Value = APValue();
   6517      1.1  joerg   return true;
   6518      1.1  joerg }
   6519      1.1  joerg 
   6520      1.1  joerg namespace {
   6521      1.1  joerg struct DestroyObjectHandler {
   6522      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   6523      1.1  joerg   const Expr *E;
   6524      1.1  joerg   const LValue &This;
   6525      1.1  joerg   const AccessKinds AccessKind;
   6526      1.1  joerg 
   6527      1.1  joerg   typedef bool result_type;
   6528      1.1  joerg   bool failed() { return false; }
   6529      1.1  joerg   bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   6530      1.1  joerg     return HandleDestructionImpl(Info, E->getExprLoc(), This, Subobj,
   6531      1.1  joerg                                  SubobjType);
   6532      1.1  joerg   }
   6533      1.1  joerg   bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   6534      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_complex_elem);
   6535      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6536      1.1  joerg   }
   6537      1.1  joerg   bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   6538      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_complex_elem);
   6539      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6540      1.1  joerg   }
   6541      1.1  joerg };
   6542      1.1  joerg }
   6543      1.1  joerg 
   6544      1.1  joerg /// Perform a destructor or pseudo-destructor call on the given object, which
   6545      1.1  joerg /// might in general not be a complete object.
   6546      1.1  joerg static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   6547      1.1  joerg                               const LValue &This, QualType ThisType) {
   6548      1.1  joerg   CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Destroy, This, ThisType);
   6549      1.1  joerg   DestroyObjectHandler Handler = {Info, E, This, AK_Destroy};
   6550      1.1  joerg   return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, This.Designator, Handler);
   6551      1.1  joerg }
   6552      1.1  joerg 
   6553      1.1  joerg /// Destroy and end the lifetime of the given complete object.
   6554      1.1  joerg static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
   6555      1.1  joerg                               APValue::LValueBase LVBase, APValue &Value,
   6556      1.1  joerg                               QualType T) {
   6557      1.1  joerg   // If we've had an unmodeled side-effect, we can't rely on mutable state
   6558      1.1  joerg   // (such as the object we're about to destroy) being correct.
   6559      1.1  joerg   if (Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects)
   6560      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6561      1.1  joerg 
   6562      1.1  joerg   LValue LV;
   6563      1.1  joerg   LV.set({LVBase});
   6564      1.1  joerg   return HandleDestructionImpl(Info, Loc, LV, Value, T);
   6565      1.1  joerg }
   6566      1.1  joerg 
   6567      1.1  joerg /// Perform a call to 'perator new' or to `__builtin_operator_new'.
   6568      1.1  joerg static bool HandleOperatorNewCall(EvalInfo &Info, const CallExpr *E,
   6569      1.1  joerg                                   LValue &Result) {
   6570      1.1  joerg   if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
   6571      1.1  joerg       Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
   6572      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6573      1.1  joerg 
   6574      1.1  joerg   // This is permitted only within a call to std::allocator<T>::allocate.
   6575      1.1  joerg   auto Caller = Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("allocate");
   6576      1.1  joerg   if (!Caller) {
   6577  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(), Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
   6578      1.1  joerg                                      ? diag::note_constexpr_new_untyped
   6579      1.1  joerg                                      : diag::note_constexpr_new);
   6580      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6581      1.1  joerg   }
   6582      1.1  joerg 
   6583      1.1  joerg   QualType ElemType = Caller.ElemType;
   6584      1.1  joerg   if (ElemType->isIncompleteType() || ElemType->isFunctionType()) {
   6585      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(),
   6586      1.1  joerg                 diag::note_constexpr_new_not_complete_object_type)
   6587      1.1  joerg         << (ElemType->isIncompleteType() ? 0 : 1) << ElemType;
   6588      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6589      1.1  joerg   }
   6590      1.1  joerg 
   6591      1.1  joerg   APSInt ByteSize;
   6592      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), ByteSize, Info))
   6593      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6594      1.1  joerg   bool IsNothrow = false;
   6595      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = 1, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
   6596      1.1  joerg     EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getArg(I));
   6597      1.1  joerg     IsNothrow |= E->getType()->isNothrowT();
   6598      1.1  joerg   }
   6599      1.1  joerg 
   6600      1.1  joerg   CharUnits ElemSize;
   6601      1.1  joerg   if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), ElemType, ElemSize))
   6602      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6603      1.1  joerg   APInt Size, Remainder;
   6604      1.1  joerg   APInt ElemSizeAP(ByteSize.getBitWidth(), ElemSize.getQuantity());
   6605      1.1  joerg   APInt::udivrem(ByteSize, ElemSizeAP, Size, Remainder);
   6606      1.1  joerg   if (Remainder != 0) {
   6607      1.1  joerg     // This likely indicates a bug in the implementation of 'std::allocator'.
   6608      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_operator_new_bad_size)
   6609      1.1  joerg         << ByteSize << APSInt(ElemSizeAP, true) << ElemType;
   6610      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6611      1.1  joerg   }
   6612      1.1  joerg 
   6613      1.1  joerg   if (ByteSize.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Info.Ctx)) {
   6614      1.1  joerg     if (IsNothrow) {
   6615      1.1  joerg       Result.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType());
   6616      1.1  joerg       return true;
   6617      1.1  joerg     }
   6618      1.1  joerg 
   6619      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_large) << APSInt(Size, true);
   6620      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6621      1.1  joerg   }
   6622      1.1  joerg 
   6623      1.1  joerg   QualType AllocType = Info.Ctx.getConstantArrayType(ElemType, Size, nullptr,
   6624      1.1  joerg                                                      ArrayType::Normal, 0);
   6625      1.1  joerg   APValue *Val = Info.createHeapAlloc(E, AllocType, Result);
   6626      1.1  joerg   *Val = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, Size.getZExtValue());
   6627      1.1  joerg   Result.addArray(Info, E, cast<ConstantArrayType>(AllocType));
   6628      1.1  joerg   return true;
   6629      1.1  joerg }
   6630      1.1  joerg 
   6631      1.1  joerg static bool hasVirtualDestructor(QualType T) {
   6632      1.1  joerg   if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
   6633      1.1  joerg     if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor())
   6634      1.1  joerg       return DD->isVirtual();
   6635      1.1  joerg   return false;
   6636      1.1  joerg }
   6637      1.1  joerg 
   6638      1.1  joerg static const FunctionDecl *getVirtualOperatorDelete(QualType T) {
   6639      1.1  joerg   if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
   6640      1.1  joerg     if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor())
   6641      1.1  joerg       return DD->isVirtual() ? DD->getOperatorDelete() : nullptr;
   6642      1.1  joerg   return nullptr;
   6643      1.1  joerg }
   6644      1.1  joerg 
   6645      1.1  joerg /// Check that the given object is a suitable pointer to a heap allocation that
   6646      1.1  joerg /// still exists and is of the right kind for the purpose of a deletion.
   6647      1.1  joerg ///
   6648      1.1  joerg /// On success, returns the heap allocation to deallocate. On failure, produces
   6649      1.1  joerg /// a diagnostic and returns None.
   6650      1.1  joerg static Optional<DynAlloc *> CheckDeleteKind(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   6651      1.1  joerg                                             const LValue &Pointer,
   6652      1.1  joerg                                             DynAlloc::Kind DeallocKind) {
   6653      1.1  joerg   auto PointerAsString = [&] {
   6654      1.1  joerg     return Pointer.toString(Info.Ctx, Info.Ctx.VoidPtrTy);
   6655      1.1  joerg   };
   6656      1.1  joerg 
   6657      1.1  joerg   DynamicAllocLValue DA = Pointer.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>();
   6658      1.1  joerg   if (!DA) {
   6659      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_not_heap_alloc)
   6660      1.1  joerg         << PointerAsString();
   6661      1.1  joerg     if (Pointer.Base)
   6662      1.1  joerg       NoteLValueLocation(Info, Pointer.Base);
   6663      1.1  joerg     return None;
   6664      1.1  joerg   }
   6665      1.1  joerg 
   6666      1.1  joerg   Optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA);
   6667      1.1  joerg   if (!Alloc) {
   6668      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_double_delete);
   6669      1.1  joerg     return None;
   6670      1.1  joerg   }
   6671      1.1  joerg 
   6672      1.1  joerg   QualType AllocType = Pointer.Base.getDynamicAllocType();
   6673      1.1  joerg   if (DeallocKind != (*Alloc)->getKind()) {
   6674      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_delete_mismatch)
   6675      1.1  joerg         << DeallocKind << (*Alloc)->getKind() << AllocType;
   6676      1.1  joerg     NoteLValueLocation(Info, Pointer.Base);
   6677      1.1  joerg     return None;
   6678      1.1  joerg   }
   6679      1.1  joerg 
   6680      1.1  joerg   bool Subobject = false;
   6681      1.1  joerg   if (DeallocKind == DynAlloc::New) {
   6682      1.1  joerg     Subobject = Pointer.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength != 0 ||
   6683      1.1  joerg                 Pointer.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd();
   6684      1.1  joerg   } else {
   6685      1.1  joerg     Subobject = Pointer.Designator.Entries.size() != 1 ||
   6686      1.1  joerg                 Pointer.Designator.Entries[0].getAsArrayIndex() != 0;
   6687      1.1  joerg   }
   6688      1.1  joerg   if (Subobject) {
   6689      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_subobject)
   6690      1.1  joerg         << PointerAsString() << Pointer.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd();
   6691      1.1  joerg     return None;
   6692      1.1  joerg   }
   6693      1.1  joerg 
   6694      1.1  joerg   return Alloc;
   6695      1.1  joerg }
   6696      1.1  joerg 
   6697      1.1  joerg // Perform a call to 'operator delete' or '__builtin_operator_delete'.
   6698      1.1  joerg bool HandleOperatorDeleteCall(EvalInfo &Info, const CallExpr *E) {
   6699      1.1  joerg   if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
   6700      1.1  joerg       Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
   6701      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6702      1.1  joerg 
   6703      1.1  joerg   // This is permitted only within a call to std::allocator<T>::deallocate.
   6704      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("deallocate")) {
   6705      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc());
   6706      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6707      1.1  joerg   }
   6708      1.1  joerg 
   6709      1.1  joerg   LValue Pointer;
   6710      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Pointer, Info))
   6711      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6712      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = 1, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
   6713      1.1  joerg     EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getArg(I));
   6714      1.1  joerg 
   6715      1.1  joerg   if (Pointer.Designator.Invalid)
   6716      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6717      1.1  joerg 
   6718  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Deleting a null pointer would have no effect, but it's not permitted by
   6719  1.1.1.2  joerg   // std::allocator<T>::deallocate's contract.
   6720  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Pointer.isNullPointer()) {
   6721  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_deallocate_null);
   6722      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6723  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   6724      1.1  joerg 
   6725      1.1  joerg   if (!CheckDeleteKind(Info, E, Pointer, DynAlloc::StdAllocator))
   6726      1.1  joerg     return false;
   6727      1.1  joerg 
   6728      1.1  joerg   Info.HeapAllocs.erase(Pointer.Base.get<DynamicAllocLValue>());
   6729      1.1  joerg   return true;
   6730      1.1  joerg }
   6731      1.1  joerg 
   6732      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   6733      1.1  joerg // Generic Evaluation
   6734      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   6735      1.1  joerg namespace {
   6736      1.1  joerg 
   6737      1.1  joerg class BitCastBuffer {
   6738      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: We're going to need bit-level granularity when we support
   6739      1.1  joerg   // bit-fields.
   6740      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Its possible under the C++ standard for 'char' to not be 8 bits, but
   6741      1.1  joerg   // we don't support a host or target where that is the case. Still, we should
   6742      1.1  joerg   // use a more generic type in case we ever do.
   6743      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<Optional<unsigned char>, 32> Bytes;
   6744      1.1  joerg 
   6745      1.1  joerg   static_assert(std::numeric_limits<unsigned char>::digits >= 8,
   6746      1.1  joerg                 "Need at least 8 bit unsigned char");
   6747      1.1  joerg 
   6748      1.1  joerg   bool TargetIsLittleEndian;
   6749      1.1  joerg 
   6750      1.1  joerg public:
   6751      1.1  joerg   BitCastBuffer(CharUnits Width, bool TargetIsLittleEndian)
   6752      1.1  joerg       : Bytes(Width.getQuantity()),
   6753      1.1  joerg         TargetIsLittleEndian(TargetIsLittleEndian) {}
   6754      1.1  joerg 
   6755      1.1  joerg   LLVM_NODISCARD
   6756      1.1  joerg   bool readObject(CharUnits Offset, CharUnits Width,
   6757      1.1  joerg                   SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Output) const {
   6758      1.1  joerg     for (CharUnits I = Offset, E = Offset + Width; I != E; ++I) {
   6759      1.1  joerg       // If a byte of an integer is uninitialized, then the whole integer is
   6760      1.1  joerg       // uninitalized.
   6761      1.1  joerg       if (!Bytes[I.getQuantity()])
   6762      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6763      1.1  joerg       Output.push_back(*Bytes[I.getQuantity()]);
   6764      1.1  joerg     }
   6765      1.1  joerg     if (llvm::sys::IsLittleEndianHost != TargetIsLittleEndian)
   6766      1.1  joerg       std::reverse(Output.begin(), Output.end());
   6767      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6768      1.1  joerg   }
   6769      1.1  joerg 
   6770      1.1  joerg   void writeObject(CharUnits Offset, SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Input) {
   6771      1.1  joerg     if (llvm::sys::IsLittleEndianHost != TargetIsLittleEndian)
   6772      1.1  joerg       std::reverse(Input.begin(), Input.end());
   6773      1.1  joerg 
   6774      1.1  joerg     size_t Index = 0;
   6775      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned char Byte : Input) {
   6776      1.1  joerg       assert(!Bytes[Offset.getQuantity() + Index] && "overwriting a byte?");
   6777      1.1  joerg       Bytes[Offset.getQuantity() + Index] = Byte;
   6778      1.1  joerg       ++Index;
   6779      1.1  joerg     }
   6780      1.1  joerg   }
   6781      1.1  joerg 
   6782      1.1  joerg   size_t size() { return Bytes.size(); }
   6783      1.1  joerg };
   6784      1.1  joerg 
   6785      1.1  joerg /// Traverse an APValue to produce an BitCastBuffer, emulating how the current
   6786      1.1  joerg /// target would represent the value at runtime.
   6787      1.1  joerg class APValueToBufferConverter {
   6788      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   6789      1.1  joerg   BitCastBuffer Buffer;
   6790      1.1  joerg   const CastExpr *BCE;
   6791      1.1  joerg 
   6792      1.1  joerg   APValueToBufferConverter(EvalInfo &Info, CharUnits ObjectWidth,
   6793      1.1  joerg                            const CastExpr *BCE)
   6794      1.1  joerg       : Info(Info),
   6795      1.1  joerg         Buffer(ObjectWidth, Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isLittleEndian()),
   6796      1.1  joerg         BCE(BCE) {}
   6797      1.1  joerg 
   6798      1.1  joerg   bool visit(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty) {
   6799      1.1  joerg     return visit(Val, Ty, CharUnits::fromQuantity(0));
   6800      1.1  joerg   }
   6801      1.1  joerg 
   6802      1.1  joerg   // Write out Val with type Ty into Buffer starting at Offset.
   6803      1.1  joerg   bool visit(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   6804      1.1  joerg     assert((size_t)Offset.getQuantity() <= Buffer.size());
   6805      1.1  joerg 
   6806      1.1  joerg     // As a special case, nullptr_t has an indeterminate value.
   6807      1.1  joerg     if (Ty->isNullPtrType())
   6808      1.1  joerg       return true;
   6809      1.1  joerg 
   6810      1.1  joerg     // Dig through Src to find the byte at SrcOffset.
   6811      1.1  joerg     switch (Val.getKind()) {
   6812      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Indeterminate:
   6813      1.1  joerg     case APValue::None:
   6814      1.1  joerg       return true;
   6815      1.1  joerg 
   6816      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Int:
   6817      1.1  joerg       return visitInt(Val.getInt(), Ty, Offset);
   6818      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Float:
   6819      1.1  joerg       return visitFloat(Val.getFloat(), Ty, Offset);
   6820      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Array:
   6821      1.1  joerg       return visitArray(Val, Ty, Offset);
   6822      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Struct:
   6823      1.1  joerg       return visitRecord(Val, Ty, Offset);
   6824      1.1  joerg 
   6825      1.1  joerg     case APValue::ComplexInt:
   6826      1.1  joerg     case APValue::ComplexFloat:
   6827      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Vector:
   6828      1.1  joerg     case APValue::FixedPoint:
   6829      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: We should support these.
   6830      1.1  joerg 
   6831      1.1  joerg     case APValue::Union:
   6832      1.1  joerg     case APValue::MemberPointer:
   6833      1.1  joerg     case APValue::AddrLabelDiff: {
   6834      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
   6835      1.1  joerg                   diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_type)
   6836      1.1  joerg           << Ty;
   6837      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6838      1.1  joerg     }
   6839      1.1  joerg 
   6840      1.1  joerg     case APValue::LValue:
   6841      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("LValue subobject in bit_cast?");
   6842      1.1  joerg     }
   6843      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("Unhandled APValue::ValueKind");
   6844      1.1  joerg   }
   6845      1.1  joerg 
   6846      1.1  joerg   bool visitRecord(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   6847      1.1  joerg     const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsRecordDecl();
   6848      1.1  joerg     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   6849      1.1  joerg 
   6850      1.1  joerg     // Visit the base classes.
   6851      1.1  joerg     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
   6852      1.1  joerg       for (size_t I = 0, E = CXXRD->getNumBases(); I != E; ++I) {
   6853      1.1  joerg         const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS = CXXRD->bases_begin()[I];
   6854      1.1  joerg         CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   6855      1.1  joerg 
   6856      1.1  joerg         if (!visitRecord(Val.getStructBase(I), BS.getType(),
   6857      1.1  joerg                          Layout.getBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl) + Offset))
   6858      1.1  joerg           return false;
   6859      1.1  joerg       }
   6860      1.1  joerg     }
   6861      1.1  joerg 
   6862      1.1  joerg     // Visit the fields.
   6863      1.1  joerg     unsigned FieldIdx = 0;
   6864      1.1  joerg     for (FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) {
   6865      1.1  joerg       if (FD->isBitField()) {
   6866      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
   6867      1.1  joerg                     diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_bitfield);
   6868      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6869      1.1  joerg       }
   6870      1.1  joerg 
   6871      1.1  joerg       uint64_t FieldOffsetBits = Layout.getFieldOffset(FieldIdx);
   6872      1.1  joerg 
   6873      1.1  joerg       assert(FieldOffsetBits % Info.Ctx.getCharWidth() == 0 &&
   6874      1.1  joerg              "only bit-fields can have sub-char alignment");
   6875      1.1  joerg       CharUnits FieldOffset =
   6876      1.1  joerg           Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(FieldOffsetBits) + Offset;
   6877      1.1  joerg       QualType FieldTy = FD->getType();
   6878      1.1  joerg       if (!visit(Val.getStructField(FieldIdx), FieldTy, FieldOffset))
   6879      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6880      1.1  joerg       ++FieldIdx;
   6881      1.1  joerg     }
   6882      1.1  joerg 
   6883      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6884      1.1  joerg   }
   6885      1.1  joerg 
   6886      1.1  joerg   bool visitArray(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   6887      1.1  joerg     const auto *CAT =
   6888      1.1  joerg         dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
   6889      1.1  joerg     if (!CAT)
   6890      1.1  joerg       return false;
   6891      1.1  joerg 
   6892      1.1  joerg     CharUnits ElemWidth = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(CAT->getElementType());
   6893      1.1  joerg     unsigned NumInitializedElts = Val.getArrayInitializedElts();
   6894      1.1  joerg     unsigned ArraySize = Val.getArraySize();
   6895      1.1  joerg     // First, initialize the initialized elements.
   6896      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumInitializedElts; ++I) {
   6897      1.1  joerg       const APValue &SubObj = Val.getArrayInitializedElt(I);
   6898      1.1  joerg       if (!visit(SubObj, CAT->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElemWidth))
   6899      1.1  joerg         return false;
   6900      1.1  joerg     }
   6901      1.1  joerg 
   6902      1.1  joerg     // Next, initialize the rest of the array using the filler.
   6903      1.1  joerg     if (Val.hasArrayFiller()) {
   6904      1.1  joerg       const APValue &Filler = Val.getArrayFiller();
   6905      1.1  joerg       for (unsigned I = NumInitializedElts; I != ArraySize; ++I) {
   6906      1.1  joerg         if (!visit(Filler, CAT->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElemWidth))
   6907      1.1  joerg           return false;
   6908      1.1  joerg       }
   6909      1.1  joerg     }
   6910      1.1  joerg 
   6911      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6912      1.1  joerg   }
   6913      1.1  joerg 
   6914      1.1  joerg   bool visitInt(const APSInt &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   6915  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt AdjustedVal = Val;
   6916  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned Width = AdjustedVal.getBitWidth();
   6917  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Ty->isBooleanType()) {
   6918  1.1.1.2  joerg       Width = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty);
   6919  1.1.1.2  joerg       AdjustedVal = AdjustedVal.extend(Width);
   6920  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   6921  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6922  1.1.1.2  joerg     SmallVector<unsigned char, 8> Bytes(Width / 8);
   6923  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm::StoreIntToMemory(AdjustedVal, &*Bytes.begin(), Width / 8);
   6924      1.1  joerg     Buffer.writeObject(Offset, Bytes);
   6925      1.1  joerg     return true;
   6926      1.1  joerg   }
   6927      1.1  joerg 
   6928      1.1  joerg   bool visitFloat(const APFloat &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   6929      1.1  joerg     APSInt AsInt(Val.bitcastToAPInt());
   6930      1.1  joerg     return visitInt(AsInt, Ty, Offset);
   6931      1.1  joerg   }
   6932      1.1  joerg 
   6933      1.1  joerg public:
   6934      1.1  joerg   static Optional<BitCastBuffer> convert(EvalInfo &Info, const APValue &Src,
   6935      1.1  joerg                                          const CastExpr *BCE) {
   6936      1.1  joerg     CharUnits DstSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(BCE->getType());
   6937      1.1  joerg     APValueToBufferConverter Converter(Info, DstSize, BCE);
   6938      1.1  joerg     if (!Converter.visit(Src, BCE->getSubExpr()->getType()))
   6939      1.1  joerg       return None;
   6940      1.1  joerg     return Converter.Buffer;
   6941      1.1  joerg   }
   6942      1.1  joerg };
   6943      1.1  joerg 
   6944      1.1  joerg /// Write an BitCastBuffer into an APValue.
   6945      1.1  joerg class BufferToAPValueConverter {
   6946      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   6947      1.1  joerg   const BitCastBuffer &Buffer;
   6948      1.1  joerg   const CastExpr *BCE;
   6949      1.1  joerg 
   6950      1.1  joerg   BufferToAPValueConverter(EvalInfo &Info, const BitCastBuffer &Buffer,
   6951      1.1  joerg                            const CastExpr *BCE)
   6952      1.1  joerg       : Info(Info), Buffer(Buffer), BCE(BCE) {}
   6953      1.1  joerg 
   6954      1.1  joerg   // Emit an unsupported bit_cast type error. Sema refuses to build a bit_cast
   6955      1.1  joerg   // with an invalid type, so anything left is a deficiency on our part (FIXME).
   6956      1.1  joerg   // Ideally this will be unreachable.
   6957      1.1  joerg   llvm::NoneType unsupportedType(QualType Ty) {
   6958      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
   6959      1.1  joerg                 diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_type)
   6960      1.1  joerg         << Ty;
   6961      1.1  joerg     return None;
   6962      1.1  joerg   }
   6963      1.1  joerg 
   6964  1.1.1.2  joerg   llvm::NoneType unrepresentableValue(QualType Ty, const APSInt &Val) {
   6965  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
   6966  1.1.1.2  joerg                 diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unrepresentable_value)
   6967  1.1.1.2  joerg         << Ty << Val.toString(/*Radix=*/10);
   6968  1.1.1.2  joerg     return None;
   6969  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   6970  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6971      1.1  joerg   Optional<APValue> visit(const BuiltinType *T, CharUnits Offset,
   6972      1.1  joerg                           const EnumType *EnumSugar = nullptr) {
   6973      1.1  joerg     if (T->isNullPtrType()) {
   6974      1.1  joerg       uint64_t NullValue = Info.Ctx.getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType(T, 0));
   6975      1.1  joerg       return APValue((Expr *)nullptr,
   6976      1.1  joerg                      /*Offset=*/CharUnits::fromQuantity(NullValue),
   6977      1.1  joerg                      APValue::NoLValuePath{}, /*IsNullPtr=*/true);
   6978      1.1  joerg     }
   6979      1.1  joerg 
   6980      1.1  joerg     CharUnits SizeOf = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(T);
   6981  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6982  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Work around floating point types that contain unused padding bytes. This
   6983  1.1.1.2  joerg     // is really just `long double` on x86, which is the only fundamental type
   6984  1.1.1.2  joerg     // with padding bytes.
   6985  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (T->isRealFloatingType()) {
   6986  1.1.1.2  joerg       const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics =
   6987  1.1.1.2  joerg           Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(T, 0));
   6988  1.1.1.2  joerg       unsigned NumBits = llvm::APFloatBase::getSizeInBits(Semantics);
   6989  1.1.1.2  joerg       assert(NumBits % 8 == 0);
   6990  1.1.1.2  joerg       CharUnits NumBytes = CharUnits::fromQuantity(NumBits / 8);
   6991  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (NumBytes != SizeOf)
   6992  1.1.1.2  joerg         SizeOf = NumBytes;
   6993  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   6994  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   6995      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<uint8_t, 8> Bytes;
   6996      1.1  joerg     if (!Buffer.readObject(Offset, SizeOf, Bytes)) {
   6997      1.1  joerg       // If this is std::byte or unsigned char, then its okay to store an
   6998      1.1  joerg       // indeterminate value.
   6999      1.1  joerg       bool IsStdByte = EnumSugar && EnumSugar->isStdByteType();
   7000      1.1  joerg       bool IsUChar =
   7001      1.1  joerg           !EnumSugar && (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UChar) ||
   7002      1.1  joerg                          T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U));
   7003      1.1  joerg       if (!IsStdByte && !IsUChar) {
   7004      1.1  joerg         QualType DisplayType(EnumSugar ? (const Type *)EnumSugar : T, 0);
   7005      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(BCE->getExprLoc(),
   7006      1.1  joerg                     diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_indet_dest)
   7007      1.1  joerg             << DisplayType << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned;
   7008      1.1  joerg         return None;
   7009      1.1  joerg       }
   7010      1.1  joerg 
   7011      1.1  joerg       return APValue::IndeterminateValue();
   7012      1.1  joerg     }
   7013      1.1  joerg 
   7014      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val(SizeOf.getQuantity() * Info.Ctx.getCharWidth(), true);
   7015      1.1  joerg     llvm::LoadIntFromMemory(Val, &*Bytes.begin(), Bytes.size());
   7016      1.1  joerg 
   7017      1.1  joerg     if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
   7018      1.1  joerg       Val.setIsSigned(T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   7019  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7020  1.1.1.2  joerg       unsigned IntWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0));
   7021  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (IntWidth != Val.getBitWidth()) {
   7022  1.1.1.2  joerg         APSInt Truncated = Val.trunc(IntWidth);
   7023  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (Truncated.extend(Val.getBitWidth()) != Val)
   7024  1.1.1.2  joerg           return unrepresentableValue(QualType(T, 0), Val);
   7025  1.1.1.2  joerg         Val = Truncated;
   7026  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   7027  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7028      1.1  joerg       return APValue(Val);
   7029      1.1  joerg     }
   7030      1.1  joerg 
   7031      1.1  joerg     if (T->isRealFloatingType()) {
   7032      1.1  joerg       const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics =
   7033      1.1  joerg           Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(T, 0));
   7034      1.1  joerg       return APValue(APFloat(Semantics, Val));
   7035      1.1  joerg     }
   7036      1.1  joerg 
   7037      1.1  joerg     return unsupportedType(QualType(T, 0));
   7038      1.1  joerg   }
   7039      1.1  joerg 
   7040      1.1  joerg   Optional<APValue> visit(const RecordType *RTy, CharUnits Offset) {
   7041      1.1  joerg     const RecordDecl *RD = RTy->getAsRecordDecl();
   7042      1.1  joerg     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   7043      1.1  joerg 
   7044      1.1  joerg     unsigned NumBases = 0;
   7045      1.1  joerg     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
   7046      1.1  joerg       NumBases = CXXRD->getNumBases();
   7047      1.1  joerg 
   7048      1.1  joerg     APValue ResultVal(APValue::UninitStruct(), NumBases,
   7049      1.1  joerg                       std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
   7050      1.1  joerg 
   7051      1.1  joerg     // Visit the base classes.
   7052      1.1  joerg     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
   7053      1.1  joerg       for (size_t I = 0, E = CXXRD->getNumBases(); I != E; ++I) {
   7054      1.1  joerg         const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS = CXXRD->bases_begin()[I];
   7055      1.1  joerg         CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   7056      1.1  joerg         if (BaseDecl->isEmpty() ||
   7057      1.1  joerg             Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(BaseDecl).getNonVirtualSize().isZero())
   7058      1.1  joerg           continue;
   7059      1.1  joerg 
   7060      1.1  joerg         Optional<APValue> SubObj = visitType(
   7061      1.1  joerg             BS.getType(), Layout.getBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl) + Offset);
   7062      1.1  joerg         if (!SubObj)
   7063      1.1  joerg           return None;
   7064      1.1  joerg         ResultVal.getStructBase(I) = *SubObj;
   7065      1.1  joerg       }
   7066      1.1  joerg     }
   7067      1.1  joerg 
   7068      1.1  joerg     // Visit the fields.
   7069      1.1  joerg     unsigned FieldIdx = 0;
   7070      1.1  joerg     for (FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) {
   7071      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: We don't currently support bit-fields. A lot of the logic for
   7072      1.1  joerg       // this is in CodeGen, so we need to factor it around.
   7073      1.1  joerg       if (FD->isBitField()) {
   7074      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
   7075      1.1  joerg                     diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_bitfield);
   7076      1.1  joerg         return None;
   7077      1.1  joerg       }
   7078      1.1  joerg 
   7079      1.1  joerg       uint64_t FieldOffsetBits = Layout.getFieldOffset(FieldIdx);
   7080      1.1  joerg       assert(FieldOffsetBits % Info.Ctx.getCharWidth() == 0);
   7081      1.1  joerg 
   7082      1.1  joerg       CharUnits FieldOffset =
   7083      1.1  joerg           CharUnits::fromQuantity(FieldOffsetBits / Info.Ctx.getCharWidth()) +
   7084      1.1  joerg           Offset;
   7085      1.1  joerg       QualType FieldTy = FD->getType();
   7086      1.1  joerg       Optional<APValue> SubObj = visitType(FieldTy, FieldOffset);
   7087      1.1  joerg       if (!SubObj)
   7088      1.1  joerg         return None;
   7089      1.1  joerg       ResultVal.getStructField(FieldIdx) = *SubObj;
   7090      1.1  joerg       ++FieldIdx;
   7091      1.1  joerg     }
   7092      1.1  joerg 
   7093      1.1  joerg     return ResultVal;
   7094      1.1  joerg   }
   7095      1.1  joerg 
   7096      1.1  joerg   Optional<APValue> visit(const EnumType *Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   7097      1.1  joerg     QualType RepresentationType = Ty->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
   7098      1.1  joerg     assert(!RepresentationType.isNull() &&
   7099      1.1  joerg            "enum forward decl should be caught by Sema");
   7100      1.1  joerg     const auto *AsBuiltin =
   7101      1.1  joerg         RepresentationType.getCanonicalType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
   7102      1.1  joerg     // Recurse into the underlying type. Treat std::byte transparently as
   7103      1.1  joerg     // unsigned char.
   7104      1.1  joerg     return visit(AsBuiltin, Offset, /*EnumTy=*/Ty);
   7105      1.1  joerg   }
   7106      1.1  joerg 
   7107      1.1  joerg   Optional<APValue> visit(const ConstantArrayType *Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   7108      1.1  joerg     size_t Size = Ty->getSize().getLimitedValue();
   7109      1.1  joerg     CharUnits ElementWidth = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty->getElementType());
   7110      1.1  joerg 
   7111      1.1  joerg     APValue ArrayValue(APValue::UninitArray(), Size, Size);
   7112      1.1  joerg     for (size_t I = 0; I != Size; ++I) {
   7113      1.1  joerg       Optional<APValue> ElementValue =
   7114      1.1  joerg           visitType(Ty->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElementWidth);
   7115      1.1  joerg       if (!ElementValue)
   7116      1.1  joerg         return None;
   7117      1.1  joerg       ArrayValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = std::move(*ElementValue);
   7118      1.1  joerg     }
   7119      1.1  joerg 
   7120      1.1  joerg     return ArrayValue;
   7121      1.1  joerg   }
   7122      1.1  joerg 
   7123      1.1  joerg   Optional<APValue> visit(const Type *Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   7124      1.1  joerg     return unsupportedType(QualType(Ty, 0));
   7125      1.1  joerg   }
   7126      1.1  joerg 
   7127      1.1  joerg   Optional<APValue> visitType(QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
   7128      1.1  joerg     QualType Can = Ty.getCanonicalType();
   7129      1.1  joerg 
   7130      1.1  joerg     switch (Can->getTypeClass()) {
   7131      1.1  joerg #define TYPE(Class, Base)                                                      \
   7132      1.1  joerg   case Type::Class:                                                            \
   7133      1.1  joerg     return visit(cast<Class##Type>(Can.getTypePtr()), Offset);
   7134      1.1  joerg #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
   7135      1.1  joerg #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)                                        \
   7136      1.1  joerg   case Type::Class:                                                            \
   7137      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("non-canonical type should be impossible!");
   7138      1.1  joerg #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)                                            \
   7139      1.1  joerg   case Type::Class:                                                            \
   7140      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable(                                                          \
   7141      1.1  joerg         "dependent types aren't supported in the constant evaluator!");
   7142      1.1  joerg #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT(Class, Base)                            \
   7143      1.1  joerg   case Type::Class:                                                            \
   7144      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("either dependent or not canonical!");
   7145      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
   7146      1.1  joerg     }
   7147      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Type::TypeClass");
   7148      1.1  joerg   }
   7149      1.1  joerg 
   7150      1.1  joerg public:
   7151      1.1  joerg   // Pull out a full value of type DstType.
   7152      1.1  joerg   static Optional<APValue> convert(EvalInfo &Info, BitCastBuffer &Buffer,
   7153      1.1  joerg                                    const CastExpr *BCE) {
   7154      1.1  joerg     BufferToAPValueConverter Converter(Info, Buffer, BCE);
   7155      1.1  joerg     return Converter.visitType(BCE->getType(), CharUnits::fromQuantity(0));
   7156      1.1  joerg   }
   7157      1.1  joerg };
   7158      1.1  joerg 
   7159      1.1  joerg static bool checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(SourceLocation Loc,
   7160      1.1  joerg                                                  QualType Ty, EvalInfo *Info,
   7161      1.1  joerg                                                  const ASTContext &Ctx,
   7162      1.1  joerg                                                  bool CheckingDest) {
   7163      1.1  joerg   Ty = Ty.getCanonicalType();
   7164      1.1  joerg 
   7165      1.1  joerg   auto diag = [&](int Reason) {
   7166      1.1  joerg     if (Info)
   7167      1.1  joerg       Info->FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_invalid_type)
   7168      1.1  joerg           << CheckingDest << (Reason == 4) << Reason;
   7169      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7170      1.1  joerg   };
   7171      1.1  joerg   auto note = [&](int Construct, QualType NoteTy, SourceLocation NoteLoc) {
   7172      1.1  joerg     if (Info)
   7173      1.1  joerg       Info->Note(NoteLoc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_invalid_subtype)
   7174      1.1  joerg           << NoteTy << Construct << Ty;
   7175      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7176      1.1  joerg   };
   7177      1.1  joerg 
   7178      1.1  joerg   if (Ty->isUnionType())
   7179      1.1  joerg     return diag(0);
   7180      1.1  joerg   if (Ty->isPointerType())
   7181      1.1  joerg     return diag(1);
   7182      1.1  joerg   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType())
   7183      1.1  joerg     return diag(2);
   7184      1.1  joerg   if (Ty.isVolatileQualified())
   7185      1.1  joerg     return diag(3);
   7186      1.1  joerg 
   7187      1.1  joerg   if (RecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsRecordDecl()) {
   7188      1.1  joerg     if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
   7189      1.1  joerg       for (CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases())
   7190      1.1  joerg         if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, BS.getType(), Info, Ctx,
   7191      1.1  joerg                                                   CheckingDest))
   7192      1.1  joerg           return note(1, BS.getType(), BS.getBeginLoc());
   7193      1.1  joerg     }
   7194      1.1  joerg     for (FieldDecl *FD : Record->fields()) {
   7195      1.1  joerg       if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
   7196      1.1  joerg         return diag(4);
   7197      1.1  joerg       if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, FD->getType(), Info, Ctx,
   7198      1.1  joerg                                                 CheckingDest))
   7199      1.1  joerg         return note(0, FD->getType(), FD->getBeginLoc());
   7200      1.1  joerg     }
   7201      1.1  joerg   }
   7202      1.1  joerg 
   7203      1.1  joerg   if (Ty->isArrayType() &&
   7204      1.1  joerg       !checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, Ctx.getBaseElementType(Ty),
   7205      1.1  joerg                                             Info, Ctx, CheckingDest))
   7206      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7207      1.1  joerg 
   7208      1.1  joerg   return true;
   7209      1.1  joerg }
   7210      1.1  joerg 
   7211      1.1  joerg static bool checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(EvalInfo *Info,
   7212      1.1  joerg                                              const ASTContext &Ctx,
   7213      1.1  joerg                                              const CastExpr *BCE) {
   7214      1.1  joerg   bool DestOK = checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(
   7215      1.1  joerg       BCE->getBeginLoc(), BCE->getType(), Info, Ctx, true);
   7216      1.1  joerg   bool SourceOK = DestOK && checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(
   7217      1.1  joerg                                 BCE->getBeginLoc(),
   7218      1.1  joerg                                 BCE->getSubExpr()->getType(), Info, Ctx, false);
   7219      1.1  joerg   return SourceOK;
   7220      1.1  joerg }
   7221      1.1  joerg 
   7222      1.1  joerg static bool handleLValueToRValueBitCast(EvalInfo &Info, APValue &DestValue,
   7223      1.1  joerg                                         APValue &SourceValue,
   7224      1.1  joerg                                         const CastExpr *BCE) {
   7225      1.1  joerg   assert(CHAR_BIT == 8 && Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth() == 8 &&
   7226      1.1  joerg          "no host or target supports non 8-bit chars");
   7227      1.1  joerg   assert(SourceValue.isLValue() &&
   7228      1.1  joerg          "LValueToRValueBitcast requires an lvalue operand!");
   7229      1.1  joerg 
   7230      1.1  joerg   if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(&Info, Info.Ctx, BCE))
   7231      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7232      1.1  joerg 
   7233      1.1  joerg   LValue SourceLValue;
   7234      1.1  joerg   APValue SourceRValue;
   7235      1.1  joerg   SourceLValue.setFrom(Info.Ctx, SourceValue);
   7236      1.1  joerg   if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(
   7237      1.1  joerg           Info, BCE, BCE->getSubExpr()->getType().withConst(), SourceLValue,
   7238      1.1  joerg           SourceRValue, /*WantObjectRepresentation=*/true))
   7239      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7240      1.1  joerg 
   7241      1.1  joerg   // Read out SourceValue into a char buffer.
   7242      1.1  joerg   Optional<BitCastBuffer> Buffer =
   7243      1.1  joerg       APValueToBufferConverter::convert(Info, SourceRValue, BCE);
   7244      1.1  joerg   if (!Buffer)
   7245      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7246      1.1  joerg 
   7247      1.1  joerg   // Write out the buffer into a new APValue.
   7248      1.1  joerg   Optional<APValue> MaybeDestValue =
   7249      1.1  joerg       BufferToAPValueConverter::convert(Info, *Buffer, BCE);
   7250      1.1  joerg   if (!MaybeDestValue)
   7251      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7252      1.1  joerg 
   7253      1.1  joerg   DestValue = std::move(*MaybeDestValue);
   7254      1.1  joerg   return true;
   7255      1.1  joerg }
   7256      1.1  joerg 
   7257      1.1  joerg template <class Derived>
   7258      1.1  joerg class ExprEvaluatorBase
   7259      1.1  joerg   : public ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, bool> {
   7260      1.1  joerg private:
   7261      1.1  joerg   Derived &getDerived() { return static_cast<Derived&>(*this); }
   7262      1.1  joerg   bool DerivedSuccess(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   7263      1.1  joerg     return getDerived().Success(V, E);
   7264      1.1  joerg   }
   7265      1.1  joerg   bool DerivedZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   7266      1.1  joerg     return getDerived().ZeroInitialization(E);
   7267      1.1  joerg   }
   7268      1.1  joerg 
   7269      1.1  joerg   // Check whether a conditional operator with a non-constant condition is a
   7270      1.1  joerg   // potential constant expression. If neither arm is a potential constant
   7271      1.1  joerg   // expression, then the conditional operator is not either.
   7272      1.1  joerg   template<typename ConditionalOperator>
   7273      1.1  joerg   void CheckPotentialConstantConditional(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
   7274      1.1  joerg     assert(Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression());
   7275      1.1  joerg 
   7276      1.1  joerg     // Speculatively evaluate both arms.
   7277      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diag;
   7278      1.1  joerg     {
   7279      1.1  joerg       SpeculativeEvaluationRAII Speculate(Info, &Diag);
   7280      1.1  joerg       StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
   7281      1.1  joerg       if (Diag.empty())
   7282      1.1  joerg         return;
   7283      1.1  joerg     }
   7284      1.1  joerg 
   7285      1.1  joerg     {
   7286      1.1  joerg       SpeculativeEvaluationRAII Speculate(Info, &Diag);
   7287      1.1  joerg       Diag.clear();
   7288      1.1  joerg       StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getTrueExpr());
   7289      1.1  joerg       if (Diag.empty())
   7290      1.1  joerg         return;
   7291      1.1  joerg     }
   7292      1.1  joerg 
   7293      1.1  joerg     Error(E, diag::note_constexpr_conditional_never_const);
   7294      1.1  joerg   }
   7295      1.1  joerg 
   7296      1.1  joerg 
   7297      1.1  joerg   template<typename ConditionalOperator>
   7298      1.1  joerg   bool HandleConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
   7299      1.1  joerg     bool BoolResult;
   7300      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getCond(), BoolResult, Info)) {
   7301      1.1  joerg       if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && Info.noteFailure()) {
   7302      1.1  joerg         CheckPotentialConstantConditional(E);
   7303      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7304      1.1  joerg       }
   7305      1.1  joerg       if (Info.noteFailure()) {
   7306      1.1  joerg         StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getTrueExpr());
   7307      1.1  joerg         StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
   7308      1.1  joerg       }
   7309      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7310      1.1  joerg     }
   7311      1.1  joerg 
   7312      1.1  joerg     Expr *EvalExpr = BoolResult ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr();
   7313      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(EvalExpr);
   7314      1.1  joerg   }
   7315      1.1  joerg 
   7316      1.1  joerg protected:
   7317      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   7318      1.1  joerg   typedef ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, bool> StmtVisitorTy;
   7319      1.1  joerg   typedef ExprEvaluatorBase ExprEvaluatorBaseTy;
   7320      1.1  joerg 
   7321      1.1  joerg   OptionalDiagnostic CCEDiag(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
   7322      1.1  joerg     return Info.CCEDiag(E, D);
   7323      1.1  joerg   }
   7324      1.1  joerg 
   7325      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return Error(E); }
   7326      1.1  joerg 
   7327      1.1  joerg public:
   7328      1.1  joerg   ExprEvaluatorBase(EvalInfo &Info) : Info(Info) {}
   7329      1.1  joerg 
   7330      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &getEvalInfo() { return Info; }
   7331      1.1  joerg 
   7332      1.1  joerg   /// Report an evaluation error. This should only be called when an error is
   7333      1.1  joerg   /// first discovered. When propagating an error, just return false.
   7334      1.1  joerg   bool Error(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
   7335      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, D);
   7336      1.1  joerg     return false;
   7337      1.1  joerg   }
   7338      1.1  joerg   bool Error(const Expr *E) {
   7339      1.1  joerg     return Error(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   7340      1.1  joerg   }
   7341      1.1  joerg 
   7342      1.1  joerg   bool VisitStmt(const Stmt *) {
   7343      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("Expression evaluator should not be called on stmts");
   7344      1.1  joerg   }
   7345      1.1  joerg   bool VisitExpr(const Expr *E) {
   7346      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   7347      1.1  joerg   }
   7348      1.1  joerg 
   7349  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool VisitConstantExpr(const ConstantExpr *E) {
   7350  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (E->hasAPValueResult())
   7351  1.1.1.2  joerg       return DerivedSuccess(E->getAPValueResult(), E);
   7352  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7353  1.1.1.2  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   7354  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   7355  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7356      1.1  joerg   bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E)
   7357      1.1  joerg     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
   7358      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
   7359      1.1  joerg     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
   7360      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryPlus(const UnaryOperator *E)
   7361      1.1  joerg     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
   7362      1.1  joerg   bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
   7363      1.1  joerg     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr()); }
   7364      1.1  joerg   bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E)
   7365      1.1  joerg     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getResultExpr()); }
   7366      1.1  joerg   bool VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E)
   7367      1.1  joerg     { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getReplacement()); }
   7368      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
   7369      1.1  joerg     TempVersionRAII RAII(*Info.CurrentCall);
   7370      1.1  joerg     SourceLocExprScopeGuard Guard(E, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope);
   7371      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getExpr());
   7372      1.1  joerg   }
   7373      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E) {
   7374      1.1  joerg     TempVersionRAII RAII(*Info.CurrentCall);
   7375      1.1  joerg     // The initializer may not have been parsed yet, or might be erroneous.
   7376      1.1  joerg     if (!E->getExpr())
   7377      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   7378      1.1  joerg     SourceLocExprScopeGuard Guard(E, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope);
   7379      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getExpr());
   7380      1.1  joerg   }
   7381      1.1  joerg 
   7382      1.1  joerg   bool VisitExprWithCleanups(const ExprWithCleanups *E) {
   7383      1.1  joerg     FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
   7384      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()) && Scope.destroy();
   7385      1.1  joerg   }
   7386      1.1  joerg 
   7387      1.1  joerg   // Temporaries are registered when created, so we don't care about
   7388      1.1  joerg   // CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
   7389      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
   7390      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   7391      1.1  joerg   }
   7392      1.1  joerg 
   7393      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXReinterpretCastExpr(const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E) {
   7394      1.1  joerg     CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 0;
   7395      1.1  joerg     return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E);
   7396      1.1  joerg   }
   7397      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *E) {
   7398  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
   7399      1.1  joerg       CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 1;
   7400      1.1  joerg     return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E);
   7401      1.1  joerg   }
   7402      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBuiltinBitCastExpr(const BuiltinBitCastExpr *E) {
   7403      1.1  joerg     return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E);
   7404      1.1  joerg   }
   7405      1.1  joerg 
   7406      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   7407      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   7408      1.1  joerg     default:
   7409      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   7410      1.1  joerg 
   7411      1.1  joerg     case BO_Comma:
   7412      1.1  joerg       VisitIgnoredValue(E->getLHS());
   7413      1.1  joerg       return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getRHS());
   7414      1.1  joerg 
   7415      1.1  joerg     case BO_PtrMemD:
   7416      1.1  joerg     case BO_PtrMemI: {
   7417      1.1  joerg       LValue Obj;
   7418      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, E, Obj))
   7419      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7420      1.1  joerg       APValue Result;
   7421      1.1  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), Obj, Result))
   7422      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7423      1.1  joerg       return DerivedSuccess(Result, E);
   7424      1.1  joerg     }
   7425      1.1  joerg     }
   7426      1.1  joerg   }
   7427      1.1  joerg 
   7428      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(const CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E) {
   7429      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSemanticForm());
   7430      1.1  joerg   }
   7431      1.1  joerg 
   7432      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
   7433      1.1  joerg     // Evaluate and cache the common expression. We treat it as a temporary,
   7434      1.1  joerg     // even though it's not quite the same thing.
   7435      1.1  joerg     LValue CommonLV;
   7436      1.1  joerg     if (!Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
   7437      1.1  joerg                       E->getOpaqueValue(),
   7438  1.1.1.2  joerg                       getStorageType(Info.Ctx, E->getOpaqueValue()),
   7439  1.1.1.2  joerg                       ScopeKind::FullExpression, CommonLV),
   7440      1.1  joerg                   Info, E->getCommon()))
   7441      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7442      1.1  joerg 
   7443      1.1  joerg     return HandleConditionalOperator(E);
   7444      1.1  joerg   }
   7445      1.1  joerg 
   7446      1.1  joerg   bool VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
   7447      1.1  joerg     bool IsBcpCall = false;
   7448      1.1  joerg     // If the condition (ignoring parens) is a __builtin_constant_p call,
   7449      1.1  joerg     // the result is a constant expression if it can be folded without
   7450      1.1  joerg     // side-effects. This is an important GNU extension. See GCC PR38377
   7451      1.1  joerg     // for discussion.
   7452      1.1  joerg     if (const CallExpr *CallCE =
   7453      1.1  joerg           dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->getCond()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
   7454      1.1  joerg       if (CallCE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p)
   7455      1.1  joerg         IsBcpCall = true;
   7456      1.1  joerg 
   7457      1.1  joerg     // Always assume __builtin_constant_p(...) ? ... : ... is a potential
   7458      1.1  joerg     // constant expression; we can't check whether it's potentially foldable.
   7459      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: We should instead treat __builtin_constant_p as non-constant if
   7460      1.1  joerg     // it would return 'false' in this mode.
   7461      1.1  joerg     if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && IsBcpCall)
   7462      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7463      1.1  joerg 
   7464      1.1  joerg     FoldConstant Fold(Info, IsBcpCall);
   7465      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleConditionalOperator(E)) {
   7466      1.1  joerg       Fold.keepDiagnostics();
   7467      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7468      1.1  joerg     }
   7469      1.1  joerg 
   7470      1.1  joerg     return true;
   7471      1.1  joerg   }
   7472      1.1  joerg 
   7473      1.1  joerg   bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
   7474      1.1  joerg     if (APValue *Value = Info.CurrentCall->getCurrentTemporary(E))
   7475      1.1  joerg       return DerivedSuccess(*Value, E);
   7476      1.1  joerg 
   7477      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Source = E->getSourceExpr();
   7478      1.1  joerg     if (!Source)
   7479      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   7480      1.1  joerg     if (Source == E) { // sanity checking.
   7481      1.1  joerg       assert(0 && "OpaqueValueExpr recursively refers to itself");
   7482      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   7483      1.1  joerg     }
   7484      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(Source);
   7485      1.1  joerg   }
   7486      1.1  joerg 
   7487  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E) {
   7488  1.1.1.2  joerg     for (const Expr *SemE : E->semantics()) {
   7489  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SemE)) {
   7490  1.1.1.2  joerg         // FIXME: We can't handle the case where an OpaqueValueExpr is also the
   7491  1.1.1.2  joerg         // result expression: there could be two different LValues that would
   7492  1.1.1.2  joerg         // refer to the same object in that case, and we can't model that.
   7493  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (SemE == E->getResultExpr())
   7494  1.1.1.2  joerg           return Error(E);
   7495  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7496  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Unique OVEs get evaluated if and when we encounter them when
   7497  1.1.1.2  joerg         // emitting the rest of the semantic form, rather than eagerly.
   7498  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (OVE->isUnique())
   7499  1.1.1.2  joerg           continue;
   7500  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7501  1.1.1.2  joerg         LValue LV;
   7502  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
   7503  1.1.1.2  joerg                           OVE, getStorageType(Info.Ctx, OVE),
   7504  1.1.1.2  joerg                           ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV),
   7505  1.1.1.2  joerg                       Info, OVE->getSourceExpr()))
   7506  1.1.1.2  joerg           return false;
   7507  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) {
   7508  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!StmtVisitorTy::Visit(SemE))
   7509  1.1.1.2  joerg           return false;
   7510  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else {
   7511  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, SemE))
   7512  1.1.1.2  joerg           return false;
   7513  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   7514  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   7515  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   7516  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   7517  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7518      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   7519      1.1  joerg     APValue Result;
   7520      1.1  joerg     if (!handleCallExpr(E, Result, nullptr))
   7521      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7522      1.1  joerg     return DerivedSuccess(Result, E);
   7523      1.1  joerg   }
   7524      1.1  joerg 
   7525      1.1  joerg   bool handleCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, APValue &Result,
   7526      1.1  joerg                      const LValue *ResultSlot) {
   7527  1.1.1.2  joerg     CallScopeRAII CallScope(Info);
   7528  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7529      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
   7530      1.1  joerg     QualType CalleeType = Callee->getType();
   7531      1.1  joerg 
   7532      1.1  joerg     const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
   7533      1.1  joerg     LValue *This = nullptr, ThisVal;
   7534      1.1  joerg     auto Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(E->getArgs(), E->getNumArgs());
   7535      1.1  joerg     bool HasQualifier = false;
   7536      1.1  joerg 
   7537  1.1.1.2  joerg     CallRef Call;
   7538  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7539      1.1  joerg     // Extract function decl and 'this' pointer from the callee.
   7540      1.1  joerg     if (CalleeType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BoundMember)) {
   7541      1.1  joerg       const CXXMethodDecl *Member = nullptr;
   7542      1.1  joerg       if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) {
   7543      1.1  joerg         // Explicit bound member calls, such as x.f() or p->g();
   7544      1.1  joerg         if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, ME->getBase(), ThisVal))
   7545      1.1  joerg           return false;
   7546      1.1  joerg         Member = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
   7547      1.1  joerg         if (!Member)
   7548      1.1  joerg           return Error(Callee);
   7549      1.1  joerg         This = &ThisVal;
   7550      1.1  joerg         HasQualifier = ME->hasQualifier();
   7551      1.1  joerg       } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) {
   7552      1.1  joerg         // Indirect bound member calls ('.*' or '->*').
   7553      1.1  joerg         const ValueDecl *D =
   7554      1.1  joerg             HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, BE, ThisVal, false);
   7555      1.1  joerg         if (!D)
   7556      1.1  joerg           return false;
   7557      1.1  joerg         Member = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
   7558      1.1  joerg         if (!Member)
   7559      1.1  joerg           return Error(Callee);
   7560      1.1  joerg         This = &ThisVal;
   7561      1.1  joerg       } else if (const auto *PDE = dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Callee)) {
   7562  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
   7563      1.1  joerg           Info.CCEDiag(PDE, diag::note_constexpr_pseudo_destructor);
   7564  1.1.1.2  joerg         return EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, PDE->getBase(), ThisVal) &&
   7565  1.1.1.2  joerg                HandleDestruction(Info, PDE, ThisVal, PDE->getDestroyedType());
   7566      1.1  joerg       } else
   7567      1.1  joerg         return Error(Callee);
   7568      1.1  joerg       FD = Member;
   7569      1.1  joerg     } else if (CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
   7570  1.1.1.2  joerg       LValue CalleeLV;
   7571  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!EvaluatePointer(Callee, CalleeLV, Info))
   7572      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7573      1.1  joerg 
   7574  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!CalleeLV.getLValueOffset().isZero())
   7575      1.1  joerg         return Error(Callee);
   7576      1.1  joerg       FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(
   7577  1.1.1.2  joerg           CalleeLV.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>());
   7578      1.1  joerg       if (!FD)
   7579      1.1  joerg         return Error(Callee);
   7580      1.1  joerg       // Don't call function pointers which have been cast to some other type.
   7581      1.1  joerg       // Per DR (no number yet), the caller and callee can differ in noexcept.
   7582      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
   7583      1.1  joerg         CalleeType->getPointeeType(), FD->getType())) {
   7584      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   7585      1.1  joerg       }
   7586      1.1  joerg 
   7587  1.1.1.2  joerg       // For an (overloaded) assignment expression, evaluate the RHS before the
   7588  1.1.1.2  joerg       // LHS.
   7589  1.1.1.2  joerg       auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
   7590  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (OCE && OCE->isAssignmentOp()) {
   7591  1.1.1.2  joerg         assert(Args.size() == 2 && "wrong number of arguments in assignment");
   7592  1.1.1.2  joerg         Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(FD);
   7593  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (!EvaluateArgs(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) ? Args.slice(1) : Args, Call,
   7594  1.1.1.2  joerg                           Info, FD, /*RightToLeft=*/true))
   7595  1.1.1.2  joerg           return false;
   7596  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   7597  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7598      1.1  joerg       // Overloaded operator calls to member functions are represented as normal
   7599      1.1  joerg       // calls with '*this' as the first argument.
   7600      1.1  joerg       const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
   7601      1.1  joerg       if (MD && !MD->isStatic()) {
   7602      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: When selecting an implicit conversion for an overloaded
   7603      1.1  joerg         // operator delete, we sometimes try to evaluate calls to conversion
   7604      1.1  joerg         // operators without a 'this' parameter!
   7605      1.1  joerg         if (Args.empty())
   7606      1.1  joerg           return Error(E);
   7607      1.1  joerg 
   7608      1.1  joerg         if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, Args[0], ThisVal))
   7609      1.1  joerg           return false;
   7610      1.1  joerg         This = &ThisVal;
   7611      1.1  joerg         Args = Args.slice(1);
   7612      1.1  joerg       } else if (MD && MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker()) {
   7613      1.1  joerg         // Map the static invoker for the lambda back to the call operator.
   7614      1.1  joerg         // Conveniently, we don't have to slice out the 'this' argument (as is
   7615      1.1  joerg         // being done for the non-static case), since a static member function
   7616      1.1  joerg         // doesn't have an implicit argument passed in.
   7617      1.1  joerg         const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = MD->getParent();
   7618      1.1  joerg         assert(
   7619      1.1  joerg             ClosureClass->captures_begin() == ClosureClass->captures_end() &&
   7620      1.1  joerg             "Number of captures must be zero for conversion to function-ptr");
   7621      1.1  joerg 
   7622      1.1  joerg         const CXXMethodDecl *LambdaCallOp =
   7623      1.1  joerg             ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
   7624      1.1  joerg 
   7625      1.1  joerg         // Set 'FD', the function that will be called below, to the call
   7626      1.1  joerg         // operator.  If the closure object represents a generic lambda, find
   7627      1.1  joerg         // the corresponding specialization of the call operator.
   7628      1.1  joerg 
   7629      1.1  joerg         if (ClosureClass->isGenericLambda()) {
   7630      1.1  joerg           assert(MD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
   7631      1.1  joerg                  "A generic lambda's static-invoker function must be a "
   7632      1.1  joerg                  "template specialization");
   7633      1.1  joerg           const TemplateArgumentList *TAL = MD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs();
   7634      1.1  joerg           FunctionTemplateDecl *CallOpTemplate =
   7635      1.1  joerg               LambdaCallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
   7636      1.1  joerg           void *InsertPos = nullptr;
   7637      1.1  joerg           FunctionDecl *CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization =
   7638      1.1  joerg               CallOpTemplate->findSpecialization(TAL->asArray(), InsertPos);
   7639      1.1  joerg           assert(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization &&
   7640      1.1  joerg                  "We must always have a function call operator specialization "
   7641      1.1  joerg                  "that corresponds to our static invoker specialization");
   7642      1.1  joerg           FD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization);
   7643      1.1  joerg         } else
   7644      1.1  joerg           FD = LambdaCallOp;
   7645      1.1  joerg       } else if (FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
   7646      1.1  joerg         if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
   7647      1.1  joerg             FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) {
   7648      1.1  joerg           LValue Ptr;
   7649      1.1  joerg           if (!HandleOperatorNewCall(Info, E, Ptr))
   7650      1.1  joerg             return false;
   7651      1.1  joerg           Ptr.moveInto(Result);
   7652  1.1.1.2  joerg           return CallScope.destroy();
   7653      1.1  joerg         } else {
   7654  1.1.1.2  joerg           return HandleOperatorDeleteCall(Info, E) && CallScope.destroy();
   7655      1.1  joerg         }
   7656      1.1  joerg       }
   7657      1.1  joerg     } else
   7658      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   7659      1.1  joerg 
   7660  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Evaluate the arguments now if we've not already done so.
   7661  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Call) {
   7662  1.1.1.2  joerg       Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(FD);
   7663  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!EvaluateArgs(Args, Call, Info, FD))
   7664  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   7665  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   7666  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7667      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<QualType, 4> CovariantAdjustmentPath;
   7668      1.1  joerg     if (This) {
   7669      1.1  joerg       auto *NamedMember = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
   7670      1.1  joerg       if (NamedMember && NamedMember->isVirtual() && !HasQualifier) {
   7671      1.1  joerg         // Perform virtual dispatch, if necessary.
   7672      1.1  joerg         FD = HandleVirtualDispatch(Info, E, *This, NamedMember,
   7673      1.1  joerg                                    CovariantAdjustmentPath);
   7674      1.1  joerg         if (!FD)
   7675      1.1  joerg           return false;
   7676      1.1  joerg       } else {
   7677      1.1  joerg         // Check that the 'this' pointer points to an object of the right type.
   7678      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: If this is an assignment operator call, we may need to change
   7679      1.1  joerg         // the active union member before we check this.
   7680      1.1  joerg         if (!checkNonVirtualMemberCallThisPointer(Info, E, *This, NamedMember))
   7681      1.1  joerg           return false;
   7682      1.1  joerg       }
   7683      1.1  joerg     }
   7684      1.1  joerg 
   7685      1.1  joerg     // Destructor calls are different enough that they have their own codepath.
   7686      1.1  joerg     if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) {
   7687      1.1  joerg       assert(This && "no 'this' pointer for destructor call");
   7688      1.1  joerg       return HandleDestruction(Info, E, *This,
   7689  1.1.1.2  joerg                                Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DD->getParent())) &&
   7690  1.1.1.2  joerg              CallScope.destroy();
   7691      1.1  joerg     }
   7692      1.1  joerg 
   7693      1.1  joerg     const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
   7694      1.1  joerg     Stmt *Body = FD->getBody(Definition);
   7695      1.1  joerg 
   7696      1.1  joerg     if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body) ||
   7697  1.1.1.2  joerg         !HandleFunctionCall(E->getExprLoc(), Definition, This, Args, Call,
   7698  1.1.1.2  joerg                             Body, Info, Result, ResultSlot))
   7699      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7700      1.1  joerg 
   7701      1.1  joerg     if (!CovariantAdjustmentPath.empty() &&
   7702      1.1  joerg         !HandleCovariantReturnAdjustment(Info, E, Result,
   7703      1.1  joerg                                          CovariantAdjustmentPath))
   7704      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7705      1.1  joerg 
   7706  1.1.1.2  joerg     return CallScope.destroy();
   7707      1.1  joerg   }
   7708      1.1  joerg 
   7709      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
   7710      1.1  joerg     return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getInitializer());
   7711      1.1  joerg   }
   7712      1.1  joerg   bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
   7713      1.1  joerg     if (E->getNumInits() == 0)
   7714      1.1  joerg       return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
   7715      1.1  joerg     if (E->getNumInits() == 1)
   7716      1.1  joerg       return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getInit(0));
   7717      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   7718      1.1  joerg   }
   7719      1.1  joerg   bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) {
   7720      1.1  joerg     return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
   7721      1.1  joerg   }
   7722      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
   7723      1.1  joerg     return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
   7724      1.1  joerg   }
   7725      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) {
   7726      1.1  joerg     return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
   7727      1.1  joerg   }
   7728      1.1  joerg 
   7729      1.1  joerg   /// A member expression where the object is a prvalue is itself a prvalue.
   7730      1.1  joerg   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
   7731      1.1  joerg     assert(!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
   7732      1.1  joerg            "missing temporary materialization conversion");
   7733      1.1  joerg     assert(!E->isArrow() && "missing call to bound member function?");
   7734      1.1  joerg 
   7735      1.1  joerg     APValue Val;
   7736      1.1  joerg     if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase()))
   7737      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7738      1.1  joerg 
   7739      1.1  joerg     QualType BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType();
   7740      1.1  joerg 
   7741      1.1  joerg     const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
   7742      1.1  joerg     if (!FD) return Error(E);
   7743      1.1  joerg     assert(!FD->getType()->isReferenceType() && "prvalue reference?");
   7744      1.1  joerg     assert(BaseTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
   7745      1.1  joerg            FD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() && "record / field mismatch");
   7746      1.1  joerg 
   7747      1.1  joerg     // Note: there is no lvalue base here. But this case should only ever
   7748      1.1  joerg     // happen in C or in C++98, where we cannot be evaluating a constexpr
   7749      1.1  joerg     // constructor, which is the only case the base matters.
   7750      1.1  joerg     CompleteObject Obj(APValue::LValueBase(), &Val, BaseTy);
   7751      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator Designator(BaseTy);
   7752      1.1  joerg     Designator.addDeclUnchecked(FD);
   7753      1.1  joerg 
   7754      1.1  joerg     APValue Result;
   7755      1.1  joerg     return extractSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Designator, Result) &&
   7756      1.1  joerg            DerivedSuccess(Result, E);
   7757      1.1  joerg   }
   7758      1.1  joerg 
   7759  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) {
   7760  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue Val;
   7761  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase()))
   7762  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   7763  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7764  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Val.isVector()) {
   7765  1.1.1.2  joerg       SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> Indices;
   7766  1.1.1.2  joerg       E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices);
   7767  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Indices.size() == 1) {
   7768  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Return scalar.
   7769  1.1.1.2  joerg         return DerivedSuccess(Val.getVectorElt(Indices[0]), E);
   7770  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else {
   7771  1.1.1.2  joerg         // Construct new APValue vector.
   7772  1.1.1.2  joerg         SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts;
   7773  1.1.1.2  joerg         for (unsigned I = 0; I < Indices.size(); ++I) {
   7774  1.1.1.2  joerg           Elts.push_back(Val.getVectorElt(Indices[I]));
   7775  1.1.1.2  joerg         }
   7776  1.1.1.2  joerg         APValue VecResult(Elts.data(), Indices.size());
   7777  1.1.1.2  joerg         return DerivedSuccess(VecResult, E);
   7778  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   7779  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   7780  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7781  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   7782  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   7783  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7784      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   7785      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   7786      1.1  joerg     default:
   7787      1.1  joerg       break;
   7788      1.1  joerg 
   7789      1.1  joerg     case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic: {
   7790      1.1  joerg       APValue AtomicVal;
   7791      1.1  joerg       // This does not need to be done in place even for class/array types:
   7792      1.1  joerg       // atomic-to-non-atomic conversion implies copying the object
   7793      1.1  joerg       // representation.
   7794      1.1  joerg       if (!Evaluate(AtomicVal, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
   7795      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7796      1.1  joerg       return DerivedSuccess(AtomicVal, E);
   7797      1.1  joerg     }
   7798      1.1  joerg 
   7799      1.1  joerg     case CK_NoOp:
   7800      1.1  joerg     case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
   7801      1.1  joerg       return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   7802      1.1  joerg 
   7803      1.1  joerg     case CK_LValueToRValue: {
   7804      1.1  joerg       LValue LVal;
   7805      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), LVal, Info))
   7806      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7807      1.1  joerg       APValue RVal;
   7808      1.1  joerg       // Note, we use the subexpression's type in order to retain cv-qualifiers.
   7809      1.1  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(),
   7810      1.1  joerg                                           LVal, RVal))
   7811      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7812      1.1  joerg       return DerivedSuccess(RVal, E);
   7813      1.1  joerg     }
   7814      1.1  joerg     case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast: {
   7815      1.1  joerg       APValue DestValue, SourceValue;
   7816      1.1  joerg       if (!Evaluate(SourceValue, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
   7817      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7818      1.1  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueBitCast(Info, DestValue, SourceValue, E))
   7819      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7820      1.1  joerg       return DerivedSuccess(DestValue, E);
   7821      1.1  joerg     }
   7822  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   7823  1.1.1.2  joerg     case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: {
   7824  1.1.1.2  joerg       APValue Value;
   7825  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!Evaluate(Value, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
   7826  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   7827  1.1.1.2  joerg       return DerivedSuccess(Value, E);
   7828  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   7829      1.1  joerg     }
   7830      1.1  joerg 
   7831      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   7832      1.1  joerg   }
   7833      1.1  joerg 
   7834      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryPostInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
   7835      1.1  joerg     return VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO);
   7836      1.1  joerg   }
   7837      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryPostDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
   7838      1.1  joerg     return VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO);
   7839      1.1  joerg   }
   7840      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryPostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
   7841      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
   7842      1.1  joerg       return Error(UO);
   7843      1.1  joerg 
   7844      1.1  joerg     LValue LVal;
   7845      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateLValue(UO->getSubExpr(), LVal, Info))
   7846      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7847      1.1  joerg     APValue RVal;
   7848      1.1  joerg     if (!handleIncDec(this->Info, UO, LVal, UO->getSubExpr()->getType(),
   7849      1.1  joerg                       UO->isIncrementOp(), &RVal))
   7850      1.1  joerg       return false;
   7851      1.1  joerg     return DerivedSuccess(RVal, UO);
   7852      1.1  joerg   }
   7853      1.1  joerg 
   7854      1.1  joerg   bool VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E) {
   7855      1.1  joerg     // We will have checked the full-expressions inside the statement expression
   7856      1.1  joerg     // when they were completed, and don't need to check them again now.
   7857  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm::SaveAndRestore<bool> NotCheckingForUB(
   7858  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior, false);
   7859      1.1  joerg 
   7860      1.1  joerg     const CompoundStmt *CS = E->getSubStmt();
   7861      1.1  joerg     if (CS->body_empty())
   7862      1.1  joerg       return true;
   7863      1.1  joerg 
   7864      1.1  joerg     BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
   7865      1.1  joerg     for (CompoundStmt::const_body_iterator BI = CS->body_begin(),
   7866      1.1  joerg                                            BE = CS->body_end();
   7867      1.1  joerg          /**/; ++BI) {
   7868      1.1  joerg       if (BI + 1 == BE) {
   7869      1.1  joerg         const Expr *FinalExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(*BI);
   7870      1.1  joerg         if (!FinalExpr) {
   7871      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag((*BI)->getBeginLoc(),
   7872      1.1  joerg                       diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported);
   7873      1.1  joerg           return false;
   7874      1.1  joerg         }
   7875      1.1  joerg         return this->Visit(FinalExpr) && Scope.destroy();
   7876      1.1  joerg       }
   7877      1.1  joerg 
   7878      1.1  joerg       APValue ReturnValue;
   7879      1.1  joerg       StmtResult Result = { ReturnValue, nullptr };
   7880      1.1  joerg       EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, *BI);
   7881      1.1  joerg       if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
   7882      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: If the statement-expression terminated due to 'return',
   7883      1.1  joerg         // 'break', or 'continue', it would be nice to propagate that to
   7884      1.1  joerg         // the outer statement evaluation rather than bailing out.
   7885      1.1  joerg         if (ESR != ESR_Failed)
   7886      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag((*BI)->getBeginLoc(),
   7887      1.1  joerg                       diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported);
   7888      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7889      1.1  joerg       }
   7890      1.1  joerg     }
   7891      1.1  joerg 
   7892      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("Return from function from the loop above.");
   7893      1.1  joerg   }
   7894      1.1  joerg 
   7895      1.1  joerg   /// Visit a value which is evaluated, but whose value is ignored.
   7896      1.1  joerg   void VisitIgnoredValue(const Expr *E) {
   7897      1.1  joerg     EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E);
   7898      1.1  joerg   }
   7899      1.1  joerg 
   7900      1.1  joerg   /// Potentially visit a MemberExpr's base expression.
   7901      1.1  joerg   void VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(const Expr *E) {
   7902      1.1  joerg     // While MSVC doesn't evaluate the base expression, it does diagnose the
   7903      1.1  joerg     // presence of side-effecting behavior.
   7904      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && !E->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx))
   7905      1.1  joerg       return;
   7906      1.1  joerg     VisitIgnoredValue(E);
   7907      1.1  joerg   }
   7908      1.1  joerg };
   7909      1.1  joerg 
   7910      1.1  joerg } // namespace
   7911      1.1  joerg 
   7912      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   7913      1.1  joerg // Common base class for lvalue and temporary evaluation.
   7914      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   7915      1.1  joerg namespace {
   7916      1.1  joerg template<class Derived>
   7917      1.1  joerg class LValueExprEvaluatorBase
   7918      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<Derived> {
   7919      1.1  joerg protected:
   7920      1.1  joerg   LValue &Result;
   7921      1.1  joerg   bool InvalidBaseOK;
   7922      1.1  joerg   typedef LValueExprEvaluatorBase LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy;
   7923      1.1  joerg   typedef ExprEvaluatorBase<Derived> ExprEvaluatorBaseTy;
   7924      1.1  joerg 
   7925      1.1  joerg   bool Success(APValue::LValueBase B) {
   7926      1.1  joerg     Result.set(B);
   7927      1.1  joerg     return true;
   7928      1.1  joerg   }
   7929      1.1  joerg 
   7930      1.1  joerg   bool evaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) {
   7931      1.1  joerg     return EvaluatePointer(E, Result, this->Info, InvalidBaseOK);
   7932      1.1  joerg   }
   7933      1.1  joerg 
   7934      1.1  joerg public:
   7935      1.1  joerg   LValueExprEvaluatorBase(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK)
   7936      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), Result(Result),
   7937      1.1  joerg         InvalidBaseOK(InvalidBaseOK) {}
   7938      1.1  joerg 
   7939      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   7940      1.1  joerg     Result.setFrom(this->Info.Ctx, V);
   7941      1.1  joerg     return true;
   7942      1.1  joerg   }
   7943      1.1  joerg 
   7944      1.1  joerg   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
   7945      1.1  joerg     // Handle non-static data members.
   7946      1.1  joerg     QualType BaseTy;
   7947      1.1  joerg     bool EvalOK;
   7948      1.1  joerg     if (E->isArrow()) {
   7949      1.1  joerg       EvalOK = evaluatePointer(E->getBase(), Result);
   7950      1.1  joerg       BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
   7951      1.1  joerg     } else if (E->getBase()->isRValue()) {
   7952      1.1  joerg       assert(E->getBase()->getType()->isRecordType());
   7953      1.1  joerg       EvalOK = EvaluateTemporary(E->getBase(), Result, this->Info);
   7954      1.1  joerg       BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType();
   7955      1.1  joerg     } else {
   7956      1.1  joerg       EvalOK = this->Visit(E->getBase());
   7957      1.1  joerg       BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType();
   7958      1.1  joerg     }
   7959      1.1  joerg     if (!EvalOK) {
   7960      1.1  joerg       if (!InvalidBaseOK)
   7961      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7962      1.1  joerg       Result.setInvalid(E);
   7963      1.1  joerg       return true;
   7964      1.1  joerg     }
   7965      1.1  joerg 
   7966      1.1  joerg     const ValueDecl *MD = E->getMemberDecl();
   7967      1.1  joerg     if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) {
   7968      1.1  joerg       assert(BaseTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
   7969      1.1  joerg              FD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() && "record / field mismatch");
   7970      1.1  joerg       (void)BaseTy;
   7971      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueMember(this->Info, E, Result, FD))
   7972      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7973      1.1  joerg     } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(MD)) {
   7974      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueIndirectMember(this->Info, E, Result, IFD))
   7975      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7976      1.1  joerg     } else
   7977      1.1  joerg       return this->Error(E);
   7978      1.1  joerg 
   7979      1.1  joerg     if (MD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
   7980      1.1  joerg       APValue RefValue;
   7981      1.1  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(this->Info, E, MD->getType(), Result,
   7982      1.1  joerg                                           RefValue))
   7983      1.1  joerg         return false;
   7984      1.1  joerg       return Success(RefValue, E);
   7985      1.1  joerg     }
   7986      1.1  joerg     return true;
   7987      1.1  joerg   }
   7988      1.1  joerg 
   7989      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   7990      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   7991      1.1  joerg     default:
   7992      1.1  joerg       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   7993      1.1  joerg 
   7994      1.1  joerg     case BO_PtrMemD:
   7995      1.1  joerg     case BO_PtrMemI:
   7996      1.1  joerg       return HandleMemberPointerAccess(this->Info, E, Result);
   7997      1.1  joerg     }
   7998      1.1  joerg   }
   7999      1.1  joerg 
   8000      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   8001      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   8002      1.1  joerg     default:
   8003      1.1  joerg       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   8004      1.1  joerg 
   8005      1.1  joerg     case CK_DerivedToBase:
   8006      1.1  joerg     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
   8007      1.1  joerg       if (!this->Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8008      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8009      1.1  joerg 
   8010      1.1  joerg       // Now figure out the necessary offset to add to the base LV to get from
   8011      1.1  joerg       // the derived class to the base class.
   8012      1.1  joerg       return HandleLValueBasePath(this->Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(),
   8013      1.1  joerg                                   Result);
   8014      1.1  joerg     }
   8015      1.1  joerg   }
   8016      1.1  joerg };
   8017      1.1  joerg }
   8018      1.1  joerg 
   8019      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   8020      1.1  joerg // LValue Evaluation
   8021      1.1  joerg //
   8022      1.1  joerg // This is used for evaluating lvalues (in C and C++), xvalues (in C++11),
   8023      1.1  joerg // function designators (in C), decl references to void objects (in C), and
   8024      1.1  joerg // temporaries (if building with -Wno-address-of-temporary).
   8025      1.1  joerg //
   8026      1.1  joerg // LValue evaluation produces values comprising a base expression of one of the
   8027      1.1  joerg // following types:
   8028      1.1  joerg // - Declarations
   8029      1.1  joerg //  * VarDecl
   8030      1.1  joerg //  * FunctionDecl
   8031      1.1  joerg // - Literals
   8032      1.1  joerg //  * CompoundLiteralExpr in C (and in global scope in C++)
   8033      1.1  joerg //  * StringLiteral
   8034      1.1  joerg //  * PredefinedExpr
   8035      1.1  joerg //  * ObjCStringLiteralExpr
   8036      1.1  joerg //  * ObjCEncodeExpr
   8037      1.1  joerg //  * AddrLabelExpr
   8038      1.1  joerg //  * BlockExpr
   8039      1.1  joerg //  * CallExpr for a MakeStringConstant builtin
   8040      1.1  joerg // - typeid(T) expressions, as TypeInfoLValues
   8041      1.1  joerg // - Locals and temporaries
   8042      1.1  joerg //  * MaterializeTemporaryExpr
   8043      1.1  joerg //  * Any Expr, with a CallIndex indicating the function in which the temporary
   8044      1.1  joerg //    was evaluated, for cases where the MaterializeTemporaryExpr is missing
   8045      1.1  joerg //    from the AST (FIXME).
   8046      1.1  joerg //  * A MaterializeTemporaryExpr that has static storage duration, with no
   8047      1.1  joerg //    CallIndex, for a lifetime-extended temporary.
   8048  1.1.1.2  joerg //  * The ConstantExpr that is currently being evaluated during evaluation of an
   8049  1.1.1.2  joerg //    immediate invocation.
   8050      1.1  joerg // plus an offset in bytes.
   8051      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   8052      1.1  joerg namespace {
   8053      1.1  joerg class LValueExprEvaluator
   8054      1.1  joerg   : public LValueExprEvaluatorBase<LValueExprEvaluator> {
   8055      1.1  joerg public:
   8056      1.1  joerg   LValueExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK) :
   8057      1.1  joerg     LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK) {}
   8058      1.1  joerg 
   8059      1.1  joerg   bool VisitVarDecl(const Expr *E, const VarDecl *VD);
   8060      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryPreIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO);
   8061      1.1  joerg 
   8062      1.1  joerg   bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E);
   8063      1.1  joerg   bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
   8064      1.1  joerg   bool VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E);
   8065      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
   8066      1.1  joerg   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E);
   8067      1.1  joerg   bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E) { return Success(E); }
   8068      1.1  joerg   bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
   8069      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E);
   8070      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E);
   8071      1.1  joerg   bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
   8072      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E);
   8073      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
   8074      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
   8075      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryPreInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
   8076      1.1  joerg     return VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO);
   8077      1.1  joerg   }
   8078      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryPreDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
   8079      1.1  joerg     return VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO);
   8080      1.1  joerg   }
   8081      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *BO);
   8082      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *CAO);
   8083      1.1  joerg 
   8084      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   8085      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   8086      1.1  joerg     default:
   8087      1.1  joerg       return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   8088      1.1  joerg 
   8089      1.1  joerg     case CK_LValueBitCast:
   8090      1.1  joerg       this->CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
   8091      1.1  joerg       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8092      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8093      1.1  joerg       Result.Designator.setInvalid();
   8094      1.1  joerg       return true;
   8095      1.1  joerg 
   8096      1.1  joerg     case CK_BaseToDerived:
   8097      1.1  joerg       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8098      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8099      1.1  joerg       return HandleBaseToDerivedCast(Info, E, Result);
   8100      1.1  joerg 
   8101      1.1  joerg     case CK_Dynamic:
   8102      1.1  joerg       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8103      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8104      1.1  joerg       return HandleDynamicCast(Info, cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E), Result);
   8105      1.1  joerg     }
   8106      1.1  joerg   }
   8107      1.1  joerg };
   8108      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   8109      1.1  joerg 
   8110      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate an expression as an lvalue. This can be legitimately called on
   8111      1.1  joerg /// expressions which are not glvalues, in three cases:
   8112      1.1  joerg ///  * function designators in C, and
   8113      1.1  joerg ///  * "extern void" objects
   8114      1.1  joerg ///  * @selector() expressions in Objective-C
   8115      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   8116      1.1  joerg                            bool InvalidBaseOK) {
   8117  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   8118      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isGLValue() || E->getType()->isFunctionType() ||
   8119      1.1  joerg          E->getType()->isVoidType() || isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(E));
   8120      1.1  joerg   return LValueExprEvaluator(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK).Visit(E);
   8121      1.1  joerg }
   8122      1.1  joerg 
   8123      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
   8124  1.1.1.2  joerg   const NamedDecl *D = E->getDecl();
   8125  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (isa<FunctionDecl, MSGuidDecl, TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D))
   8126  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(cast<ValueDecl>(D));
   8127  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
   8128      1.1  joerg     return VisitVarDecl(E, VD);
   8129  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (const BindingDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
   8130      1.1  joerg     return Visit(BD->getBinding());
   8131      1.1  joerg   return Error(E);
   8132      1.1  joerg }
   8133      1.1  joerg 
   8134      1.1  joerg 
   8135      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitVarDecl(const Expr *E, const VarDecl *VD) {
   8136      1.1  joerg 
   8137      1.1  joerg   // If we are within a lambda's call operator, check whether the 'VD' referred
   8138      1.1  joerg   // to within 'E' actually represents a lambda-capture that maps to a
   8139      1.1  joerg   // data-member/field within the closure object, and if so, evaluate to the
   8140      1.1  joerg   // field or what the field refers to.
   8141      1.1  joerg   if (Info.CurrentCall && isLambdaCallOperator(Info.CurrentCall->Callee) &&
   8142      1.1  joerg       isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
   8143      1.1  joerg       cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) {
   8144      1.1  joerg     // We don't always have a complete capture-map when checking or inferring if
   8145      1.1  joerg     // the function call operator meets the requirements of a constexpr function
   8146      1.1  joerg     // - but we don't need to evaluate the captures to determine constexprness
   8147      1.1  joerg     // (dcl.constexpr C++17).
   8148      1.1  joerg     if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
   8149      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8150      1.1  joerg 
   8151      1.1  joerg     if (auto *FD = Info.CurrentCall->LambdaCaptureFields.lookup(VD)) {
   8152      1.1  joerg       // Start with 'Result' referring to the complete closure object...
   8153      1.1  joerg       Result = *Info.CurrentCall->This;
   8154      1.1  joerg       // ... then update it to refer to the field of the closure object
   8155      1.1  joerg       // that represents the capture.
   8156      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result, FD))
   8157      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8158      1.1  joerg       // And if the field is of reference type, update 'Result' to refer to what
   8159      1.1  joerg       // the field refers to.
   8160      1.1  joerg       if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
   8161      1.1  joerg         APValue RVal;
   8162      1.1  joerg         if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, FD->getType(), Result,
   8163      1.1  joerg                                             RVal))
   8164      1.1  joerg           return false;
   8165      1.1  joerg         Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal);
   8166      1.1  joerg       }
   8167      1.1  joerg       return true;
   8168      1.1  joerg     }
   8169      1.1  joerg   }
   8170  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   8171      1.1  joerg   CallStackFrame *Frame = nullptr;
   8172  1.1.1.2  joerg   unsigned Version = 0;
   8173  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) {
   8174      1.1  joerg     // Only if a local variable was declared in the function currently being
   8175      1.1  joerg     // evaluated, do we expect to be able to find its value in the current
   8176      1.1  joerg     // frame. (Otherwise it was likely declared in an enclosing context and
   8177      1.1  joerg     // could either have a valid evaluatable value (for e.g. a constexpr
   8178      1.1  joerg     // variable) or be ill-formed (and trigger an appropriate evaluation
   8179      1.1  joerg     // diagnostic)).
   8180  1.1.1.2  joerg     CallStackFrame *CurrFrame = Info.CurrentCall;
   8181  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (CurrFrame->Callee && CurrFrame->Callee->Equals(VD->getDeclContext())) {
   8182  1.1.1.2  joerg       // Function parameters are stored in some caller's frame. (Usually the
   8183  1.1.1.2  joerg       // immediate caller, but for an inherited constructor they may be more
   8184  1.1.1.2  joerg       // distant.)
   8185  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
   8186  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (CurrFrame->Arguments) {
   8187  1.1.1.2  joerg           VD = CurrFrame->Arguments.getOrigParam(PVD);
   8188  1.1.1.2  joerg           Frame =
   8189  1.1.1.2  joerg               Info.getCallFrameAndDepth(CurrFrame->Arguments.CallIndex).first;
   8190  1.1.1.2  joerg           Version = CurrFrame->Arguments.Version;
   8191  1.1.1.2  joerg         }
   8192  1.1.1.2  joerg       } else {
   8193  1.1.1.2  joerg         Frame = CurrFrame;
   8194  1.1.1.2  joerg         Version = CurrFrame->getCurrentTemporaryVersion(VD);
   8195  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   8196      1.1  joerg     }
   8197      1.1  joerg   }
   8198      1.1  joerg 
   8199      1.1  joerg   if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
   8200      1.1  joerg     if (Frame) {
   8201  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result.set({VD, Frame->Index, Version});
   8202      1.1  joerg       return true;
   8203      1.1  joerg     }
   8204      1.1  joerg     return Success(VD);
   8205      1.1  joerg   }
   8206      1.1  joerg 
   8207  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   8208  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
   8209  1.1.1.2  joerg         << VD << VD->getType();
   8210  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
   8211  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   8212  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   8213      1.1  joerg   APValue *V;
   8214  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!evaluateVarDeclInit(Info, E, VD, Frame, Version, V))
   8215      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8216      1.1  joerg   if (!V->hasValue()) {
   8217      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Is it possible for V to be indeterminate here? If so, we should
   8218      1.1  joerg     // adjust the diagnostic to say that.
   8219      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
   8220      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_use_uninit_reference);
   8221      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8222      1.1  joerg   }
   8223      1.1  joerg   return Success(*V, E);
   8224      1.1  joerg }
   8225      1.1  joerg 
   8226      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(
   8227      1.1  joerg     const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) {
   8228      1.1  joerg   // Walk through the expression to find the materialized temporary itself.
   8229      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<const Expr *, 2> CommaLHSs;
   8230      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 2> Adjustments;
   8231  1.1.1.2  joerg   const Expr *Inner =
   8232  1.1.1.2  joerg       E->getSubExpr()->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
   8233      1.1  joerg 
   8234      1.1  joerg   // If we passed any comma operators, evaluate their LHSs.
   8235      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = 0, N = CommaLHSs.size(); I != N; ++I)
   8236      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, CommaLHSs[I]))
   8237      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8238      1.1  joerg 
   8239      1.1  joerg   // A materialized temporary with static storage duration can appear within the
   8240      1.1  joerg   // result of a constant expression evaluation, so we need to preserve its
   8241      1.1  joerg   // value for use outside this evaluation.
   8242      1.1  joerg   APValue *Value;
   8243      1.1  joerg   if (E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static) {
   8244  1.1.1.2  joerg     // FIXME: What about SD_Thread?
   8245  1.1.1.2  joerg     Value = E->getOrCreateValue(true);
   8246      1.1  joerg     *Value = APValue();
   8247      1.1  joerg     Result.set(E);
   8248      1.1  joerg   } else {
   8249      1.1  joerg     Value = &Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
   8250  1.1.1.2  joerg         E, E->getType(),
   8251  1.1.1.2  joerg         E->getStorageDuration() == SD_FullExpression ? ScopeKind::FullExpression
   8252  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                      : ScopeKind::Block,
   8253  1.1.1.2  joerg         Result);
   8254      1.1  joerg   }
   8255      1.1  joerg 
   8256      1.1  joerg   QualType Type = Inner->getType();
   8257      1.1  joerg 
   8258      1.1  joerg   // Materialize the temporary itself.
   8259      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Value, Info, Result, Inner)) {
   8260      1.1  joerg     *Value = APValue();
   8261      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8262      1.1  joerg   }
   8263      1.1  joerg 
   8264      1.1  joerg   // Adjust our lvalue to refer to the desired subobject.
   8265      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned I = Adjustments.size(); I != 0; /**/) {
   8266      1.1  joerg     --I;
   8267      1.1  joerg     switch (Adjustments[I].Kind) {
   8268      1.1  joerg     case SubobjectAdjustment::DerivedToBaseAdjustment:
   8269      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueBasePath(Info, Adjustments[I].DerivedToBase.BasePath,
   8270      1.1  joerg                                 Type, Result))
   8271      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8272      1.1  joerg       Type = Adjustments[I].DerivedToBase.BasePath->getType();
   8273      1.1  joerg       break;
   8274      1.1  joerg 
   8275      1.1  joerg     case SubobjectAdjustment::FieldAdjustment:
   8276      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result, Adjustments[I].Field))
   8277      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8278      1.1  joerg       Type = Adjustments[I].Field->getType();
   8279      1.1  joerg       break;
   8280      1.1  joerg 
   8281      1.1  joerg     case SubobjectAdjustment::MemberPointerAdjustment:
   8282      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleMemberPointerAccess(this->Info, Type, Result,
   8283      1.1  joerg                                      Adjustments[I].Ptr.RHS))
   8284      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8285      1.1  joerg       Type = Adjustments[I].Ptr.MPT->getPointeeType();
   8286      1.1  joerg       break;
   8287      1.1  joerg     }
   8288      1.1  joerg   }
   8289      1.1  joerg 
   8290      1.1  joerg   return true;
   8291      1.1  joerg }
   8292      1.1  joerg 
   8293      1.1  joerg bool
   8294      1.1  joerg LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
   8295      1.1  joerg   assert((!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isFileScope()) &&
   8296      1.1  joerg          "lvalue compound literal in c++?");
   8297      1.1  joerg   // Defer visiting the literal until the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. We can
   8298      1.1  joerg   // only see this when folding in C, so there's no standard to follow here.
   8299      1.1  joerg   return Success(E);
   8300      1.1  joerg }
   8301      1.1  joerg 
   8302      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E) {
   8303      1.1  joerg   TypeInfoLValue TypeInfo;
   8304      1.1  joerg 
   8305      1.1  joerg   if (!E->isPotentiallyEvaluated()) {
   8306      1.1  joerg     if (E->isTypeOperand())
   8307      1.1  joerg       TypeInfo = TypeInfoLValue(E->getTypeOperand(Info.Ctx).getTypePtr());
   8308      1.1  joerg     else
   8309      1.1  joerg       TypeInfo = TypeInfoLValue(E->getExprOperand()->getType().getTypePtr());
   8310      1.1  joerg   } else {
   8311  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
   8312      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_typeid_polymorphic)
   8313      1.1  joerg         << E->getExprOperand()->getType()
   8314      1.1  joerg         << E->getExprOperand()->getSourceRange();
   8315      1.1  joerg     }
   8316      1.1  joerg 
   8317      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getExprOperand()))
   8318      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8319      1.1  joerg 
   8320      1.1  joerg     Optional<DynamicType> DynType =
   8321      1.1  joerg         ComputeDynamicType(Info, E, Result, AK_TypeId);
   8322      1.1  joerg     if (!DynType)
   8323      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8324      1.1  joerg 
   8325      1.1  joerg     TypeInfo =
   8326      1.1  joerg         TypeInfoLValue(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DynType->Type).getTypePtr());
   8327      1.1  joerg   }
   8328      1.1  joerg 
   8329      1.1  joerg   return Success(APValue::LValueBase::getTypeInfo(TypeInfo, E->getType()));
   8330      1.1  joerg }
   8331      1.1  joerg 
   8332      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) {
   8333  1.1.1.2  joerg   return Success(E->getGuidDecl());
   8334      1.1  joerg }
   8335      1.1  joerg 
   8336      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
   8337      1.1  joerg   // Handle static data members.
   8338      1.1  joerg   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) {
   8339      1.1  joerg     VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase());
   8340      1.1  joerg     return VisitVarDecl(E, VD);
   8341      1.1  joerg   }
   8342      1.1  joerg 
   8343      1.1  joerg   // Handle static member functions.
   8344      1.1  joerg   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) {
   8345      1.1  joerg     if (MD->isStatic()) {
   8346      1.1  joerg       VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase());
   8347      1.1  joerg       return Success(MD);
   8348      1.1  joerg     }
   8349      1.1  joerg   }
   8350      1.1  joerg 
   8351      1.1  joerg   // Handle non-static data members.
   8352      1.1  joerg   return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitMemberExpr(E);
   8353      1.1  joerg }
   8354      1.1  joerg 
   8355      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
   8356      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Deal with vectors as array subscript bases.
   8357      1.1  joerg   if (E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())
   8358      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   8359      1.1  joerg 
   8360  1.1.1.2  joerg   APSInt Index;
   8361      1.1  joerg   bool Success = true;
   8362      1.1  joerg 
   8363  1.1.1.2  joerg   // C++17's rules require us to evaluate the LHS first, regardless of which
   8364  1.1.1.2  joerg   // side is the base.
   8365  1.1.1.2  joerg   for (const Expr *SubExpr : {E->getLHS(), E->getRHS()}) {
   8366  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (SubExpr == E->getBase() ? !evaluatePointer(SubExpr, Result)
   8367  1.1.1.2  joerg                                 : !EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Index, Info)) {
   8368  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!Info.noteFailure())
   8369  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   8370  1.1.1.2  joerg       Success = false;
   8371  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   8372  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   8373      1.1  joerg 
   8374      1.1  joerg   return Success &&
   8375      1.1  joerg          HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), Index);
   8376      1.1  joerg }
   8377      1.1  joerg 
   8378      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   8379      1.1  joerg   return evaluatePointer(E->getSubExpr(), Result);
   8380      1.1  joerg }
   8381      1.1  joerg 
   8382      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   8383      1.1  joerg   if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8384      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8385      1.1  joerg   // __real is a no-op on scalar lvalues.
   8386      1.1  joerg   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
   8387      1.1  joerg     HandleLValueComplexElement(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), false);
   8388      1.1  joerg   return true;
   8389      1.1  joerg }
   8390      1.1  joerg 
   8391      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   8392      1.1  joerg   assert(E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType() &&
   8393      1.1  joerg          "lvalue __imag__ on scalar?");
   8394      1.1  joerg   if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8395      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8396      1.1  joerg   HandleLValueComplexElement(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), true);
   8397      1.1  joerg   return true;
   8398      1.1  joerg }
   8399      1.1  joerg 
   8400      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryPreIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
   8401      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
   8402      1.1  joerg     return Error(UO);
   8403      1.1  joerg 
   8404      1.1  joerg   if (!this->Visit(UO->getSubExpr()))
   8405      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8406      1.1  joerg 
   8407      1.1  joerg   return handleIncDec(
   8408      1.1  joerg       this->Info, UO, Result, UO->getSubExpr()->getType(),
   8409      1.1  joerg       UO->isIncrementOp(), nullptr);
   8410      1.1  joerg }
   8411      1.1  joerg 
   8412      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundAssignOperator(
   8413      1.1  joerg     const CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
   8414      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
   8415      1.1  joerg     return Error(CAO);
   8416      1.1  joerg 
   8417  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool Success = true;
   8418      1.1  joerg 
   8419  1.1.1.2  joerg   // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
   8420  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue RHS;
   8421  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Evaluate(RHS, this->Info, CAO->getRHS())) {
   8422  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.noteFailure())
   8423  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   8424  1.1.1.2  joerg     Success = false;
   8425      1.1  joerg   }
   8426      1.1  joerg 
   8427  1.1.1.2  joerg   // The overall lvalue result is the result of evaluating the LHS.
   8428  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!this->Visit(CAO->getLHS()) || !Success)
   8429      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8430      1.1  joerg 
   8431      1.1  joerg   return handleCompoundAssignment(
   8432      1.1  joerg       this->Info, CAO,
   8433      1.1  joerg       Result, CAO->getLHS()->getType(), CAO->getComputationLHSType(),
   8434      1.1  joerg       CAO->getOpForCompoundAssignment(CAO->getOpcode()), RHS);
   8435      1.1  joerg }
   8436      1.1  joerg 
   8437      1.1  joerg bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   8438      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
   8439      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   8440      1.1  joerg 
   8441  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool Success = true;
   8442      1.1  joerg 
   8443  1.1.1.2  joerg   // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
   8444  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue NewVal;
   8445  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Evaluate(NewVal, this->Info, E->getRHS())) {
   8446  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.noteFailure())
   8447  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   8448  1.1.1.2  joerg     Success = false;
   8449      1.1  joerg   }
   8450      1.1  joerg 
   8451  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!this->Visit(E->getLHS()) || !Success)
   8452      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8453      1.1  joerg 
   8454  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
   8455      1.1  joerg       !HandleUnionActiveMemberChange(Info, E->getLHS(), Result))
   8456      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8457      1.1  joerg 
   8458      1.1  joerg   return handleAssignment(this->Info, E, Result, E->getLHS()->getType(),
   8459      1.1  joerg                           NewVal);
   8460      1.1  joerg }
   8461      1.1  joerg 
   8462      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   8463      1.1  joerg // Pointer Evaluation
   8464      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   8465      1.1  joerg 
   8466      1.1  joerg /// Attempts to compute the number of bytes available at the pointer
   8467      1.1  joerg /// returned by a function with the alloc_size attribute. Returns true if we
   8468      1.1  joerg /// were successful. Places an unsigned number into `Result`.
   8469      1.1  joerg ///
   8470      1.1  joerg /// This expects the given CallExpr to be a call to a function with an
   8471      1.1  joerg /// alloc_size attribute.
   8472      1.1  joerg static bool getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   8473      1.1  joerg                                             const CallExpr *Call,
   8474      1.1  joerg                                             llvm::APInt &Result) {
   8475      1.1  joerg   const AllocSizeAttr *AllocSize = getAllocSizeAttr(Call);
   8476      1.1  joerg 
   8477      1.1  joerg   assert(AllocSize && AllocSize->getElemSizeParam().isValid());
   8478      1.1  joerg   unsigned SizeArgNo = AllocSize->getElemSizeParam().getASTIndex();
   8479      1.1  joerg   unsigned BitsInSizeT = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ctx.getSizeType());
   8480      1.1  joerg   if (Call->getNumArgs() <= SizeArgNo)
   8481      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8482      1.1  joerg 
   8483      1.1  joerg   auto EvaluateAsSizeT = [&](const Expr *E, APSInt &Into) {
   8484      1.1  joerg     Expr::EvalResult ExprResult;
   8485      1.1  joerg     if (!E->EvaluateAsInt(ExprResult, Ctx, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
   8486      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8487      1.1  joerg     Into = ExprResult.Val.getInt();
   8488      1.1  joerg     if (Into.isNegative() || !Into.isIntN(BitsInSizeT))
   8489      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8490      1.1  joerg     Into = Into.zextOrSelf(BitsInSizeT);
   8491      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8492      1.1  joerg   };
   8493      1.1  joerg 
   8494      1.1  joerg   APSInt SizeOfElem;
   8495      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateAsSizeT(Call->getArg(SizeArgNo), SizeOfElem))
   8496      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8497      1.1  joerg 
   8498      1.1  joerg   if (!AllocSize->getNumElemsParam().isValid()) {
   8499      1.1  joerg     Result = std::move(SizeOfElem);
   8500      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8501      1.1  joerg   }
   8502      1.1  joerg 
   8503      1.1  joerg   APSInt NumberOfElems;
   8504      1.1  joerg   unsigned NumArgNo = AllocSize->getNumElemsParam().getASTIndex();
   8505      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateAsSizeT(Call->getArg(NumArgNo), NumberOfElems))
   8506      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8507      1.1  joerg 
   8508      1.1  joerg   bool Overflow;
   8509      1.1  joerg   llvm::APInt BytesAvailable = SizeOfElem.umul_ov(NumberOfElems, Overflow);
   8510      1.1  joerg   if (Overflow)
   8511      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8512      1.1  joerg 
   8513      1.1  joerg   Result = std::move(BytesAvailable);
   8514      1.1  joerg   return true;
   8515      1.1  joerg }
   8516      1.1  joerg 
   8517      1.1  joerg /// Convenience function. LVal's base must be a call to an alloc_size
   8518      1.1  joerg /// function.
   8519      1.1  joerg static bool getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   8520      1.1  joerg                                             const LValue &LVal,
   8521      1.1  joerg                                             llvm::APInt &Result) {
   8522      1.1  joerg   assert(isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) &&
   8523      1.1  joerg          "Can't get the size of a non alloc_size function");
   8524      1.1  joerg   const auto *Base = LVal.getLValueBase().get<const Expr *>();
   8525      1.1  joerg   const CallExpr *CE = tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(Base);
   8526      1.1  joerg   return getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Ctx, CE, Result);
   8527      1.1  joerg }
   8528      1.1  joerg 
   8529      1.1  joerg /// Attempts to evaluate the given LValueBase as the result of a call to
   8530      1.1  joerg /// a function with the alloc_size attribute. If it was possible to do so, this
   8531      1.1  joerg /// function will return true, make Result's Base point to said function call,
   8532      1.1  joerg /// and mark Result's Base as invalid.
   8533      1.1  joerg static bool evaluateLValueAsAllocSize(EvalInfo &Info, APValue::LValueBase Base,
   8534      1.1  joerg                                       LValue &Result) {
   8535      1.1  joerg   if (Base.isNull())
   8536      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8537      1.1  joerg 
   8538      1.1  joerg   // Because we do no form of static analysis, we only support const variables.
   8539      1.1  joerg   //
   8540      1.1  joerg   // Additionally, we can't support parameters, nor can we support static
   8541      1.1  joerg   // variables (in the latter case, use-before-assign isn't UB; in the former,
   8542      1.1  joerg   // we have no clue what they'll be assigned to).
   8543      1.1  joerg   const auto *VD =
   8544      1.1  joerg       dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>());
   8545      1.1  joerg   if (!VD || !VD->isLocalVarDecl() || !VD->getType().isConstQualified())
   8546      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8547      1.1  joerg 
   8548      1.1  joerg   const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer();
   8549      1.1  joerg   if (!Init)
   8550      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8551      1.1  joerg 
   8552      1.1  joerg   const Expr *E = Init->IgnoreParens();
   8553      1.1  joerg   if (!tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E))
   8554      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8555      1.1  joerg 
   8556      1.1  joerg   // Store E instead of E unwrapped so that the type of the LValue's base is
   8557      1.1  joerg   // what the user wanted.
   8558      1.1  joerg   Result.setInvalid(E);
   8559      1.1  joerg 
   8560      1.1  joerg   QualType Pointee = E->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
   8561      1.1  joerg   Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, Pointee);
   8562      1.1  joerg   return true;
   8563      1.1  joerg }
   8564      1.1  joerg 
   8565      1.1  joerg namespace {
   8566      1.1  joerg class PointerExprEvaluator
   8567      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<PointerExprEvaluator> {
   8568      1.1  joerg   LValue &Result;
   8569      1.1  joerg   bool InvalidBaseOK;
   8570      1.1  joerg 
   8571      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const Expr *E) {
   8572      1.1  joerg     Result.set(E);
   8573      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8574      1.1  joerg   }
   8575      1.1  joerg 
   8576      1.1  joerg   bool evaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) {
   8577      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateLValue(E, Result, Info, InvalidBaseOK);
   8578      1.1  joerg   }
   8579      1.1  joerg 
   8580      1.1  joerg   bool evaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) {
   8581      1.1  joerg     return EvaluatePointer(E, Result, Info, InvalidBaseOK);
   8582      1.1  joerg   }
   8583      1.1  joerg 
   8584      1.1  joerg   bool visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
   8585      1.1  joerg public:
   8586      1.1  joerg 
   8587      1.1  joerg   PointerExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK)
   8588      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result),
   8589      1.1  joerg         InvalidBaseOK(InvalidBaseOK) {}
   8590      1.1  joerg 
   8591      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   8592      1.1  joerg     Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, V);
   8593      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8594      1.1  joerg   }
   8595      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   8596      1.1  joerg     Result.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType());
   8597      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8598      1.1  joerg   }
   8599      1.1  joerg 
   8600      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   8601      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
   8602      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E);
   8603      1.1  joerg   bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E)
   8604      1.1  joerg       { return Success(E); }
   8605      1.1  joerg   bool VisitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E) {
   8606      1.1  joerg     if (E->isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer())
   8607      1.1  joerg       return Success(E);
   8608      1.1  joerg     if (Info.noteFailure())
   8609      1.1  joerg       EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getSubExpr());
   8610      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   8611      1.1  joerg   }
   8612      1.1  joerg   bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E)
   8613      1.1  joerg       { return Success(E); }
   8614      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
   8615      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinOp);
   8616      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E) {
   8617      1.1  joerg     if (!E->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
   8618      1.1  joerg       return Success(E);
   8619      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   8620      1.1  joerg   }
   8621      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *E) {
   8622      1.1  joerg     // Can't look at 'this' when checking a potential constant expression.
   8623      1.1  joerg     if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
   8624      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8625      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.CurrentCall->This) {
   8626      1.1  joerg       if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   8627      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_this) << E->isImplicit();
   8628      1.1  joerg       else
   8629      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E);
   8630      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8631      1.1  joerg     }
   8632      1.1  joerg     Result = *Info.CurrentCall->This;
   8633      1.1  joerg     // If we are inside a lambda's call operator, the 'this' expression refers
   8634      1.1  joerg     // to the enclosing '*this' object (either by value or reference) which is
   8635      1.1  joerg     // either copied into the closure object's field that represents the '*this'
   8636      1.1  joerg     // or refers to '*this'.
   8637      1.1  joerg     if (isLambdaCallOperator(Info.CurrentCall->Callee)) {
   8638  1.1.1.2  joerg       // Ensure we actually have captured 'this'. (an error will have
   8639  1.1.1.2  joerg       // been previously reported if not).
   8640  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField)
   8641  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   8642  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   8643      1.1  joerg       // Update 'Result' to refer to the data member/field of the closure object
   8644      1.1  joerg       // that represents the '*this' capture.
   8645      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result,
   8646      1.1  joerg                              Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField))
   8647      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8648      1.1  joerg       // If we captured '*this' by reference, replace the field with its referent.
   8649      1.1  joerg       if (Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField->getType()
   8650      1.1  joerg               ->isPointerType()) {
   8651      1.1  joerg         APValue RVal;
   8652      1.1  joerg         if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), Result,
   8653      1.1  joerg                                             RVal))
   8654      1.1  joerg           return false;
   8655      1.1  joerg 
   8656      1.1  joerg         Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal);
   8657      1.1  joerg       }
   8658      1.1  joerg     }
   8659      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8660      1.1  joerg   }
   8661      1.1  joerg 
   8662      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E);
   8663      1.1  joerg 
   8664      1.1  joerg   bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E) {
   8665      1.1  joerg     assert(E->isStringType() && "SourceLocExpr isn't a pointer type?");
   8666      1.1  joerg     APValue LValResult = E->EvaluateInContext(
   8667      1.1  joerg         Info.Ctx, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope.getDefaultExpr());
   8668      1.1  joerg     Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, LValResult);
   8669      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8670      1.1  joerg   }
   8671      1.1  joerg 
   8672      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Missing: @protocol, @selector
   8673      1.1  joerg };
   8674      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   8675      1.1  joerg 
   8676      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluatePointer(const Expr* E, LValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info,
   8677      1.1  joerg                             bool InvalidBaseOK) {
   8678  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   8679      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation());
   8680      1.1  joerg   return PointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK).Visit(E);
   8681      1.1  joerg }
   8682      1.1  joerg 
   8683      1.1  joerg bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   8684      1.1  joerg   if (E->getOpcode() != BO_Add &&
   8685      1.1  joerg       E->getOpcode() != BO_Sub)
   8686      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   8687      1.1  joerg 
   8688      1.1  joerg   const Expr *PExp = E->getLHS();
   8689      1.1  joerg   const Expr *IExp = E->getRHS();
   8690      1.1  joerg   if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
   8691      1.1  joerg     std::swap(PExp, IExp);
   8692      1.1  joerg 
   8693      1.1  joerg   bool EvalPtrOK = evaluatePointer(PExp, Result);
   8694      1.1  joerg   if (!EvalPtrOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   8695      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8696      1.1  joerg 
   8697      1.1  joerg   llvm::APSInt Offset;
   8698      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateInteger(IExp, Offset, Info) || !EvalPtrOK)
   8699      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8700      1.1  joerg 
   8701      1.1  joerg   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub)
   8702      1.1  joerg     negateAsSigned(Offset);
   8703      1.1  joerg 
   8704      1.1  joerg   QualType Pointee = PExp->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
   8705      1.1  joerg   return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, Pointee, Offset);
   8706      1.1  joerg }
   8707      1.1  joerg 
   8708      1.1  joerg bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   8709      1.1  joerg   return evaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), Result);
   8710      1.1  joerg }
   8711      1.1  joerg 
   8712      1.1  joerg bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   8713      1.1  joerg   const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
   8714      1.1  joerg 
   8715      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   8716      1.1  joerg   default:
   8717      1.1  joerg     break;
   8718      1.1  joerg   case CK_BitCast:
   8719      1.1  joerg   case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
   8720      1.1  joerg   case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
   8721      1.1  joerg   case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
   8722      1.1  joerg   case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
   8723      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(SubExpr))
   8724      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8725      1.1  joerg     // Bitcasts to cv void* are static_casts, not reinterpret_casts, so are
   8726      1.1  joerg     // permitted in constant expressions in C++11. Bitcasts from cv void* are
   8727      1.1  joerg     // also static_casts, but we disallow them as a resolution to DR1312.
   8728      1.1  joerg     if (!E->getType()->isVoidPointerType()) {
   8729      1.1  joerg       if (!Result.InvalidBase && !Result.Designator.Invalid &&
   8730      1.1  joerg           !Result.IsNullPtr &&
   8731      1.1  joerg           Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Result.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx),
   8732      1.1  joerg                                           E->getType()->getPointeeType()) &&
   8733      1.1  joerg           Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("allocate")) {
   8734      1.1  joerg         // Inside a call to std::allocator::allocate and friends, we permit
   8735      1.1  joerg         // casting from void* back to cv1 T* for a pointer that points to a
   8736      1.1  joerg         // cv2 T.
   8737      1.1  joerg       } else {
   8738      1.1  joerg         Result.Designator.setInvalid();
   8739      1.1  joerg         if (SubExpr->getType()->isVoidPointerType())
   8740      1.1  joerg           CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast)
   8741      1.1  joerg             << 3 << SubExpr->getType();
   8742      1.1  joerg         else
   8743      1.1  joerg           CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
   8744      1.1  joerg       }
   8745      1.1  joerg     }
   8746      1.1  joerg     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_AddressSpaceConversion && Result.IsNullPtr)
   8747      1.1  joerg       ZeroInitialization(E);
   8748      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8749      1.1  joerg 
   8750      1.1  joerg   case CK_DerivedToBase:
   8751      1.1  joerg   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
   8752      1.1  joerg     if (!evaluatePointer(E->getSubExpr(), Result))
   8753      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8754      1.1  joerg     if (!Result.Base && Result.Offset.isZero())
   8755      1.1  joerg       return true;
   8756      1.1  joerg 
   8757      1.1  joerg     // Now figure out the necessary offset to add to the base LV to get from
   8758      1.1  joerg     // the derived class to the base class.
   8759      1.1  joerg     return HandleLValueBasePath(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType()->
   8760      1.1  joerg                                   castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(),
   8761      1.1  joerg                                 Result);
   8762      1.1  joerg 
   8763      1.1  joerg   case CK_BaseToDerived:
   8764      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8765      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8766      1.1  joerg     if (!Result.Base && Result.Offset.isZero())
   8767      1.1  joerg       return true;
   8768      1.1  joerg     return HandleBaseToDerivedCast(Info, E, Result);
   8769      1.1  joerg 
   8770      1.1  joerg   case CK_Dynamic:
   8771      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   8772      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8773      1.1  joerg     return HandleDynamicCast(Info, cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E), Result);
   8774      1.1  joerg 
   8775      1.1  joerg   case CK_NullToPointer:
   8776      1.1  joerg     VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
   8777      1.1  joerg     return ZeroInitialization(E);
   8778      1.1  joerg 
   8779      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
   8780      1.1  joerg     CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
   8781      1.1  joerg 
   8782      1.1  joerg     APValue Value;
   8783      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(SubExpr, Value, Info))
   8784      1.1  joerg       break;
   8785      1.1  joerg 
   8786      1.1  joerg     if (Value.isInt()) {
   8787      1.1  joerg       unsigned Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(E->getType());
   8788      1.1  joerg       uint64_t N = Value.getInt().extOrTrunc(Size).getZExtValue();
   8789      1.1  joerg       Result.Base = (Expr*)nullptr;
   8790      1.1  joerg       Result.InvalidBase = false;
   8791      1.1  joerg       Result.Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(N);
   8792      1.1  joerg       Result.Designator.setInvalid();
   8793      1.1  joerg       Result.IsNullPtr = false;
   8794      1.1  joerg       return true;
   8795      1.1  joerg     } else {
   8796      1.1  joerg       // Cast is of an lvalue, no need to change value.
   8797      1.1  joerg       Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Value);
   8798      1.1  joerg       return true;
   8799      1.1  joerg     }
   8800      1.1  joerg   }
   8801      1.1  joerg 
   8802      1.1  joerg   case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: {
   8803      1.1  joerg     if (SubExpr->isGLValue()) {
   8804      1.1  joerg       if (!evaluateLValue(SubExpr, Result))
   8805      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8806      1.1  joerg     } else {
   8807      1.1  joerg       APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
   8808  1.1.1.2  joerg           SubExpr, SubExpr->getType(), ScopeKind::FullExpression, Result);
   8809      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, Result, SubExpr))
   8810      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8811      1.1  joerg     }
   8812      1.1  joerg     // The result is a pointer to the first element of the array.
   8813      1.1  joerg     auto *AT = Info.Ctx.getAsArrayType(SubExpr->getType());
   8814      1.1  joerg     if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
   8815      1.1  joerg       Result.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
   8816      1.1  joerg     else
   8817      1.1  joerg       Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, AT->getElementType());
   8818      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8819      1.1  joerg   }
   8820      1.1  joerg 
   8821      1.1  joerg   case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
   8822      1.1  joerg     return evaluateLValue(SubExpr, Result);
   8823      1.1  joerg 
   8824      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueToRValue: {
   8825      1.1  joerg     LValue LVal;
   8826      1.1  joerg     if (!evaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), LVal))
   8827      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8828      1.1  joerg 
   8829      1.1  joerg     APValue RVal;
   8830      1.1  joerg     // Note, we use the subexpression's type in order to retain cv-qualifiers.
   8831      1.1  joerg     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(),
   8832      1.1  joerg                                         LVal, RVal))
   8833      1.1  joerg       return InvalidBaseOK &&
   8834      1.1  joerg              evaluateLValueAsAllocSize(Info, LVal.Base, Result);
   8835      1.1  joerg     return Success(RVal, E);
   8836      1.1  joerg   }
   8837      1.1  joerg   }
   8838      1.1  joerg 
   8839      1.1  joerg   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   8840      1.1  joerg }
   8841      1.1  joerg 
   8842      1.1  joerg static CharUnits GetAlignOfType(EvalInfo &Info, QualType T,
   8843      1.1  joerg                                 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
   8844      1.1  joerg   // C++ [expr.alignof]p3:
   8845      1.1  joerg   //     When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result is the
   8846      1.1  joerg   //     alignment of the referenced type.
   8847      1.1  joerg   if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
   8848      1.1  joerg     T = Ref->getPointeeType();
   8849      1.1  joerg 
   8850      1.1  joerg   if (T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
   8851      1.1  joerg     return CharUnits::One();
   8852      1.1  joerg 
   8853      1.1  joerg   const bool AlignOfReturnsPreferred =
   8854      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <= LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver7;
   8855      1.1  joerg 
   8856      1.1  joerg   // __alignof is defined to return the preferred alignment.
   8857      1.1  joerg   // Before 8, clang returned the preferred alignment for alignof and _Alignof
   8858      1.1  joerg   // as well.
   8859      1.1  joerg   if (ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || AlignOfReturnsPreferred)
   8860      1.1  joerg     return Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(
   8861      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
   8862      1.1  joerg   // alignof and _Alignof are defined to return the ABI alignment.
   8863      1.1  joerg   else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf)
   8864      1.1  joerg     return Info.Ctx.getTypeAlignInChars(T.getTypePtr());
   8865      1.1  joerg   else
   8866      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("GetAlignOfType on a non-alignment ExprKind");
   8867      1.1  joerg }
   8868      1.1  joerg 
   8869      1.1  joerg static CharUnits GetAlignOfExpr(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   8870      1.1  joerg                                 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
   8871      1.1  joerg   E = E->IgnoreParens();
   8872      1.1  joerg 
   8873      1.1  joerg   // The kinds of expressions that we have special-case logic here for
   8874      1.1  joerg   // should be kept up to date with the special checks for those
   8875      1.1  joerg   // expressions in Sema.
   8876      1.1  joerg 
   8877      1.1  joerg   // alignof decl is always accepted, even if it doesn't make sense: we default
   8878      1.1  joerg   // to 1 in those cases.
   8879      1.1  joerg   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
   8880      1.1  joerg     return Info.Ctx.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl(),
   8881      1.1  joerg                                  /*RefAsPointee*/true);
   8882      1.1  joerg 
   8883      1.1  joerg   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
   8884      1.1  joerg     return Info.Ctx.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl(),
   8885      1.1  joerg                                  /*RefAsPointee*/true);
   8886      1.1  joerg 
   8887      1.1  joerg   return GetAlignOfType(Info, E->getType(), ExprKind);
   8888      1.1  joerg }
   8889      1.1  joerg 
   8890  1.1.1.2  joerg static CharUnits getBaseAlignment(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &Value) {
   8891  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (const auto *VD = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>())
   8892  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Info.Ctx.getDeclAlign(VD);
   8893  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (const auto *E = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
   8894  1.1.1.2  joerg     return GetAlignOfExpr(Info, E, UETT_AlignOf);
   8895  1.1.1.2  joerg   return GetAlignOfType(Info, Value.Base.getTypeInfoType(), UETT_AlignOf);
   8896  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   8897  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   8898  1.1.1.2  joerg /// Evaluate the value of the alignment argument to __builtin_align_{up,down},
   8899  1.1.1.2  joerg /// __builtin_is_aligned and __builtin_assume_aligned.
   8900  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool getAlignmentArgument(const Expr *E, QualType ForType,
   8901  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  EvalInfo &Info, APSInt &Alignment) {
   8902  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!EvaluateInteger(E, Alignment, Info))
   8903  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   8904  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Alignment < 0 || !Alignment.isPowerOf2()) {
   8905  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_alignment) << Alignment;
   8906  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   8907  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   8908  1.1.1.2  joerg   unsigned SrcWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(ForType);
   8909  1.1.1.2  joerg   APSInt MaxValue(APInt::getOneBitSet(SrcWidth, SrcWidth - 1));
   8910  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (APSInt::compareValues(Alignment, MaxValue) > 0) {
   8911  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_alignment_too_big)
   8912  1.1.1.2  joerg         << MaxValue << ForType << Alignment;
   8913  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   8914  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   8915  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Ensure both alignment and source value have the same bit width so that we
   8916  1.1.1.2  joerg   // don't assert when computing the resulting value.
   8917  1.1.1.2  joerg   APSInt ExtAlignment =
   8918  1.1.1.2  joerg       APSInt(Alignment.zextOrTrunc(SrcWidth), /*isUnsigned=*/true);
   8919  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(APSInt::compareValues(Alignment, ExtAlignment) == 0 &&
   8920  1.1.1.2  joerg          "Alignment should not be changed by ext/trunc");
   8921  1.1.1.2  joerg   Alignment = ExtAlignment;
   8922  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(Alignment.getBitWidth() == SrcWidth);
   8923  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   8924  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   8925  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   8926      1.1  joerg // To be clear: this happily visits unsupported builtins. Better name welcomed.
   8927      1.1  joerg bool PointerExprEvaluator::visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   8928      1.1  joerg   if (ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E))
   8929      1.1  joerg     return true;
   8930      1.1  joerg 
   8931      1.1  joerg   if (!(InvalidBaseOK && getAllocSizeAttr(E)))
   8932      1.1  joerg     return false;
   8933      1.1  joerg 
   8934      1.1  joerg   Result.setInvalid(E);
   8935      1.1  joerg   QualType PointeeTy = E->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
   8936      1.1  joerg   Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, PointeeTy);
   8937      1.1  joerg   return true;
   8938      1.1  joerg }
   8939      1.1  joerg 
   8940      1.1  joerg bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   8941      1.1  joerg   if (IsStringLiteralCall(E))
   8942      1.1  joerg     return Success(E);
   8943      1.1  joerg 
   8944      1.1  joerg   if (unsigned BuiltinOp = E->getBuiltinCallee())
   8945      1.1  joerg     return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinOp);
   8946      1.1  joerg 
   8947      1.1  joerg   return visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(E);
   8948      1.1  joerg }
   8949      1.1  joerg 
   8950  1.1.1.2  joerg // Determine if T is a character type for which we guarantee that
   8951  1.1.1.2  joerg // sizeof(T) == 1.
   8952  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool isOneByteCharacterType(QualType T) {
   8953  1.1.1.2  joerg   return T->isCharType() || T->isChar8Type();
   8954  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   8955  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   8956      1.1  joerg bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E,
   8957      1.1  joerg                                                 unsigned BuiltinOp) {
   8958      1.1  joerg   switch (BuiltinOp) {
   8959      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
   8960      1.1  joerg     return evaluateLValue(E->getArg(0), Result);
   8961      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned: {
   8962      1.1  joerg     // We need to be very careful here because: if the pointer does not have the
   8963      1.1  joerg     // asserted alignment, then the behavior is undefined, and undefined
   8964      1.1  joerg     // behavior is non-constant.
   8965      1.1  joerg     if (!evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result))
   8966      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8967      1.1  joerg 
   8968      1.1  joerg     LValue OffsetResult(Result);
   8969      1.1  joerg     APSInt Alignment;
   8970  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), E->getArg(0)->getType(), Info,
   8971  1.1.1.2  joerg                               Alignment))
   8972      1.1  joerg       return false;
   8973      1.1  joerg     CharUnits Align = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Alignment.getZExtValue());
   8974      1.1  joerg 
   8975      1.1  joerg     if (E->getNumArgs() > 2) {
   8976      1.1  joerg       APSInt Offset;
   8977      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), Offset, Info))
   8978      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8979      1.1  joerg 
   8980      1.1  joerg       int64_t AdditionalOffset = -Offset.getZExtValue();
   8981      1.1  joerg       OffsetResult.Offset += CharUnits::fromQuantity(AdditionalOffset);
   8982      1.1  joerg     }
   8983      1.1  joerg 
   8984      1.1  joerg     // If there is a base object, then it must have the correct alignment.
   8985      1.1  joerg     if (OffsetResult.Base) {
   8986  1.1.1.2  joerg       CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, OffsetResult);
   8987      1.1  joerg 
   8988      1.1  joerg       if (BaseAlignment < Align) {
   8989      1.1  joerg         Result.Designator.setInvalid();
   8990      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: Add support to Diagnostic for long / long long.
   8991      1.1  joerg         CCEDiag(E->getArg(0),
   8992      1.1  joerg                 diag::note_constexpr_baa_insufficient_alignment) << 0
   8993      1.1  joerg           << (unsigned)BaseAlignment.getQuantity()
   8994      1.1  joerg           << (unsigned)Align.getQuantity();
   8995      1.1  joerg         return false;
   8996      1.1  joerg       }
   8997      1.1  joerg     }
   8998      1.1  joerg 
   8999      1.1  joerg     // The offset must also have the correct alignment.
   9000      1.1  joerg     if (OffsetResult.Offset.alignTo(Align) != OffsetResult.Offset) {
   9001      1.1  joerg       Result.Designator.setInvalid();
   9002      1.1  joerg 
   9003      1.1  joerg       (OffsetResult.Base
   9004      1.1  joerg            ? CCEDiag(E->getArg(0),
   9005      1.1  joerg                      diag::note_constexpr_baa_insufficient_alignment) << 1
   9006      1.1  joerg            : CCEDiag(E->getArg(0),
   9007      1.1  joerg                      diag::note_constexpr_baa_value_insufficient_alignment))
   9008      1.1  joerg         << (int)OffsetResult.Offset.getQuantity()
   9009      1.1  joerg         << (unsigned)Align.getQuantity();
   9010      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9011      1.1  joerg     }
   9012      1.1  joerg 
   9013      1.1  joerg     return true;
   9014      1.1  joerg   }
   9015  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_up:
   9016  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down: {
   9017  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result))
   9018  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   9019  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt Alignment;
   9020  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), E->getArg(0)->getType(), Info,
   9021  1.1.1.2  joerg                               Alignment))
   9022  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   9023  1.1.1.2  joerg     CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, Result);
   9024  1.1.1.2  joerg     CharUnits PtrAlign = BaseAlignment.alignmentAtOffset(Result.Offset);
   9025  1.1.1.2  joerg     // For align_up/align_down, we can return the same value if the alignment
   9026  1.1.1.2  joerg     // is known to be greater or equal to the requested value.
   9027  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (PtrAlign.getQuantity() >= Alignment)
   9028  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   9029  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   9030  1.1.1.2  joerg     // The alignment could be greater than the minimum at run-time, so we cannot
   9031  1.1.1.2  joerg     // infer much about the resulting pointer value. One case is possible:
   9032  1.1.1.2  joerg     // For `_Alignas(32) char buf[N]; __builtin_align_down(&buf[idx], 32)` we
   9033  1.1.1.2  joerg     // can infer the correct index if the requested alignment is smaller than
   9034  1.1.1.2  joerg     // the base alignment so we can perform the computation on the offset.
   9035  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (BaseAlignment.getQuantity() >= Alignment) {
   9036  1.1.1.2  joerg       assert(Alignment.getBitWidth() <= 64 &&
   9037  1.1.1.2  joerg              "Cannot handle > 64-bit address-space");
   9038  1.1.1.2  joerg       uint64_t Alignment64 = Alignment.getZExtValue();
   9039  1.1.1.2  joerg       CharUnits NewOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
   9040  1.1.1.2  joerg           BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down
   9041  1.1.1.2  joerg               ? llvm::alignDown(Result.Offset.getQuantity(), Alignment64)
   9042  1.1.1.2  joerg               : llvm::alignTo(Result.Offset.getQuantity(), Alignment64));
   9043  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result.adjustOffset(NewOffset - Result.Offset);
   9044  1.1.1.2  joerg       // TODO: diagnose out-of-bounds values/only allow for arrays?
   9045  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   9046  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   9047  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Otherwise, we cannot constant-evaluate the result.
   9048  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0), diag::note_constexpr_alignment_adjust)
   9049  1.1.1.2  joerg         << Alignment;
   9050  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   9051  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   9052      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
   9053      1.1  joerg     return HandleOperatorNewCall(Info, E, Result);
   9054      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_launder:
   9055      1.1  joerg     return evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result);
   9056      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIstrchr:
   9057      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwcschr:
   9058      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BImemchr:
   9059      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwmemchr:
   9060      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   9061      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
   9062      1.1  joerg         << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
   9063      1.1  joerg         << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
   9064      1.1  joerg     else
   9065      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   9066      1.1  joerg     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
   9067      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr:
   9068      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr:
   9069      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr:
   9070      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_char_memchr:
   9071      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemchr: {
   9072      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getArg(0)))
   9073      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9074      1.1  joerg     APSInt Desired;
   9075      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Desired, Info))
   9076      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9077      1.1  joerg     uint64_t MaxLength = uint64_t(-1);
   9078      1.1  joerg     if (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIstrchr &&
   9079      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwcschr &&
   9080      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr &&
   9081      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr) {
   9082      1.1  joerg       APSInt N;
   9083      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info))
   9084      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9085      1.1  joerg       MaxLength = N.getExtValue();
   9086      1.1  joerg     }
   9087      1.1  joerg     // We cannot find the value if there are no candidates to match against.
   9088      1.1  joerg     if (MaxLength == 0u)
   9089      1.1  joerg       return ZeroInitialization(E);
   9090      1.1  joerg     if (!Result.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) ||
   9091      1.1  joerg         Result.Designator.Invalid)
   9092      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9093      1.1  joerg     QualType CharTy = Result.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
   9094      1.1  joerg     bool IsRawByte = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemchr ||
   9095      1.1  joerg                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr;
   9096      1.1  joerg     assert(IsRawByte ||
   9097      1.1  joerg            Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
   9098      1.1  joerg                CharTy, E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType()));
   9099      1.1  joerg     // Pointers to const void may point to objects of incomplete type.
   9100      1.1  joerg     if (IsRawByte && CharTy->isIncompleteType()) {
   9101      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_incomplete_type) << CharTy;
   9102      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9103      1.1  joerg     }
   9104      1.1  joerg     // Give up on byte-oriented matching against multibyte elements.
   9105      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: We can compare the bytes in the correct order.
   9106  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (IsRawByte && !isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy)) {
   9107  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memchr_unsupported)
   9108  1.1.1.2  joerg           << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'")
   9109  1.1.1.2  joerg           << CharTy;
   9110      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9111  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   9112      1.1  joerg     // Figure out what value we're actually looking for (after converting to
   9113      1.1  joerg     // the corresponding unsigned type if necessary).
   9114      1.1  joerg     uint64_t DesiredVal;
   9115      1.1  joerg     bool StopAtNull = false;
   9116      1.1  joerg     switch (BuiltinOp) {
   9117      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BIstrchr:
   9118      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr:
   9119      1.1  joerg       // strchr compares directly to the passed integer, and therefore
   9120      1.1  joerg       // always fails if given an int that is not a char.
   9121      1.1  joerg       if (!APSInt::isSameValue(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, CharTy,
   9122      1.1  joerg                                                   E->getArg(1)->getType(),
   9123      1.1  joerg                                                   Desired),
   9124      1.1  joerg                                Desired))
   9125      1.1  joerg         return ZeroInitialization(E);
   9126      1.1  joerg       StopAtNull = true;
   9127      1.1  joerg       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
   9128      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BImemchr:
   9129      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr:
   9130      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_char_memchr:
   9131      1.1  joerg       // memchr compares by converting both sides to unsigned char. That's also
   9132      1.1  joerg       // correct for strchr if we get this far (to cope with plain char being
   9133      1.1  joerg       // unsigned in the strchr case).
   9134      1.1  joerg       DesiredVal = Desired.trunc(Info.Ctx.getCharWidth()).getZExtValue();
   9135      1.1  joerg       break;
   9136      1.1  joerg 
   9137      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BIwcschr:
   9138      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr:
   9139      1.1  joerg       StopAtNull = true;
   9140      1.1  joerg       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
   9141      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BIwmemchr:
   9142      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemchr:
   9143      1.1  joerg       // wcschr and wmemchr are given a wchar_t to look for. Just use it.
   9144      1.1  joerg       DesiredVal = Desired.getZExtValue();
   9145      1.1  joerg       break;
   9146      1.1  joerg     }
   9147      1.1  joerg 
   9148      1.1  joerg     for (; MaxLength; --MaxLength) {
   9149      1.1  joerg       APValue Char;
   9150      1.1  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy, Result, Char) ||
   9151      1.1  joerg           !Char.isInt())
   9152      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9153      1.1  joerg       if (Char.getInt().getZExtValue() == DesiredVal)
   9154      1.1  joerg         return true;
   9155      1.1  joerg       if (StopAtNull && !Char.getInt())
   9156      1.1  joerg         break;
   9157      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, CharTy, 1))
   9158      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9159      1.1  joerg     }
   9160      1.1  joerg     // Not found: return nullptr.
   9161      1.1  joerg     return ZeroInitialization(E);
   9162      1.1  joerg   }
   9163      1.1  joerg 
   9164      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BImemcpy:
   9165      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BImemmove:
   9166      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwmemcpy:
   9167      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwmemmove:
   9168      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   9169      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
   9170      1.1  joerg         << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
   9171      1.1  joerg         << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
   9172      1.1  joerg     else
   9173      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   9174      1.1  joerg     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
   9175      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcpy:
   9176      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memmove:
   9177      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcpy:
   9178      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove: {
   9179      1.1  joerg     bool WChar = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemcpy ||
   9180      1.1  joerg                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemmove ||
   9181      1.1  joerg                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcpy ||
   9182      1.1  joerg                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove;
   9183      1.1  joerg     bool Move = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemmove ||
   9184      1.1  joerg                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemmove ||
   9185      1.1  joerg                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memmove ||
   9186      1.1  joerg                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove;
   9187      1.1  joerg 
   9188      1.1  joerg     // The result of mem* is the first argument.
   9189      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getArg(0)))
   9190      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9191      1.1  joerg     LValue Dest = Result;
   9192      1.1  joerg 
   9193      1.1  joerg     LValue Src;
   9194      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(1), Src, Info))
   9195      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9196      1.1  joerg 
   9197      1.1  joerg     APSInt N;
   9198      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info))
   9199      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9200      1.1  joerg     assert(!N.isSigned() && "memcpy and friends take an unsigned size");
   9201      1.1  joerg 
   9202      1.1  joerg     // If the size is zero, we treat this as always being a valid no-op.
   9203      1.1  joerg     // (Even if one of the src and dest pointers is null.)
   9204      1.1  joerg     if (!N)
   9205      1.1  joerg       return true;
   9206      1.1  joerg 
   9207      1.1  joerg     // Otherwise, if either of the operands is null, we can't proceed. Don't
   9208      1.1  joerg     // try to determine the type of the copied objects, because there aren't
   9209      1.1  joerg     // any.
   9210      1.1  joerg     if (!Src.Base || !Dest.Base) {
   9211      1.1  joerg       APValue Val;
   9212      1.1  joerg       (!Src.Base ? Src : Dest).moveInto(Val);
   9213      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_null)
   9214      1.1  joerg           << Move << WChar << !!Src.Base
   9215      1.1  joerg           << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx, E->getArg(0)->getType());
   9216      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9217      1.1  joerg     }
   9218      1.1  joerg     if (Src.Designator.Invalid || Dest.Designator.Invalid)
   9219      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9220      1.1  joerg 
   9221      1.1  joerg     // We require that Src and Dest are both pointers to arrays of
   9222      1.1  joerg     // trivially-copyable type. (For the wide version, the designator will be
   9223      1.1  joerg     // invalid if the designated object is not a wchar_t.)
   9224      1.1  joerg     QualType T = Dest.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
   9225      1.1  joerg     QualType SrcT = Src.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
   9226      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SrcT)) {
   9227  1.1.1.2  joerg       // FIXME: Consider using our bit_cast implementation to support this.
   9228      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_type_pun) << Move << SrcT << T;
   9229      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9230      1.1  joerg     }
   9231      1.1  joerg     if (T->isIncompleteType()) {
   9232      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_incomplete_type) << Move << T;
   9233      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9234      1.1  joerg     }
   9235      1.1  joerg     if (!T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Info.Ctx)) {
   9236      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_nontrivial) << Move << T;
   9237      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9238      1.1  joerg     }
   9239      1.1  joerg 
   9240      1.1  joerg     // Figure out how many T's we're copying.
   9241      1.1  joerg     uint64_t TSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
   9242      1.1  joerg     if (!WChar) {
   9243      1.1  joerg       uint64_t Remainder;
   9244      1.1  joerg       llvm::APInt OrigN = N;
   9245      1.1  joerg       llvm::APInt::udivrem(OrigN, TSize, N, Remainder);
   9246      1.1  joerg       if (Remainder) {
   9247      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_unsupported)
   9248      1.1  joerg             << Move << WChar << 0 << T << OrigN.toString(10, /*Signed*/false)
   9249      1.1  joerg             << (unsigned)TSize;
   9250      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9251      1.1  joerg       }
   9252      1.1  joerg     }
   9253      1.1  joerg 
   9254      1.1  joerg     // Check that the copying will remain within the arrays, just so that we
   9255      1.1  joerg     // can give a more meaningful diagnostic. This implicitly also checks that
   9256      1.1  joerg     // N fits into 64 bits.
   9257      1.1  joerg     uint64_t RemainingSrcSize = Src.Designator.validIndexAdjustments().second;
   9258      1.1  joerg     uint64_t RemainingDestSize = Dest.Designator.validIndexAdjustments().second;
   9259      1.1  joerg     if (N.ugt(RemainingSrcSize) || N.ugt(RemainingDestSize)) {
   9260      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_unsupported)
   9261      1.1  joerg           << Move << WChar << (N.ugt(RemainingSrcSize) ? 1 : 2) << T
   9262      1.1  joerg           << N.toString(10, /*Signed*/false);
   9263      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9264      1.1  joerg     }
   9265      1.1  joerg     uint64_t NElems = N.getZExtValue();
   9266      1.1  joerg     uint64_t NBytes = NElems * TSize;
   9267      1.1  joerg 
   9268      1.1  joerg     // Check for overlap.
   9269      1.1  joerg     int Direction = 1;
   9270      1.1  joerg     if (HasSameBase(Src, Dest)) {
   9271      1.1  joerg       uint64_t SrcOffset = Src.getLValueOffset().getQuantity();
   9272      1.1  joerg       uint64_t DestOffset = Dest.getLValueOffset().getQuantity();
   9273      1.1  joerg       if (DestOffset >= SrcOffset && DestOffset - SrcOffset < NBytes) {
   9274      1.1  joerg         // Dest is inside the source region.
   9275      1.1  joerg         if (!Move) {
   9276      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_overlap) << WChar;
   9277      1.1  joerg           return false;
   9278      1.1  joerg         }
   9279      1.1  joerg         // For memmove and friends, copy backwards.
   9280      1.1  joerg         if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Src, T, NElems - 1) ||
   9281      1.1  joerg             !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Dest, T, NElems - 1))
   9282      1.1  joerg           return false;
   9283      1.1  joerg         Direction = -1;
   9284      1.1  joerg       } else if (!Move && SrcOffset >= DestOffset &&
   9285      1.1  joerg                  SrcOffset - DestOffset < NBytes) {
   9286      1.1  joerg         // Src is inside the destination region for memcpy: invalid.
   9287      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_overlap) << WChar;
   9288      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9289      1.1  joerg       }
   9290      1.1  joerg     }
   9291      1.1  joerg 
   9292      1.1  joerg     while (true) {
   9293      1.1  joerg       APValue Val;
   9294      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: Set WantObjectRepresentation to true if we're copying a
   9295      1.1  joerg       // char-like type?
   9296      1.1  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, T, Src, Val) ||
   9297      1.1  joerg           !handleAssignment(Info, E, Dest, T, Val))
   9298      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9299      1.1  joerg       // Do not iterate past the last element; if we're copying backwards, that
   9300      1.1  joerg       // might take us off the start of the array.
   9301      1.1  joerg       if (--NElems == 0)
   9302      1.1  joerg         return true;
   9303      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Src, T, Direction) ||
   9304      1.1  joerg           !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Dest, T, Direction))
   9305      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9306      1.1  joerg     }
   9307      1.1  joerg   }
   9308      1.1  joerg 
   9309      1.1  joerg   default:
   9310      1.1  joerg     break;
   9311      1.1  joerg   }
   9312      1.1  joerg 
   9313      1.1  joerg   return visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(E);
   9314      1.1  joerg }
   9315      1.1  joerg 
   9316      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateArrayNewInitList(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
   9317      1.1  joerg                                      APValue &Result, const InitListExpr *ILE,
   9318      1.1  joerg                                      QualType AllocType);
   9319  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
   9320  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           APValue &Result,
   9321  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           const CXXConstructExpr *CCE,
   9322  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           QualType AllocType);
   9323      1.1  joerg 
   9324      1.1  joerg bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) {
   9325  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
   9326      1.1  joerg     Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new);
   9327      1.1  joerg 
   9328      1.1  joerg   // We cannot speculatively evaluate a delete expression.
   9329      1.1  joerg   if (Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
   9330      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9331      1.1  joerg 
   9332      1.1  joerg   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew();
   9333      1.1  joerg 
   9334      1.1  joerg   bool IsNothrow = false;
   9335      1.1  joerg   bool IsPlacement = false;
   9336      1.1  joerg   if (OperatorNew->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() &&
   9337      1.1  joerg       Info.CurrentCall->isStdFunction() && !E->isArray()) {
   9338      1.1  joerg     // FIXME Support array placement new.
   9339      1.1  joerg     assert(E->getNumPlacementArgs() == 1);
   9340      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getPlacementArg(0), Result, Info))
   9341      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9342      1.1  joerg     if (Result.Designator.Invalid)
   9343      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9344      1.1  joerg     IsPlacement = true;
   9345      1.1  joerg   } else if (!OperatorNew->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
   9346      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable)
   9347      1.1  joerg         << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorNew) << OperatorNew;
   9348      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9349      1.1  joerg   } else if (E->getNumPlacementArgs()) {
   9350      1.1  joerg     // The only new-placement list we support is of the form (std::nothrow).
   9351      1.1  joerg     //
   9352      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: There is no restriction on this, but it's not clear that any
   9353      1.1  joerg     // other form makes any sense. We get here for cases such as:
   9354      1.1  joerg     //
   9355      1.1  joerg     //   new (std::align_val_t{N}) X(int)
   9356      1.1  joerg     //
   9357      1.1  joerg     // (which should presumably be valid only if N is a multiple of
   9358      1.1  joerg     // alignof(int), and in any case can't be deallocated unless N is
   9359      1.1  joerg     // alignof(X) and X has new-extended alignment).
   9360      1.1  joerg     if (E->getNumPlacementArgs() != 1 ||
   9361      1.1  joerg         !E->getPlacementArg(0)->getType()->isNothrowT())
   9362      1.1  joerg       return Error(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_placement);
   9363      1.1  joerg 
   9364      1.1  joerg     LValue Nothrow;
   9365      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getPlacementArg(0), Nothrow, Info))
   9366      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9367      1.1  joerg     IsNothrow = true;
   9368      1.1  joerg   }
   9369      1.1  joerg 
   9370      1.1  joerg   const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
   9371      1.1  joerg   const InitListExpr *ResizedArrayILE = nullptr;
   9372  1.1.1.2  joerg   const CXXConstructExpr *ResizedArrayCCE = nullptr;
   9373  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool ValueInit = false;
   9374      1.1  joerg 
   9375      1.1  joerg   QualType AllocType = E->getAllocatedType();
   9376      1.1  joerg   if (Optional<const Expr*> ArraySize = E->getArraySize()) {
   9377      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Stripped = *ArraySize;
   9378      1.1  joerg     for (; auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Stripped);
   9379      1.1  joerg          Stripped = ICE->getSubExpr())
   9380      1.1  joerg       if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp &&
   9381      1.1  joerg           ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast)
   9382      1.1  joerg         break;
   9383      1.1  joerg 
   9384      1.1  joerg     llvm::APSInt ArrayBound;
   9385      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(Stripped, ArrayBound, Info))
   9386      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9387      1.1  joerg 
   9388      1.1  joerg     // C++ [expr.new]p9:
   9389      1.1  joerg     //   The expression is erroneous if:
   9390      1.1  joerg     //   -- [...] its value before converting to size_t [or] applying the
   9391      1.1  joerg     //      second standard conversion sequence is less than zero
   9392      1.1  joerg     if (ArrayBound.isSigned() && ArrayBound.isNegative()) {
   9393      1.1  joerg       if (IsNothrow)
   9394      1.1  joerg         return ZeroInitialization(E);
   9395      1.1  joerg 
   9396      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_negative)
   9397      1.1  joerg           << ArrayBound << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange();
   9398      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9399      1.1  joerg     }
   9400      1.1  joerg 
   9401      1.1  joerg     //   -- its value is such that the size of the allocated object would
   9402      1.1  joerg     //      exceed the implementation-defined limit
   9403      1.1  joerg     if (ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Info.Ctx, AllocType,
   9404      1.1  joerg                                                 ArrayBound) >
   9405      1.1  joerg         ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Info.Ctx)) {
   9406      1.1  joerg       if (IsNothrow)
   9407      1.1  joerg         return ZeroInitialization(E);
   9408      1.1  joerg 
   9409      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_large)
   9410      1.1  joerg         << ArrayBound << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange();
   9411      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9412      1.1  joerg     }
   9413      1.1  joerg 
   9414      1.1  joerg     //   -- the new-initializer is a braced-init-list and the number of
   9415      1.1  joerg     //      array elements for which initializers are provided [...]
   9416      1.1  joerg     //      exceeds the number of elements to initialize
   9417  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Init) {
   9418  1.1.1.2  joerg       // No initialization is performed.
   9419  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Init) ||
   9420  1.1.1.2  joerg                isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
   9421  1.1.1.2  joerg       ValueInit = true;
   9422  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else if (auto *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
   9423  1.1.1.2  joerg       ResizedArrayCCE = CCE;
   9424  1.1.1.2  joerg     } else {
   9425      1.1  joerg       auto *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Init->getType());
   9426      1.1  joerg       assert(CAT && "unexpected type for array initializer");
   9427      1.1  joerg 
   9428      1.1  joerg       unsigned Bits =
   9429      1.1  joerg           std::max(CAT->getSize().getBitWidth(), ArrayBound.getBitWidth());
   9430      1.1  joerg       llvm::APInt InitBound = CAT->getSize().zextOrSelf(Bits);
   9431      1.1  joerg       llvm::APInt AllocBound = ArrayBound.zextOrSelf(Bits);
   9432      1.1  joerg       if (InitBound.ugt(AllocBound)) {
   9433      1.1  joerg         if (IsNothrow)
   9434      1.1  joerg           return ZeroInitialization(E);
   9435      1.1  joerg 
   9436      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_small)
   9437      1.1  joerg             << AllocBound.toString(10, /*Signed=*/false)
   9438      1.1  joerg             << InitBound.toString(10, /*Signed=*/false)
   9439      1.1  joerg             << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange();
   9440      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9441      1.1  joerg       }
   9442      1.1  joerg 
   9443      1.1  joerg       // If the sizes differ, we must have an initializer list, and we need
   9444      1.1  joerg       // special handling for this case when we initialize.
   9445      1.1  joerg       if (InitBound != AllocBound)
   9446      1.1  joerg         ResizedArrayILE = cast<InitListExpr>(Init);
   9447      1.1  joerg     }
   9448      1.1  joerg 
   9449      1.1  joerg     AllocType = Info.Ctx.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, ArrayBound, nullptr,
   9450      1.1  joerg                                               ArrayType::Normal, 0);
   9451      1.1  joerg   } else {
   9452      1.1  joerg     assert(!AllocType->isArrayType() &&
   9453      1.1  joerg            "array allocation with non-array new");
   9454      1.1  joerg   }
   9455      1.1  joerg 
   9456      1.1  joerg   APValue *Val;
   9457      1.1  joerg   if (IsPlacement) {
   9458      1.1  joerg     AccessKinds AK = AK_Construct;
   9459      1.1  joerg     struct FindObjectHandler {
   9460      1.1  joerg       EvalInfo &Info;
   9461      1.1  joerg       const Expr *E;
   9462      1.1  joerg       QualType AllocType;
   9463      1.1  joerg       const AccessKinds AccessKind;
   9464      1.1  joerg       APValue *Value;
   9465      1.1  joerg 
   9466      1.1  joerg       typedef bool result_type;
   9467      1.1  joerg       bool failed() { return false; }
   9468      1.1  joerg       bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
   9469      1.1  joerg         // FIXME: Reject the cases where [basic.life]p8 would not permit the
   9470      1.1  joerg         // old name of the object to be used to name the new object.
   9471      1.1  joerg         if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SubobjType, AllocType)) {
   9472      1.1  joerg           Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_placement_new_wrong_type) <<
   9473      1.1  joerg             SubobjType << AllocType;
   9474      1.1  joerg           return false;
   9475      1.1  joerg         }
   9476      1.1  joerg         Value = &Subobj;
   9477      1.1  joerg         return true;
   9478      1.1  joerg       }
   9479      1.1  joerg       bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   9480      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_construct_complex_elem);
   9481      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9482      1.1  joerg       }
   9483      1.1  joerg       bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
   9484      1.1  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_construct_complex_elem);
   9485      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9486      1.1  joerg       }
   9487      1.1  joerg     } Handler = {Info, E, AllocType, AK, nullptr};
   9488      1.1  joerg 
   9489      1.1  joerg     CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, Result, AllocType);
   9490      1.1  joerg     if (!Obj || !findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Result.Designator, Handler))
   9491      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9492      1.1  joerg 
   9493      1.1  joerg     Val = Handler.Value;
   9494      1.1  joerg 
   9495      1.1  joerg     // [basic.life]p1:
   9496      1.1  joerg     //   The lifetime of an object o of type T ends when [...] the storage
   9497      1.1  joerg     //   which the object occupies is [...] reused by an object that is not
   9498      1.1  joerg     //   nested within o (6.6.2).
   9499      1.1  joerg     *Val = APValue();
   9500      1.1  joerg   } else {
   9501      1.1  joerg     // Perform the allocation and obtain a pointer to the resulting object.
   9502      1.1  joerg     Val = Info.createHeapAlloc(E, AllocType, Result);
   9503      1.1  joerg     if (!Val)
   9504      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9505      1.1  joerg   }
   9506      1.1  joerg 
   9507  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (ValueInit) {
   9508  1.1.1.2  joerg     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(AllocType);
   9509  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Val, Info, Result, &VIE))
   9510  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   9511  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else if (ResizedArrayILE) {
   9512      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateArrayNewInitList(Info, Result, *Val, ResizedArrayILE,
   9513      1.1  joerg                                   AllocType))
   9514      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9515  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else if (ResizedArrayCCE) {
   9516  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(Info, Result, *Val, ResizedArrayCCE,
   9517  1.1.1.2  joerg                                        AllocType))
   9518  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   9519      1.1  joerg   } else if (Init) {
   9520      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Val, Info, Result, Init))
   9521      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9522  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else if (!getDefaultInitValue(AllocType, *Val)) {
   9523  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   9524      1.1  joerg   }
   9525      1.1  joerg 
   9526      1.1  joerg   // Array new returns a pointer to the first element, not a pointer to the
   9527      1.1  joerg   // array.
   9528      1.1  joerg   if (auto *AT = AllocType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
   9529      1.1  joerg     Result.addArray(Info, E, cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT));
   9530      1.1  joerg 
   9531      1.1  joerg   return true;
   9532      1.1  joerg }
   9533      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   9534      1.1  joerg // Member Pointer Evaluation
   9535      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   9536      1.1  joerg 
   9537      1.1  joerg namespace {
   9538      1.1  joerg class MemberPointerExprEvaluator
   9539      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<MemberPointerExprEvaluator> {
   9540      1.1  joerg   MemberPtr &Result;
   9541      1.1  joerg 
   9542      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const ValueDecl *D) {
   9543      1.1  joerg     Result = MemberPtr(D);
   9544      1.1  joerg     return true;
   9545      1.1  joerg   }
   9546      1.1  joerg public:
   9547      1.1  joerg 
   9548      1.1  joerg   MemberPointerExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, MemberPtr &Result)
   9549      1.1  joerg     : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), Result(Result) {}
   9550      1.1  joerg 
   9551      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   9552      1.1  joerg     Result.setFrom(V);
   9553      1.1  joerg     return true;
   9554      1.1  joerg   }
   9555      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   9556      1.1  joerg     return Success((const ValueDecl*)nullptr);
   9557      1.1  joerg   }
   9558      1.1  joerg 
   9559      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
   9560      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E);
   9561      1.1  joerg };
   9562      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   9563      1.1  joerg 
   9564      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateMemberPointer(const Expr *E, MemberPtr &Result,
   9565      1.1  joerg                                   EvalInfo &Info) {
   9566  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   9567      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType());
   9568      1.1  joerg   return MemberPointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
   9569      1.1  joerg }
   9570      1.1  joerg 
   9571      1.1  joerg bool MemberPointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   9572      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   9573      1.1  joerg   default:
   9574      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   9575      1.1  joerg 
   9576      1.1  joerg   case CK_NullToMemberPointer:
   9577      1.1  joerg     VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
   9578      1.1  joerg     return ZeroInitialization(E);
   9579      1.1  joerg 
   9580      1.1  joerg   case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: {
   9581      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   9582      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9583      1.1  joerg     if (E->path_empty())
   9584      1.1  joerg       return true;
   9585      1.1  joerg     // Base-to-derived member pointer casts store the path in derived-to-base
   9586      1.1  joerg     // order, so iterate backwards. The CXXBaseSpecifier also provides us with
   9587      1.1  joerg     // the wrong end of the derived->base arc, so stagger the path by one class.
   9588      1.1  joerg     typedef std::reverse_iterator<CastExpr::path_const_iterator> ReverseIter;
   9589      1.1  joerg     for (ReverseIter PathI(E->path_end() - 1), PathE(E->path_begin());
   9590      1.1  joerg          PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
   9591      1.1  joerg       assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "memptr cast through vbase");
   9592      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Derived = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   9593      1.1  joerg       if (!Result.castToDerived(Derived))
   9594      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   9595      1.1  joerg     }
   9596      1.1  joerg     const Type *FinalTy = E->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getClass();
   9597      1.1  joerg     if (!Result.castToDerived(FinalTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()))
   9598      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   9599      1.1  joerg     return true;
   9600      1.1  joerg   }
   9601      1.1  joerg 
   9602      1.1  joerg   case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer:
   9603      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   9604      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9605      1.1  joerg     for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(),
   9606      1.1  joerg          PathE = E->path_end(); PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
   9607      1.1  joerg       assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "memptr cast through vbase");
   9608      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   9609      1.1  joerg       if (!Result.castToBase(Base))
   9610      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   9611      1.1  joerg     }
   9612      1.1  joerg     return true;
   9613      1.1  joerg   }
   9614      1.1  joerg }
   9615      1.1  joerg 
   9616      1.1  joerg bool MemberPointerExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   9617      1.1  joerg   // C++11 [expr.unary.op]p3 has very strict rules on how the address of a
   9618      1.1  joerg   // member can be formed.
   9619      1.1  joerg   return Success(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getSubExpr())->getDecl());
   9620      1.1  joerg }
   9621      1.1  joerg 
   9622      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   9623      1.1  joerg // Record Evaluation
   9624      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   9625      1.1  joerg 
   9626      1.1  joerg namespace {
   9627      1.1  joerg   class RecordExprEvaluator
   9628      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<RecordExprEvaluator> {
   9629      1.1  joerg     const LValue &This;
   9630      1.1  joerg     APValue &Result;
   9631      1.1  joerg   public:
   9632      1.1  joerg 
   9633      1.1  joerg     RecordExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, const LValue &This, APValue &Result)
   9634      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), This(This), Result(Result) {}
   9635      1.1  joerg 
   9636      1.1  joerg     bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   9637      1.1  joerg       Result = V;
   9638      1.1  joerg       return true;
   9639      1.1  joerg     }
   9640      1.1  joerg     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   9641      1.1  joerg       return ZeroInitialization(E, E->getType());
   9642      1.1  joerg     }
   9643      1.1  joerg     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E, QualType T);
   9644      1.1  joerg 
   9645      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   9646      1.1  joerg       return handleCallExpr(E, Result, &This);
   9647      1.1  joerg     }
   9648      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
   9649      1.1  joerg     bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E);
   9650      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) {
   9651      1.1  joerg       return VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, E->getType());
   9652      1.1  joerg     }
   9653      1.1  joerg     bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E);
   9654      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E);
   9655      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, QualType T);
   9656      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E);
   9657      1.1  joerg     bool VisitBinCmp(const BinaryOperator *E);
   9658      1.1  joerg   };
   9659      1.1  joerg }
   9660      1.1  joerg 
   9661      1.1  joerg /// Perform zero-initialization on an object of non-union class type.
   9662      1.1  joerg /// C++11 [dcl.init]p5:
   9663      1.1  joerg ///  To zero-initialize an object or reference of type T means:
   9664      1.1  joerg ///    [...]
   9665      1.1  joerg ///    -- if T is a (possibly cv-qualified) non-union class type,
   9666      1.1  joerg ///       each non-static data member and each base-class subobject is
   9667      1.1  joerg ///       zero-initialized
   9668      1.1  joerg static bool HandleClassZeroInitialization(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
   9669      1.1  joerg                                           const RecordDecl *RD,
   9670      1.1  joerg                                           const LValue &This, APValue &Result) {
   9671      1.1  joerg   assert(!RD->isUnion() && "Expected non-union class type");
   9672      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
   9673      1.1  joerg   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), CD ? CD->getNumBases() : 0,
   9674      1.1  joerg                    std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
   9675      1.1  joerg 
   9676      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   9677      1.1  joerg   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   9678      1.1  joerg 
   9679      1.1  joerg   if (CD) {
   9680      1.1  joerg     unsigned Index = 0;
   9681      1.1  joerg     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = CD->bases_begin(),
   9682      1.1  joerg            End = CD->bases_end(); I != End; ++I, ++Index) {
   9683      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = I->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   9684      1.1  joerg       LValue Subobject = This;
   9685      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, E, Subobject, CD, Base, &Layout))
   9686      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9687      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleClassZeroInitialization(Info, E, Base, Subobject,
   9688      1.1  joerg                                          Result.getStructBase(Index)))
   9689      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9690      1.1  joerg     }
   9691      1.1  joerg   }
   9692      1.1  joerg 
   9693      1.1  joerg   for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) {
   9694      1.1  joerg     // -- if T is a reference type, no initialization is performed.
   9695  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (I->isUnnamedBitfield() || I->getType()->isReferenceType())
   9696      1.1  joerg       continue;
   9697      1.1  joerg 
   9698      1.1  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   9699      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, I, &Layout))
   9700      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9701      1.1  joerg 
   9702      1.1  joerg     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(I->getType());
   9703      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(
   9704      1.1  joerg           Result.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()), Info, Subobject, &VIE))
   9705      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9706      1.1  joerg   }
   9707      1.1  joerg 
   9708      1.1  joerg   return true;
   9709      1.1  joerg }
   9710      1.1  joerg 
   9711      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E, QualType T) {
   9712      1.1  joerg   const RecordDecl *RD = T->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
   9713      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   9714      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isUnion()) {
   9715      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [dcl.init]p5: If T is a (possibly cv-qualified) union type, the
   9716      1.1  joerg     // object's first non-static named data member is zero-initialized
   9717      1.1  joerg     RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin();
   9718  1.1.1.2  joerg     while (I != RD->field_end() && (*I)->isUnnamedBitfield())
   9719  1.1.1.2  joerg       ++I;
   9720      1.1  joerg     if (I == RD->field_end()) {
   9721      1.1  joerg       Result = APValue((const FieldDecl*)nullptr);
   9722      1.1  joerg       return true;
   9723      1.1  joerg     }
   9724      1.1  joerg 
   9725      1.1  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   9726      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, *I))
   9727      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9728      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(*I);
   9729      1.1  joerg     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(I->getType());
   9730      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getUnionValue(), Info, Subobject, &VIE);
   9731      1.1  joerg   }
   9732      1.1  joerg 
   9733      1.1  joerg   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD) && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)->getNumVBases()) {
   9734      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD;
   9735      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9736      1.1  joerg   }
   9737      1.1  joerg 
   9738      1.1  joerg   return HandleClassZeroInitialization(Info, E, RD, This, Result);
   9739      1.1  joerg }
   9740      1.1  joerg 
   9741      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   9742      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   9743      1.1  joerg   default:
   9744      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   9745      1.1  joerg 
   9746      1.1  joerg   case CK_ConstructorConversion:
   9747      1.1  joerg     return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   9748      1.1  joerg 
   9749      1.1  joerg   case CK_DerivedToBase:
   9750      1.1  joerg   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: {
   9751      1.1  joerg     APValue DerivedObject;
   9752      1.1  joerg     if (!Evaluate(DerivedObject, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
   9753      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9754      1.1  joerg     if (!DerivedObject.isStruct())
   9755      1.1  joerg       return Error(E->getSubExpr());
   9756      1.1  joerg 
   9757      1.1  joerg     // Derived-to-base rvalue conversion: just slice off the derived part.
   9758      1.1  joerg     APValue *Value = &DerivedObject;
   9759      1.1  joerg     const CXXRecordDecl *RD = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   9760      1.1  joerg     for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(),
   9761      1.1  joerg          PathE = E->path_end(); PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
   9762      1.1  joerg       assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "record rvalue with virtual base");
   9763      1.1  joerg       const CXXRecordDecl *Base = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
   9764      1.1  joerg       Value = &Value->getStructBase(getBaseIndex(RD, Base));
   9765      1.1  joerg       RD = Base;
   9766      1.1  joerg     }
   9767      1.1  joerg     Result = *Value;
   9768      1.1  joerg     return true;
   9769      1.1  joerg   }
   9770      1.1  joerg   }
   9771      1.1  joerg }
   9772      1.1  joerg 
   9773      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
   9774      1.1  joerg   if (E->isTransparent())
   9775      1.1  joerg     return Visit(E->getInit(0));
   9776      1.1  joerg 
   9777      1.1  joerg   const RecordDecl *RD = E->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
   9778      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   9779      1.1  joerg   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   9780      1.1  joerg   auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
   9781      1.1  joerg 
   9782      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo::EvaluatingConstructorRAII EvalObj(
   9783      1.1  joerg       Info,
   9784      1.1  joerg       ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries},
   9785      1.1  joerg       CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumBases());
   9786      1.1  joerg 
   9787      1.1  joerg   if (RD->isUnion()) {
   9788      1.1  joerg     const FieldDecl *Field = E->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
   9789      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(Field);
   9790      1.1  joerg     if (!Field)
   9791      1.1  joerg       return true;
   9792      1.1  joerg 
   9793      1.1  joerg     // If the initializer list for a union does not contain any elements, the
   9794      1.1  joerg     // first element of the union is value-initialized.
   9795      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: The element should be initialized from an initializer list.
   9796      1.1  joerg     //        Is this difference ever observable for initializer lists which
   9797      1.1  joerg     //        we don't build?
   9798      1.1  joerg     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(Field->getType());
   9799      1.1  joerg     const Expr *InitExpr = E->getNumInits() ? E->getInit(0) : &VIE;
   9800      1.1  joerg 
   9801      1.1  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   9802      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, InitExpr, Subobject, Field, &Layout))
   9803      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9804      1.1  joerg 
   9805      1.1  joerg     // Temporarily override This, in case there's a CXXDefaultInitExpr in here.
   9806      1.1  joerg     ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &This,
   9807      1.1  joerg                                   isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(InitExpr));
   9808      1.1  joerg 
   9809  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (EvaluateInPlace(Result.getUnionValue(), Info, Subobject, InitExpr)) {
   9810  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Field->isBitField())
   9811  1.1.1.2  joerg         return truncateBitfieldValue(Info, InitExpr, Result.getUnionValue(),
   9812  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      Field);
   9813  1.1.1.2  joerg       return true;
   9814  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   9815  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   9816  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   9817      1.1  joerg   }
   9818      1.1  joerg 
   9819      1.1  joerg   if (!Result.hasValue())
   9820      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), CXXRD ? CXXRD->getNumBases() : 0,
   9821      1.1  joerg                      std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
   9822      1.1  joerg   unsigned ElementNo = 0;
   9823      1.1  joerg   bool Success = true;
   9824      1.1  joerg 
   9825      1.1  joerg   // Initialize base classes.
   9826      1.1  joerg   if (CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumBases()) {
   9827      1.1  joerg     for (const auto &Base : CXXRD->bases()) {
   9828      1.1  joerg       assert(ElementNo < E->getNumInits() && "missing init for base class");
   9829      1.1  joerg       const Expr *Init = E->getInit(ElementNo);
   9830      1.1  joerg 
   9831      1.1  joerg       LValue Subobject = This;
   9832      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, Init, Subobject, CXXRD, &Base))
   9833      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9834      1.1  joerg 
   9835      1.1  joerg       APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructBase(ElementNo);
   9836      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, Init)) {
   9837      1.1  joerg         if (!Info.noteFailure())
   9838      1.1  joerg           return false;
   9839      1.1  joerg         Success = false;
   9840      1.1  joerg       }
   9841      1.1  joerg       ++ElementNo;
   9842      1.1  joerg     }
   9843      1.1  joerg 
   9844      1.1  joerg     EvalObj.finishedConstructingBases();
   9845      1.1  joerg   }
   9846      1.1  joerg 
   9847      1.1  joerg   // Initialize members.
   9848      1.1  joerg   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
   9849      1.1  joerg     // Anonymous bit-fields are not considered members of the class for
   9850      1.1  joerg     // purposes of aggregate initialization.
   9851      1.1  joerg     if (Field->isUnnamedBitfield())
   9852      1.1  joerg       continue;
   9853      1.1  joerg 
   9854      1.1  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   9855      1.1  joerg 
   9856      1.1  joerg     bool HaveInit = ElementNo < E->getNumInits();
   9857      1.1  joerg 
   9858      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Diagnostics here should point to the end of the initializer
   9859      1.1  joerg     // list, not the start.
   9860      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, HaveInit ? E->getInit(ElementNo) : E,
   9861      1.1  joerg                             Subobject, Field, &Layout))
   9862      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9863      1.1  joerg 
   9864      1.1  joerg     // Perform an implicit value-initialization for members beyond the end of
   9865      1.1  joerg     // the initializer list.
   9866      1.1  joerg     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(HaveInit ? Info.Ctx.IntTy : Field->getType());
   9867      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Init = HaveInit ? E->getInit(ElementNo++) : &VIE;
   9868      1.1  joerg 
   9869      1.1  joerg     // Temporarily override This, in case there's a CXXDefaultInitExpr in here.
   9870      1.1  joerg     ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &This,
   9871      1.1  joerg                                   isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(Init));
   9872      1.1  joerg 
   9873      1.1  joerg     APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex());
   9874      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, Init) ||
   9875      1.1  joerg         (Field->isBitField() && !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, Init,
   9876      1.1  joerg                                                        FieldVal, Field))) {
   9877      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.noteFailure())
   9878      1.1  joerg         return false;
   9879      1.1  joerg       Success = false;
   9880      1.1  joerg     }
   9881      1.1  joerg   }
   9882      1.1  joerg 
   9883  1.1.1.2  joerg   EvalObj.finishedConstructingFields();
   9884  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   9885      1.1  joerg   return Success;
   9886      1.1  joerg }
   9887      1.1  joerg 
   9888      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
   9889      1.1  joerg                                                 QualType T) {
   9890      1.1  joerg   // Note that E's type is not necessarily the type of our class here; we might
   9891      1.1  joerg   // be initializing an array element instead.
   9892      1.1  joerg   const CXXConstructorDecl *FD = E->getConstructor();
   9893      1.1  joerg   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   9894      1.1  joerg 
   9895      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInit = E->requiresZeroInitialization();
   9896      1.1  joerg   if (CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, ZeroInit)) {
   9897      1.1  joerg     // If we've already performed zero-initialization, we're already done.
   9898      1.1  joerg     if (Result.hasValue())
   9899      1.1  joerg       return true;
   9900      1.1  joerg 
   9901      1.1  joerg     if (ZeroInit)
   9902      1.1  joerg       return ZeroInitialization(E, T);
   9903      1.1  joerg 
   9904  1.1.1.2  joerg     return getDefaultInitValue(T, Result);
   9905      1.1  joerg   }
   9906      1.1  joerg 
   9907      1.1  joerg   const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
   9908      1.1  joerg   auto Body = FD->getBody(Definition);
   9909      1.1  joerg 
   9910      1.1  joerg   if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body))
   9911      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9912      1.1  joerg 
   9913      1.1  joerg   // Avoid materializing a temporary for an elidable copy/move constructor.
   9914      1.1  joerg   if (E->isElidable() && !ZeroInit)
   9915      1.1  joerg     if (const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *ME
   9916      1.1  joerg           = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
   9917  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Visit(ME->getSubExpr());
   9918      1.1  joerg 
   9919      1.1  joerg   if (ZeroInit && !ZeroInitialization(E, T))
   9920      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9921      1.1  joerg 
   9922      1.1  joerg   auto Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(E->getArgs(), E->getNumArgs());
   9923      1.1  joerg   return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Args,
   9924      1.1  joerg                                cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition), Info,
   9925      1.1  joerg                                Result);
   9926      1.1  joerg }
   9927      1.1  joerg 
   9928      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(
   9929      1.1  joerg     const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E) {
   9930      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.CurrentCall) {
   9931      1.1  joerg     assert(Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression());
   9932      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9933      1.1  joerg   }
   9934      1.1  joerg 
   9935      1.1  joerg   const CXXConstructorDecl *FD = E->getConstructor();
   9936      1.1  joerg   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl())
   9937      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9938      1.1  joerg 
   9939      1.1  joerg   const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
   9940      1.1  joerg   auto Body = FD->getBody(Definition);
   9941      1.1  joerg 
   9942      1.1  joerg   if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body))
   9943      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9944      1.1  joerg 
   9945      1.1  joerg   return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Info.CurrentCall->Arguments,
   9946      1.1  joerg                                cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition), Info,
   9947      1.1  joerg                                Result);
   9948      1.1  joerg }
   9949      1.1  joerg 
   9950      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(
   9951      1.1  joerg     const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
   9952      1.1  joerg   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayType =
   9953      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(E->getSubExpr()->getType());
   9954      1.1  joerg 
   9955      1.1  joerg   LValue Array;
   9956      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), Array, Info))
   9957      1.1  joerg     return false;
   9958      1.1  joerg 
   9959      1.1  joerg   // Get a pointer to the first element of the array.
   9960      1.1  joerg   Array.addArray(Info, E, ArrayType);
   9961      1.1  joerg 
   9962  1.1.1.2  joerg   auto InvalidType = [&] {
   9963  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_layout)
   9964  1.1.1.2  joerg       << E->getType();
   9965  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   9966  1.1.1.2  joerg   };
   9967  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   9968      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Perform the checks on the field types in SemaInit.
   9969      1.1  joerg   RecordDecl *Record = E->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
   9970      1.1  joerg   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = Record->field_begin();
   9971      1.1  joerg   if (Field == Record->field_end())
   9972  1.1.1.2  joerg     return InvalidType();
   9973      1.1  joerg 
   9974      1.1  joerg   // Start pointer.
   9975      1.1  joerg   if (!Field->getType()->isPointerType() ||
   9976      1.1  joerg       !Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType()->getPointeeType(),
   9977      1.1  joerg                             ArrayType->getElementType()))
   9978  1.1.1.2  joerg     return InvalidType();
   9979      1.1  joerg 
   9980      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: What if the initializer_list type has base classes, etc?
   9981      1.1  joerg   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), 0, 2);
   9982      1.1  joerg   Array.moveInto(Result.getStructField(0));
   9983      1.1  joerg 
   9984      1.1  joerg   if (++Field == Record->field_end())
   9985  1.1.1.2  joerg     return InvalidType();
   9986      1.1  joerg 
   9987      1.1  joerg   if (Field->getType()->isPointerType() &&
   9988      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType()->getPointeeType(),
   9989      1.1  joerg                            ArrayType->getElementType())) {
   9990      1.1  joerg     // End pointer.
   9991      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Array,
   9992      1.1  joerg                                      ArrayType->getElementType(),
   9993      1.1  joerg                                      ArrayType->getSize().getZExtValue()))
   9994      1.1  joerg       return false;
   9995      1.1  joerg     Array.moveInto(Result.getStructField(1));
   9996      1.1  joerg   } else if (Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType(), Info.Ctx.getSizeType()))
   9997      1.1  joerg     // Length.
   9998      1.1  joerg     Result.getStructField(1) = APValue(APSInt(ArrayType->getSize()));
   9999      1.1  joerg   else
   10000  1.1.1.2  joerg     return InvalidType();
   10001      1.1  joerg 
   10002      1.1  joerg   if (++Field != Record->field_end())
   10003  1.1.1.2  joerg     return InvalidType();
   10004      1.1  joerg 
   10005      1.1  joerg   return true;
   10006      1.1  joerg }
   10007      1.1  joerg 
   10008      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) {
   10009      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = E->getLambdaClass();
   10010      1.1  joerg   if (ClosureClass->isInvalidDecl())
   10011      1.1  joerg     return false;
   10012      1.1  joerg 
   10013      1.1  joerg   const size_t NumFields =
   10014      1.1  joerg       std::distance(ClosureClass->field_begin(), ClosureClass->field_end());
   10015      1.1  joerg 
   10016      1.1  joerg   assert(NumFields == (size_t)std::distance(E->capture_init_begin(),
   10017      1.1  joerg                                             E->capture_init_end()) &&
   10018      1.1  joerg          "The number of lambda capture initializers should equal the number of "
   10019      1.1  joerg          "fields within the closure type");
   10020      1.1  joerg 
   10021      1.1  joerg   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), /*NumBases*/0, NumFields);
   10022      1.1  joerg   // Iterate through all the lambda's closure object's fields and initialize
   10023      1.1  joerg   // them.
   10024      1.1  joerg   auto *CaptureInitIt = E->capture_init_begin();
   10025      1.1  joerg   const LambdaCapture *CaptureIt = ClosureClass->captures_begin();
   10026      1.1  joerg   bool Success = true;
   10027  1.1.1.2  joerg   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(ClosureClass);
   10028      1.1  joerg   for (const auto *Field : ClosureClass->fields()) {
   10029      1.1  joerg     assert(CaptureInitIt != E->capture_init_end());
   10030      1.1  joerg     // Get the initializer for this field
   10031      1.1  joerg     Expr *const CurFieldInit = *CaptureInitIt++;
   10032      1.1  joerg 
   10033      1.1  joerg     // If there is no initializer, either this is a VLA or an error has
   10034      1.1  joerg     // occurred.
   10035      1.1  joerg     if (!CurFieldInit)
   10036      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   10037      1.1  joerg 
   10038  1.1.1.2  joerg     LValue Subobject = This;
   10039  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10040  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, Field, &Layout))
   10041  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   10042  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10043      1.1  joerg     APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex());
   10044  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, CurFieldInit)) {
   10045      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
   10046      1.1  joerg         return false;
   10047      1.1  joerg       Success = false;
   10048      1.1  joerg     }
   10049      1.1  joerg     ++CaptureIt;
   10050      1.1  joerg   }
   10051      1.1  joerg   return Success;
   10052      1.1  joerg }
   10053      1.1  joerg 
   10054      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateRecord(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
   10055      1.1  joerg                            APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   10056  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   10057      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isRecordType() &&
   10058      1.1  joerg          "can't evaluate expression as a record rvalue");
   10059      1.1  joerg   return RecordExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E);
   10060      1.1  joerg }
   10061      1.1  joerg 
   10062      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10063      1.1  joerg // Temporary Evaluation
   10064      1.1  joerg //
   10065      1.1  joerg // Temporaries are represented in the AST as rvalues, but generally behave like
   10066      1.1  joerg // lvalues. The full-object of which the temporary is a subobject is implicitly
   10067      1.1  joerg // materialized so that a reference can bind to it.
   10068      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10069      1.1  joerg namespace {
   10070      1.1  joerg class TemporaryExprEvaluator
   10071      1.1  joerg   : public LValueExprEvaluatorBase<TemporaryExprEvaluator> {
   10072      1.1  joerg public:
   10073      1.1  joerg   TemporaryExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result) :
   10074      1.1  joerg     LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info, Result, false) {}
   10075      1.1  joerg 
   10076      1.1  joerg   /// Visit an expression which constructs the value of this temporary.
   10077      1.1  joerg   bool VisitConstructExpr(const Expr *E) {
   10078  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
   10079  1.1.1.2  joerg         E, E->getType(), ScopeKind::FullExpression, Result);
   10080      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, Result, E);
   10081      1.1  joerg   }
   10082      1.1  joerg 
   10083      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   10084      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   10085      1.1  joerg     default:
   10086      1.1  joerg       return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   10087      1.1  joerg 
   10088      1.1  joerg     case CK_ConstructorConversion:
   10089      1.1  joerg       return VisitConstructExpr(E->getSubExpr());
   10090      1.1  joerg     }
   10091      1.1  joerg   }
   10092      1.1  joerg   bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
   10093      1.1  joerg     return VisitConstructExpr(E);
   10094      1.1  joerg   }
   10095      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) {
   10096      1.1  joerg     return VisitConstructExpr(E);
   10097      1.1  joerg   }
   10098      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   10099      1.1  joerg     return VisitConstructExpr(E);
   10100      1.1  joerg   }
   10101      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
   10102      1.1  joerg     return VisitConstructExpr(E);
   10103      1.1  joerg   }
   10104      1.1  joerg   bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) {
   10105      1.1  joerg     return VisitConstructExpr(E);
   10106      1.1  joerg   }
   10107      1.1  joerg };
   10108      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   10109      1.1  joerg 
   10110      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate an expression of record type as a temporary.
   10111      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateTemporary(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   10112  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   10113      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isRecordType());
   10114      1.1  joerg   return TemporaryExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
   10115      1.1  joerg }
   10116      1.1  joerg 
   10117      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10118      1.1  joerg // Vector Evaluation
   10119      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10120      1.1  joerg 
   10121      1.1  joerg namespace {
   10122      1.1  joerg   class VectorExprEvaluator
   10123      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<VectorExprEvaluator> {
   10124      1.1  joerg     APValue &Result;
   10125      1.1  joerg   public:
   10126      1.1  joerg 
   10127      1.1  joerg     VectorExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &Result)
   10128      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {}
   10129      1.1  joerg 
   10130      1.1  joerg     bool Success(ArrayRef<APValue> V, const Expr *E) {
   10131      1.1  joerg       assert(V.size() == E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements());
   10132      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: remove this APValue copy.
   10133      1.1  joerg       Result = APValue(V.data(), V.size());
   10134      1.1  joerg       return true;
   10135      1.1  joerg     }
   10136      1.1  joerg     bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   10137      1.1  joerg       assert(V.isVector());
   10138      1.1  joerg       Result = V;
   10139      1.1  joerg       return true;
   10140      1.1  joerg     }
   10141      1.1  joerg     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E);
   10142      1.1  joerg 
   10143      1.1  joerg     bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E)
   10144      1.1  joerg       { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
   10145      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
   10146      1.1  joerg     bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E);
   10147      1.1  joerg     bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
   10148  1.1.1.2  joerg     bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   10149  1.1.1.2  joerg     // FIXME: Missing: unary -, unary ~, conditional operator (for GNU
   10150  1.1.1.2  joerg     //                 conditional select), shufflevector, ExtVectorElementExpr
   10151      1.1  joerg   };
   10152      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   10153      1.1  joerg 
   10154      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateVector(const Expr* E, APValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   10155      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isVectorType() &&"not a vector rvalue");
   10156      1.1  joerg   return VectorExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
   10157      1.1  joerg }
   10158      1.1  joerg 
   10159      1.1  joerg bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   10160      1.1  joerg   const VectorType *VTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
   10161      1.1  joerg   unsigned NElts = VTy->getNumElements();
   10162      1.1  joerg 
   10163      1.1  joerg   const Expr *SE = E->getSubExpr();
   10164      1.1  joerg   QualType SETy = SE->getType();
   10165      1.1  joerg 
   10166      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   10167      1.1  joerg   case CK_VectorSplat: {
   10168      1.1  joerg     APValue Val = APValue();
   10169      1.1  joerg     if (SETy->isIntegerType()) {
   10170      1.1  joerg       APSInt IntResult;
   10171      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInteger(SE, IntResult, Info))
   10172      1.1  joerg         return false;
   10173      1.1  joerg       Val = APValue(std::move(IntResult));
   10174      1.1  joerg     } else if (SETy->isRealFloatingType()) {
   10175      1.1  joerg       APFloat FloatResult(0.0);
   10176      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateFloat(SE, FloatResult, Info))
   10177      1.1  joerg         return false;
   10178      1.1  joerg       Val = APValue(std::move(FloatResult));
   10179      1.1  joerg     } else {
   10180      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   10181      1.1  joerg     }
   10182      1.1  joerg 
   10183      1.1  joerg     // Splat and create vector APValue.
   10184      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts(NElts, Val);
   10185      1.1  joerg     return Success(Elts, E);
   10186      1.1  joerg   }
   10187      1.1  joerg   case CK_BitCast: {
   10188      1.1  joerg     // Evaluate the operand into an APInt we can extract from.
   10189      1.1  joerg     llvm::APInt SValInt;
   10190      1.1  joerg     if (!EvalAndBitcastToAPInt(Info, SE, SValInt))
   10191      1.1  joerg       return false;
   10192      1.1  joerg     // Extract the elements
   10193      1.1  joerg     QualType EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
   10194      1.1  joerg     unsigned EltSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(EltTy);
   10195      1.1  joerg     bool BigEndian = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isBigEndian();
   10196      1.1  joerg     SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts;
   10197      1.1  joerg     if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
   10198      1.1  joerg       const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy);
   10199      1.1  joerg       unsigned FloatEltSize = EltSize;
   10200      1.1  joerg       if (&Sem == &APFloat::x87DoubleExtended())
   10201      1.1  joerg         FloatEltSize = 80;
   10202      1.1  joerg       for (unsigned i = 0; i < NElts; i++) {
   10203      1.1  joerg         llvm::APInt Elt;
   10204      1.1  joerg         if (BigEndian)
   10205      1.1  joerg           Elt = SValInt.rotl(i*EltSize+FloatEltSize).trunc(FloatEltSize);
   10206      1.1  joerg         else
   10207      1.1  joerg           Elt = SValInt.rotr(i*EltSize).trunc(FloatEltSize);
   10208      1.1  joerg         Elts.push_back(APValue(APFloat(Sem, Elt)));
   10209      1.1  joerg       }
   10210      1.1  joerg     } else if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
   10211      1.1  joerg       for (unsigned i = 0; i < NElts; i++) {
   10212      1.1  joerg         llvm::APInt Elt;
   10213      1.1  joerg         if (BigEndian)
   10214      1.1  joerg           Elt = SValInt.rotl(i*EltSize+EltSize).zextOrTrunc(EltSize);
   10215      1.1  joerg         else
   10216      1.1  joerg           Elt = SValInt.rotr(i*EltSize).zextOrTrunc(EltSize);
   10217  1.1.1.2  joerg         Elts.push_back(APValue(APSInt(Elt, !EltTy->isSignedIntegerType())));
   10218      1.1  joerg       }
   10219      1.1  joerg     } else {
   10220      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   10221      1.1  joerg     }
   10222      1.1  joerg     return Success(Elts, E);
   10223      1.1  joerg   }
   10224      1.1  joerg   default:
   10225      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   10226      1.1  joerg   }
   10227      1.1  joerg }
   10228      1.1  joerg 
   10229      1.1  joerg bool
   10230      1.1  joerg VectorExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
   10231      1.1  joerg   const VectorType *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
   10232      1.1  joerg   unsigned NumInits = E->getNumInits();
   10233      1.1  joerg   unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
   10234      1.1  joerg 
   10235      1.1  joerg   QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
   10236      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elements;
   10237      1.1  joerg 
   10238      1.1  joerg   // The number of initializers can be less than the number of
   10239      1.1  joerg   // vector elements. For OpenCL, this can be due to nested vector
   10240      1.1  joerg   // initialization. For GCC compatibility, missing trailing elements
   10241      1.1  joerg   // should be initialized with zeroes.
   10242      1.1  joerg   unsigned CountInits = 0, CountElts = 0;
   10243      1.1  joerg   while (CountElts < NumElements) {
   10244      1.1  joerg     // Handle nested vector initialization.
   10245      1.1  joerg     if (CountInits < NumInits
   10246      1.1  joerg         && E->getInit(CountInits)->getType()->isVectorType()) {
   10247      1.1  joerg       APValue v;
   10248      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateVector(E->getInit(CountInits), v, Info))
   10249      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   10250      1.1  joerg       unsigned vlen = v.getVectorLength();
   10251      1.1  joerg       for (unsigned j = 0; j < vlen; j++)
   10252      1.1  joerg         Elements.push_back(v.getVectorElt(j));
   10253      1.1  joerg       CountElts += vlen;
   10254      1.1  joerg     } else if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
   10255      1.1  joerg       llvm::APSInt sInt(32);
   10256      1.1  joerg       if (CountInits < NumInits) {
   10257      1.1  joerg         if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(CountInits), sInt, Info))
   10258      1.1  joerg           return false;
   10259      1.1  joerg       } else // trailing integer zero.
   10260      1.1  joerg         sInt = Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, EltTy);
   10261      1.1  joerg       Elements.push_back(APValue(sInt));
   10262      1.1  joerg       CountElts++;
   10263      1.1  joerg     } else {
   10264      1.1  joerg       llvm::APFloat f(0.0);
   10265      1.1  joerg       if (CountInits < NumInits) {
   10266      1.1  joerg         if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(CountInits), f, Info))
   10267      1.1  joerg           return false;
   10268      1.1  joerg       } else // trailing float zero.
   10269      1.1  joerg         f = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy));
   10270      1.1  joerg       Elements.push_back(APValue(f));
   10271      1.1  joerg       CountElts++;
   10272      1.1  joerg     }
   10273      1.1  joerg     CountInits++;
   10274      1.1  joerg   }
   10275      1.1  joerg   return Success(Elements, E);
   10276      1.1  joerg }
   10277      1.1  joerg 
   10278      1.1  joerg bool
   10279      1.1  joerg VectorExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   10280      1.1  joerg   const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
   10281      1.1  joerg   QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
   10282      1.1  joerg   APValue ZeroElement;
   10283      1.1  joerg   if (EltTy->isIntegerType())
   10284      1.1  joerg     ZeroElement = APValue(Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, EltTy));
   10285      1.1  joerg   else
   10286      1.1  joerg     ZeroElement =
   10287      1.1  joerg         APValue(APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy)));
   10288      1.1  joerg 
   10289      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elements(VT->getNumElements(), ZeroElement);
   10290      1.1  joerg   return Success(Elements, E);
   10291      1.1  joerg }
   10292      1.1  joerg 
   10293      1.1  joerg bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   10294      1.1  joerg   VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
   10295      1.1  joerg   return ZeroInitialization(E);
   10296      1.1  joerg }
   10297      1.1  joerg 
   10298  1.1.1.2  joerg bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   10299  1.1.1.2  joerg   BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
   10300  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(Op != BO_PtrMemD && Op != BO_PtrMemI && Op != BO_Cmp &&
   10301  1.1.1.2  joerg          "Operation not supported on vector types");
   10302  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10303  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Op == BO_Comma)
   10304  1.1.1.2  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   10305  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10306  1.1.1.2  joerg   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
   10307  1.1.1.2  joerg   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
   10308  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10309  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(LHS->getType()->isVectorType() && RHS->getType()->isVectorType() &&
   10310  1.1.1.2  joerg          "Must both be vector types");
   10311  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Checking JUST the types are the same would be fine, except shifts don't
   10312  1.1.1.2  joerg   // need to have their types be the same (since you always shift by an int).
   10313  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(LHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() ==
   10314  1.1.1.2  joerg              E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() &&
   10315  1.1.1.2  joerg          RHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() ==
   10316  1.1.1.2  joerg              E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() &&
   10317  1.1.1.2  joerg          "All operands must be the same size.");
   10318  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10319  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue LHSValue;
   10320  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue RHSValue;
   10321  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool LHSOK = Evaluate(LHSValue, Info, LHS);
   10322  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   10323  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   10324  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Evaluate(RHSValue, Info, RHS) || !LHSOK)
   10325  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   10326  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10327  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!handleVectorVectorBinOp(Info, E, Op, LHSValue, RHSValue))
   10328  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   10329  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10330  1.1.1.2  joerg   return Success(LHSValue, E);
   10331  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   10332  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10333      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10334      1.1  joerg // Array Evaluation
   10335      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10336      1.1  joerg 
   10337      1.1  joerg namespace {
   10338      1.1  joerg   class ArrayExprEvaluator
   10339      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<ArrayExprEvaluator> {
   10340      1.1  joerg     const LValue &This;
   10341      1.1  joerg     APValue &Result;
   10342      1.1  joerg   public:
   10343      1.1  joerg 
   10344      1.1  joerg     ArrayExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &This, APValue &Result)
   10345      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), This(This), Result(Result) {}
   10346      1.1  joerg 
   10347      1.1  joerg     bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   10348      1.1  joerg       assert(V.isArray() && "expected array");
   10349      1.1  joerg       Result = V;
   10350      1.1  joerg       return true;
   10351      1.1  joerg     }
   10352      1.1  joerg 
   10353      1.1  joerg     bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   10354      1.1  joerg       const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
   10355      1.1  joerg           Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType());
   10356  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!CAT) {
   10357  1.1.1.2  joerg         if (E->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
   10358  1.1.1.2  joerg           // We can be asked to zero-initialize a flexible array member; this
   10359  1.1.1.2  joerg           // is represented as an ImplicitValueInitExpr of incomplete array
   10360  1.1.1.2  joerg           // type. In this case, the array has zero elements.
   10361  1.1.1.2  joerg           Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, 0);
   10362  1.1.1.2  joerg           return true;
   10363  1.1.1.2  joerg         }
   10364  1.1.1.2  joerg         // FIXME: We could handle VLAs here.
   10365      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   10366  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   10367      1.1  joerg 
   10368      1.1  joerg       Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0,
   10369      1.1  joerg                        CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
   10370      1.1  joerg       if (!Result.hasArrayFiller()) return true;
   10371      1.1  joerg 
   10372      1.1  joerg       // Zero-initialize all elements.
   10373      1.1  joerg       LValue Subobject = This;
   10374      1.1  joerg       Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
   10375      1.1  joerg       ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(CAT->getElementType());
   10376      1.1  joerg       return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayFiller(), Info, Subobject, &VIE);
   10377      1.1  joerg     }
   10378      1.1  joerg 
   10379      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   10380      1.1  joerg       return handleCallExpr(E, Result, &This);
   10381      1.1  joerg     }
   10382      1.1  joerg     bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E,
   10383      1.1  joerg                            QualType AllocType = QualType());
   10384      1.1  joerg     bool VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E);
   10385      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E);
   10386      1.1  joerg     bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
   10387      1.1  joerg                                const LValue &Subobject,
   10388      1.1  joerg                                APValue *Value, QualType Type);
   10389      1.1  joerg     bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E,
   10390      1.1  joerg                             QualType AllocType = QualType()) {
   10391      1.1  joerg       expandStringLiteral(Info, E, Result, AllocType);
   10392      1.1  joerg       return true;
   10393      1.1  joerg     }
   10394      1.1  joerg   };
   10395      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   10396      1.1  joerg 
   10397      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateArray(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
   10398      1.1  joerg                           APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   10399  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   10400      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isArrayType() && "not an array rvalue");
   10401      1.1  joerg   return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E);
   10402      1.1  joerg }
   10403      1.1  joerg 
   10404      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateArrayNewInitList(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
   10405      1.1  joerg                                      APValue &Result, const InitListExpr *ILE,
   10406      1.1  joerg                                      QualType AllocType) {
   10407  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!ILE->isValueDependent());
   10408      1.1  joerg   assert(ILE->isRValue() && ILE->getType()->isArrayType() &&
   10409      1.1  joerg          "not an array rvalue");
   10410      1.1  joerg   return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result)
   10411      1.1  joerg       .VisitInitListExpr(ILE, AllocType);
   10412      1.1  joerg }
   10413      1.1  joerg 
   10414  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
   10415  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           APValue &Result,
   10416  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           const CXXConstructExpr *CCE,
   10417  1.1.1.2  joerg                                           QualType AllocType) {
   10418  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!CCE->isValueDependent());
   10419  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(CCE->isRValue() && CCE->getType()->isArrayType() &&
   10420  1.1.1.2  joerg          "not an array rvalue");
   10421  1.1.1.2  joerg   return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result)
   10422  1.1.1.2  joerg       .VisitCXXConstructExpr(CCE, This, &Result, AllocType);
   10423  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   10424  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   10425      1.1  joerg // Return true iff the given array filler may depend on the element index.
   10426      1.1  joerg static bool MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(const Expr *FillerExpr) {
   10427  1.1.1.2  joerg   // For now, just allow non-class value-initialization and initialization
   10428      1.1  joerg   // lists comprised of them.
   10429      1.1  joerg   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(FillerExpr))
   10430      1.1  joerg     return false;
   10431      1.1  joerg   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(FillerExpr)) {
   10432      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 0, E = ILE->getNumInits(); I != E; ++I) {
   10433      1.1  joerg       if (MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(ILE->getInit(I)))
   10434      1.1  joerg         return true;
   10435      1.1  joerg     }
   10436      1.1  joerg     return false;
   10437      1.1  joerg   }
   10438      1.1  joerg   return true;
   10439      1.1  joerg }
   10440      1.1  joerg 
   10441      1.1  joerg bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E,
   10442      1.1  joerg                                            QualType AllocType) {
   10443      1.1  joerg   const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(
   10444      1.1  joerg       AllocType.isNull() ? E->getType() : AllocType);
   10445      1.1  joerg   if (!CAT)
   10446      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   10447      1.1  joerg 
   10448      1.1  joerg   // C++11 [dcl.init.string]p1: A char array [...] can be initialized by [...]
   10449      1.1  joerg   // an appropriately-typed string literal enclosed in braces.
   10450      1.1  joerg   if (E->isStringLiteralInit()) {
   10451      1.1  joerg     auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(E->getInit(0)->IgnoreParens());
   10452      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Support ObjCEncodeExpr here once we support it in
   10453      1.1  joerg     // ArrayExprEvaluator generally.
   10454      1.1  joerg     if (!SL)
   10455      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   10456      1.1  joerg     return VisitStringLiteral(SL, AllocType);
   10457      1.1  joerg   }
   10458      1.1  joerg 
   10459      1.1  joerg   bool Success = true;
   10460      1.1  joerg 
   10461      1.1  joerg   assert((!Result.isArray() || Result.getArrayInitializedElts() == 0) &&
   10462      1.1  joerg          "zero-initialized array shouldn't have any initialized elts");
   10463      1.1  joerg   APValue Filler;
   10464      1.1  joerg   if (Result.isArray() && Result.hasArrayFiller())
   10465      1.1  joerg     Filler = Result.getArrayFiller();
   10466      1.1  joerg 
   10467      1.1  joerg   unsigned NumEltsToInit = E->getNumInits();
   10468      1.1  joerg   unsigned NumElts = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
   10469      1.1  joerg   const Expr *FillerExpr = E->hasArrayFiller() ? E->getArrayFiller() : nullptr;
   10470      1.1  joerg 
   10471      1.1  joerg   // If the initializer might depend on the array index, run it for each
   10472      1.1  joerg   // array element.
   10473      1.1  joerg   if (NumEltsToInit != NumElts && MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(FillerExpr))
   10474      1.1  joerg     NumEltsToInit = NumElts;
   10475      1.1  joerg 
   10476      1.1  joerg   LLVM_DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << "The number of elements to initialize: "
   10477      1.1  joerg                           << NumEltsToInit << ".\n");
   10478      1.1  joerg 
   10479      1.1  joerg   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), NumEltsToInit, NumElts);
   10480      1.1  joerg 
   10481      1.1  joerg   // If the array was previously zero-initialized, preserve the
   10482      1.1  joerg   // zero-initialized values.
   10483      1.1  joerg   if (Filler.hasValue()) {
   10484      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 0, E = Result.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != E; ++I)
   10485      1.1  joerg       Result.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Filler;
   10486      1.1  joerg     if (Result.hasArrayFiller())
   10487      1.1  joerg       Result.getArrayFiller() = Filler;
   10488      1.1  joerg   }
   10489      1.1  joerg 
   10490      1.1  joerg   LValue Subobject = This;
   10491      1.1  joerg   Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
   10492      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned Index = 0; Index != NumEltsToInit; ++Index) {
   10493      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Init =
   10494      1.1  joerg         Index < E->getNumInits() ? E->getInit(Index) : FillerExpr;
   10495      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayInitializedElt(Index),
   10496      1.1  joerg                          Info, Subobject, Init) ||
   10497      1.1  joerg         !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, Init, Subobject,
   10498      1.1  joerg                                      CAT->getElementType(), 1)) {
   10499      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.noteFailure())
   10500      1.1  joerg         return false;
   10501      1.1  joerg       Success = false;
   10502      1.1  joerg     }
   10503      1.1  joerg   }
   10504      1.1  joerg 
   10505      1.1  joerg   if (!Result.hasArrayFiller())
   10506      1.1  joerg     return Success;
   10507      1.1  joerg 
   10508      1.1  joerg   // If we get here, we have a trivial filler, which we can just evaluate
   10509      1.1  joerg   // once and splat over the rest of the array elements.
   10510      1.1  joerg   assert(FillerExpr && "no array filler for incomplete init list");
   10511      1.1  joerg   return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayFiller(), Info, Subobject,
   10512      1.1  joerg                          FillerExpr) && Success;
   10513      1.1  joerg }
   10514      1.1  joerg 
   10515      1.1  joerg bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E) {
   10516      1.1  joerg   LValue CommonLV;
   10517      1.1  joerg   if (E->getCommonExpr() &&
   10518      1.1  joerg       !Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
   10519      1.1  joerg                     E->getCommonExpr(),
   10520  1.1.1.2  joerg                     getStorageType(Info.Ctx, E->getCommonExpr()),
   10521  1.1.1.2  joerg                     ScopeKind::FullExpression, CommonLV),
   10522      1.1  joerg                 Info, E->getCommonExpr()->getSourceExpr()))
   10523      1.1  joerg     return false;
   10524      1.1  joerg 
   10525      1.1  joerg   auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(E->getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
   10526      1.1  joerg 
   10527      1.1  joerg   uint64_t Elements = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
   10528      1.1  joerg   Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), Elements, Elements);
   10529      1.1  joerg 
   10530      1.1  joerg   LValue Subobject = This;
   10531      1.1  joerg   Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
   10532      1.1  joerg 
   10533      1.1  joerg   bool Success = true;
   10534      1.1  joerg   for (EvalInfo::ArrayInitLoopIndex Index(Info); Index != Elements; ++Index) {
   10535      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayInitializedElt(Index),
   10536      1.1  joerg                          Info, Subobject, E->getSubExpr()) ||
   10537      1.1  joerg         !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Subobject,
   10538      1.1  joerg                                      CAT->getElementType(), 1)) {
   10539      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.noteFailure())
   10540      1.1  joerg         return false;
   10541      1.1  joerg       Success = false;
   10542      1.1  joerg     }
   10543      1.1  joerg   }
   10544      1.1  joerg 
   10545      1.1  joerg   return Success;
   10546      1.1  joerg }
   10547      1.1  joerg 
   10548      1.1  joerg bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) {
   10549      1.1  joerg   return VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, This, &Result, E->getType());
   10550      1.1  joerg }
   10551      1.1  joerg 
   10552      1.1  joerg bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
   10553      1.1  joerg                                                const LValue &Subobject,
   10554      1.1  joerg                                                APValue *Value,
   10555      1.1  joerg                                                QualType Type) {
   10556      1.1  joerg   bool HadZeroInit = Value->hasValue();
   10557      1.1  joerg 
   10558      1.1  joerg   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Type)) {
   10559      1.1  joerg     unsigned N = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
   10560      1.1  joerg 
   10561      1.1  joerg     // Preserve the array filler if we had prior zero-initialization.
   10562      1.1  joerg     APValue Filler =
   10563      1.1  joerg       HadZeroInit && Value->hasArrayFiller() ? Value->getArrayFiller()
   10564      1.1  joerg                                              : APValue();
   10565      1.1  joerg 
   10566      1.1  joerg     *Value = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), N, N);
   10567      1.1  joerg 
   10568      1.1  joerg     if (HadZeroInit)
   10569      1.1  joerg       for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I)
   10570      1.1  joerg         Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Filler;
   10571      1.1  joerg 
   10572      1.1  joerg     // Initialize the elements.
   10573      1.1  joerg     LValue ArrayElt = Subobject;
   10574      1.1  joerg     ArrayElt.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
   10575      1.1  joerg     for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I)
   10576      1.1  joerg       if (!VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, ArrayElt, &Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I),
   10577      1.1  joerg                                  CAT->getElementType()) ||
   10578      1.1  joerg           !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, ArrayElt,
   10579      1.1  joerg                                        CAT->getElementType(), 1))
   10580      1.1  joerg         return false;
   10581      1.1  joerg 
   10582      1.1  joerg     return true;
   10583      1.1  joerg   }
   10584      1.1  joerg 
   10585      1.1  joerg   if (!Type->isRecordType())
   10586      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   10587      1.1  joerg 
   10588      1.1  joerg   return RecordExprEvaluator(Info, Subobject, *Value)
   10589      1.1  joerg              .VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, Type);
   10590      1.1  joerg }
   10591      1.1  joerg 
   10592      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10593      1.1  joerg // Integer Evaluation
   10594      1.1  joerg //
   10595      1.1  joerg // As a GNU extension, we support casting pointers to sufficiently-wide integer
   10596      1.1  joerg // types and back in constant folding. Integer values are thus represented
   10597      1.1  joerg // either as an integer-valued APValue, or as an lvalue-valued APValue.
   10598      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10599      1.1  joerg 
   10600      1.1  joerg namespace {
   10601      1.1  joerg class IntExprEvaluator
   10602      1.1  joerg         : public ExprEvaluatorBase<IntExprEvaluator> {
   10603      1.1  joerg   APValue &Result;
   10604      1.1  joerg public:
   10605      1.1  joerg   IntExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &result)
   10606      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
   10607      1.1  joerg 
   10608      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const llvm::APSInt &SI, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
   10609      1.1  joerg     assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   10610      1.1  joerg            "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10611      1.1  joerg     assert(SI.isSigned() == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() &&
   10612      1.1  joerg            "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10613      1.1  joerg     assert(SI.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
   10614      1.1  joerg            "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10615      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(SI);
   10616      1.1  joerg     return true;
   10617      1.1  joerg   }
   10618      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const llvm::APSInt &SI, const Expr *E) {
   10619      1.1  joerg     return Success(SI, E, Result);
   10620      1.1  joerg   }
   10621      1.1  joerg 
   10622      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
   10623      1.1  joerg     assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   10624      1.1  joerg            "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10625      1.1  joerg     assert(I.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
   10626      1.1  joerg            "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10627      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(APSInt(I));
   10628      1.1  joerg     Result.getInt().setIsUnsigned(
   10629      1.1  joerg                             E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   10630      1.1  joerg     return true;
   10631      1.1  joerg   }
   10632      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E) {
   10633      1.1  joerg     return Success(I, E, Result);
   10634      1.1  joerg   }
   10635      1.1  joerg 
   10636      1.1  joerg   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
   10637      1.1  joerg     assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   10638      1.1  joerg            "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10639      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(Value, E->getType()));
   10640      1.1  joerg     return true;
   10641      1.1  joerg   }
   10642      1.1  joerg   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E) {
   10643      1.1  joerg     return Success(Value, E, Result);
   10644      1.1  joerg   }
   10645      1.1  joerg 
   10646      1.1  joerg   bool Success(CharUnits Size, const Expr *E) {
   10647      1.1  joerg     return Success(Size.getQuantity(), E);
   10648      1.1  joerg   }
   10649      1.1  joerg 
   10650      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   10651      1.1  joerg     if (V.isLValue() || V.isAddrLabelDiff() || V.isIndeterminate()) {
   10652      1.1  joerg       Result = V;
   10653      1.1  joerg       return true;
   10654      1.1  joerg     }
   10655      1.1  joerg     return Success(V.getInt(), E);
   10656      1.1  joerg   }
   10657      1.1  joerg 
   10658      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return Success(0, E); }
   10659      1.1  joerg 
   10660      1.1  joerg   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10661      1.1  joerg   //                            Visitor Methods
   10662      1.1  joerg   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10663      1.1  joerg 
   10664      1.1  joerg   bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E) {
   10665      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10666      1.1  joerg   }
   10667      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E) {
   10668      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10669      1.1  joerg   }
   10670      1.1  joerg 
   10671      1.1  joerg   bool CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr *E, const Decl *D);
   10672      1.1  joerg   bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
   10673      1.1  joerg     if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getDecl()))
   10674      1.1  joerg       return true;
   10675      1.1  joerg 
   10676      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitDeclRefExpr(E);
   10677      1.1  joerg   }
   10678      1.1  joerg   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
   10679      1.1  joerg     if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl())) {
   10680      1.1  joerg       VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase());
   10681      1.1  joerg       return true;
   10682      1.1  joerg     }
   10683      1.1  joerg 
   10684      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitMemberExpr(E);
   10685      1.1  joerg   }
   10686      1.1  joerg 
   10687      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
   10688      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinOp);
   10689      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   10690      1.1  joerg   bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E);
   10691      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
   10692      1.1  joerg 
   10693      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
   10694      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
   10695      1.1  joerg 
   10696      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E) {
   10697      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10698      1.1  joerg   }
   10699      1.1  joerg 
   10700      1.1  joerg   bool VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E) {
   10701      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10702      1.1  joerg   }
   10703      1.1  joerg 
   10704      1.1  joerg   bool VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(const ArrayInitIndexExpr *E) {
   10705      1.1  joerg     if (Info.ArrayInitIndex == uint64_t(-1)) {
   10706      1.1  joerg       // We were asked to evaluate this subexpression independent of the
   10707      1.1  joerg       // enclosing ArrayInitLoopExpr. We can't do that.
   10708      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E);
   10709      1.1  joerg       return false;
   10710      1.1  joerg     }
   10711      1.1  joerg     return Success(Info.ArrayInitIndex, E);
   10712      1.1  joerg   }
   10713      1.1  joerg 
   10714      1.1  joerg   // Note, GNU defines __null as an integer, not a pointer.
   10715      1.1  joerg   bool VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E) {
   10716      1.1  joerg     return ZeroInitialization(E);
   10717      1.1  joerg   }
   10718      1.1  joerg 
   10719      1.1  joerg   bool VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E) {
   10720      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10721      1.1  joerg   }
   10722      1.1  joerg 
   10723      1.1  joerg   bool VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) {
   10724      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10725      1.1  joerg   }
   10726      1.1  joerg 
   10727      1.1  joerg   bool VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E) {
   10728      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10729      1.1  joerg   }
   10730      1.1  joerg 
   10731      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
   10732      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
   10733      1.1  joerg 
   10734      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E);
   10735      1.1  joerg   bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E);
   10736      1.1  joerg   bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E);
   10737      1.1  joerg   bool VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E);
   10738  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E);
   10739      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector
   10740      1.1  joerg };
   10741      1.1  joerg 
   10742      1.1  joerg class FixedPointExprEvaluator
   10743      1.1  joerg     : public ExprEvaluatorBase<FixedPointExprEvaluator> {
   10744      1.1  joerg   APValue &Result;
   10745      1.1  joerg 
   10746      1.1  joerg  public:
   10747      1.1  joerg   FixedPointExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &result)
   10748      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
   10749      1.1  joerg 
   10750      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E) {
   10751      1.1  joerg     return Success(
   10752      1.1  joerg         APFixedPoint(I, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType())), E);
   10753      1.1  joerg   }
   10754      1.1  joerg 
   10755      1.1  joerg   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E) {
   10756      1.1  joerg     return Success(
   10757      1.1  joerg         APFixedPoint(Value, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType())), E);
   10758      1.1  joerg   }
   10759      1.1  joerg 
   10760      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   10761      1.1  joerg     return Success(V.getFixedPoint(), E);
   10762      1.1  joerg   }
   10763      1.1  joerg 
   10764      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APFixedPoint &V, const Expr *E) {
   10765      1.1  joerg     assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType() && "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10766      1.1  joerg     assert(V.getWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
   10767      1.1  joerg            "Invalid evaluation result.");
   10768      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(V);
   10769      1.1  joerg     return true;
   10770      1.1  joerg   }
   10771      1.1  joerg 
   10772      1.1  joerg   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10773      1.1  joerg   //                            Visitor Methods
   10774      1.1  joerg   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   10775      1.1  joerg 
   10776      1.1  joerg   bool VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E) {
   10777      1.1  joerg     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   10778      1.1  joerg   }
   10779      1.1  joerg 
   10780      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
   10781      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
   10782      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   10783      1.1  joerg };
   10784      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   10785      1.1  joerg 
   10786      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateIntegerOrLValue - Evaluate an rvalue integral-typed expression, and
   10787      1.1  joerg /// produce either the integer value or a pointer.
   10788      1.1  joerg ///
   10789      1.1  joerg /// GCC has a heinous extension which folds casts between pointer types and
   10790      1.1  joerg /// pointer-sized integral types. We support this by allowing the evaluation of
   10791      1.1  joerg /// an integer rvalue to produce a pointer (represented as an lvalue) instead.
   10792      1.1  joerg /// Some simple arithmetic on such values is supported (they are treated much
   10793      1.1  joerg /// like char*).
   10794      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(const Expr *E, APValue &Result,
   10795      1.1  joerg                                     EvalInfo &Info) {
   10796  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   10797      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
   10798      1.1  joerg   return IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
   10799      1.1  joerg }
   10800      1.1  joerg 
   10801      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateInteger(const Expr *E, APSInt &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   10802  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   10803      1.1  joerg   APValue Val;
   10804      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(E, Val, Info))
   10805      1.1  joerg     return false;
   10806      1.1  joerg   if (!Val.isInt()) {
   10807      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: It would be better to produce the diagnostic for casting
   10808      1.1  joerg     //        a pointer to an integer.
   10809      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   10810      1.1  joerg     return false;
   10811      1.1  joerg   }
   10812      1.1  joerg   Result = Val.getInt();
   10813      1.1  joerg   return true;
   10814      1.1  joerg }
   10815      1.1  joerg 
   10816      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E) {
   10817      1.1  joerg   APValue Evaluated = E->EvaluateInContext(
   10818      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope.getDefaultExpr());
   10819      1.1  joerg   return Success(Evaluated, E);
   10820      1.1  joerg }
   10821      1.1  joerg 
   10822      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateFixedPoint(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
   10823      1.1  joerg                                EvalInfo &Info) {
   10824  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   10825      1.1  joerg   if (E->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
   10826      1.1  joerg     APValue Val;
   10827      1.1  joerg     if (!FixedPointExprEvaluator(Info, Val).Visit(E))
   10828      1.1  joerg       return false;
   10829      1.1  joerg     if (!Val.isFixedPoint())
   10830      1.1  joerg       return false;
   10831      1.1  joerg 
   10832      1.1  joerg     Result = Val.getFixedPoint();
   10833      1.1  joerg     return true;
   10834      1.1  joerg   }
   10835      1.1  joerg   return false;
   10836      1.1  joerg }
   10837      1.1  joerg 
   10838      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
   10839      1.1  joerg                                         EvalInfo &Info) {
   10840  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   10841      1.1  joerg   if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
   10842      1.1  joerg     auto FXSema = Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
   10843      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   10844      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E, Val, Info))
   10845      1.1  joerg       return false;
   10846      1.1  joerg     Result = APFixedPoint(Val, FXSema);
   10847      1.1  joerg     return true;
   10848      1.1  joerg   } else if (E->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
   10849      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateFixedPoint(E, Result, Info);
   10850      1.1  joerg   }
   10851      1.1  joerg   return false;
   10852      1.1  joerg }
   10853      1.1  joerg 
   10854      1.1  joerg /// Check whether the given declaration can be directly converted to an integral
   10855      1.1  joerg /// rvalue. If not, no diagnostic is produced; there are other things we can
   10856      1.1  joerg /// try.
   10857      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr* E, const Decl* D) {
   10858      1.1  joerg   // Enums are integer constant exprs.
   10859      1.1  joerg   if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) {
   10860      1.1  joerg     // Check for signedness/width mismatches between E type and ECD value.
   10861      1.1  joerg     bool SameSign = (ECD->getInitVal().isSigned()
   10862      1.1  joerg                      == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   10863      1.1  joerg     bool SameWidth = (ECD->getInitVal().getBitWidth()
   10864      1.1  joerg                       == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
   10865      1.1  joerg     if (SameSign && SameWidth)
   10866      1.1  joerg       return Success(ECD->getInitVal(), E);
   10867      1.1  joerg     else {
   10868      1.1  joerg       // Get rid of mismatch (otherwise Success assertions will fail)
   10869      1.1  joerg       // by computing a new value matching the type of E.
   10870      1.1  joerg       llvm::APSInt Val = ECD->getInitVal();
   10871      1.1  joerg       if (!SameSign)
   10872      1.1  joerg         Val.setIsSigned(!ECD->getInitVal().isSigned());
   10873      1.1  joerg       if (!SameWidth)
   10874      1.1  joerg         Val = Val.extOrTrunc(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
   10875      1.1  joerg       return Success(Val, E);
   10876      1.1  joerg     }
   10877      1.1  joerg   }
   10878      1.1  joerg   return false;
   10879      1.1  joerg }
   10880      1.1  joerg 
   10881      1.1  joerg /// Values returned by __builtin_classify_type, chosen to match the values
   10882      1.1  joerg /// produced by GCC's builtin.
   10883      1.1  joerg enum class GCCTypeClass {
   10884      1.1  joerg   None = -1,
   10885      1.1  joerg   Void = 0,
   10886      1.1  joerg   Integer = 1,
   10887      1.1  joerg   // GCC reserves 2 for character types, but instead classifies them as
   10888      1.1  joerg   // integers.
   10889      1.1  joerg   Enum = 3,
   10890      1.1  joerg   Bool = 4,
   10891      1.1  joerg   Pointer = 5,
   10892      1.1  joerg   // GCC reserves 6 for references, but appears to never use it (because
   10893      1.1  joerg   // expressions never have reference type, presumably).
   10894      1.1  joerg   PointerToDataMember = 7,
   10895      1.1  joerg   RealFloat = 8,
   10896      1.1  joerg   Complex = 9,
   10897      1.1  joerg   // GCC reserves 10 for functions, but does not use it since GCC version 6 due
   10898      1.1  joerg   // to decay to pointer. (Prior to version 6 it was only used in C++ mode).
   10899      1.1  joerg   // GCC claims to reserve 11 for pointers to member functions, but *actually*
   10900      1.1  joerg   // uses 12 for that purpose, same as for a class or struct. Maybe it
   10901      1.1  joerg   // internally implements a pointer to member as a struct?  Who knows.
   10902      1.1  joerg   PointerToMemberFunction = 12, // Not a bug, see above.
   10903      1.1  joerg   ClassOrStruct = 12,
   10904      1.1  joerg   Union = 13,
   10905      1.1  joerg   // GCC reserves 14 for arrays, but does not use it since GCC version 6 due to
   10906      1.1  joerg   // decay to pointer. (Prior to version 6 it was only used in C++ mode).
   10907      1.1  joerg   // GCC reserves 15 for strings, but actually uses 5 (pointer) for string
   10908      1.1  joerg   // literals.
   10909      1.1  joerg };
   10910      1.1  joerg 
   10911      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType - Evaluate __builtin_classify_type the same way
   10912      1.1  joerg /// as GCC.
   10913      1.1  joerg static GCCTypeClass
   10914      1.1  joerg EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(QualType T, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
   10915      1.1  joerg   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "unexpected dependent type");
   10916      1.1  joerg 
   10917      1.1  joerg   QualType CanTy = T.getCanonicalType();
   10918      1.1  joerg   const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanTy);
   10919      1.1  joerg 
   10920      1.1  joerg   switch (CanTy->getTypeClass()) {
   10921      1.1  joerg #define TYPE(ID, BASE)
   10922      1.1  joerg #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID:
   10923      1.1  joerg #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID:
   10924      1.1  joerg #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID:
   10925      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
   10926      1.1  joerg   case Type::Auto:
   10927      1.1  joerg   case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
   10928      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-canonical or dependent type");
   10929      1.1  joerg 
   10930      1.1  joerg   case Type::Builtin:
   10931      1.1  joerg     switch (BT->getKind()) {
   10932      1.1  joerg #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
   10933      1.1  joerg #define SIGNED_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \
   10934      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ID: return GCCTypeClass::Integer;
   10935      1.1  joerg #define FLOATING_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \
   10936      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ID: return GCCTypeClass::RealFloat;
   10937      1.1  joerg #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \
   10938      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ID: break;
   10939      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
   10940      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Void:
   10941      1.1  joerg       return GCCTypeClass::Void;
   10942      1.1  joerg 
   10943      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Bool:
   10944      1.1  joerg       return GCCTypeClass::Bool;
   10945      1.1  joerg 
   10946      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Char_U:
   10947      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UChar:
   10948      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
   10949      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Char8:
   10950      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Char16:
   10951      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Char32:
   10952      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UShort:
   10953      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UInt:
   10954      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ULong:
   10955      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
   10956      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UInt128:
   10957      1.1  joerg       return GCCTypeClass::Integer;
   10958      1.1  joerg 
   10959      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
   10960      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UAccum:
   10961      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
   10962      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
   10963      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::UFract:
   10964      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
   10965      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
   10966      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
   10967      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
   10968      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
   10969      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
   10970      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
   10971      1.1  joerg       return GCCTypeClass::None;
   10972      1.1  joerg 
   10973      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
   10974      1.1  joerg 
   10975      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
   10976      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
   10977      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
   10978      1.1  joerg #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
   10979      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Id:
   10980      1.1  joerg #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
   10981      1.1  joerg #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
   10982      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Id:
   10983      1.1  joerg #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
   10984      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
   10985      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
   10986      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
   10987      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
   10988      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
   10989      1.1  joerg #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \
   10990      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Id:
   10991      1.1  joerg #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
   10992  1.1.1.2  joerg #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \
   10993  1.1.1.2  joerg     case BuiltinType::Id:
   10994  1.1.1.2  joerg #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def"
   10995  1.1.1.2  joerg #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
   10996  1.1.1.2  joerg #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def"
   10997      1.1  joerg       return GCCTypeClass::None;
   10998      1.1  joerg 
   10999      1.1  joerg     case BuiltinType::Dependent:
   11000      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("unexpected dependent type");
   11001      1.1  joerg     };
   11002      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("unexpected placeholder type");
   11003      1.1  joerg 
   11004      1.1  joerg   case Type::Enum:
   11005      1.1  joerg     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? GCCTypeClass::Enum : GCCTypeClass::Integer;
   11006      1.1  joerg 
   11007      1.1  joerg   case Type::Pointer:
   11008      1.1  joerg   case Type::ConstantArray:
   11009      1.1  joerg   case Type::VariableArray:
   11010      1.1  joerg   case Type::IncompleteArray:
   11011      1.1  joerg   case Type::FunctionNoProto:
   11012      1.1  joerg   case Type::FunctionProto:
   11013      1.1  joerg     return GCCTypeClass::Pointer;
   11014      1.1  joerg 
   11015      1.1  joerg   case Type::MemberPointer:
   11016      1.1  joerg     return CanTy->isMemberDataPointerType()
   11017      1.1  joerg                ? GCCTypeClass::PointerToDataMember
   11018      1.1  joerg                : GCCTypeClass::PointerToMemberFunction;
   11019      1.1  joerg 
   11020      1.1  joerg   case Type::Complex:
   11021      1.1  joerg     return GCCTypeClass::Complex;
   11022      1.1  joerg 
   11023      1.1  joerg   case Type::Record:
   11024      1.1  joerg     return CanTy->isUnionType() ? GCCTypeClass::Union
   11025      1.1  joerg                                 : GCCTypeClass::ClassOrStruct;
   11026      1.1  joerg 
   11027      1.1  joerg   case Type::Atomic:
   11028      1.1  joerg     // GCC classifies _Atomic T the same as T.
   11029      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(
   11030      1.1  joerg         CanTy->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), LangOpts);
   11031      1.1  joerg 
   11032      1.1  joerg   case Type::BlockPointer:
   11033      1.1  joerg   case Type::Vector:
   11034      1.1  joerg   case Type::ExtVector:
   11035  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Type::ConstantMatrix:
   11036      1.1  joerg   case Type::ObjCObject:
   11037      1.1  joerg   case Type::ObjCInterface:
   11038      1.1  joerg   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
   11039      1.1  joerg   case Type::Pipe:
   11040  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Type::ExtInt:
   11041      1.1  joerg     // GCC classifies vectors as None. We follow its lead and classify all
   11042      1.1  joerg     // other types that don't fit into the regular classification the same way.
   11043      1.1  joerg     return GCCTypeClass::None;
   11044      1.1  joerg 
   11045      1.1  joerg   case Type::LValueReference:
   11046      1.1  joerg   case Type::RValueReference:
   11047      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("invalid type for expression");
   11048      1.1  joerg   }
   11049      1.1  joerg 
   11050      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unexpected type class");
   11051      1.1  joerg }
   11052      1.1  joerg 
   11053      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType - Evaluate __builtin_classify_type the same way
   11054      1.1  joerg /// as GCC.
   11055      1.1  joerg static GCCTypeClass
   11056      1.1  joerg EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(const CallExpr *E, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
   11057      1.1  joerg   // If no argument was supplied, default to None. This isn't
   11058      1.1  joerg   // ideal, however it is what gcc does.
   11059      1.1  joerg   if (E->getNumArgs() == 0)
   11060      1.1  joerg     return GCCTypeClass::None;
   11061      1.1  joerg 
   11062      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Bizarrely, GCC treats a call with more than one argument as not
   11063      1.1  joerg   // being an ICE, but still folds it to a constant using the type of the first
   11064      1.1  joerg   // argument.
   11065      1.1  joerg   return EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(E->getArg(0)->getType(), LangOpts);
   11066      1.1  joerg }
   11067      1.1  joerg 
   11068      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue - Determine the result of
   11069      1.1  joerg /// __builtin_constant_p when applied to the given pointer.
   11070      1.1  joerg ///
   11071      1.1  joerg /// A pointer is only "constant" if it is null (or a pointer cast to integer)
   11072      1.1  joerg /// or it points to the first character of a string literal.
   11073      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue(const APValue &LV) {
   11074      1.1  joerg   APValue::LValueBase Base = LV.getLValueBase();
   11075      1.1  joerg   if (Base.isNull()) {
   11076      1.1  joerg     // A null base is acceptable.
   11077      1.1  joerg     return true;
   11078      1.1  joerg   } else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) {
   11079      1.1  joerg     if (!isa<StringLiteral>(E))
   11080      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11081      1.1  joerg     return LV.getLValueOffset().isZero();
   11082      1.1  joerg   } else if (Base.is<TypeInfoLValue>()) {
   11083      1.1  joerg     // Surprisingly, GCC considers __builtin_constant_p(&typeid(int)) to
   11084      1.1  joerg     // evaluate to true.
   11085      1.1  joerg     return true;
   11086      1.1  joerg   } else {
   11087      1.1  joerg     // Any other base is not constant enough for GCC.
   11088      1.1  joerg     return false;
   11089      1.1  joerg   }
   11090      1.1  joerg }
   11091      1.1  joerg 
   11092      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateBuiltinConstantP - Evaluate __builtin_constant_p as similarly to
   11093      1.1  joerg /// GCC as we can manage.
   11094      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateBuiltinConstantP(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Arg) {
   11095      1.1  joerg   // This evaluation is not permitted to have side-effects, so evaluate it in
   11096      1.1  joerg   // a speculative evaluation context.
   11097      1.1  joerg   SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpeculativeEval(Info);
   11098      1.1  joerg 
   11099      1.1  joerg   // Constant-folding is always enabled for the operand of __builtin_constant_p
   11100      1.1  joerg   // (even when the enclosing evaluation context otherwise requires a strict
   11101      1.1  joerg   // language-specific constant expression).
   11102      1.1  joerg   FoldConstant Fold(Info, true);
   11103      1.1  joerg 
   11104      1.1  joerg   QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
   11105      1.1  joerg 
   11106      1.1  joerg   // __builtin_constant_p always has one operand. The rules which gcc follows
   11107      1.1  joerg   // are not precisely documented, but are as follows:
   11108      1.1  joerg   //
   11109      1.1  joerg   //  - If the operand is of integral, floating, complex or enumeration type,
   11110      1.1  joerg   //    and can be folded to a known value of that type, it returns 1.
   11111      1.1  joerg   //  - If the operand can be folded to a pointer to the first character
   11112      1.1  joerg   //    of a string literal (or such a pointer cast to an integral type)
   11113      1.1  joerg   //    or to a null pointer or an integer cast to a pointer, it returns 1.
   11114      1.1  joerg   //
   11115      1.1  joerg   // Otherwise, it returns 0.
   11116      1.1  joerg   //
   11117      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: GCC also intends to return 1 for literals of aggregate types, but
   11118      1.1  joerg   // its support for this did not work prior to GCC 9 and is not yet well
   11119      1.1  joerg   // understood.
   11120      1.1  joerg   if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || ArgType->isFloatingType() ||
   11121      1.1  joerg       ArgType->isAnyComplexType() || ArgType->isPointerType() ||
   11122      1.1  joerg       ArgType->isNullPtrType()) {
   11123      1.1  joerg     APValue V;
   11124  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, Arg, V) || Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) {
   11125      1.1  joerg       Fold.keepDiagnostics();
   11126      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11127      1.1  joerg     }
   11128      1.1  joerg 
   11129      1.1  joerg     // For a pointer (possibly cast to integer), there are special rules.
   11130      1.1  joerg     if (V.getKind() == APValue::LValue)
   11131      1.1  joerg       return EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue(V);
   11132      1.1  joerg 
   11133      1.1  joerg     // Otherwise, any constant value is good enough.
   11134      1.1  joerg     return V.hasValue();
   11135      1.1  joerg   }
   11136      1.1  joerg 
   11137      1.1  joerg   // Anything else isn't considered to be sufficiently constant.
   11138      1.1  joerg   return false;
   11139      1.1  joerg }
   11140      1.1  joerg 
   11141      1.1  joerg /// Retrieves the "underlying object type" of the given expression,
   11142      1.1  joerg /// as used by __builtin_object_size.
   11143      1.1  joerg static QualType getObjectType(APValue::LValueBase B) {
   11144      1.1  joerg   if (const ValueDecl *D = B.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
   11145      1.1  joerg     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
   11146      1.1  joerg       return VD->getType();
   11147  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else if (const Expr *E = B.dyn_cast<const Expr*>()) {
   11148      1.1  joerg     if (isa<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E))
   11149      1.1  joerg       return E->getType();
   11150      1.1  joerg   } else if (B.is<TypeInfoLValue>()) {
   11151      1.1  joerg     return B.getTypeInfoType();
   11152      1.1  joerg   } else if (B.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
   11153      1.1  joerg     return B.getDynamicAllocType();
   11154      1.1  joerg   }
   11155      1.1  joerg 
   11156      1.1  joerg   return QualType();
   11157      1.1  joerg }
   11158      1.1  joerg 
   11159      1.1  joerg /// A more selective version of E->IgnoreParenCasts for
   11160      1.1  joerg /// tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize. This ignores some casts/parens that serve only
   11161      1.1  joerg /// to change the type of E.
   11162      1.1  joerg /// Ex. For E = `(short*)((char*)(&foo))`, returns `&foo`
   11163      1.1  joerg ///
   11164      1.1  joerg /// Always returns an RValue with a pointer representation.
   11165      1.1  joerg static const Expr *ignorePointerCastsAndParens(const Expr *E) {
   11166      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation());
   11167      1.1  joerg 
   11168      1.1  joerg   auto *NoParens = E->IgnoreParens();
   11169      1.1  joerg   auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(NoParens);
   11170      1.1  joerg   if (Cast == nullptr)
   11171      1.1  joerg     return NoParens;
   11172      1.1  joerg 
   11173      1.1  joerg   // We only conservatively allow a few kinds of casts, because this code is
   11174      1.1  joerg   // inherently a simple solution that seeks to support the common case.
   11175      1.1  joerg   auto CastKind = Cast->getCastKind();
   11176      1.1  joerg   if (CastKind != CK_NoOp && CastKind != CK_BitCast &&
   11177      1.1  joerg       CastKind != CK_AddressSpaceConversion)
   11178      1.1  joerg     return NoParens;
   11179      1.1  joerg 
   11180      1.1  joerg   auto *SubExpr = Cast->getSubExpr();
   11181      1.1  joerg   if (!SubExpr->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation() || !SubExpr->isRValue())
   11182      1.1  joerg     return NoParens;
   11183      1.1  joerg   return ignorePointerCastsAndParens(SubExpr);
   11184      1.1  joerg }
   11185      1.1  joerg 
   11186      1.1  joerg /// Checks to see if the given LValue's Designator is at the end of the LValue's
   11187      1.1  joerg /// record layout. e.g.
   11188      1.1  joerg ///   struct { struct { int a, b; } fst, snd; } obj;
   11189      1.1  joerg ///   obj.fst   // no
   11190      1.1  joerg ///   obj.snd   // yes
   11191      1.1  joerg ///   obj.fst.a // no
   11192      1.1  joerg ///   obj.fst.b // no
   11193      1.1  joerg ///   obj.snd.a // no
   11194      1.1  joerg ///   obj.snd.b // yes
   11195      1.1  joerg ///
   11196      1.1  joerg /// Please note: this function is specialized for how __builtin_object_size
   11197      1.1  joerg /// views "objects".
   11198      1.1  joerg ///
   11199      1.1  joerg /// If this encounters an invalid RecordDecl or otherwise cannot determine the
   11200      1.1  joerg /// correct result, it will always return true.
   11201      1.1  joerg static bool isDesignatorAtObjectEnd(const ASTContext &Ctx, const LValue &LVal) {
   11202      1.1  joerg   assert(!LVal.Designator.Invalid);
   11203      1.1  joerg 
   11204      1.1  joerg   auto IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl = [&Ctx](const FieldDecl *FD, bool &Invalid) {
   11205      1.1  joerg     const RecordDecl *Parent = FD->getParent();
   11206      1.1  joerg     Invalid = Parent->isInvalidDecl();
   11207      1.1  joerg     if (Invalid || Parent->isUnion())
   11208      1.1  joerg       return true;
   11209      1.1  joerg     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(Parent);
   11210      1.1  joerg     return FD->getFieldIndex() + 1 == Layout.getFieldCount();
   11211      1.1  joerg   };
   11212      1.1  joerg 
   11213      1.1  joerg   auto &Base = LVal.getLValueBase();
   11214      1.1  joerg   if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())) {
   11215      1.1  joerg     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
   11216      1.1  joerg       bool Invalid;
   11217      1.1  joerg       if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(FD, Invalid))
   11218      1.1  joerg         return Invalid;
   11219      1.1  joerg     } else if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
   11220      1.1  joerg       for (auto *FD : IFD->chain()) {
   11221      1.1  joerg         bool Invalid;
   11222      1.1  joerg         if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(cast<FieldDecl>(FD), Invalid))
   11223      1.1  joerg           return Invalid;
   11224      1.1  joerg       }
   11225      1.1  joerg     }
   11226      1.1  joerg   }
   11227      1.1  joerg 
   11228      1.1  joerg   unsigned I = 0;
   11229      1.1  joerg   QualType BaseType = getType(Base);
   11230      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.Designator.FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray) {
   11231      1.1  joerg     // If we don't know the array bound, conservatively assume we're looking at
   11232      1.1  joerg     // the final array element.
   11233      1.1  joerg     ++I;
   11234      1.1  joerg     if (BaseType->isIncompleteArrayType())
   11235      1.1  joerg       BaseType = Ctx.getAsArrayType(BaseType)->getElementType();
   11236      1.1  joerg     else
   11237      1.1  joerg       BaseType = BaseType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
   11238      1.1  joerg   }
   11239      1.1  joerg 
   11240      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned E = LVal.Designator.Entries.size(); I != E; ++I) {
   11241      1.1  joerg     const auto &Entry = LVal.Designator.Entries[I];
   11242      1.1  joerg     if (BaseType->isArrayType()) {
   11243      1.1  joerg       // Because __builtin_object_size treats arrays as objects, we can ignore
   11244      1.1  joerg       // the index iff this is the last array in the Designator.
   11245      1.1  joerg       if (I + 1 == E)
   11246      1.1  joerg         return true;
   11247      1.1  joerg       const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(Ctx.getAsArrayType(BaseType));
   11248      1.1  joerg       uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
   11249      1.1  joerg       if (Index + 1 != CAT->getSize())
   11250      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11251      1.1  joerg       BaseType = CAT->getElementType();
   11252      1.1  joerg     } else if (BaseType->isAnyComplexType()) {
   11253      1.1  joerg       const auto *CT = BaseType->castAs<ComplexType>();
   11254      1.1  joerg       uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
   11255      1.1  joerg       if (Index != 1)
   11256      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11257      1.1  joerg       BaseType = CT->getElementType();
   11258      1.1  joerg     } else if (auto *FD = getAsField(Entry)) {
   11259      1.1  joerg       bool Invalid;
   11260      1.1  joerg       if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(FD, Invalid))
   11261      1.1  joerg         return Invalid;
   11262      1.1  joerg       BaseType = FD->getType();
   11263      1.1  joerg     } else {
   11264      1.1  joerg       assert(getAsBaseClass(Entry) && "Expecting cast to a base class");
   11265      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11266      1.1  joerg     }
   11267      1.1  joerg   }
   11268      1.1  joerg   return true;
   11269      1.1  joerg }
   11270      1.1  joerg 
   11271      1.1  joerg /// Tests to see if the LValue has a user-specified designator (that isn't
   11272      1.1  joerg /// necessarily valid). Note that this always returns 'true' if the LValue has
   11273      1.1  joerg /// an unsized array as its first designator entry, because there's currently no
   11274      1.1  joerg /// way to tell if the user typed *foo or foo[0].
   11275      1.1  joerg static bool refersToCompleteObject(const LValue &LVal) {
   11276      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
   11277      1.1  joerg     return false;
   11278      1.1  joerg 
   11279      1.1  joerg   if (!LVal.Designator.Entries.empty())
   11280      1.1  joerg     return LVal.Designator.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray();
   11281      1.1  joerg 
   11282      1.1  joerg   if (!LVal.InvalidBase)
   11283      1.1  joerg     return true;
   11284      1.1  joerg 
   11285      1.1  joerg   // If `E` is a MemberExpr, then the first part of the designator is hiding in
   11286      1.1  joerg   // the LValueBase.
   11287      1.1  joerg   const auto *E = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
   11288      1.1  joerg   return !E || !isa<MemberExpr>(E);
   11289      1.1  joerg }
   11290      1.1  joerg 
   11291      1.1  joerg /// Attempts to detect a user writing into a piece of memory that's impossible
   11292      1.1  joerg /// to figure out the size of by just using types.
   11293      1.1  joerg static bool isUserWritingOffTheEnd(const ASTContext &Ctx, const LValue &LVal) {
   11294      1.1  joerg   const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.Designator;
   11295      1.1  joerg   // Notes:
   11296      1.1  joerg   // - Users can only write off of the end when we have an invalid base. Invalid
   11297      1.1  joerg   //   bases imply we don't know where the memory came from.
   11298      1.1  joerg   // - We used to be a bit more aggressive here; we'd only be conservative if
   11299      1.1  joerg   //   the array at the end was flexible, or if it had 0 or 1 elements. This
   11300      1.1  joerg   //   broke some common standard library extensions (PR30346), but was
   11301      1.1  joerg   //   otherwise seemingly fine. It may be useful to reintroduce this behavior
   11302  1.1.1.2  joerg   //   with some sort of list. OTOH, it seems that GCC is always
   11303      1.1  joerg   //   conservative with the last element in structs (if it's an array), so our
   11304  1.1.1.2  joerg   //   current behavior is more compatible than an explicit list approach would
   11305      1.1  joerg   //   be.
   11306      1.1  joerg   return LVal.InvalidBase &&
   11307      1.1  joerg          Designator.Entries.size() == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength &&
   11308      1.1  joerg          Designator.MostDerivedIsArrayElement &&
   11309      1.1  joerg          isDesignatorAtObjectEnd(Ctx, LVal);
   11310      1.1  joerg }
   11311      1.1  joerg 
   11312      1.1  joerg /// Converts the given APInt to CharUnits, assuming the APInt is unsigned.
   11313      1.1  joerg /// Fails if the conversion would cause loss of precision.
   11314      1.1  joerg static bool convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(const llvm::APInt &Int,
   11315      1.1  joerg                                             CharUnits &Result) {
   11316      1.1  joerg   auto CharUnitsMax = std::numeric_limits<CharUnits::QuantityType>::max();
   11317      1.1  joerg   if (Int.ugt(CharUnitsMax))
   11318      1.1  joerg     return false;
   11319      1.1  joerg   Result = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Int.getZExtValue());
   11320      1.1  joerg   return true;
   11321      1.1  joerg }
   11322      1.1  joerg 
   11323      1.1  joerg /// Helper for tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize -- Given an LValue, this will
   11324      1.1  joerg /// determine how many bytes exist from the beginning of the object to either
   11325      1.1  joerg /// the end of the current subobject, or the end of the object itself, depending
   11326      1.1  joerg /// on what the LValue looks like + the value of Type.
   11327      1.1  joerg ///
   11328      1.1  joerg /// If this returns false, the value of Result is undefined.
   11329      1.1  joerg static bool determineEndOffset(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation ExprLoc,
   11330      1.1  joerg                                unsigned Type, const LValue &LVal,
   11331      1.1  joerg                                CharUnits &EndOffset) {
   11332      1.1  joerg   bool DetermineForCompleteObject = refersToCompleteObject(LVal);
   11333      1.1  joerg 
   11334      1.1  joerg   auto CheckedHandleSizeof = [&](QualType Ty, CharUnits &Result) {
   11335      1.1  joerg     if (Ty.isNull() || Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isFunctionType())
   11336      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11337      1.1  joerg     return HandleSizeof(Info, ExprLoc, Ty, Result);
   11338      1.1  joerg   };
   11339      1.1  joerg 
   11340      1.1  joerg   // We want to evaluate the size of the entire object. This is a valid fallback
   11341      1.1  joerg   // for when Type=1 and the designator is invalid, because we're asked for an
   11342      1.1  joerg   // upper-bound.
   11343      1.1  joerg   if (!(Type & 1) || LVal.Designator.Invalid || DetermineForCompleteObject) {
   11344      1.1  joerg     // Type=3 wants a lower bound, so we can't fall back to this.
   11345      1.1  joerg     if (Type == 3 && !DetermineForCompleteObject)
   11346      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11347      1.1  joerg 
   11348      1.1  joerg     llvm::APInt APEndOffset;
   11349      1.1  joerg     if (isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) &&
   11350      1.1  joerg         getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Info.Ctx, LVal, APEndOffset))
   11351      1.1  joerg       return convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(APEndOffset, EndOffset);
   11352      1.1  joerg 
   11353      1.1  joerg     if (LVal.InvalidBase)
   11354      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11355      1.1  joerg 
   11356      1.1  joerg     QualType BaseTy = getObjectType(LVal.getLValueBase());
   11357      1.1  joerg     return CheckedHandleSizeof(BaseTy, EndOffset);
   11358      1.1  joerg   }
   11359      1.1  joerg 
   11360      1.1  joerg   // We want to evaluate the size of a subobject.
   11361      1.1  joerg   const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.Designator;
   11362      1.1  joerg 
   11363      1.1  joerg   // The following is a moderately common idiom in C:
   11364      1.1  joerg   //
   11365      1.1  joerg   // struct Foo { int a; char c[1]; };
   11366      1.1  joerg   // struct Foo *F = (struct Foo *)malloc(sizeof(struct Foo) + strlen(Bar));
   11367      1.1  joerg   // strcpy(&F->c[0], Bar);
   11368      1.1  joerg   //
   11369      1.1  joerg   // In order to not break too much legacy code, we need to support it.
   11370      1.1  joerg   if (isUserWritingOffTheEnd(Info.Ctx, LVal)) {
   11371      1.1  joerg     // If we can resolve this to an alloc_size call, we can hand that back,
   11372      1.1  joerg     // because we know for certain how many bytes there are to write to.
   11373      1.1  joerg     llvm::APInt APEndOffset;
   11374      1.1  joerg     if (isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) &&
   11375      1.1  joerg         getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Info.Ctx, LVal, APEndOffset))
   11376      1.1  joerg       return convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(APEndOffset, EndOffset);
   11377      1.1  joerg 
   11378      1.1  joerg     // If we cannot determine the size of the initial allocation, then we can't
   11379      1.1  joerg     // given an accurate upper-bound. However, we are still able to give
   11380      1.1  joerg     // conservative lower-bounds for Type=3.
   11381      1.1  joerg     if (Type == 1)
   11382      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11383      1.1  joerg   }
   11384      1.1  joerg 
   11385      1.1  joerg   CharUnits BytesPerElem;
   11386      1.1  joerg   if (!CheckedHandleSizeof(Designator.MostDerivedType, BytesPerElem))
   11387      1.1  joerg     return false;
   11388      1.1  joerg 
   11389      1.1  joerg   // According to the GCC documentation, we want the size of the subobject
   11390      1.1  joerg   // denoted by the pointer. But that's not quite right -- what we actually
   11391      1.1  joerg   // want is the size of the immediately-enclosing array, if there is one.
   11392      1.1  joerg   int64_t ElemsRemaining;
   11393      1.1  joerg   if (Designator.MostDerivedIsArrayElement &&
   11394      1.1  joerg       Designator.Entries.size() == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength) {
   11395      1.1  joerg     uint64_t ArraySize = Designator.getMostDerivedArraySize();
   11396      1.1  joerg     uint64_t ArrayIndex = Designator.Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex();
   11397      1.1  joerg     ElemsRemaining = ArraySize <= ArrayIndex ? 0 : ArraySize - ArrayIndex;
   11398      1.1  joerg   } else {
   11399      1.1  joerg     ElemsRemaining = Designator.isOnePastTheEnd() ? 0 : 1;
   11400      1.1  joerg   }
   11401      1.1  joerg 
   11402      1.1  joerg   EndOffset = LVal.getLValueOffset() + BytesPerElem * ElemsRemaining;
   11403      1.1  joerg   return true;
   11404      1.1  joerg }
   11405      1.1  joerg 
   11406      1.1  joerg /// Tries to evaluate the __builtin_object_size for @p E. If successful,
   11407      1.1  joerg /// returns true and stores the result in @p Size.
   11408      1.1  joerg ///
   11409      1.1  joerg /// If @p WasError is non-null, this will report whether the failure to evaluate
   11410      1.1  joerg /// is to be treated as an Error in IntExprEvaluator.
   11411      1.1  joerg static bool tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(const Expr *E, unsigned Type,
   11412      1.1  joerg                                          EvalInfo &Info, uint64_t &Size) {
   11413      1.1  joerg   // Determine the denoted object.
   11414      1.1  joerg   LValue LVal;
   11415      1.1  joerg   {
   11416      1.1  joerg     // The operand of __builtin_object_size is never evaluated for side-effects.
   11417      1.1  joerg     // If there are any, but we can determine the pointed-to object anyway, then
   11418      1.1  joerg     // ignore the side-effects.
   11419      1.1  joerg     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpeculativeEval(Info);
   11420      1.1  joerg     IgnoreSideEffectsRAII Fold(Info);
   11421      1.1  joerg 
   11422      1.1  joerg     if (E->isGLValue()) {
   11423      1.1  joerg       // It's possible for us to be given GLValues if we're called via
   11424      1.1  joerg       // Expr::tryEvaluateObjectSize.
   11425      1.1  joerg       APValue RVal;
   11426      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E, RVal))
   11427      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11428      1.1  joerg       LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal);
   11429      1.1  joerg     } else if (!EvaluatePointer(ignorePointerCastsAndParens(E), LVal, Info,
   11430      1.1  joerg                                 /*InvalidBaseOK=*/true))
   11431      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11432      1.1  joerg   }
   11433      1.1  joerg 
   11434      1.1  joerg   // If we point to before the start of the object, there are no accessible
   11435      1.1  joerg   // bytes.
   11436      1.1  joerg   if (LVal.getLValueOffset().isNegative()) {
   11437      1.1  joerg     Size = 0;
   11438      1.1  joerg     return true;
   11439      1.1  joerg   }
   11440      1.1  joerg 
   11441      1.1  joerg   CharUnits EndOffset;
   11442      1.1  joerg   if (!determineEndOffset(Info, E->getExprLoc(), Type, LVal, EndOffset))
   11443      1.1  joerg     return false;
   11444      1.1  joerg 
   11445      1.1  joerg   // If we've fallen outside of the end offset, just pretend there's nothing to
   11446      1.1  joerg   // write to/read from.
   11447      1.1  joerg   if (EndOffset <= LVal.getLValueOffset())
   11448      1.1  joerg     Size = 0;
   11449      1.1  joerg   else
   11450      1.1  joerg     Size = (EndOffset - LVal.getLValueOffset()).getQuantity();
   11451      1.1  joerg   return true;
   11452      1.1  joerg }
   11453      1.1  joerg 
   11454      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   11455      1.1  joerg   if (unsigned BuiltinOp = E->getBuiltinCallee())
   11456      1.1  joerg     return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinOp);
   11457      1.1  joerg 
   11458      1.1  joerg   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
   11459      1.1  joerg }
   11460      1.1  joerg 
   11461  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool getBuiltinAlignArguments(const CallExpr *E, EvalInfo &Info,
   11462  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      APValue &Val, APSInt &Alignment) {
   11463  1.1.1.2  joerg   QualType SrcTy = E->getArg(0)->getType();
   11464  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), SrcTy, Info, Alignment))
   11465  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   11466  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Even though we are evaluating integer expressions we could get a pointer
   11467  1.1.1.2  joerg   // argument for the __builtin_is_aligned() case.
   11468  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) {
   11469  1.1.1.2  joerg     LValue Ptr;
   11470  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Ptr, Info))
   11471  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11472  1.1.1.2  joerg     Ptr.moveInto(Val);
   11473  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else if (!SrcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
   11474  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0));
   11475  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   11476  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else {
   11477  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt SrcInt;
   11478  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), SrcInt, Info))
   11479  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11480  1.1.1.2  joerg     assert(SrcInt.getBitWidth() >= Alignment.getBitWidth() &&
   11481  1.1.1.2  joerg            "Bit widths must be the same");
   11482  1.1.1.2  joerg     Val = APValue(SrcInt);
   11483  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11484  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(Val.hasValue());
   11485  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   11486  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   11487  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11488      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E,
   11489      1.1  joerg                                             unsigned BuiltinOp) {
   11490  1.1.1.2  joerg   switch (BuiltinOp) {
   11491      1.1  joerg   default:
   11492      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
   11493      1.1  joerg 
   11494      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size:
   11495      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size: {
   11496      1.1  joerg     // The type was checked when we built the expression.
   11497      1.1  joerg     unsigned Type =
   11498      1.1  joerg         E->getArg(1)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx).getZExtValue();
   11499      1.1  joerg     assert(Type <= 3 && "unexpected type");
   11500      1.1  joerg 
   11501      1.1  joerg     uint64_t Size;
   11502      1.1  joerg     if (tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(E->getArg(0), Type, Info, Size))
   11503      1.1  joerg       return Success(Size, E);
   11504      1.1  joerg 
   11505      1.1  joerg     if (E->getArg(0)->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx))
   11506      1.1  joerg       return Success((Type & 2) ? 0 : -1, E);
   11507      1.1  joerg 
   11508      1.1  joerg     // Expression had no side effects, but we couldn't statically determine the
   11509      1.1  joerg     // size of the referenced object.
   11510      1.1  joerg     switch (Info.EvalMode) {
   11511      1.1  joerg     case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression:
   11512      1.1  joerg     case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold:
   11513      1.1  joerg     case EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
   11514      1.1  joerg       // Leave it to IR generation.
   11515      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   11516      1.1  joerg     case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
   11517      1.1  joerg       // Reduce it to a constant now.
   11518      1.1  joerg       return Success((Type & 2) ? 0 : -1, E);
   11519      1.1  joerg     }
   11520      1.1  joerg 
   11521      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("unexpected EvalMode");
   11522      1.1  joerg   }
   11523      1.1  joerg 
   11524      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size: {
   11525      1.1  joerg     analyze_os_log::OSLogBufferLayout Layout;
   11526      1.1  joerg     analyze_os_log::computeOSLogBufferLayout(Info.Ctx, E, Layout);
   11527      1.1  joerg     return Success(Layout.size().getQuantity(), E);
   11528      1.1  joerg   }
   11529      1.1  joerg 
   11530  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_aligned: {
   11531  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue Src;
   11532  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt Alignment;
   11533  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment))
   11534  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11535  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Src.isLValue()) {
   11536  1.1.1.2  joerg       // If we evaluated a pointer, check the minimum known alignment.
   11537  1.1.1.2  joerg       LValue Ptr;
   11538  1.1.1.2  joerg       Ptr.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Src);
   11539  1.1.1.2  joerg       CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, Ptr);
   11540  1.1.1.2  joerg       CharUnits PtrAlign = BaseAlignment.alignmentAtOffset(Ptr.Offset);
   11541  1.1.1.2  joerg       // We can return true if the known alignment at the computed offset is
   11542  1.1.1.2  joerg       // greater than the requested alignment.
   11543  1.1.1.2  joerg       assert(PtrAlign.isPowerOfTwo());
   11544  1.1.1.2  joerg       assert(Alignment.isPowerOf2());
   11545  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (PtrAlign.getQuantity() >= Alignment)
   11546  1.1.1.2  joerg         return Success(1, E);
   11547  1.1.1.2  joerg       // If the alignment is not known to be sufficient, some cases could still
   11548  1.1.1.2  joerg       // be aligned at run time. However, if the requested alignment is less or
   11549  1.1.1.2  joerg       // equal to the base alignment and the offset is not aligned, we know that
   11550  1.1.1.2  joerg       // the run-time value can never be aligned.
   11551  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (BaseAlignment.getQuantity() >= Alignment &&
   11552  1.1.1.2  joerg           PtrAlign.getQuantity() < Alignment)
   11553  1.1.1.2  joerg         return Success(0, E);
   11554  1.1.1.2  joerg       // Otherwise we can't infer whether the value is sufficiently aligned.
   11555  1.1.1.2  joerg       // TODO: __builtin_is_aligned(__builtin_align_{down,up{(expr, N), N)
   11556  1.1.1.2  joerg       //  in cases where we can't fully evaluate the pointer.
   11557  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0), diag::note_constexpr_alignment_compute)
   11558  1.1.1.2  joerg           << Alignment;
   11559  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11560  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   11561  1.1.1.2  joerg     assert(Src.isInt());
   11562  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success((Src.getInt() & (Alignment - 1)) == 0 ? 1 : 0, E);
   11563  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11564  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_up: {
   11565  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue Src;
   11566  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt Alignment;
   11567  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment))
   11568  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11569  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Src.isInt())
   11570  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Error(E);
   11571  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt AlignedVal =
   11572  1.1.1.2  joerg         APSInt((Src.getInt() + (Alignment - 1)) & ~(Alignment - 1),
   11573  1.1.1.2  joerg                Src.getInt().isUnsigned());
   11574  1.1.1.2  joerg     assert(AlignedVal.getBitWidth() == Src.getInt().getBitWidth());
   11575  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(AlignedVal, E);
   11576  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11577  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down: {
   11578  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue Src;
   11579  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt Alignment;
   11580  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment))
   11581  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11582  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Src.isInt())
   11583  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Error(E);
   11584  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt AlignedVal =
   11585  1.1.1.2  joerg         APSInt(Src.getInt() & ~(Alignment - 1), Src.getInt().isUnsigned());
   11586  1.1.1.2  joerg     assert(AlignedVal.getBitWidth() == Src.getInt().getBitWidth());
   11587  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(AlignedVal, E);
   11588  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11589  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11590  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse8:
   11591  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse16:
   11592  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse32:
   11593  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse64: {
   11594  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11595  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11596  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11597  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11598  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(Val.reverseBits(), E);
   11599  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11600  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11601      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap16:
   11602      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap32:
   11603      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap64: {
   11604      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11605      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11606      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11607      1.1  joerg 
   11608      1.1  joerg     return Success(Val.byteSwap(), E);
   11609      1.1  joerg   }
   11610      1.1  joerg 
   11611      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
   11612      1.1  joerg     return Success((int)EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(E, Info.getLangOpts()), E);
   11613      1.1  joerg 
   11614      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsb:
   11615      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsbl:
   11616      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsbll: {
   11617      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11618      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11619      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11620      1.1  joerg 
   11621      1.1  joerg     return Success(Val.getBitWidth() - Val.getMinSignedBits(), E);
   11622      1.1  joerg   }
   11623      1.1  joerg 
   11624      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clz:
   11625      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzl:
   11626      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzll:
   11627      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzs: {
   11628      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11629      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11630      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11631      1.1  joerg     if (!Val)
   11632      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   11633      1.1  joerg 
   11634      1.1  joerg     return Success(Val.countLeadingZeros(), E);
   11635      1.1  joerg   }
   11636      1.1  joerg 
   11637      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p: {
   11638      1.1  joerg     const Expr *Arg = E->getArg(0);
   11639      1.1  joerg     if (EvaluateBuiltinConstantP(Info, Arg))
   11640      1.1  joerg       return Success(true, E);
   11641      1.1  joerg     if (Info.InConstantContext || Arg->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx)) {
   11642      1.1  joerg       // Outside a constant context, eagerly evaluate to false in the presence
   11643      1.1  joerg       // of side-effects in order to avoid -Wunsequenced false-positives in
   11644      1.1  joerg       // a branch on __builtin_constant_p(expr).
   11645      1.1  joerg       return Success(false, E);
   11646      1.1  joerg     }
   11647      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   11648      1.1  joerg     return false;
   11649      1.1  joerg   }
   11650      1.1  joerg 
   11651  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_constant_evaluated: {
   11652  1.1.1.2  joerg     const auto *Callee = Info.CurrentCall->getCallee();
   11653  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Info.InConstantContext && !Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression &&
   11654  1.1.1.2  joerg         (Info.CallStackDepth == 1 ||
   11655  1.1.1.2  joerg          (Info.CallStackDepth == 2 && Callee->isInStdNamespace() &&
   11656  1.1.1.2  joerg           Callee->getIdentifier() &&
   11657  1.1.1.2  joerg           Callee->getIdentifier()->isStr("is_constant_evaluated")))) {
   11658  1.1.1.2  joerg       // FIXME: Find a better way to avoid duplicated diagnostics.
   11659  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Info.EvalStatus.Diag)
   11660  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.report((Info.CallStackDepth == 1) ? E->getExprLoc()
   11661  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                : Info.CurrentCall->CallLoc,
   11662  1.1.1.2  joerg                     diag::warn_is_constant_evaluated_always_true_constexpr)
   11663  1.1.1.2  joerg             << (Info.CallStackDepth == 1 ? "__builtin_is_constant_evaluated"
   11664  1.1.1.2  joerg                                          : "std::is_constant_evaluated");
   11665  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   11666  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11667      1.1  joerg     return Success(Info.InConstantContext, E);
   11668  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11669      1.1  joerg 
   11670      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctz:
   11671      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzl:
   11672      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzll:
   11673      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzs: {
   11674      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11675      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11676      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11677      1.1  joerg     if (!Val)
   11678      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   11679      1.1  joerg 
   11680      1.1  joerg     return Success(Val.countTrailingZeros(), E);
   11681      1.1  joerg   }
   11682      1.1  joerg 
   11683      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_eh_return_data_regno: {
   11684      1.1  joerg     int Operand = E->getArg(0)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx).getZExtValue();
   11685      1.1  joerg     Operand = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getEHDataRegisterNumber(Operand);
   11686      1.1  joerg     return Success(Operand, E);
   11687      1.1  joerg   }
   11688      1.1  joerg 
   11689      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect:
   11690  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect_with_probability:
   11691      1.1  joerg     return Visit(E->getArg(0));
   11692      1.1  joerg 
   11693      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffs:
   11694      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffsl:
   11695      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffsll: {
   11696      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11697      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11698      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11699      1.1  joerg 
   11700      1.1  joerg     unsigned N = Val.countTrailingZeros();
   11701      1.1  joerg     return Success(N == Val.getBitWidth() ? 0 : N + 1, E);
   11702      1.1  joerg   }
   11703      1.1  joerg 
   11704      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify: {
   11705      1.1  joerg     APFloat Val(0.0);
   11706      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(5), Val, Info))
   11707      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11708      1.1  joerg     unsigned Arg;
   11709      1.1  joerg     switch (Val.getCategory()) {
   11710      1.1  joerg     case APFloat::fcNaN: Arg = 0; break;
   11711      1.1  joerg     case APFloat::fcInfinity: Arg = 1; break;
   11712      1.1  joerg     case APFloat::fcNormal: Arg = Val.isDenormal() ? 3 : 2; break;
   11713      1.1  joerg     case APFloat::fcZero: Arg = 4; break;
   11714      1.1  joerg     }
   11715      1.1  joerg     return Visit(E->getArg(Arg));
   11716      1.1  joerg   }
   11717      1.1  joerg 
   11718      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign: {
   11719      1.1  joerg     APFloat Val(0.0);
   11720      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
   11721      1.1  joerg            Success(Val.isInfinity() ? (Val.isNegative() ? -1 : 1) : 0, E);
   11722      1.1  joerg   }
   11723      1.1  joerg 
   11724      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf: {
   11725      1.1  joerg     APFloat Val(0.0);
   11726      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
   11727      1.1  joerg            Success(Val.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0, E);
   11728      1.1  joerg   }
   11729      1.1  joerg 
   11730      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite: {
   11731      1.1  joerg     APFloat Val(0.0);
   11732      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
   11733      1.1  joerg            Success(Val.isFinite() ? 1 : 0, E);
   11734      1.1  joerg   }
   11735      1.1  joerg 
   11736      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan: {
   11737      1.1  joerg     APFloat Val(0.0);
   11738      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
   11739      1.1  joerg            Success(Val.isNaN() ? 1 : 0, E);
   11740      1.1  joerg   }
   11741      1.1  joerg 
   11742      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal: {
   11743      1.1  joerg     APFloat Val(0.0);
   11744      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
   11745      1.1  joerg            Success(Val.isNormal() ? 1 : 0, E);
   11746      1.1  joerg   }
   11747      1.1  joerg 
   11748      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_parity:
   11749      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_parityl:
   11750      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_parityll: {
   11751      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11752      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11753      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11754      1.1  joerg 
   11755      1.1  joerg     return Success(Val.countPopulation() % 2, E);
   11756      1.1  joerg   }
   11757      1.1  joerg 
   11758      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcount:
   11759      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountl:
   11760      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountll: {
   11761      1.1  joerg     APSInt Val;
   11762      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
   11763      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11764      1.1  joerg 
   11765      1.1  joerg     return Success(Val.countPopulation(), E);
   11766      1.1  joerg   }
   11767      1.1  joerg 
   11768  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft8:
   11769  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft16:
   11770  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft32:
   11771  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft64:
   11772  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotl8: // Microsoft variants of rotate right
   11773  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotl16:
   11774  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotl:
   11775  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_lrotl:
   11776  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotl64: {
   11777  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt Val, Amt;
   11778  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) ||
   11779  1.1.1.2  joerg         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Amt, Info))
   11780  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11781  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11782  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(Val.rotl(Amt.urem(Val.getBitWidth())), E);
   11783  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11784  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11785  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright8:
   11786  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright16:
   11787  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright32:
   11788  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright64:
   11789  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotr8: // Microsoft variants of rotate right
   11790  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotr16:
   11791  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotr:
   11792  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_lrotr:
   11793  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI_rotr64: {
   11794  1.1.1.2  joerg     APSInt Val, Amt;
   11795  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) ||
   11796  1.1.1.2  joerg         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Amt, Info))
   11797  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11798  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11799  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(Val.rotr(Amt.urem(Val.getBitWidth())), E);
   11800  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   11801  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11802      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIstrlen:
   11803      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwcslen:
   11804      1.1  joerg     // A call to strlen is not a constant expression.
   11805      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   11806      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
   11807      1.1  joerg         << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
   11808      1.1  joerg         << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
   11809      1.1  joerg     else
   11810      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   11811      1.1  joerg     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
   11812      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strlen:
   11813      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcslen: {
   11814      1.1  joerg     // As an extension, we support __builtin_strlen() as a constant expression,
   11815      1.1  joerg     // and support folding strlen() to a constant.
   11816      1.1  joerg     LValue String;
   11817      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), String, Info))
   11818      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11819      1.1  joerg 
   11820      1.1  joerg     QualType CharTy = E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType();
   11821      1.1  joerg 
   11822      1.1  joerg     // Fast path: if it's a string literal, search the string value.
   11823      1.1  joerg     if (const StringLiteral *S = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(
   11824      1.1  joerg             String.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr *>())) {
   11825      1.1  joerg       // The string literal may have embedded null characters. Find the first
   11826      1.1  joerg       // one and truncate there.
   11827      1.1  joerg       StringRef Str = S->getBytes();
   11828      1.1  joerg       int64_t Off = String.Offset.getQuantity();
   11829      1.1  joerg       if (Off >= 0 && (uint64_t)Off <= (uint64_t)Str.size() &&
   11830      1.1  joerg           S->getCharByteWidth() == 1 &&
   11831      1.1  joerg           // FIXME: Add fast-path for wchar_t too.
   11832      1.1  joerg           Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CharTy, Info.Ctx.CharTy)) {
   11833      1.1  joerg         Str = Str.substr(Off);
   11834      1.1  joerg 
   11835      1.1  joerg         StringRef::size_type Pos = Str.find(0);
   11836      1.1  joerg         if (Pos != StringRef::npos)
   11837      1.1  joerg           Str = Str.substr(0, Pos);
   11838      1.1  joerg 
   11839      1.1  joerg         return Success(Str.size(), E);
   11840      1.1  joerg       }
   11841      1.1  joerg 
   11842      1.1  joerg       // Fall through to slow path to issue appropriate diagnostic.
   11843      1.1  joerg     }
   11844      1.1  joerg 
   11845      1.1  joerg     // Slow path: scan the bytes of the string looking for the terminating 0.
   11846      1.1  joerg     for (uint64_t Strlen = 0; /**/; ++Strlen) {
   11847      1.1  joerg       APValue Char;
   11848      1.1  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy, String, Char) ||
   11849      1.1  joerg           !Char.isInt())
   11850      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11851      1.1  joerg       if (!Char.getInt())
   11852      1.1  joerg         return Success(Strlen, E);
   11853      1.1  joerg       if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String, CharTy, 1))
   11854      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11855      1.1  joerg     }
   11856      1.1  joerg   }
   11857      1.1  joerg 
   11858      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIstrcmp:
   11859      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwcscmp:
   11860      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIstrncmp:
   11861      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwcsncmp:
   11862      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BImemcmp:
   11863      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIbcmp:
   11864      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BIwmemcmp:
   11865      1.1  joerg     // A call to strlen is not a constant expression.
   11866      1.1  joerg     if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   11867      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
   11868      1.1  joerg         << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
   11869      1.1  joerg         << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
   11870      1.1  joerg     else
   11871      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   11872      1.1  joerg     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
   11873      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strcmp:
   11874      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp:
   11875      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strncmp:
   11876      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcsncmp:
   11877      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp:
   11878      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp:
   11879      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp: {
   11880      1.1  joerg     LValue String1, String2;
   11881      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), String1, Info) ||
   11882      1.1  joerg         !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(1), String2, Info))
   11883      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11884      1.1  joerg 
   11885      1.1  joerg     uint64_t MaxLength = uint64_t(-1);
   11886      1.1  joerg     if (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIstrcmp &&
   11887      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwcscmp &&
   11888      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_strcmp &&
   11889      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp) {
   11890      1.1  joerg       APSInt N;
   11891      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info))
   11892      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11893      1.1  joerg       MaxLength = N.getExtValue();
   11894      1.1  joerg     }
   11895      1.1  joerg 
   11896      1.1  joerg     // Empty substrings compare equal by definition.
   11897      1.1  joerg     if (MaxLength == 0u)
   11898      1.1  joerg       return Success(0, E);
   11899      1.1  joerg 
   11900      1.1  joerg     if (!String1.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) ||
   11901      1.1  joerg         !String2.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) ||
   11902      1.1  joerg         String1.Designator.Invalid || String2.Designator.Invalid)
   11903      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11904      1.1  joerg 
   11905      1.1  joerg     QualType CharTy1 = String1.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
   11906      1.1  joerg     QualType CharTy2 = String2.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
   11907      1.1  joerg 
   11908      1.1  joerg     bool IsRawByte = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemcmp ||
   11909      1.1  joerg                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIbcmp ||
   11910      1.1  joerg                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp ||
   11911      1.1  joerg                      BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp;
   11912      1.1  joerg 
   11913      1.1  joerg     assert(IsRawByte ||
   11914      1.1  joerg            (Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
   11915      1.1  joerg                 CharTy1, E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType()) &&
   11916      1.1  joerg             Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CharTy1, CharTy2)));
   11917      1.1  joerg 
   11918  1.1.1.2  joerg     // For memcmp, allow comparing any arrays of '[[un]signed] char' or
   11919  1.1.1.2  joerg     // 'char8_t', but no other types.
   11920  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (IsRawByte &&
   11921  1.1.1.2  joerg         !(isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy1) && isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy2))) {
   11922  1.1.1.2  joerg       // FIXME: Consider using our bit_cast implementation to support this.
   11923  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcmp_unsupported)
   11924  1.1.1.2  joerg           << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'")
   11925  1.1.1.2  joerg           << CharTy1 << CharTy2;
   11926  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   11927  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   11928  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   11929      1.1  joerg     const auto &ReadCurElems = [&](APValue &Char1, APValue &Char2) {
   11930      1.1  joerg       return handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy1, String1, Char1) &&
   11931      1.1  joerg              handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy2, String2, Char2) &&
   11932      1.1  joerg              Char1.isInt() && Char2.isInt();
   11933      1.1  joerg     };
   11934      1.1  joerg     const auto &AdvanceElems = [&] {
   11935      1.1  joerg       return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String1, CharTy1, 1) &&
   11936      1.1  joerg              HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String2, CharTy2, 1);
   11937      1.1  joerg     };
   11938      1.1  joerg 
   11939      1.1  joerg     bool StopAtNull =
   11940      1.1  joerg         (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BImemcmp && BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIbcmp &&
   11941      1.1  joerg          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwmemcmp &&
   11942      1.1  joerg          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp &&
   11943      1.1  joerg          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp &&
   11944      1.1  joerg          BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp);
   11945      1.1  joerg     bool IsWide = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwcscmp ||
   11946      1.1  joerg                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwcsncmp ||
   11947      1.1  joerg                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemcmp ||
   11948      1.1  joerg                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp ||
   11949      1.1  joerg                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wcsncmp ||
   11950      1.1  joerg                   BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp;
   11951      1.1  joerg 
   11952      1.1  joerg     for (; MaxLength; --MaxLength) {
   11953      1.1  joerg       APValue Char1, Char2;
   11954      1.1  joerg       if (!ReadCurElems(Char1, Char2))
   11955      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11956  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Char1.getInt().ne(Char2.getInt())) {
   11957      1.1  joerg         if (IsWide) // wmemcmp compares with wchar_t signedness.
   11958      1.1  joerg           return Success(Char1.getInt() < Char2.getInt() ? -1 : 1, E);
   11959      1.1  joerg         // memcmp always compares unsigned chars.
   11960      1.1  joerg         return Success(Char1.getInt().ult(Char2.getInt()) ? -1 : 1, E);
   11961      1.1  joerg       }
   11962      1.1  joerg       if (StopAtNull && !Char1.getInt())
   11963      1.1  joerg         return Success(0, E);
   11964      1.1  joerg       assert(!(StopAtNull && !Char2.getInt()));
   11965      1.1  joerg       if (!AdvanceElems())
   11966      1.1  joerg         return false;
   11967      1.1  joerg     }
   11968      1.1  joerg     // We hit the strncmp / memcmp limit.
   11969      1.1  joerg     return Success(0, E);
   11970      1.1  joerg   }
   11971      1.1  joerg 
   11972      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free:
   11973      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__atomic_is_lock_free:
   11974      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__c11_atomic_is_lock_free: {
   11975      1.1  joerg     APSInt SizeVal;
   11976      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), SizeVal, Info))
   11977      1.1  joerg       return false;
   11978      1.1  joerg 
   11979      1.1  joerg     // For __atomic_is_lock_free(sizeof(_Atomic(T))), if the size is a power
   11980  1.1.1.2  joerg     // of two less than or equal to the maximum inline atomic width, we know it
   11981  1.1.1.2  joerg     // is lock-free.  If the size isn't a power of two, or greater than the
   11982      1.1  joerg     // maximum alignment where we promote atomics, we know it is not lock-free
   11983      1.1  joerg     // (at least not in the sense of atomic_is_lock_free).  Otherwise,
   11984      1.1  joerg     // the answer can only be determined at runtime; for example, 16-byte
   11985      1.1  joerg     // atomics have lock-free implementations on some, but not all,
   11986      1.1  joerg     // x86-64 processors.
   11987      1.1  joerg 
   11988      1.1  joerg     // Check power-of-two.
   11989      1.1  joerg     CharUnits Size = CharUnits::fromQuantity(SizeVal.getZExtValue());
   11990      1.1  joerg     if (Size.isPowerOfTwo()) {
   11991      1.1  joerg       // Check against inlining width.
   11992      1.1  joerg       unsigned InlineWidthBits =
   11993      1.1  joerg           Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth();
   11994      1.1  joerg       if (Size <= Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(InlineWidthBits)) {
   11995      1.1  joerg         if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__c11_atomic_is_lock_free ||
   11996      1.1  joerg             Size == CharUnits::One() ||
   11997      1.1  joerg             E->getArg(1)->isNullPointerConstant(Info.Ctx,
   11998      1.1  joerg                                                 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent))
   11999      1.1  joerg           // OK, we will inline appropriately-aligned operations of this size,
   12000      1.1  joerg           // and _Atomic(T) is appropriately-aligned.
   12001      1.1  joerg           return Success(1, E);
   12002      1.1  joerg 
   12003      1.1  joerg         QualType PointeeType = E->getArg(1)->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType()->
   12004      1.1  joerg           castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
   12005      1.1  joerg         if (!PointeeType->isIncompleteType() &&
   12006      1.1  joerg             Info.Ctx.getTypeAlignInChars(PointeeType) >= Size) {
   12007      1.1  joerg           // OK, we will inline operations on this object.
   12008      1.1  joerg           return Success(1, E);
   12009      1.1  joerg         }
   12010      1.1  joerg       }
   12011      1.1  joerg     }
   12012      1.1  joerg 
   12013      1.1  joerg     return BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free ?
   12014      1.1  joerg         Success(0, E) : Error(E);
   12015      1.1  joerg   }
   12016      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
   12017      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
   12018      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
   12019      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sadd_overflow:
   12020      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_uadd_overflow:
   12021      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddl_overflow:
   12022      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddll_overflow:
   12023      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_usub_overflow:
   12024      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubl_overflow:
   12025      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubll_overflow:
   12026      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_umul_overflow:
   12027      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_umull_overflow:
   12028      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_umulll_overflow:
   12029      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddl_overflow:
   12030      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddll_overflow:
   12031      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssub_overflow:
   12032      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubl_overflow:
   12033      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubll_overflow:
   12034      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_smul_overflow:
   12035      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_smull_overflow:
   12036      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_smulll_overflow: {
   12037      1.1  joerg     LValue ResultLValue;
   12038      1.1  joerg     APSInt LHS, RHS;
   12039      1.1  joerg 
   12040      1.1  joerg     QualType ResultType = E->getArg(2)->getType()->getPointeeType();
   12041      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), LHS, Info) ||
   12042      1.1  joerg         !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info) ||
   12043      1.1  joerg         !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(2), ResultLValue, Info))
   12044      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12045      1.1  joerg 
   12046      1.1  joerg     APSInt Result;
   12047      1.1  joerg     bool DidOverflow = false;
   12048      1.1  joerg 
   12049      1.1  joerg     // If the types don't have to match, enlarge all 3 to the largest of them.
   12050      1.1  joerg     if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow ||
   12051      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow ||
   12052      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow) {
   12053      1.1  joerg       bool IsSigned = LHS.isSigned() || RHS.isSigned() ||
   12054      1.1  joerg                       ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
   12055      1.1  joerg       bool AllSigned = LHS.isSigned() && RHS.isSigned() &&
   12056      1.1  joerg                       ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
   12057      1.1  joerg       uint64_t LHSSize = LHS.getBitWidth();
   12058      1.1  joerg       uint64_t RHSSize = RHS.getBitWidth();
   12059      1.1  joerg       uint64_t ResultSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(ResultType);
   12060      1.1  joerg       uint64_t MaxBits = std::max(std::max(LHSSize, RHSSize), ResultSize);
   12061      1.1  joerg 
   12062      1.1  joerg       // Add an additional bit if the signedness isn't uniformly agreed to. We
   12063      1.1  joerg       // could do this ONLY if there is a signed and an unsigned that both have
   12064      1.1  joerg       // MaxBits, but the code to check that is pretty nasty.  The issue will be
   12065      1.1  joerg       // caught in the shrink-to-result later anyway.
   12066      1.1  joerg       if (IsSigned && !AllSigned)
   12067      1.1  joerg         ++MaxBits;
   12068      1.1  joerg 
   12069      1.1  joerg       LHS = APSInt(LHS.extOrTrunc(MaxBits), !IsSigned);
   12070      1.1  joerg       RHS = APSInt(RHS.extOrTrunc(MaxBits), !IsSigned);
   12071      1.1  joerg       Result = APSInt(MaxBits, !IsSigned);
   12072      1.1  joerg     }
   12073      1.1  joerg 
   12074      1.1  joerg     // Find largest int.
   12075      1.1  joerg     switch (BuiltinOp) {
   12076      1.1  joerg     default:
   12077      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("Invalid value for BuiltinOp");
   12078      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
   12079      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_sadd_overflow:
   12080      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddl_overflow:
   12081      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddll_overflow:
   12082      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_uadd_overflow:
   12083      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddl_overflow:
   12084      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddll_overflow:
   12085      1.1  joerg       Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.sadd_ov(RHS, DidOverflow)
   12086      1.1  joerg                               : LHS.uadd_ov(RHS, DidOverflow);
   12087      1.1  joerg       break;
   12088      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
   12089      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssub_overflow:
   12090      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubl_overflow:
   12091      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubll_overflow:
   12092      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_usub_overflow:
   12093      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubl_overflow:
   12094      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubll_overflow:
   12095      1.1  joerg       Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.ssub_ov(RHS, DidOverflow)
   12096      1.1  joerg                               : LHS.usub_ov(RHS, DidOverflow);
   12097      1.1  joerg       break;
   12098      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
   12099      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_smul_overflow:
   12100      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_smull_overflow:
   12101      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_smulll_overflow:
   12102      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_umul_overflow:
   12103      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_umull_overflow:
   12104      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_umulll_overflow:
   12105      1.1  joerg       Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.smul_ov(RHS, DidOverflow)
   12106      1.1  joerg                               : LHS.umul_ov(RHS, DidOverflow);
   12107      1.1  joerg       break;
   12108      1.1  joerg     }
   12109      1.1  joerg 
   12110      1.1  joerg     // In the case where multiple sizes are allowed, truncate and see if
   12111      1.1  joerg     // the values are the same.
   12112      1.1  joerg     if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow ||
   12113      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow ||
   12114      1.1  joerg         BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow) {
   12115      1.1  joerg       // APSInt doesn't have a TruncOrSelf, so we use extOrTrunc instead,
   12116      1.1  joerg       // since it will give us the behavior of a TruncOrSelf in the case where
   12117      1.1  joerg       // its parameter <= its size.  We previously set Result to be at least the
   12118      1.1  joerg       // type-size of the result, so getTypeSize(ResultType) <= Result.BitWidth
   12119      1.1  joerg       // will work exactly like TruncOrSelf.
   12120      1.1  joerg       APSInt Temp = Result.extOrTrunc(Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(ResultType));
   12121      1.1  joerg       Temp.setIsSigned(ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   12122      1.1  joerg 
   12123      1.1  joerg       if (!APSInt::isSameValue(Temp, Result))
   12124      1.1  joerg         DidOverflow = true;
   12125      1.1  joerg       Result = Temp;
   12126      1.1  joerg     }
   12127      1.1  joerg 
   12128      1.1  joerg     APValue APV{Result};
   12129      1.1  joerg     if (!handleAssignment(Info, E, ResultLValue, ResultType, APV))
   12130      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12131      1.1  joerg     return Success(DidOverflow, E);
   12132      1.1  joerg   }
   12133      1.1  joerg   }
   12134      1.1  joerg }
   12135      1.1  joerg 
   12136      1.1  joerg /// Determine whether this is a pointer past the end of the complete
   12137      1.1  joerg /// object referred to by the lvalue.
   12138      1.1  joerg static bool isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   12139      1.1  joerg                                             const LValue &LV) {
   12140      1.1  joerg   // A null pointer can be viewed as being "past the end" but we don't
   12141      1.1  joerg   // choose to look at it that way here.
   12142      1.1  joerg   if (!LV.getLValueBase())
   12143      1.1  joerg     return false;
   12144      1.1  joerg 
   12145      1.1  joerg   // If the designator is valid and refers to a subobject, we're not pointing
   12146      1.1  joerg   // past the end.
   12147      1.1  joerg   if (!LV.getLValueDesignator().Invalid &&
   12148      1.1  joerg       !LV.getLValueDesignator().isOnePastTheEnd())
   12149      1.1  joerg     return false;
   12150      1.1  joerg 
   12151      1.1  joerg   // A pointer to an incomplete type might be past-the-end if the type's size is
   12152      1.1  joerg   // zero.  We cannot tell because the type is incomplete.
   12153      1.1  joerg   QualType Ty = getType(LV.getLValueBase());
   12154      1.1  joerg   if (Ty->isIncompleteType())
   12155      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12156      1.1  joerg 
   12157      1.1  joerg   // We're a past-the-end pointer if we point to the byte after the object,
   12158      1.1  joerg   // no matter what our type or path is.
   12159      1.1  joerg   auto Size = Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
   12160      1.1  joerg   return LV.getLValueOffset() == Size;
   12161      1.1  joerg }
   12162      1.1  joerg 
   12163      1.1  joerg namespace {
   12164      1.1  joerg 
   12165      1.1  joerg /// Data recursive integer evaluator of certain binary operators.
   12166      1.1  joerg ///
   12167      1.1  joerg /// We use a data recursive algorithm for binary operators so that we are able
   12168      1.1  joerg /// to handle extreme cases of chained binary operators without causing stack
   12169      1.1  joerg /// overflow.
   12170      1.1  joerg class DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator {
   12171      1.1  joerg   struct EvalResult {
   12172      1.1  joerg     APValue Val;
   12173      1.1  joerg     bool Failed;
   12174      1.1  joerg 
   12175      1.1  joerg     EvalResult() : Failed(false) { }
   12176      1.1  joerg 
   12177      1.1  joerg     void swap(EvalResult &RHS) {
   12178      1.1  joerg       Val.swap(RHS.Val);
   12179      1.1  joerg       Failed = RHS.Failed;
   12180      1.1  joerg       RHS.Failed = false;
   12181      1.1  joerg     }
   12182      1.1  joerg   };
   12183      1.1  joerg 
   12184      1.1  joerg   struct Job {
   12185      1.1  joerg     const Expr *E;
   12186      1.1  joerg     EvalResult LHSResult; // meaningful only for binary operator expression.
   12187      1.1  joerg     enum { AnyExprKind, BinOpKind, BinOpVisitedLHSKind } Kind;
   12188      1.1  joerg 
   12189      1.1  joerg     Job() = default;
   12190      1.1  joerg     Job(Job &&) = default;
   12191      1.1  joerg 
   12192      1.1  joerg     void startSpeculativeEval(EvalInfo &Info) {
   12193      1.1  joerg       SpecEvalRAII = SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(Info);
   12194      1.1  joerg     }
   12195      1.1  joerg 
   12196      1.1  joerg   private:
   12197      1.1  joerg     SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpecEvalRAII;
   12198      1.1  joerg   };
   12199      1.1  joerg 
   12200      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<Job, 16> Queue;
   12201      1.1  joerg 
   12202      1.1  joerg   IntExprEvaluator &IntEval;
   12203      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo &Info;
   12204      1.1  joerg   APValue &FinalResult;
   12205      1.1  joerg 
   12206      1.1  joerg public:
   12207      1.1  joerg   DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator(IntExprEvaluator &IntEval, APValue &Result)
   12208      1.1  joerg     : IntEval(IntEval), Info(IntEval.getEvalInfo()), FinalResult(Result) { }
   12209      1.1  joerg 
   12210      1.1  joerg   /// True if \param E is a binary operator that we are going to handle
   12211      1.1  joerg   /// data recursively.
   12212      1.1  joerg   /// We handle binary operators that are comma, logical, or that have operands
   12213      1.1  joerg   /// with integral or enumeration type.
   12214      1.1  joerg   static bool shouldEnqueue(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   12215      1.1  joerg     return E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma || E->isLogicalOp() ||
   12216      1.1  joerg            (E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   12217      1.1  joerg             E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   12218      1.1  joerg             E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
   12219      1.1  joerg   }
   12220      1.1  joerg 
   12221      1.1  joerg   bool Traverse(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   12222      1.1  joerg     enqueue(E);
   12223      1.1  joerg     EvalResult PrevResult;
   12224      1.1  joerg     while (!Queue.empty())
   12225      1.1  joerg       process(PrevResult);
   12226      1.1  joerg 
   12227      1.1  joerg     if (PrevResult.Failed) return false;
   12228      1.1  joerg 
   12229      1.1  joerg     FinalResult.swap(PrevResult.Val);
   12230      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12231      1.1  joerg   }
   12232      1.1  joerg 
   12233      1.1  joerg private:
   12234      1.1  joerg   bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
   12235      1.1  joerg     return IntEval.Success(Value, E, Result);
   12236      1.1  joerg   }
   12237      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APSInt &Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
   12238      1.1  joerg     return IntEval.Success(Value, E, Result);
   12239      1.1  joerg   }
   12240      1.1  joerg   bool Error(const Expr *E) {
   12241      1.1  joerg     return IntEval.Error(E);
   12242      1.1  joerg   }
   12243      1.1  joerg   bool Error(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
   12244      1.1  joerg     return IntEval.Error(E, D);
   12245      1.1  joerg   }
   12246      1.1  joerg 
   12247      1.1  joerg   OptionalDiagnostic CCEDiag(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
   12248      1.1  joerg     return Info.CCEDiag(E, D);
   12249      1.1  joerg   }
   12250      1.1  joerg 
   12251      1.1  joerg   // Returns true if visiting the RHS is necessary, false otherwise.
   12252      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinOpLHSOnly(EvalResult &LHSResult, const BinaryOperator *E,
   12253      1.1  joerg                          bool &SuppressRHSDiags);
   12254      1.1  joerg 
   12255      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinOp(const EvalResult &LHSResult, const EvalResult &RHSResult,
   12256      1.1  joerg                   const BinaryOperator *E, APValue &Result);
   12257      1.1  joerg 
   12258      1.1  joerg   void EvaluateExpr(const Expr *E, EvalResult &Result) {
   12259      1.1  joerg     Result.Failed = !Evaluate(Result.Val, Info, E);
   12260      1.1  joerg     if (Result.Failed)
   12261      1.1  joerg       Result.Val = APValue();
   12262      1.1  joerg   }
   12263      1.1  joerg 
   12264      1.1  joerg   void process(EvalResult &Result);
   12265      1.1  joerg 
   12266      1.1  joerg   void enqueue(const Expr *E) {
   12267      1.1  joerg     E = E->IgnoreParens();
   12268      1.1  joerg     Queue.resize(Queue.size()+1);
   12269      1.1  joerg     Queue.back().E = E;
   12270      1.1  joerg     Queue.back().Kind = Job::AnyExprKind;
   12271      1.1  joerg   }
   12272      1.1  joerg };
   12273      1.1  joerg 
   12274      1.1  joerg }
   12275      1.1  joerg 
   12276      1.1  joerg bool DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::
   12277      1.1  joerg        VisitBinOpLHSOnly(EvalResult &LHSResult, const BinaryOperator *E,
   12278      1.1  joerg                          bool &SuppressRHSDiags) {
   12279      1.1  joerg   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
   12280      1.1  joerg     // Ignore LHS but note if we could not evaluate it.
   12281      1.1  joerg     if (LHSResult.Failed)
   12282      1.1  joerg       return Info.noteSideEffect();
   12283      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12284      1.1  joerg   }
   12285      1.1  joerg 
   12286      1.1  joerg   if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
   12287      1.1  joerg     bool LHSAsBool;
   12288      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSResult.Failed && HandleConversionToBool(LHSResult.Val, LHSAsBool)) {
   12289      1.1  joerg       // We were able to evaluate the LHS, see if we can get away with not
   12290      1.1  joerg       // evaluating the RHS: 0 && X -> 0, 1 || X -> 1
   12291      1.1  joerg       if (LHSAsBool == (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr)) {
   12292      1.1  joerg         Success(LHSAsBool, E, LHSResult.Val);
   12293      1.1  joerg         return false; // Ignore RHS
   12294      1.1  joerg       }
   12295      1.1  joerg     } else {
   12296      1.1  joerg       LHSResult.Failed = true;
   12297      1.1  joerg 
   12298      1.1  joerg       // Since we weren't able to evaluate the left hand side, it
   12299      1.1  joerg       // might have had side effects.
   12300      1.1  joerg       if (!Info.noteSideEffect())
   12301      1.1  joerg         return false;
   12302      1.1  joerg 
   12303      1.1  joerg       // We can't evaluate the LHS; however, sometimes the result
   12304      1.1  joerg       // is determined by the RHS: X && 0 -> 0, X || 1 -> 1.
   12305      1.1  joerg       // Don't ignore RHS and suppress diagnostics from this arm.
   12306      1.1  joerg       SuppressRHSDiags = true;
   12307      1.1  joerg     }
   12308      1.1  joerg 
   12309      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12310      1.1  joerg   }
   12311      1.1  joerg 
   12312      1.1  joerg   assert(E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   12313      1.1  joerg          E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
   12314      1.1  joerg 
   12315      1.1  joerg   if (LHSResult.Failed && !Info.noteFailure())
   12316      1.1  joerg     return false; // Ignore RHS;
   12317      1.1  joerg 
   12318      1.1  joerg   return true;
   12319      1.1  joerg }
   12320      1.1  joerg 
   12321      1.1  joerg static void addOrSubLValueAsInteger(APValue &LVal, const APSInt &Index,
   12322      1.1  joerg                                     bool IsSub) {
   12323      1.1  joerg   // Compute the new offset in the appropriate width, wrapping at 64 bits.
   12324      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: When compiling for a 32-bit target, we should use 32-bit
   12325      1.1  joerg   // offsets.
   12326      1.1  joerg   assert(!LVal.hasLValuePath() && "have designator for integer lvalue");
   12327      1.1  joerg   CharUnits &Offset = LVal.getLValueOffset();
   12328      1.1  joerg   uint64_t Offset64 = Offset.getQuantity();
   12329      1.1  joerg   uint64_t Index64 = Index.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
   12330      1.1  joerg   Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsSub ? Offset64 - Index64
   12331      1.1  joerg                                          : Offset64 + Index64);
   12332      1.1  joerg }
   12333      1.1  joerg 
   12334      1.1  joerg bool DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::
   12335      1.1  joerg        VisitBinOp(const EvalResult &LHSResult, const EvalResult &RHSResult,
   12336      1.1  joerg                   const BinaryOperator *E, APValue &Result) {
   12337      1.1  joerg   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
   12338      1.1  joerg     if (RHSResult.Failed)
   12339      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12340      1.1  joerg     Result = RHSResult.Val;
   12341      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12342      1.1  joerg   }
   12343      1.1  joerg 
   12344      1.1  joerg   if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
   12345      1.1  joerg     bool lhsResult, rhsResult;
   12346      1.1  joerg     bool LHSIsOK = HandleConversionToBool(LHSResult.Val, lhsResult);
   12347      1.1  joerg     bool RHSIsOK = HandleConversionToBool(RHSResult.Val, rhsResult);
   12348      1.1  joerg 
   12349      1.1  joerg     if (LHSIsOK) {
   12350      1.1  joerg       if (RHSIsOK) {
   12351      1.1  joerg         if (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr)
   12352      1.1  joerg           return Success(lhsResult || rhsResult, E, Result);
   12353      1.1  joerg         else
   12354      1.1  joerg           return Success(lhsResult && rhsResult, E, Result);
   12355      1.1  joerg       }
   12356      1.1  joerg     } else {
   12357      1.1  joerg       if (RHSIsOK) {
   12358      1.1  joerg         // We can't evaluate the LHS; however, sometimes the result
   12359      1.1  joerg         // is determined by the RHS: X && 0 -> 0, X || 1 -> 1.
   12360      1.1  joerg         if (rhsResult == (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr))
   12361      1.1  joerg           return Success(rhsResult, E, Result);
   12362      1.1  joerg       }
   12363      1.1  joerg     }
   12364      1.1  joerg 
   12365      1.1  joerg     return false;
   12366      1.1  joerg   }
   12367      1.1  joerg 
   12368      1.1  joerg   assert(E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   12369      1.1  joerg          E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
   12370      1.1  joerg 
   12371      1.1  joerg   if (LHSResult.Failed || RHSResult.Failed)
   12372      1.1  joerg     return false;
   12373      1.1  joerg 
   12374      1.1  joerg   const APValue &LHSVal = LHSResult.Val;
   12375      1.1  joerg   const APValue &RHSVal = RHSResult.Val;
   12376      1.1  joerg 
   12377      1.1  joerg   // Handle cases like (unsigned long)&a + 4.
   12378      1.1  joerg   if (E->isAdditiveOp() && LHSVal.isLValue() && RHSVal.isInt()) {
   12379      1.1  joerg     Result = LHSVal;
   12380      1.1  joerg     addOrSubLValueAsInteger(Result, RHSVal.getInt(), E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub);
   12381      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12382      1.1  joerg   }
   12383      1.1  joerg 
   12384      1.1  joerg   // Handle cases like 4 + (unsigned long)&a
   12385      1.1  joerg   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Add &&
   12386      1.1  joerg       RHSVal.isLValue() && LHSVal.isInt()) {
   12387      1.1  joerg     Result = RHSVal;
   12388      1.1  joerg     addOrSubLValueAsInteger(Result, LHSVal.getInt(), /*IsSub*/false);
   12389      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12390      1.1  joerg   }
   12391      1.1  joerg 
   12392      1.1  joerg   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub && LHSVal.isLValue() && RHSVal.isLValue()) {
   12393      1.1  joerg     // Handle (intptr_t)&&A - (intptr_t)&&B.
   12394      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSVal.getLValueOffset().isZero() ||
   12395      1.1  joerg         !RHSVal.getLValueOffset().isZero())
   12396      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12397      1.1  joerg     const Expr *LHSExpr = LHSVal.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
   12398      1.1  joerg     const Expr *RHSExpr = RHSVal.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
   12399      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSExpr || !RHSExpr)
   12400      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12401      1.1  joerg     const AddrLabelExpr *LHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(LHSExpr);
   12402      1.1  joerg     const AddrLabelExpr *RHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(RHSExpr);
   12403      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSAddrExpr || !RHSAddrExpr)
   12404      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12405      1.1  joerg     // Make sure both labels come from the same function.
   12406      1.1  joerg     if (LHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext() !=
   12407      1.1  joerg         RHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext())
   12408      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12409      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(LHSAddrExpr, RHSAddrExpr);
   12410      1.1  joerg     return true;
   12411      1.1  joerg   }
   12412      1.1  joerg 
   12413      1.1  joerg   // All the remaining cases expect both operands to be an integer
   12414      1.1  joerg   if (!LHSVal.isInt() || !RHSVal.isInt())
   12415      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   12416      1.1  joerg 
   12417      1.1  joerg   // Set up the width and signedness manually, in case it can't be deduced
   12418      1.1  joerg   // from the operation we're performing.
   12419      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Don't do this in the cases where we can deduce it.
   12420      1.1  joerg   APSInt Value(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()),
   12421      1.1  joerg                E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   12422      1.1  joerg   if (!handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHSVal.getInt(), E->getOpcode(),
   12423      1.1  joerg                          RHSVal.getInt(), Value))
   12424      1.1  joerg     return false;
   12425      1.1  joerg   return Success(Value, E, Result);
   12426      1.1  joerg }
   12427      1.1  joerg 
   12428      1.1  joerg void DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::process(EvalResult &Result) {
   12429      1.1  joerg   Job &job = Queue.back();
   12430      1.1  joerg 
   12431      1.1  joerg   switch (job.Kind) {
   12432      1.1  joerg     case Job::AnyExprKind: {
   12433      1.1  joerg       if (const BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E)) {
   12434      1.1  joerg         if (shouldEnqueue(Bop)) {
   12435      1.1  joerg           job.Kind = Job::BinOpKind;
   12436      1.1  joerg           enqueue(Bop->getLHS());
   12437      1.1  joerg           return;
   12438      1.1  joerg         }
   12439      1.1  joerg       }
   12440      1.1  joerg 
   12441      1.1  joerg       EvaluateExpr(job.E, Result);
   12442      1.1  joerg       Queue.pop_back();
   12443      1.1  joerg       return;
   12444      1.1  joerg     }
   12445      1.1  joerg 
   12446      1.1  joerg     case Job::BinOpKind: {
   12447      1.1  joerg       const BinaryOperator *Bop = cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E);
   12448      1.1  joerg       bool SuppressRHSDiags = false;
   12449      1.1  joerg       if (!VisitBinOpLHSOnly(Result, Bop, SuppressRHSDiags)) {
   12450      1.1  joerg         Queue.pop_back();
   12451      1.1  joerg         return;
   12452      1.1  joerg       }
   12453      1.1  joerg       if (SuppressRHSDiags)
   12454      1.1  joerg         job.startSpeculativeEval(Info);
   12455      1.1  joerg       job.LHSResult.swap(Result);
   12456      1.1  joerg       job.Kind = Job::BinOpVisitedLHSKind;
   12457      1.1  joerg       enqueue(Bop->getRHS());
   12458      1.1  joerg       return;
   12459      1.1  joerg     }
   12460      1.1  joerg 
   12461      1.1  joerg     case Job::BinOpVisitedLHSKind: {
   12462      1.1  joerg       const BinaryOperator *Bop = cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E);
   12463      1.1  joerg       EvalResult RHS;
   12464      1.1  joerg       RHS.swap(Result);
   12465      1.1  joerg       Result.Failed = !VisitBinOp(job.LHSResult, RHS, Bop, Result.Val);
   12466      1.1  joerg       Queue.pop_back();
   12467      1.1  joerg       return;
   12468      1.1  joerg     }
   12469      1.1  joerg   }
   12470      1.1  joerg 
   12471      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("Invalid Job::Kind!");
   12472      1.1  joerg }
   12473      1.1  joerg 
   12474      1.1  joerg namespace {
   12475  1.1.1.2  joerg enum class CmpResult {
   12476  1.1.1.2  joerg   Unequal,
   12477  1.1.1.2  joerg   Less,
   12478  1.1.1.2  joerg   Equal,
   12479  1.1.1.2  joerg   Greater,
   12480  1.1.1.2  joerg   Unordered,
   12481      1.1  joerg };
   12482      1.1  joerg }
   12483      1.1  joerg 
   12484      1.1  joerg template <class SuccessCB, class AfterCB>
   12485      1.1  joerg static bool
   12486      1.1  joerg EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E,
   12487      1.1  joerg                                  SuccessCB &&Success, AfterCB &&DoAfter) {
   12488  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   12489      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "expected comparison operator");
   12490      1.1  joerg   assert((E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp ||
   12491      1.1  joerg           E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
   12492      1.1  joerg          "unsupported binary expression evaluation");
   12493      1.1  joerg   auto Error = [&](const Expr *E) {
   12494      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   12495      1.1  joerg     return false;
   12496      1.1  joerg   };
   12497      1.1  joerg 
   12498  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool IsRelational = E->isRelationalOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp;
   12499      1.1  joerg   bool IsEquality = E->isEqualityOp();
   12500      1.1  joerg 
   12501      1.1  joerg   QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType();
   12502      1.1  joerg   QualType RHSTy = E->getRHS()->getType();
   12503      1.1  joerg 
   12504      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
   12505      1.1  joerg       RHSTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
   12506      1.1  joerg     APSInt LHS, RHS;
   12507      1.1  joerg     bool LHSOK = EvaluateInteger(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info);
   12508      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   12509      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12510      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12511      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12512      1.1  joerg     if (LHS < RHS)
   12513  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(CmpResult::Less, E);
   12514      1.1  joerg     if (LHS > RHS)
   12515  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E);
   12516  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
   12517      1.1  joerg   }
   12518      1.1  joerg 
   12519      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) {
   12520      1.1  joerg     APFixedPoint LHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSTy));
   12521      1.1  joerg     APFixedPoint RHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHSTy));
   12522      1.1  joerg 
   12523      1.1  joerg     bool LHSOK = EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(E->getLHS(), LHSFX, Info);
   12524      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   12525      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12526      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(E->getRHS(), RHSFX, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12527      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12528      1.1  joerg     if (LHSFX < RHSFX)
   12529  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(CmpResult::Less, E);
   12530      1.1  joerg     if (LHSFX > RHSFX)
   12531  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E);
   12532  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
   12533      1.1  joerg   }
   12534      1.1  joerg 
   12535      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isAnyComplexType() || RHSTy->isAnyComplexType()) {
   12536      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue LHS, RHS;
   12537      1.1  joerg     bool LHSOK;
   12538      1.1  joerg     if (E->isAssignmentOp()) {
   12539      1.1  joerg       LValue LV;
   12540      1.1  joerg       EvaluateLValue(E->getLHS(), LV, Info);
   12541      1.1  joerg       LHSOK = false;
   12542      1.1  joerg     } else if (LHSTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
   12543      1.1  joerg       LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), LHS.FloatReal, Info);
   12544      1.1  joerg       if (LHSOK) {
   12545      1.1  joerg         LHS.makeComplexFloat();
   12546      1.1  joerg         LHS.FloatImag = APFloat(LHS.FloatReal.getSemantics());
   12547      1.1  joerg       }
   12548      1.1  joerg     } else {
   12549      1.1  joerg       LHSOK = EvaluateComplex(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info);
   12550      1.1  joerg     }
   12551      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   12552      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12553      1.1  joerg 
   12554      1.1  joerg     if (E->getRHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
   12555      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS.FloatReal, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12556      1.1  joerg         return false;
   12557      1.1  joerg       RHS.makeComplexFloat();
   12558      1.1  joerg       RHS.FloatImag = APFloat(RHS.FloatReal.getSemantics());
   12559      1.1  joerg     } else if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12560      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12561      1.1  joerg 
   12562      1.1  joerg     if (LHS.isComplexFloat()) {
   12563      1.1  joerg       APFloat::cmpResult CR_r =
   12564      1.1  joerg         LHS.getComplexFloatReal().compare(RHS.getComplexFloatReal());
   12565      1.1  joerg       APFloat::cmpResult CR_i =
   12566      1.1  joerg         LHS.getComplexFloatImag().compare(RHS.getComplexFloatImag());
   12567      1.1  joerg       bool IsEqual = CR_r == APFloat::cmpEqual && CR_i == APFloat::cmpEqual;
   12568  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(IsEqual ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
   12569      1.1  joerg     } else {
   12570      1.1  joerg       assert(IsEquality && "invalid complex comparison");
   12571      1.1  joerg       bool IsEqual = LHS.getComplexIntReal() == RHS.getComplexIntReal() &&
   12572      1.1  joerg                      LHS.getComplexIntImag() == RHS.getComplexIntImag();
   12573  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(IsEqual ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
   12574      1.1  joerg     }
   12575      1.1  joerg   }
   12576      1.1  joerg 
   12577      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isRealFloatingType() &&
   12578      1.1  joerg       RHSTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
   12579      1.1  joerg     APFloat RHS(0.0), LHS(0.0);
   12580      1.1  joerg 
   12581      1.1  joerg     bool LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info);
   12582      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   12583      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12584      1.1  joerg 
   12585      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12586      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12587      1.1  joerg 
   12588      1.1  joerg     assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "Invalid binary operator!");
   12589  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm::APFloatBase::cmpResult APFloatCmpResult = LHS.compare(RHS);
   12590  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.InConstantContext &&
   12591  1.1.1.2  joerg         APFloatCmpResult == APFloat::cmpUnordered &&
   12592  1.1.1.2  joerg         E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()).isFPConstrained()) {
   12593  1.1.1.2  joerg       // Note: Compares may raise invalid in some cases involving NaN or sNaN.
   12594  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict);
   12595  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   12596  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   12597      1.1  joerg     auto GetCmpRes = [&]() {
   12598  1.1.1.2  joerg       switch (APFloatCmpResult) {
   12599      1.1  joerg       case APFloat::cmpEqual:
   12600  1.1.1.2  joerg         return CmpResult::Equal;
   12601      1.1  joerg       case APFloat::cmpLessThan:
   12602  1.1.1.2  joerg         return CmpResult::Less;
   12603      1.1  joerg       case APFloat::cmpGreaterThan:
   12604  1.1.1.2  joerg         return CmpResult::Greater;
   12605      1.1  joerg       case APFloat::cmpUnordered:
   12606  1.1.1.2  joerg         return CmpResult::Unordered;
   12607      1.1  joerg       }
   12608      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("Unrecognised APFloat::cmpResult enum");
   12609      1.1  joerg     };
   12610      1.1  joerg     return Success(GetCmpRes(), E);
   12611      1.1  joerg   }
   12612      1.1  joerg 
   12613      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
   12614      1.1  joerg     LValue LHSValue, RHSValue;
   12615      1.1  joerg 
   12616      1.1  joerg     bool LHSOK = EvaluatePointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info);
   12617      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   12618      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12619      1.1  joerg 
   12620      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12621      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12622      1.1  joerg 
   12623      1.1  joerg     // Reject differing bases from the normal codepath; we special-case
   12624      1.1  joerg     // comparisons to null.
   12625      1.1  joerg     if (!HasSameBase(LHSValue, RHSValue)) {
   12626      1.1  joerg       // Inequalities and subtractions between unrelated pointers have
   12627      1.1  joerg       // unspecified or undefined behavior.
   12628  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!IsEquality) {
   12629  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_unspecified);
   12630  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   12631  1.1.1.2  joerg       }
   12632      1.1  joerg       // A constant address may compare equal to the address of a symbol.
   12633      1.1  joerg       // The one exception is that address of an object cannot compare equal
   12634      1.1  joerg       // to a null pointer constant.
   12635      1.1  joerg       if ((!LHSValue.Base && !LHSValue.Offset.isZero()) ||
   12636      1.1  joerg           (!RHSValue.Base && !RHSValue.Offset.isZero()))
   12637      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12638      1.1  joerg       // It's implementation-defined whether distinct literals will have
   12639      1.1  joerg       // distinct addresses. In clang, the result of such a comparison is
   12640      1.1  joerg       // unspecified, so it is not a constant expression. However, we do know
   12641      1.1  joerg       // that the address of a literal will be non-null.
   12642      1.1  joerg       if ((IsLiteralLValue(LHSValue) || IsLiteralLValue(RHSValue)) &&
   12643      1.1  joerg           LHSValue.Base && RHSValue.Base)
   12644      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12645      1.1  joerg       // We can't tell whether weak symbols will end up pointing to the same
   12646      1.1  joerg       // object.
   12647      1.1  joerg       if (IsWeakLValue(LHSValue) || IsWeakLValue(RHSValue))
   12648      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12649      1.1  joerg       // We can't compare the address of the start of one object with the
   12650      1.1  joerg       // past-the-end address of another object, per C++ DR1652.
   12651      1.1  joerg       if ((LHSValue.Base && LHSValue.Offset.isZero() &&
   12652      1.1  joerg            isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(Info.Ctx, RHSValue)) ||
   12653      1.1  joerg           (RHSValue.Base && RHSValue.Offset.isZero() &&
   12654      1.1  joerg            isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(Info.Ctx, LHSValue)))
   12655      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12656      1.1  joerg       // We can't tell whether an object is at the same address as another
   12657      1.1  joerg       // zero sized object.
   12658      1.1  joerg       if ((RHSValue.Base && isZeroSized(LHSValue)) ||
   12659      1.1  joerg           (LHSValue.Base && isZeroSized(RHSValue)))
   12660      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12661  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(CmpResult::Unequal, E);
   12662      1.1  joerg     }
   12663      1.1  joerg 
   12664      1.1  joerg     const CharUnits &LHSOffset = LHSValue.getLValueOffset();
   12665      1.1  joerg     const CharUnits &RHSOffset = RHSValue.getLValueOffset();
   12666      1.1  joerg 
   12667      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator &LHSDesignator = LHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
   12668      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator &RHSDesignator = RHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
   12669      1.1  joerg 
   12670      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [expr.rel]p3:
   12671      1.1  joerg     //   Pointers to void (after pointer conversions) can be compared, with a
   12672      1.1  joerg     //   result defined as follows: If both pointers represent the same
   12673      1.1  joerg     //   address or are both the null pointer value, the result is true if the
   12674      1.1  joerg     //   operator is <= or >= and false otherwise; otherwise the result is
   12675      1.1  joerg     //   unspecified.
   12676      1.1  joerg     // We interpret this as applying to pointers to *cv* void.
   12677      1.1  joerg     if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && LHSOffset != RHSOffset && IsRelational)
   12678      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_void_comparison);
   12679      1.1  joerg 
   12680      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [expr.rel]p2:
   12681      1.1  joerg     // - If two pointers point to non-static data members of the same object,
   12682      1.1  joerg     //   or to subobjects or array elements fo such members, recursively, the
   12683      1.1  joerg     //   pointer to the later declared member compares greater provided the
   12684      1.1  joerg     //   two members have the same access control and provided their class is
   12685      1.1  joerg     //   not a union.
   12686      1.1  joerg     //   [...]
   12687      1.1  joerg     // - Otherwise pointer comparisons are unspecified.
   12688      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSDesignator.Invalid && !RHSDesignator.Invalid && IsRelational) {
   12689      1.1  joerg       bool WasArrayIndex;
   12690      1.1  joerg       unsigned Mismatch = FindDesignatorMismatch(
   12691      1.1  joerg           getType(LHSValue.Base), LHSDesignator, RHSDesignator, WasArrayIndex);
   12692      1.1  joerg       // At the point where the designators diverge, the comparison has a
   12693      1.1  joerg       // specified value if:
   12694      1.1  joerg       //  - we are comparing array indices
   12695      1.1  joerg       //  - we are comparing fields of a union, or fields with the same access
   12696      1.1  joerg       // Otherwise, the result is unspecified and thus the comparison is not a
   12697      1.1  joerg       // constant expression.
   12698      1.1  joerg       if (!WasArrayIndex && Mismatch < LHSDesignator.Entries.size() &&
   12699      1.1  joerg           Mismatch < RHSDesignator.Entries.size()) {
   12700      1.1  joerg         const FieldDecl *LF = getAsField(LHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]);
   12701      1.1  joerg         const FieldDecl *RF = getAsField(RHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]);
   12702      1.1  joerg         if (!LF && !RF)
   12703      1.1  joerg           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_classes);
   12704      1.1  joerg         else if (!LF)
   12705      1.1  joerg           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_field)
   12706      1.1  joerg               << getAsBaseClass(LHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch])
   12707      1.1  joerg               << RF->getParent() << RF;
   12708      1.1  joerg         else if (!RF)
   12709      1.1  joerg           Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_field)
   12710      1.1  joerg               << getAsBaseClass(RHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch])
   12711      1.1  joerg               << LF->getParent() << LF;
   12712      1.1  joerg         else if (!LF->getParent()->isUnion() &&
   12713      1.1  joerg                  LF->getAccess() != RF->getAccess())
   12714      1.1  joerg           Info.CCEDiag(E,
   12715      1.1  joerg                        diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_differing_access)
   12716      1.1  joerg               << LF << LF->getAccess() << RF << RF->getAccess()
   12717      1.1  joerg               << LF->getParent();
   12718      1.1  joerg       }
   12719      1.1  joerg     }
   12720      1.1  joerg 
   12721      1.1  joerg     // The comparison here must be unsigned, and performed with the same
   12722      1.1  joerg     // width as the pointer.
   12723      1.1  joerg     unsigned PtrSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(LHSTy);
   12724      1.1  joerg     uint64_t CompareLHS = LHSOffset.getQuantity();
   12725      1.1  joerg     uint64_t CompareRHS = RHSOffset.getQuantity();
   12726      1.1  joerg     assert(PtrSize <= 64 && "Unexpected pointer width");
   12727      1.1  joerg     uint64_t Mask = ~0ULL >> (64 - PtrSize);
   12728      1.1  joerg     CompareLHS &= Mask;
   12729      1.1  joerg     CompareRHS &= Mask;
   12730      1.1  joerg 
   12731      1.1  joerg     // If there is a base and this is a relational operator, we can only
   12732      1.1  joerg     // compare pointers within the object in question; otherwise, the result
   12733      1.1  joerg     // depends on where the object is located in memory.
   12734      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSValue.Base.isNull() && IsRelational) {
   12735      1.1  joerg       QualType BaseTy = getType(LHSValue.Base);
   12736      1.1  joerg       if (BaseTy->isIncompleteType())
   12737      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12738      1.1  joerg       CharUnits Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(BaseTy);
   12739      1.1  joerg       uint64_t OffsetLimit = Size.getQuantity();
   12740      1.1  joerg       if (CompareLHS > OffsetLimit || CompareRHS > OffsetLimit)
   12741      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12742      1.1  joerg     }
   12743      1.1  joerg 
   12744      1.1  joerg     if (CompareLHS < CompareRHS)
   12745  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(CmpResult::Less, E);
   12746      1.1  joerg     if (CompareLHS > CompareRHS)
   12747  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E);
   12748  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
   12749      1.1  joerg   }
   12750      1.1  joerg 
   12751      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isMemberPointerType()) {
   12752      1.1  joerg     assert(IsEquality && "unexpected member pointer operation");
   12753      1.1  joerg     assert(RHSTy->isMemberPointerType() && "invalid comparison");
   12754      1.1  joerg 
   12755      1.1  joerg     MemberPtr LHSValue, RHSValue;
   12756      1.1  joerg 
   12757      1.1  joerg     bool LHSOK = EvaluateMemberPointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info);
   12758      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   12759      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12760      1.1  joerg 
   12761      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12762      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12763      1.1  joerg 
   12764      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [expr.eq]p2:
   12765      1.1  joerg     //   If both operands are null, they compare equal. Otherwise if only one is
   12766      1.1  joerg     //   null, they compare unequal.
   12767      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSValue.getDecl() || !RHSValue.getDecl()) {
   12768      1.1  joerg       bool Equal = !LHSValue.getDecl() && !RHSValue.getDecl();
   12769  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Success(Equal ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
   12770      1.1  joerg     }
   12771      1.1  joerg 
   12772      1.1  joerg     //   Otherwise if either is a pointer to a virtual member function, the
   12773      1.1  joerg     //   result is unspecified.
   12774      1.1  joerg     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(LHSValue.getDecl()))
   12775      1.1  joerg       if (MD->isVirtual())
   12776      1.1  joerg         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_compare_virtual_mem_ptr) << MD;
   12777      1.1  joerg     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RHSValue.getDecl()))
   12778      1.1  joerg       if (MD->isVirtual())
   12779      1.1  joerg         Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_compare_virtual_mem_ptr) << MD;
   12780      1.1  joerg 
   12781      1.1  joerg     //   Otherwise they compare equal if and only if they would refer to the
   12782      1.1  joerg     //   same member of the same most derived object or the same subobject if
   12783      1.1  joerg     //   they were dereferenced with a hypothetical object of the associated
   12784      1.1  joerg     //   class type.
   12785      1.1  joerg     bool Equal = LHSValue == RHSValue;
   12786  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(Equal ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
   12787      1.1  joerg   }
   12788      1.1  joerg 
   12789      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isNullPtrType()) {
   12790      1.1  joerg     assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "unexpected nullptr operation");
   12791      1.1  joerg     assert(RHSTy->isNullPtrType() && "missing pointer conversion");
   12792      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [expr.rel]p4, [expr.eq]p3: If two operands of type std::nullptr_t
   12793      1.1  joerg     // are compared, the result is true of the operator is <=, >= or ==, and
   12794      1.1  joerg     // false otherwise.
   12795  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
   12796      1.1  joerg   }
   12797      1.1  joerg 
   12798      1.1  joerg   return DoAfter();
   12799      1.1  joerg }
   12800      1.1  joerg 
   12801      1.1  joerg bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitBinCmp(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   12802      1.1  joerg   if (!CheckLiteralType(Info, E))
   12803      1.1  joerg     return false;
   12804      1.1  joerg 
   12805  1.1.1.2  joerg   auto OnSuccess = [&](CmpResult CR, const BinaryOperator *E) {
   12806  1.1.1.2  joerg     ComparisonCategoryResult CCR;
   12807  1.1.1.2  joerg     switch (CR) {
   12808  1.1.1.2  joerg     case CmpResult::Unequal:
   12809  1.1.1.2  joerg       llvm_unreachable("should never produce Unequal for three-way comparison");
   12810  1.1.1.2  joerg     case CmpResult::Less:
   12811  1.1.1.2  joerg       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Less;
   12812  1.1.1.2  joerg       break;
   12813  1.1.1.2  joerg     case CmpResult::Equal:
   12814  1.1.1.2  joerg       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal;
   12815  1.1.1.2  joerg       break;
   12816  1.1.1.2  joerg     case CmpResult::Greater:
   12817  1.1.1.2  joerg       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater;
   12818  1.1.1.2  joerg       break;
   12819  1.1.1.2  joerg     case CmpResult::Unordered:
   12820  1.1.1.2  joerg       CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered;
   12821  1.1.1.2  joerg       break;
   12822  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   12823      1.1  joerg     // Evaluation succeeded. Lookup the information for the comparison category
   12824      1.1  joerg     // type and fetch the VarDecl for the result.
   12825      1.1  joerg     const ComparisonCategoryInfo &CmpInfo =
   12826      1.1  joerg         Info.Ctx.CompCategories.getInfoForType(E->getType());
   12827  1.1.1.2  joerg     const VarDecl *VD = CmpInfo.getValueInfo(CmpInfo.makeWeakResult(CCR))->VD;
   12828      1.1  joerg     // Check and evaluate the result as a constant expression.
   12829      1.1  joerg     LValue LV;
   12830      1.1  joerg     LV.set(VD);
   12831      1.1  joerg     if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), LV, Result))
   12832      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12833  1.1.1.2  joerg     return CheckConstantExpression(Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), Result,
   12834  1.1.1.2  joerg                                    ConstantExprKind::Normal);
   12835      1.1  joerg   };
   12836      1.1  joerg   return EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(Info, E, OnSuccess, [&]() {
   12837      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinCmp(E);
   12838      1.1  joerg   });
   12839      1.1  joerg }
   12840      1.1  joerg 
   12841      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   12842  1.1.1.2  joerg   // We don't support assignment in C. C++ assignments don't get here because
   12843  1.1.1.2  joerg   // assignment is an lvalue in C++.
   12844  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (E->isAssignmentOp()) {
   12845  1.1.1.2  joerg     Error(E);
   12846  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.noteFailure())
   12847  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   12848  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   12849      1.1  joerg 
   12850      1.1  joerg   if (DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::shouldEnqueue(E))
   12851      1.1  joerg     return DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator(*this, Result).Traverse(E);
   12852      1.1  joerg 
   12853      1.1  joerg   assert((!E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
   12854      1.1  joerg           !E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
   12855      1.1  joerg          "DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator should have handled integral types");
   12856      1.1  joerg 
   12857      1.1  joerg   if (E->isComparisonOp()) {
   12858  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Evaluate builtin binary comparisons by evaluating them as three-way
   12859      1.1  joerg     // comparisons and then translating the result.
   12860  1.1.1.2  joerg     auto OnSuccess = [&](CmpResult CR, const BinaryOperator *E) {
   12861  1.1.1.2  joerg       assert((CR != CmpResult::Unequal || E->isEqualityOp()) &&
   12862  1.1.1.2  joerg              "should only produce Unequal for equality comparisons");
   12863  1.1.1.2  joerg       bool IsEqual   = CR == CmpResult::Equal,
   12864  1.1.1.2  joerg            IsLess    = CR == CmpResult::Less,
   12865  1.1.1.2  joerg            IsGreater = CR == CmpResult::Greater;
   12866      1.1  joerg       auto Op = E->getOpcode();
   12867      1.1  joerg       switch (Op) {
   12868      1.1  joerg       default:
   12869      1.1  joerg         llvm_unreachable("unsupported binary operator");
   12870      1.1  joerg       case BO_EQ:
   12871      1.1  joerg       case BO_NE:
   12872      1.1  joerg         return Success(IsEqual == (Op == BO_EQ), E);
   12873  1.1.1.2  joerg       case BO_LT:
   12874  1.1.1.2  joerg         return Success(IsLess, E);
   12875  1.1.1.2  joerg       case BO_GT:
   12876  1.1.1.2  joerg         return Success(IsGreater, E);
   12877  1.1.1.2  joerg       case BO_LE:
   12878  1.1.1.2  joerg         return Success(IsEqual || IsLess, E);
   12879  1.1.1.2  joerg       case BO_GE:
   12880  1.1.1.2  joerg         return Success(IsEqual || IsGreater, E);
   12881      1.1  joerg       }
   12882      1.1  joerg     };
   12883      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(Info, E, OnSuccess, [&]() {
   12884      1.1  joerg       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   12885      1.1  joerg     });
   12886      1.1  joerg   }
   12887      1.1  joerg 
   12888      1.1  joerg   QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType();
   12889      1.1  joerg   QualType RHSTy = E->getRHS()->getType();
   12890      1.1  joerg 
   12891      1.1  joerg   if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType() &&
   12892      1.1  joerg       E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
   12893      1.1  joerg     LValue LHSValue, RHSValue;
   12894      1.1  joerg 
   12895      1.1  joerg     bool LHSOK = EvaluatePointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info);
   12896      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   12897      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12898      1.1  joerg 
   12899      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK)
   12900      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12901      1.1  joerg 
   12902      1.1  joerg     // Reject differing bases from the normal codepath; we special-case
   12903      1.1  joerg     // comparisons to null.
   12904      1.1  joerg     if (!HasSameBase(LHSValue, RHSValue)) {
   12905      1.1  joerg       // Handle &&A - &&B.
   12906      1.1  joerg       if (!LHSValue.Offset.isZero() || !RHSValue.Offset.isZero())
   12907      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12908      1.1  joerg       const Expr *LHSExpr = LHSValue.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
   12909      1.1  joerg       const Expr *RHSExpr = RHSValue.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
   12910      1.1  joerg       if (!LHSExpr || !RHSExpr)
   12911      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12912      1.1  joerg       const AddrLabelExpr *LHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(LHSExpr);
   12913      1.1  joerg       const AddrLabelExpr *RHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(RHSExpr);
   12914      1.1  joerg       if (!LHSAddrExpr || !RHSAddrExpr)
   12915      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12916      1.1  joerg       // Make sure both labels come from the same function.
   12917      1.1  joerg       if (LHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext() !=
   12918      1.1  joerg           RHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext())
   12919      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   12920      1.1  joerg       return Success(APValue(LHSAddrExpr, RHSAddrExpr), E);
   12921      1.1  joerg     }
   12922      1.1  joerg     const CharUnits &LHSOffset = LHSValue.getLValueOffset();
   12923      1.1  joerg     const CharUnits &RHSOffset = RHSValue.getLValueOffset();
   12924      1.1  joerg 
   12925      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator &LHSDesignator = LHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
   12926      1.1  joerg     SubobjectDesignator &RHSDesignator = RHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
   12927      1.1  joerg 
   12928      1.1  joerg     // C++11 [expr.add]p6:
   12929      1.1  joerg     //   Unless both pointers point to elements of the same array object, or
   12930      1.1  joerg     //   one past the last element of the array object, the behavior is
   12931      1.1  joerg     //   undefined.
   12932      1.1  joerg     if (!LHSDesignator.Invalid && !RHSDesignator.Invalid &&
   12933      1.1  joerg         !AreElementsOfSameArray(getType(LHSValue.Base), LHSDesignator,
   12934      1.1  joerg                                 RHSDesignator))
   12935      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_subtraction_not_same_array);
   12936      1.1  joerg 
   12937      1.1  joerg     QualType Type = E->getLHS()->getType();
   12938      1.1  joerg     QualType ElementType = Type->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
   12939      1.1  joerg 
   12940      1.1  joerg     CharUnits ElementSize;
   12941      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), ElementType, ElementSize))
   12942      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12943      1.1  joerg 
   12944      1.1  joerg     // As an extension, a type may have zero size (empty struct or union in
   12945      1.1  joerg     // C, array of zero length). Pointer subtraction in such cases has
   12946      1.1  joerg     // undefined behavior, so is not constant.
   12947      1.1  joerg     if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
   12948      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_subtraction_zero_size)
   12949      1.1  joerg           << ElementType;
   12950      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12951      1.1  joerg     }
   12952      1.1  joerg 
   12953      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: LLVM and GCC both compute LHSOffset - RHSOffset at runtime,
   12954      1.1  joerg     // and produce incorrect results when it overflows. Such behavior
   12955      1.1  joerg     // appears to be non-conforming, but is common, so perhaps we should
   12956      1.1  joerg     // assume the standard intended for such cases to be undefined behavior
   12957      1.1  joerg     // and check for them.
   12958      1.1  joerg 
   12959      1.1  joerg     // Compute (LHSOffset - RHSOffset) / Size carefully, checking for
   12960      1.1  joerg     // overflow in the final conversion to ptrdiff_t.
   12961      1.1  joerg     APSInt LHS(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)LHSOffset.getQuantity(), true), false);
   12962      1.1  joerg     APSInt RHS(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)RHSOffset.getQuantity(), true), false);
   12963      1.1  joerg     APSInt ElemSize(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)ElementSize.getQuantity(), true),
   12964      1.1  joerg                     false);
   12965      1.1  joerg     APSInt TrueResult = (LHS - RHS) / ElemSize;
   12966      1.1  joerg     APSInt Result = TrueResult.trunc(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
   12967      1.1  joerg 
   12968      1.1  joerg     if (Result.extend(65) != TrueResult &&
   12969      1.1  joerg         !HandleOverflow(Info, E, TrueResult, E->getType()))
   12970      1.1  joerg       return false;
   12971      1.1  joerg     return Success(Result, E);
   12972      1.1  joerg   }
   12973      1.1  joerg 
   12974      1.1  joerg   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   12975      1.1  joerg }
   12976      1.1  joerg 
   12977      1.1  joerg /// VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Evaluate a sizeof, alignof or vec_step with
   12978      1.1  joerg /// a result as the expression's type.
   12979      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
   12980      1.1  joerg                                     const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
   12981      1.1  joerg   switch(E->getKind()) {
   12982      1.1  joerg   case UETT_PreferredAlignOf:
   12983      1.1  joerg   case UETT_AlignOf: {
   12984      1.1  joerg     if (E->isArgumentType())
   12985      1.1  joerg       return Success(GetAlignOfType(Info, E->getArgumentType(), E->getKind()),
   12986      1.1  joerg                      E);
   12987      1.1  joerg     else
   12988      1.1  joerg       return Success(GetAlignOfExpr(Info, E->getArgumentExpr(), E->getKind()),
   12989      1.1  joerg                      E);
   12990      1.1  joerg   }
   12991      1.1  joerg 
   12992      1.1  joerg   case UETT_VecStep: {
   12993      1.1  joerg     QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument();
   12994      1.1  joerg 
   12995      1.1  joerg     if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
   12996      1.1  joerg       unsigned n = Ty->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
   12997      1.1  joerg 
   12998      1.1  joerg       // The vec_step built-in functions that take a 3-component
   12999      1.1  joerg       // vector return 4. (OpenCL 1.1 spec 6.11.12)
   13000      1.1  joerg       if (n == 3)
   13001      1.1  joerg         n = 4;
   13002      1.1  joerg 
   13003      1.1  joerg       return Success(n, E);
   13004      1.1  joerg     } else
   13005      1.1  joerg       return Success(1, E);
   13006      1.1  joerg   }
   13007      1.1  joerg 
   13008      1.1  joerg   case UETT_SizeOf: {
   13009      1.1  joerg     QualType SrcTy = E->getTypeOfArgument();
   13010      1.1  joerg     // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
   13011      1.1  joerg     //   the result is the size of the referenced type."
   13012      1.1  joerg     if (const ReferenceType *Ref = SrcTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
   13013      1.1  joerg       SrcTy = Ref->getPointeeType();
   13014      1.1  joerg 
   13015      1.1  joerg     CharUnits Sizeof;
   13016      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), SrcTy, Sizeof))
   13017      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13018      1.1  joerg     return Success(Sizeof, E);
   13019      1.1  joerg   }
   13020      1.1  joerg   case UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign:
   13021      1.1  joerg     assert(E->isArgumentType());
   13022      1.1  joerg     return Success(
   13023      1.1  joerg         Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(
   13024      1.1  joerg                     Info.Ctx.getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(E->getArgumentType()))
   13025      1.1  joerg             .getQuantity(),
   13026      1.1  joerg         E);
   13027      1.1  joerg   }
   13028      1.1  joerg 
   13029      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unknown expr/type trait");
   13030      1.1  joerg }
   13031      1.1  joerg 
   13032      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *OOE) {
   13033      1.1  joerg   CharUnits Result;
   13034      1.1  joerg   unsigned n = OOE->getNumComponents();
   13035      1.1  joerg   if (n == 0)
   13036      1.1  joerg     return Error(OOE);
   13037      1.1  joerg   QualType CurrentType = OOE->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
   13038      1.1  joerg   for (unsigned i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
   13039      1.1  joerg     OffsetOfNode ON = OOE->getComponent(i);
   13040      1.1  joerg     switch (ON.getKind()) {
   13041      1.1  joerg     case OffsetOfNode::Array: {
   13042      1.1  joerg       const Expr *Idx = OOE->getIndexExpr(ON.getArrayExprIndex());
   13043      1.1  joerg       APSInt IdxResult;
   13044      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInteger(Idx, IdxResult, Info))
   13045      1.1  joerg         return false;
   13046      1.1  joerg       const ArrayType *AT = Info.Ctx.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
   13047      1.1  joerg       if (!AT)
   13048      1.1  joerg         return Error(OOE);
   13049      1.1  joerg       CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
   13050      1.1  joerg       CharUnits ElementSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(CurrentType);
   13051      1.1  joerg       Result += IdxResult.getSExtValue() * ElementSize;
   13052      1.1  joerg       break;
   13053      1.1  joerg     }
   13054      1.1  joerg 
   13055      1.1  joerg     case OffsetOfNode::Field: {
   13056      1.1  joerg       FieldDecl *MemberDecl = ON.getField();
   13057      1.1  joerg       const RecordType *RT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
   13058      1.1  joerg       if (!RT)
   13059      1.1  joerg         return Error(OOE);
   13060      1.1  joerg       RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
   13061      1.1  joerg       if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   13062      1.1  joerg       const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   13063      1.1  joerg       unsigned i = MemberDecl->getFieldIndex();
   13064      1.1  joerg       assert(i < RL.getFieldCount() && "offsetof field in wrong type");
   13065      1.1  joerg       Result += Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
   13066      1.1  joerg       CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
   13067      1.1  joerg       break;
   13068      1.1  joerg     }
   13069      1.1  joerg 
   13070      1.1  joerg     case OffsetOfNode::Identifier:
   13071      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("dependent __builtin_offsetof");
   13072      1.1  joerg 
   13073      1.1  joerg     case OffsetOfNode::Base: {
   13074      1.1  joerg       CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = ON.getBase();
   13075      1.1  joerg       if (BaseSpec->isVirtual())
   13076      1.1  joerg         return Error(OOE);
   13077      1.1  joerg 
   13078      1.1  joerg       // Find the layout of the class whose base we are looking into.
   13079      1.1  joerg       const RecordType *RT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
   13080      1.1  joerg       if (!RT)
   13081      1.1  joerg         return Error(OOE);
   13082      1.1  joerg       RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
   13083      1.1  joerg       if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
   13084      1.1  joerg       const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
   13085      1.1  joerg 
   13086      1.1  joerg       // Find the base class itself.
   13087      1.1  joerg       CurrentType = BaseSpec->getType();
   13088      1.1  joerg       const RecordType *BaseRT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
   13089      1.1  joerg       if (!BaseRT)
   13090      1.1  joerg         return Error(OOE);
   13091      1.1  joerg 
   13092      1.1  joerg       // Add the offset to the base.
   13093      1.1  joerg       Result += RL.getBaseClassOffset(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()));
   13094      1.1  joerg       break;
   13095      1.1  joerg     }
   13096      1.1  joerg     }
   13097      1.1  joerg   }
   13098      1.1  joerg   return Success(Result, OOE);
   13099      1.1  joerg }
   13100      1.1  joerg 
   13101      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   13102      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   13103      1.1  joerg   default:
   13104      1.1  joerg     // Address, indirect, pre/post inc/dec, etc are not valid constant exprs.
   13105      1.1  joerg     // See C99 6.6p3.
   13106      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   13107      1.1  joerg   case UO_Extension:
   13108      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: Should extension allow i-c-e extension expressions in its scope?
   13109      1.1  joerg     // If so, we could clear the diagnostic ID.
   13110      1.1  joerg     return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   13111      1.1  joerg   case UO_Plus:
   13112      1.1  joerg     // The result is just the value.
   13113      1.1  joerg     return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   13114      1.1  joerg   case UO_Minus: {
   13115      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   13116      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13117      1.1  joerg     if (!Result.isInt()) return Error(E);
   13118      1.1  joerg     const APSInt &Value = Result.getInt();
   13119      1.1  joerg     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isMinSignedValue() && E->canOverflow() &&
   13120      1.1  joerg         !HandleOverflow(Info, E, -Value.extend(Value.getBitWidth() + 1),
   13121      1.1  joerg                         E->getType()))
   13122      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13123      1.1  joerg     return Success(-Value, E);
   13124      1.1  joerg   }
   13125      1.1  joerg   case UO_Not: {
   13126      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   13127      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13128      1.1  joerg     if (!Result.isInt()) return Error(E);
   13129      1.1  joerg     return Success(~Result.getInt(), E);
   13130      1.1  joerg   }
   13131      1.1  joerg   case UO_LNot: {
   13132      1.1  joerg     bool bres;
   13133      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getSubExpr(), bres, Info))
   13134      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13135      1.1  joerg     return Success(!bres, E);
   13136      1.1  joerg   }
   13137      1.1  joerg   }
   13138      1.1  joerg }
   13139      1.1  joerg 
   13140      1.1  joerg /// HandleCast - This is used to evaluate implicit or explicit casts where the
   13141      1.1  joerg /// result type is integer.
   13142      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   13143      1.1  joerg   const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
   13144      1.1  joerg   QualType DestType = E->getType();
   13145      1.1  joerg   QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType();
   13146      1.1  joerg 
   13147      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   13148      1.1  joerg   case CK_BaseToDerived:
   13149      1.1  joerg   case CK_DerivedToBase:
   13150      1.1  joerg   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
   13151      1.1  joerg   case CK_Dynamic:
   13152      1.1  joerg   case CK_ToUnion:
   13153      1.1  joerg   case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
   13154      1.1  joerg   case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
   13155      1.1  joerg   case CK_NullToPointer:
   13156      1.1  joerg   case CK_NullToMemberPointer:
   13157      1.1  joerg   case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer:
   13158      1.1  joerg   case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer:
   13159      1.1  joerg   case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer:
   13160      1.1  joerg   case CK_ConstructorConversion:
   13161      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToPointer:
   13162      1.1  joerg   case CK_ToVoid:
   13163      1.1  joerg   case CK_VectorSplat:
   13164      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToFloating:
   13165      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingCast:
   13166      1.1  joerg   case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
   13167      1.1  joerg   case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
   13168      1.1  joerg   case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
   13169      1.1  joerg   case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast:
   13170      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingRealToComplex:
   13171      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
   13172      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
   13173      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex:
   13174      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
   13175      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
   13176      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
   13177      1.1  joerg   case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr:
   13178      1.1  joerg   case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType:
   13179      1.1  joerg   case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
   13180      1.1  joerg   case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
   13181      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntToOCLSampler:
   13182  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint:
   13183  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_FixedPointToFloating:
   13184      1.1  joerg   case CK_FixedPointCast:
   13185      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint:
   13186  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_MatrixCast:
   13187      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("invalid cast kind for integral value");
   13188      1.1  joerg 
   13189      1.1  joerg   case CK_BitCast:
   13190      1.1  joerg   case CK_Dependent:
   13191      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueBitCast:
   13192      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCProduceObject:
   13193      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCConsumeObject:
   13194      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
   13195      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject:
   13196      1.1  joerg   case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject:
   13197      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   13198      1.1  joerg 
   13199      1.1  joerg   case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
   13200      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueToRValue:
   13201      1.1  joerg   case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
   13202      1.1  joerg   case CK_NoOp:
   13203      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast:
   13204      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   13205      1.1  joerg 
   13206      1.1  joerg   case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean:
   13207      1.1  joerg   case CK_PointerToBoolean:
   13208      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
   13209      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingToBoolean:
   13210      1.1  joerg   case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
   13211      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean:
   13212      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean: {
   13213      1.1  joerg     bool BoolResult;
   13214      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(SubExpr, BoolResult, Info))
   13215      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13216      1.1  joerg     uint64_t IntResult = BoolResult;
   13217      1.1  joerg     if (BoolResult && E->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral)
   13218      1.1  joerg       IntResult = (uint64_t)-1;
   13219      1.1  joerg     return Success(IntResult, E);
   13220      1.1  joerg   }
   13221      1.1  joerg 
   13222      1.1  joerg   case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: {
   13223      1.1  joerg     APFixedPoint Src(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SrcType));
   13224      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, Src, Info))
   13225      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13226      1.1  joerg     bool Overflowed;
   13227      1.1  joerg     llvm::APSInt Result = Src.convertToInt(
   13228      1.1  joerg         Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType),
   13229      1.1  joerg         DestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(), &Overflowed);
   13230      1.1  joerg     if (Overflowed && !HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, DestType))
   13231      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13232      1.1  joerg     return Success(Result, E);
   13233      1.1  joerg   }
   13234      1.1  joerg 
   13235      1.1  joerg   case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: {
   13236      1.1  joerg     // Unsigned padding does not affect this.
   13237      1.1  joerg     APValue Val;
   13238      1.1  joerg     if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, SubExpr))
   13239      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13240      1.1  joerg     return Success(Val.getFixedPoint().getBoolValue(), E);
   13241      1.1  joerg   }
   13242      1.1  joerg 
   13243      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralCast: {
   13244      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(SubExpr))
   13245      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13246      1.1  joerg 
   13247      1.1  joerg     if (!Result.isInt()) {
   13248      1.1  joerg       // Allow casts of address-of-label differences if they are no-ops
   13249      1.1  joerg       // or narrowing.  (The narrowing case isn't actually guaranteed to
   13250      1.1  joerg       // be constant-evaluatable except in some narrow cases which are hard
   13251      1.1  joerg       // to detect here.  We let it through on the assumption the user knows
   13252      1.1  joerg       // what they are doing.)
   13253      1.1  joerg       if (Result.isAddrLabelDiff())
   13254      1.1  joerg         return Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) <= Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType);
   13255      1.1  joerg       // Only allow casts of lvalues if they are lossless.
   13256      1.1  joerg       return Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) == Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType);
   13257      1.1  joerg     }
   13258      1.1  joerg 
   13259      1.1  joerg     return Success(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, DestType, SrcType,
   13260      1.1  joerg                                       Result.getInt()), E);
   13261      1.1  joerg   }
   13262      1.1  joerg 
   13263      1.1  joerg   case CK_PointerToIntegral: {
   13264      1.1  joerg     CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
   13265      1.1  joerg 
   13266      1.1  joerg     LValue LV;
   13267      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(SubExpr, LV, Info))
   13268      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13269      1.1  joerg 
   13270      1.1  joerg     if (LV.getLValueBase()) {
   13271      1.1  joerg       // Only allow based lvalue casts if they are lossless.
   13272      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: Allow a larger integer size than the pointer size, and allow
   13273      1.1  joerg       // narrowing back down to pointer width in subsequent integral casts.
   13274      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: Check integer type's active bits, not its type size.
   13275      1.1  joerg       if (Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) != Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType))
   13276      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   13277      1.1  joerg 
   13278      1.1  joerg       LV.Designator.setInvalid();
   13279      1.1  joerg       LV.moveInto(Result);
   13280      1.1  joerg       return true;
   13281      1.1  joerg     }
   13282      1.1  joerg 
   13283      1.1  joerg     APSInt AsInt;
   13284      1.1  joerg     APValue V;
   13285      1.1  joerg     LV.moveInto(V);
   13286      1.1  joerg     if (!V.toIntegralConstant(AsInt, SrcType, Info.Ctx))
   13287      1.1  joerg       llvm_unreachable("Can't cast this!");
   13288      1.1  joerg 
   13289      1.1  joerg     return Success(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, DestType, SrcType, AsInt), E);
   13290      1.1  joerg   }
   13291      1.1  joerg 
   13292      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: {
   13293      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue C;
   13294      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateComplex(SubExpr, C, Info))
   13295      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13296      1.1  joerg     return Success(C.getComplexIntReal(), E);
   13297      1.1  joerg   }
   13298      1.1  joerg 
   13299      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingToIntegral: {
   13300      1.1  joerg     APFloat F(0.0);
   13301      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, F, Info))
   13302      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13303      1.1  joerg 
   13304      1.1  joerg     APSInt Value;
   13305      1.1  joerg     if (!HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, SrcType, F, DestType, Value))
   13306      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13307      1.1  joerg     return Success(Value, E);
   13308      1.1  joerg   }
   13309      1.1  joerg   }
   13310      1.1  joerg 
   13311      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unknown cast resulting in integral value");
   13312      1.1  joerg }
   13313      1.1  joerg 
   13314      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   13315      1.1  joerg   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
   13316      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue LV;
   13317      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), LV, Info))
   13318      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13319      1.1  joerg     if (!LV.isComplexInt())
   13320      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   13321      1.1  joerg     return Success(LV.getComplexIntReal(), E);
   13322      1.1  joerg   }
   13323      1.1  joerg 
   13324      1.1  joerg   return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   13325      1.1  joerg }
   13326      1.1  joerg 
   13327      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   13328      1.1  joerg   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isComplexIntegerType()) {
   13329      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue LV;
   13330      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), LV, Info))
   13331      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13332      1.1  joerg     if (!LV.isComplexInt())
   13333      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   13334      1.1  joerg     return Success(LV.getComplexIntImag(), E);
   13335      1.1  joerg   }
   13336      1.1  joerg 
   13337      1.1  joerg   VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
   13338      1.1  joerg   return Success(0, E);
   13339      1.1  joerg }
   13340      1.1  joerg 
   13341      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E) {
   13342      1.1  joerg   return Success(E->getPackLength(), E);
   13343      1.1  joerg }
   13344      1.1  joerg 
   13345      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E) {
   13346      1.1  joerg   return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   13347      1.1  joerg }
   13348      1.1  joerg 
   13349      1.1  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(
   13350      1.1  joerg        const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) {
   13351      1.1  joerg   return Success(E->isSatisfied(), E);
   13352      1.1  joerg }
   13353      1.1  joerg 
   13354  1.1.1.2  joerg bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E) {
   13355  1.1.1.2  joerg   return Success(E->isSatisfied(), E);
   13356  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   13357      1.1  joerg 
   13358      1.1  joerg bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   13359      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   13360      1.1  joerg     default:
   13361      1.1  joerg       // Invalid unary operators
   13362      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   13363      1.1  joerg     case UO_Plus:
   13364      1.1  joerg       // The result is just the value.
   13365      1.1  joerg       return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   13366      1.1  joerg     case UO_Minus: {
   13367      1.1  joerg       if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) return false;
   13368      1.1  joerg       if (!Result.isFixedPoint())
   13369      1.1  joerg         return Error(E);
   13370      1.1  joerg       bool Overflowed;
   13371      1.1  joerg       APFixedPoint Negated = Result.getFixedPoint().negate(&Overflowed);
   13372      1.1  joerg       if (Overflowed && !HandleOverflow(Info, E, Negated, E->getType()))
   13373      1.1  joerg         return false;
   13374      1.1  joerg       return Success(Negated, E);
   13375      1.1  joerg     }
   13376      1.1  joerg     case UO_LNot: {
   13377      1.1  joerg       bool bres;
   13378      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getSubExpr(), bres, Info))
   13379      1.1  joerg         return false;
   13380      1.1  joerg       return Success(!bres, E);
   13381      1.1  joerg     }
   13382      1.1  joerg   }
   13383      1.1  joerg }
   13384      1.1  joerg 
   13385      1.1  joerg bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   13386      1.1  joerg   const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
   13387      1.1  joerg   QualType DestType = E->getType();
   13388      1.1  joerg   assert(DestType->isFixedPointType() &&
   13389      1.1  joerg          "Expected destination type to be a fixed point type");
   13390      1.1  joerg   auto DestFXSema = Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType);
   13391      1.1  joerg 
   13392      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   13393      1.1  joerg   case CK_FixedPointCast: {
   13394      1.1  joerg     APFixedPoint Src(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SubExpr->getType()));
   13395      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, Src, Info))
   13396      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13397      1.1  joerg     bool Overflowed;
   13398      1.1  joerg     APFixedPoint Result = Src.convert(DestFXSema, &Overflowed);
   13399  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Overflowed) {
   13400  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
   13401  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
   13402  1.1.1.2  joerg                                          diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
   13403  1.1.1.2  joerg           << Result.toString() << E->getType();
   13404  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType()))
   13405  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   13406  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   13407      1.1  joerg     return Success(Result, E);
   13408      1.1  joerg   }
   13409      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: {
   13410      1.1  joerg     APSInt Src;
   13411      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Src, Info))
   13412      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13413      1.1  joerg 
   13414      1.1  joerg     bool Overflowed;
   13415      1.1  joerg     APFixedPoint IntResult = APFixedPoint::getFromIntValue(
   13416      1.1  joerg         Src, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType), &Overflowed);
   13417      1.1  joerg 
   13418  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Overflowed) {
   13419  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
   13420  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
   13421  1.1.1.2  joerg                                          diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
   13422  1.1.1.2  joerg           << IntResult.toString() << E->getType();
   13423  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, IntResult, E->getType()))
   13424  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   13425  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   13426      1.1  joerg 
   13427      1.1  joerg     return Success(IntResult, E);
   13428      1.1  joerg   }
   13429  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: {
   13430  1.1.1.2  joerg     APFloat Src(0.0);
   13431  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, Src, Info))
   13432  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   13433  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   13434  1.1.1.2  joerg     bool Overflowed;
   13435  1.1.1.2  joerg     APFixedPoint Result = APFixedPoint::getFromFloatValue(
   13436  1.1.1.2  joerg         Src, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType), &Overflowed);
   13437  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   13438  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Overflowed) {
   13439  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
   13440  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
   13441  1.1.1.2  joerg                                          diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
   13442  1.1.1.2  joerg           << Result.toString() << E->getType();
   13443  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType()))
   13444  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   13445  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   13446  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   13447  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Success(Result, E);
   13448  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   13449      1.1  joerg   case CK_NoOp:
   13450      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueToRValue:
   13451      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   13452      1.1  joerg   default:
   13453      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   13454      1.1  joerg   }
   13455      1.1  joerg }
   13456      1.1  joerg 
   13457      1.1  joerg bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   13458  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
   13459  1.1.1.2  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   13460  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   13461      1.1  joerg   const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
   13462      1.1  joerg   const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
   13463      1.1  joerg   FixedPointSemantics ResultFXSema =
   13464      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
   13465      1.1  joerg 
   13466      1.1  joerg   APFixedPoint LHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHS->getType()));
   13467      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(LHS, LHSFX, Info))
   13468      1.1  joerg     return false;
   13469      1.1  joerg   APFixedPoint RHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHS->getType()));
   13470      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(RHS, RHSFX, Info))
   13471      1.1  joerg     return false;
   13472      1.1  joerg 
   13473  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool OpOverflow = false, ConversionOverflow = false;
   13474  1.1.1.2  joerg   APFixedPoint Result(LHSFX.getSemantics());
   13475      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   13476      1.1  joerg   case BO_Add: {
   13477  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHSFX.add(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
   13478  1.1.1.2  joerg                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
   13479  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   13480  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   13481  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_Sub: {
   13482  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHSFX.sub(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
   13483  1.1.1.2  joerg                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
   13484  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   13485  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   13486  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_Mul: {
   13487  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHSFX.mul(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
   13488  1.1.1.2  joerg                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
   13489  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   13490  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   13491  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_Div: {
   13492  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (RHSFX.getValue() == 0) {
   13493  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
   13494      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13495  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   13496  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result = LHSFX.div(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
   13497  1.1.1.2  joerg                   .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
   13498  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   13499  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   13500  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_Shl:
   13501  1.1.1.2  joerg   case BO_Shr: {
   13502  1.1.1.2  joerg     FixedPointSemantics LHSSema = LHSFX.getSemantics();
   13503  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm::APSInt RHSVal = RHSFX.getValue();
   13504  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   13505  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned ShiftBW =
   13506  1.1.1.2  joerg         LHSSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)LHSSema.hasUnsignedPadding();
   13507  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned Amt = RHSVal.getLimitedValue(ShiftBW - 1);
   13508  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2:
   13509  1.1.1.2  joerg     //   The right operand must be nonnegative and less than the total number
   13510  1.1.1.2  joerg     //   of (nonpadding) bits of the fixed-point operand ...
   13511  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (RHSVal.isNegative())
   13512  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHSVal;
   13513  1.1.1.2  joerg     else if (Amt != RHSVal)
   13514  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift)
   13515  1.1.1.2  joerg           << RHSVal << E->getType() << ShiftBW;
   13516  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   13517  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Shl)
   13518  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result = LHSFX.shl(Amt, &OpOverflow);
   13519  1.1.1.2  joerg     else
   13520  1.1.1.2  joerg       Result = LHSFX.shr(Amt, &OpOverflow);
   13521  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   13522      1.1  joerg   }
   13523      1.1  joerg   default:
   13524      1.1  joerg     return false;
   13525      1.1  joerg   }
   13526  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (OpOverflow || ConversionOverflow) {
   13527  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
   13528  1.1.1.2  joerg       Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
   13529  1.1.1.2  joerg                                        diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
   13530  1.1.1.2  joerg         << Result.toString() << E->getType();
   13531  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType()))
   13532  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   13533  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   13534  1.1.1.2  joerg   return Success(Result, E);
   13535      1.1  joerg }
   13536      1.1  joerg 
   13537      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   13538      1.1  joerg // Float Evaluation
   13539      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   13540      1.1  joerg 
   13541      1.1  joerg namespace {
   13542      1.1  joerg class FloatExprEvaluator
   13543      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<FloatExprEvaluator> {
   13544      1.1  joerg   APFloat &Result;
   13545      1.1  joerg public:
   13546      1.1  joerg   FloatExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APFloat &result)
   13547      1.1  joerg     : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
   13548      1.1  joerg 
   13549      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) {
   13550      1.1  joerg     Result = V.getFloat();
   13551      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13552      1.1  joerg   }
   13553      1.1  joerg 
   13554      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   13555      1.1  joerg     Result = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType()));
   13556      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13557      1.1  joerg   }
   13558      1.1  joerg 
   13559      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
   13560      1.1  joerg 
   13561      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
   13562      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   13563      1.1  joerg   bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E);
   13564      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
   13565      1.1  joerg 
   13566      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
   13567      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
   13568      1.1  joerg 
   13569      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector
   13570      1.1  joerg };
   13571      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   13572      1.1  joerg 
   13573      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateFloat(const Expr* E, APFloat& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   13574  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   13575      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isRealFloatingType());
   13576      1.1  joerg   return FloatExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
   13577      1.1  joerg }
   13578      1.1  joerg 
   13579      1.1  joerg static bool TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(const ASTContext &Context,
   13580      1.1  joerg                                   QualType ResultTy,
   13581      1.1  joerg                                   const Expr *Arg,
   13582      1.1  joerg                                   bool SNaN,
   13583      1.1  joerg                                   llvm::APFloat &Result) {
   13584      1.1  joerg   const StringLiteral *S = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenCasts());
   13585      1.1  joerg   if (!S) return false;
   13586      1.1  joerg 
   13587      1.1  joerg   const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ResultTy);
   13588      1.1  joerg 
   13589      1.1  joerg   llvm::APInt fill;
   13590      1.1  joerg 
   13591      1.1  joerg   // Treat empty strings as if they were zero.
   13592      1.1  joerg   if (S->getString().empty())
   13593      1.1  joerg     fill = llvm::APInt(32, 0);
   13594      1.1  joerg   else if (S->getString().getAsInteger(0, fill))
   13595      1.1  joerg     return false;
   13596      1.1  joerg 
   13597      1.1  joerg   if (Context.getTargetInfo().isNan2008()) {
   13598      1.1  joerg     if (SNaN)
   13599      1.1  joerg       Result = llvm::APFloat::getSNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
   13600      1.1  joerg     else
   13601      1.1  joerg       Result = llvm::APFloat::getQNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
   13602      1.1  joerg   } else {
   13603      1.1  joerg     // Prior to IEEE 754-2008, architectures were allowed to choose whether
   13604      1.1  joerg     // the first bit of their significand was set for qNaN or sNaN. MIPS chose
   13605      1.1  joerg     // a different encoding to what became a standard in 2008, and for pre-
   13606      1.1  joerg     // 2008 revisions, MIPS interpreted sNaN-2008 as qNan and qNaN-2008 as
   13607      1.1  joerg     // sNaN. This is now known as "legacy NaN" encoding.
   13608      1.1  joerg     if (SNaN)
   13609      1.1  joerg       Result = llvm::APFloat::getQNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
   13610      1.1  joerg     else
   13611      1.1  joerg       Result = llvm::APFloat::getSNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
   13612      1.1  joerg   }
   13613      1.1  joerg 
   13614      1.1  joerg   return true;
   13615      1.1  joerg }
   13616      1.1  joerg 
   13617      1.1  joerg bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   13618      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) {
   13619      1.1  joerg   default:
   13620      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
   13621      1.1  joerg 
   13622      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_val:
   13623      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf:
   13624      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_vall:
   13625      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf128:
   13626      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_inf:
   13627      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_inff:
   13628      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_infl:
   13629      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_inff128: {
   13630      1.1  joerg     const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem =
   13631      1.1  joerg       Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType());
   13632      1.1  joerg     Result = llvm::APFloat::getInf(Sem);
   13633      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13634      1.1  joerg   }
   13635      1.1  joerg 
   13636      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nans:
   13637      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansf:
   13638      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansl:
   13639      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansf128:
   13640      1.1  joerg     if (!TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(Info.Ctx, E->getType(), E->getArg(0),
   13641      1.1  joerg                                true, Result))
   13642      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   13643      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13644      1.1  joerg 
   13645      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nan:
   13646      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanf:
   13647      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanl:
   13648      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanf128:
   13649      1.1  joerg     // If this is __builtin_nan() turn this into a nan, otherwise we
   13650      1.1  joerg     // can't constant fold it.
   13651      1.1  joerg     if (!TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(Info.Ctx, E->getType(), E->getArg(0),
   13652      1.1  joerg                                false, Result))
   13653      1.1  joerg       return Error(E);
   13654      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13655      1.1  joerg 
   13656      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
   13657      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
   13658      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
   13659      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf128:
   13660  1.1.1.2  joerg     // The C standard says "fabs raises no floating-point exceptions,
   13661  1.1.1.2  joerg     // even if x is a signaling NaN. The returned value is independent of
   13662  1.1.1.2  joerg     // the current rounding direction mode."  Therefore constant folding can
   13663  1.1.1.2  joerg     // proceed without regard to the floating point settings.
   13664  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Reference, WG14 N2478 F.10.4.3
   13665      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info))
   13666      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13667      1.1  joerg 
   13668      1.1  joerg     if (Result.isNegative())
   13669      1.1  joerg       Result.changeSign();
   13670      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13671      1.1  joerg 
   13672      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powi
   13673      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powif
   13674      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powil
   13675      1.1  joerg 
   13676      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysign:
   13677      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignf:
   13678      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignl:
   13679      1.1  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignf128: {
   13680      1.1  joerg     APFloat RHS(0.);
   13681      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info) ||
   13682      1.1  joerg         !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info))
   13683      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13684      1.1  joerg     Result.copySign(RHS);
   13685      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13686      1.1  joerg   }
   13687      1.1  joerg   }
   13688      1.1  joerg }
   13689      1.1  joerg 
   13690      1.1  joerg bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   13691      1.1  joerg   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
   13692      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue CV;
   13693      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), CV, Info))
   13694      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13695      1.1  joerg     Result = CV.FloatReal;
   13696      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13697      1.1  joerg   }
   13698      1.1  joerg 
   13699      1.1  joerg   return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   13700      1.1  joerg }
   13701      1.1  joerg 
   13702      1.1  joerg bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   13703      1.1  joerg   if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
   13704      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue CV;
   13705      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), CV, Info))
   13706      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13707      1.1  joerg     Result = CV.FloatImag;
   13708      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13709      1.1  joerg   }
   13710      1.1  joerg 
   13711      1.1  joerg   VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
   13712      1.1  joerg   const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType());
   13713      1.1  joerg   Result = llvm::APFloat::getZero(Sem);
   13714      1.1  joerg   return true;
   13715      1.1  joerg }
   13716      1.1  joerg 
   13717      1.1  joerg bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   13718      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   13719      1.1  joerg   default: return Error(E);
   13720      1.1  joerg   case UO_Plus:
   13721      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Result, Info);
   13722      1.1  joerg   case UO_Minus:
   13723  1.1.1.2  joerg     // In C standard, WG14 N2478 F.3 p4
   13724  1.1.1.2  joerg     // "the unary - raises no floating point exceptions,
   13725  1.1.1.2  joerg     // even if the operand is signalling."
   13726      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Result, Info))
   13727      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13728      1.1  joerg     Result.changeSign();
   13729      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13730      1.1  joerg   }
   13731      1.1  joerg }
   13732      1.1  joerg 
   13733      1.1  joerg bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   13734      1.1  joerg   if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
   13735      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   13736      1.1  joerg 
   13737      1.1  joerg   APFloat RHS(0.0);
   13738      1.1  joerg   bool LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), Result, Info);
   13739      1.1  joerg   if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   13740      1.1  joerg     return false;
   13741      1.1  joerg   return EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) && LHSOK &&
   13742      1.1  joerg          handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, Result, E->getOpcode(), RHS);
   13743      1.1  joerg }
   13744      1.1  joerg 
   13745      1.1  joerg bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E) {
   13746      1.1  joerg   Result = E->getValue();
   13747      1.1  joerg   return true;
   13748      1.1  joerg }
   13749      1.1  joerg 
   13750      1.1  joerg bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   13751      1.1  joerg   const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
   13752      1.1  joerg 
   13753      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   13754      1.1  joerg   default:
   13755      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   13756      1.1  joerg 
   13757      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToFloating: {
   13758      1.1  joerg     APSInt IntResult;
   13759  1.1.1.2  joerg     const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(
   13760  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
   13761      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, IntResult, Info) &&
   13762  1.1.1.2  joerg            HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, SubExpr->getType(),
   13763  1.1.1.2  joerg                                 IntResult, E->getType(), Result);
   13764  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   13765  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   13766  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_FixedPointToFloating: {
   13767  1.1.1.2  joerg     APFixedPoint FixResult(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SubExpr->getType()));
   13768  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, FixResult, Info))
   13769  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   13770  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result =
   13771  1.1.1.2  joerg         FixResult.convertToFloat(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType()));
   13772  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   13773      1.1  joerg   }
   13774      1.1  joerg 
   13775      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingCast: {
   13776      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(SubExpr))
   13777      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13778      1.1  joerg     return HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, SubExpr->getType(), E->getType(),
   13779      1.1  joerg                                   Result);
   13780      1.1  joerg   }
   13781      1.1  joerg 
   13782      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: {
   13783      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue V;
   13784      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateComplex(SubExpr, V, Info))
   13785      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13786      1.1  joerg     Result = V.getComplexFloatReal();
   13787      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13788      1.1  joerg   }
   13789      1.1  joerg   }
   13790      1.1  joerg }
   13791      1.1  joerg 
   13792      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   13793      1.1  joerg // Complex Evaluation (for float and integer)
   13794      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   13795      1.1  joerg 
   13796      1.1  joerg namespace {
   13797      1.1  joerg class ComplexExprEvaluator
   13798      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<ComplexExprEvaluator> {
   13799      1.1  joerg   ComplexValue &Result;
   13800      1.1  joerg 
   13801      1.1  joerg public:
   13802      1.1  joerg   ComplexExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, ComplexValue &Result)
   13803      1.1  joerg     : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {}
   13804      1.1  joerg 
   13805      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) {
   13806      1.1  joerg     Result.setFrom(V);
   13807      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13808      1.1  joerg   }
   13809      1.1  joerg 
   13810      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E);
   13811      1.1  joerg 
   13812      1.1  joerg   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   13813      1.1  joerg   //                            Visitor Methods
   13814      1.1  joerg   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   13815      1.1  joerg 
   13816      1.1  joerg   bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E);
   13817      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
   13818      1.1  joerg   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   13819      1.1  joerg   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
   13820      1.1  joerg   bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E);
   13821  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
   13822      1.1  joerg };
   13823      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   13824      1.1  joerg 
   13825      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateComplex(const Expr *E, ComplexValue &Result,
   13826      1.1  joerg                             EvalInfo &Info) {
   13827  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   13828      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
   13829      1.1  joerg   return ComplexExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
   13830      1.1  joerg }
   13831      1.1  joerg 
   13832      1.1  joerg bool ComplexExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   13833      1.1  joerg   QualType ElemTy = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   13834      1.1  joerg   if (ElemTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
   13835      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexFloat();
   13836      1.1  joerg     APFloat Zero = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ElemTy));
   13837      1.1  joerg     Result.FloatReal = Zero;
   13838      1.1  joerg     Result.FloatImag = Zero;
   13839      1.1  joerg   } else {
   13840      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexInt();
   13841      1.1  joerg     APSInt Zero = Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, ElemTy);
   13842      1.1  joerg     Result.IntReal = Zero;
   13843      1.1  joerg     Result.IntImag = Zero;
   13844      1.1  joerg   }
   13845      1.1  joerg   return true;
   13846      1.1  joerg }
   13847      1.1  joerg 
   13848      1.1  joerg bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E) {
   13849      1.1  joerg   const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
   13850      1.1  joerg 
   13851      1.1  joerg   if (SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
   13852      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexFloat();
   13853      1.1  joerg     APFloat &Imag = Result.FloatImag;
   13854      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, Imag, Info))
   13855      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13856      1.1  joerg 
   13857      1.1  joerg     Result.FloatReal = APFloat(Imag.getSemantics());
   13858      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13859      1.1  joerg   } else {
   13860      1.1  joerg     assert(SubExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
   13861      1.1  joerg            "Unexpected imaginary literal.");
   13862      1.1  joerg 
   13863      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexInt();
   13864      1.1  joerg     APSInt &Imag = Result.IntImag;
   13865      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Imag, Info))
   13866      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13867      1.1  joerg 
   13868      1.1  joerg     Result.IntReal = APSInt(Imag.getBitWidth(), !Imag.isSigned());
   13869      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13870      1.1  joerg   }
   13871      1.1  joerg }
   13872      1.1  joerg 
   13873      1.1  joerg bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   13874      1.1  joerg 
   13875      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   13876      1.1  joerg   case CK_BitCast:
   13877      1.1  joerg   case CK_BaseToDerived:
   13878      1.1  joerg   case CK_DerivedToBase:
   13879      1.1  joerg   case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
   13880      1.1  joerg   case CK_Dynamic:
   13881      1.1  joerg   case CK_ToUnion:
   13882      1.1  joerg   case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
   13883      1.1  joerg   case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
   13884      1.1  joerg   case CK_NullToPointer:
   13885      1.1  joerg   case CK_NullToMemberPointer:
   13886      1.1  joerg   case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer:
   13887      1.1  joerg   case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer:
   13888      1.1  joerg   case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean:
   13889      1.1  joerg   case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer:
   13890      1.1  joerg   case CK_ConstructorConversion:
   13891      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToPointer:
   13892      1.1  joerg   case CK_PointerToIntegral:
   13893      1.1  joerg   case CK_PointerToBoolean:
   13894      1.1  joerg   case CK_ToVoid:
   13895      1.1  joerg   case CK_VectorSplat:
   13896      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralCast:
   13897      1.1  joerg   case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
   13898      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
   13899      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToFloating:
   13900      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingToIntegral:
   13901      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingToBoolean:
   13902      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingCast:
   13903      1.1  joerg   case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
   13904      1.1  joerg   case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
   13905      1.1  joerg   case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
   13906      1.1  joerg   case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast:
   13907      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
   13908      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean:
   13909      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
   13910      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean:
   13911      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCProduceObject:
   13912      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCConsumeObject:
   13913      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
   13914      1.1  joerg   case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject:
   13915      1.1  joerg   case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject:
   13916      1.1  joerg   case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr:
   13917      1.1  joerg   case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType:
   13918      1.1  joerg   case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
   13919      1.1  joerg   case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
   13920      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntToOCLSampler:
   13921  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint:
   13922  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_FixedPointToFloating:
   13923      1.1  joerg   case CK_FixedPointCast:
   13924      1.1  joerg   case CK_FixedPointToBoolean:
   13925      1.1  joerg   case CK_FixedPointToIntegral:
   13926      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint:
   13927  1.1.1.2  joerg   case CK_MatrixCast:
   13928      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("invalid cast kind for complex value");
   13929      1.1  joerg 
   13930      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueToRValue:
   13931      1.1  joerg   case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
   13932      1.1  joerg   case CK_NoOp:
   13933      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast:
   13934      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   13935      1.1  joerg 
   13936      1.1  joerg   case CK_Dependent:
   13937      1.1  joerg   case CK_LValueBitCast:
   13938      1.1  joerg   case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
   13939      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   13940      1.1  joerg 
   13941      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: {
   13942      1.1  joerg     APFloat &Real = Result.FloatReal;
   13943      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Real, Info))
   13944      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13945      1.1  joerg 
   13946      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexFloat();
   13947      1.1  joerg     Result.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics());
   13948      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13949      1.1  joerg   }
   13950      1.1  joerg 
   13951      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexCast: {
   13952      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   13953      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13954      1.1  joerg 
   13955      1.1  joerg     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   13956      1.1  joerg     QualType From
   13957      1.1  joerg       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   13958      1.1  joerg 
   13959      1.1  joerg     return HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, From, To, Result.FloatReal) &&
   13960      1.1  joerg            HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, From, To, Result.FloatImag);
   13961      1.1  joerg   }
   13962      1.1  joerg 
   13963      1.1  joerg   case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: {
   13964      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   13965      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13966      1.1  joerg 
   13967      1.1  joerg     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   13968      1.1  joerg     QualType From
   13969      1.1  joerg       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   13970      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexInt();
   13971      1.1  joerg     return HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, From, Result.FloatReal,
   13972      1.1  joerg                                 To, Result.IntReal) &&
   13973      1.1  joerg            HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, From, Result.FloatImag,
   13974      1.1  joerg                                 To, Result.IntImag);
   13975      1.1  joerg   }
   13976      1.1  joerg 
   13977      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: {
   13978      1.1  joerg     APSInt &Real = Result.IntReal;
   13979      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getSubExpr(), Real, Info))
   13980      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13981      1.1  joerg 
   13982      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexInt();
   13983      1.1  joerg     Result.IntImag = APSInt(Real.getBitWidth(), !Real.isSigned());
   13984      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13985      1.1  joerg   }
   13986      1.1  joerg 
   13987      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexCast: {
   13988      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   13989      1.1  joerg       return false;
   13990      1.1  joerg 
   13991      1.1  joerg     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   13992      1.1  joerg     QualType From
   13993      1.1  joerg       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   13994      1.1  joerg 
   13995      1.1  joerg     Result.IntReal = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, To, From, Result.IntReal);
   13996      1.1  joerg     Result.IntImag = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, To, From, Result.IntImag);
   13997      1.1  joerg     return true;
   13998      1.1  joerg   }
   13999      1.1  joerg 
   14000      1.1  joerg   case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: {
   14001      1.1  joerg     if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   14002      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14003      1.1  joerg 
   14004  1.1.1.2  joerg     const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(
   14005  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
   14006      1.1  joerg     QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   14007      1.1  joerg     QualType From
   14008      1.1  joerg       = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
   14009      1.1  joerg     Result.makeComplexFloat();
   14010  1.1.1.2  joerg     return HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, From, Result.IntReal,
   14011      1.1  joerg                                 To, Result.FloatReal) &&
   14012  1.1.1.2  joerg            HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, From, Result.IntImag,
   14013      1.1  joerg                                 To, Result.FloatImag);
   14014      1.1  joerg   }
   14015      1.1  joerg   }
   14016      1.1  joerg 
   14017      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("unknown cast resulting in complex value");
   14018      1.1  joerg }
   14019      1.1  joerg 
   14020      1.1  joerg bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   14021      1.1  joerg   if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
   14022      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
   14023      1.1  joerg 
   14024      1.1  joerg   // Track whether the LHS or RHS is real at the type system level. When this is
   14025      1.1  joerg   // the case we can simplify our evaluation strategy.
   14026      1.1  joerg   bool LHSReal = false, RHSReal = false;
   14027      1.1  joerg 
   14028      1.1  joerg   bool LHSOK;
   14029      1.1  joerg   if (E->getLHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
   14030      1.1  joerg     LHSReal = true;
   14031      1.1  joerg     APFloat &Real = Result.FloatReal;
   14032      1.1  joerg     LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), Real, Info);
   14033      1.1  joerg     if (LHSOK) {
   14034      1.1  joerg       Result.makeComplexFloat();
   14035      1.1  joerg       Result.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics());
   14036      1.1  joerg     }
   14037      1.1  joerg   } else {
   14038      1.1  joerg     LHSOK = Visit(E->getLHS());
   14039      1.1  joerg   }
   14040      1.1  joerg   if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
   14041      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14042      1.1  joerg 
   14043      1.1  joerg   ComplexValue RHS;
   14044      1.1  joerg   if (E->getRHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
   14045      1.1  joerg     RHSReal = true;
   14046      1.1  joerg     APFloat &Real = RHS.FloatReal;
   14047      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), Real, Info) || !LHSOK)
   14048      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14049      1.1  joerg     RHS.makeComplexFloat();
   14050      1.1  joerg     RHS.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics());
   14051      1.1  joerg   } else if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
   14052      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14053      1.1  joerg 
   14054      1.1  joerg   assert(!(LHSReal && RHSReal) &&
   14055      1.1  joerg          "Cannot have both operands of a complex operation be real.");
   14056      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   14057      1.1  joerg   default: return Error(E);
   14058      1.1  joerg   case BO_Add:
   14059      1.1  joerg     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
   14060      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexFloatReal().add(RHS.getComplexFloatReal(),
   14061      1.1  joerg                                        APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14062      1.1  joerg       if (LHSReal)
   14063      1.1  joerg         Result.getComplexFloatImag() = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
   14064      1.1  joerg       else if (!RHSReal)
   14065      1.1  joerg         Result.getComplexFloatImag().add(RHS.getComplexFloatImag(),
   14066      1.1  joerg                                          APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14067      1.1  joerg     } else {
   14068      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntReal() += RHS.getComplexIntReal();
   14069      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntImag() += RHS.getComplexIntImag();
   14070      1.1  joerg     }
   14071      1.1  joerg     break;
   14072      1.1  joerg   case BO_Sub:
   14073      1.1  joerg     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
   14074      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexFloatReal().subtract(RHS.getComplexFloatReal(),
   14075      1.1  joerg                                             APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14076      1.1  joerg       if (LHSReal) {
   14077      1.1  joerg         Result.getComplexFloatImag() = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
   14078      1.1  joerg         Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign();
   14079      1.1  joerg       } else if (!RHSReal) {
   14080      1.1  joerg         Result.getComplexFloatImag().subtract(RHS.getComplexFloatImag(),
   14081      1.1  joerg                                               APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14082      1.1  joerg       }
   14083      1.1  joerg     } else {
   14084      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntReal() -= RHS.getComplexIntReal();
   14085      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntImag() -= RHS.getComplexIntImag();
   14086      1.1  joerg     }
   14087      1.1  joerg     break;
   14088      1.1  joerg   case BO_Mul:
   14089      1.1  joerg     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
   14090      1.1  joerg       // This is an implementation of complex multiplication according to the
   14091      1.1  joerg       // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the
   14092      1.1  joerg       // following naming scheme:
   14093      1.1  joerg       //   (a + ib) * (c + id)
   14094      1.1  joerg       ComplexValue LHS = Result;
   14095      1.1  joerg       APFloat &A = LHS.getComplexFloatReal();
   14096      1.1  joerg       APFloat &B = LHS.getComplexFloatImag();
   14097      1.1  joerg       APFloat &C = RHS.getComplexFloatReal();
   14098      1.1  joerg       APFloat &D = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
   14099      1.1  joerg       APFloat &ResR = Result.getComplexFloatReal();
   14100      1.1  joerg       APFloat &ResI = Result.getComplexFloatImag();
   14101      1.1  joerg       if (LHSReal) {
   14102      1.1  joerg         assert(!RHSReal && "Cannot have two real operands for a complex op!");
   14103      1.1  joerg         ResR = A * C;
   14104      1.1  joerg         ResI = A * D;
   14105      1.1  joerg       } else if (RHSReal) {
   14106      1.1  joerg         ResR = C * A;
   14107      1.1  joerg         ResI = C * B;
   14108      1.1  joerg       } else {
   14109      1.1  joerg         // In the fully general case, we need to handle NaNs and infinities
   14110      1.1  joerg         // robustly.
   14111      1.1  joerg         APFloat AC = A * C;
   14112      1.1  joerg         APFloat BD = B * D;
   14113      1.1  joerg         APFloat AD = A * D;
   14114      1.1  joerg         APFloat BC = B * C;
   14115      1.1  joerg         ResR = AC - BD;
   14116      1.1  joerg         ResI = AD + BC;
   14117      1.1  joerg         if (ResR.isNaN() && ResI.isNaN()) {
   14118      1.1  joerg           bool Recalc = false;
   14119      1.1  joerg           if (A.isInfinity() || B.isInfinity()) {
   14120      1.1  joerg             A = APFloat::copySign(
   14121      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(A.getSemantics(), A.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), A);
   14122      1.1  joerg             B = APFloat::copySign(
   14123      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(B.getSemantics(), B.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), B);
   14124      1.1  joerg             if (C.isNaN())
   14125      1.1  joerg               C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics()), C);
   14126      1.1  joerg             if (D.isNaN())
   14127      1.1  joerg               D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics()), D);
   14128      1.1  joerg             Recalc = true;
   14129      1.1  joerg           }
   14130      1.1  joerg           if (C.isInfinity() || D.isInfinity()) {
   14131      1.1  joerg             C = APFloat::copySign(
   14132      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(C.getSemantics(), C.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), C);
   14133      1.1  joerg             D = APFloat::copySign(
   14134      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(D.getSemantics(), D.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), D);
   14135      1.1  joerg             if (A.isNaN())
   14136      1.1  joerg               A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics()), A);
   14137      1.1  joerg             if (B.isNaN())
   14138      1.1  joerg               B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics()), B);
   14139      1.1  joerg             Recalc = true;
   14140      1.1  joerg           }
   14141      1.1  joerg           if (!Recalc && (AC.isInfinity() || BD.isInfinity() ||
   14142      1.1  joerg                           AD.isInfinity() || BC.isInfinity())) {
   14143      1.1  joerg             if (A.isNaN())
   14144      1.1  joerg               A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics()), A);
   14145      1.1  joerg             if (B.isNaN())
   14146      1.1  joerg               B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics()), B);
   14147      1.1  joerg             if (C.isNaN())
   14148      1.1  joerg               C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics()), C);
   14149      1.1  joerg             if (D.isNaN())
   14150      1.1  joerg               D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics()), D);
   14151      1.1  joerg             Recalc = true;
   14152      1.1  joerg           }
   14153      1.1  joerg           if (Recalc) {
   14154      1.1  joerg             ResR = APFloat::getInf(A.getSemantics()) * (A * C - B * D);
   14155      1.1  joerg             ResI = APFloat::getInf(A.getSemantics()) * (A * D + B * C);
   14156      1.1  joerg           }
   14157      1.1  joerg         }
   14158      1.1  joerg       }
   14159      1.1  joerg     } else {
   14160      1.1  joerg       ComplexValue LHS = Result;
   14161      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntReal() =
   14162      1.1  joerg         (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() -
   14163      1.1  joerg          LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag());
   14164      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntImag() =
   14165      1.1  joerg         (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntImag() +
   14166      1.1  joerg          LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntReal());
   14167      1.1  joerg     }
   14168      1.1  joerg     break;
   14169      1.1  joerg   case BO_Div:
   14170      1.1  joerg     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
   14171      1.1  joerg       // This is an implementation of complex division according to the
   14172      1.1  joerg       // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the
   14173      1.1  joerg       // following naming scheme:
   14174      1.1  joerg       //   (a + ib) / (c + id)
   14175      1.1  joerg       ComplexValue LHS = Result;
   14176      1.1  joerg       APFloat &A = LHS.getComplexFloatReal();
   14177      1.1  joerg       APFloat &B = LHS.getComplexFloatImag();
   14178      1.1  joerg       APFloat &C = RHS.getComplexFloatReal();
   14179      1.1  joerg       APFloat &D = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
   14180      1.1  joerg       APFloat &ResR = Result.getComplexFloatReal();
   14181      1.1  joerg       APFloat &ResI = Result.getComplexFloatImag();
   14182      1.1  joerg       if (RHSReal) {
   14183      1.1  joerg         ResR = A / C;
   14184      1.1  joerg         ResI = B / C;
   14185      1.1  joerg       } else {
   14186      1.1  joerg         if (LHSReal) {
   14187      1.1  joerg           // No real optimizations we can do here, stub out with zero.
   14188      1.1  joerg           B = APFloat::getZero(A.getSemantics());
   14189      1.1  joerg         }
   14190      1.1  joerg         int DenomLogB = 0;
   14191      1.1  joerg         APFloat MaxCD = maxnum(abs(C), abs(D));
   14192      1.1  joerg         if (MaxCD.isFinite()) {
   14193      1.1  joerg           DenomLogB = ilogb(MaxCD);
   14194      1.1  joerg           C = scalbn(C, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14195      1.1  joerg           D = scalbn(D, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14196      1.1  joerg         }
   14197      1.1  joerg         APFloat Denom = C * C + D * D;
   14198      1.1  joerg         ResR = scalbn((A * C + B * D) / Denom, -DenomLogB,
   14199      1.1  joerg                       APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14200      1.1  joerg         ResI = scalbn((B * C - A * D) / Denom, -DenomLogB,
   14201      1.1  joerg                       APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
   14202      1.1  joerg         if (ResR.isNaN() && ResI.isNaN()) {
   14203      1.1  joerg           if (Denom.isPosZero() && (!A.isNaN() || !B.isNaN())) {
   14204      1.1  joerg             ResR = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics(), C.isNegative()) * A;
   14205      1.1  joerg             ResI = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics(), C.isNegative()) * B;
   14206      1.1  joerg           } else if ((A.isInfinity() || B.isInfinity()) && C.isFinite() &&
   14207      1.1  joerg                      D.isFinite()) {
   14208      1.1  joerg             A = APFloat::copySign(
   14209      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(A.getSemantics(), A.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), A);
   14210      1.1  joerg             B = APFloat::copySign(
   14211      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(B.getSemantics(), B.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), B);
   14212      1.1  joerg             ResR = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics()) * (A * C + B * D);
   14213      1.1  joerg             ResI = APFloat::getInf(ResI.getSemantics()) * (B * C - A * D);
   14214      1.1  joerg           } else if (MaxCD.isInfinity() && A.isFinite() && B.isFinite()) {
   14215      1.1  joerg             C = APFloat::copySign(
   14216      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(C.getSemantics(), C.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), C);
   14217      1.1  joerg             D = APFloat::copySign(
   14218      1.1  joerg                 APFloat(D.getSemantics(), D.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), D);
   14219      1.1  joerg             ResR = APFloat::getZero(ResR.getSemantics()) * (A * C + B * D);
   14220      1.1  joerg             ResI = APFloat::getZero(ResI.getSemantics()) * (B * C - A * D);
   14221      1.1  joerg           }
   14222      1.1  joerg         }
   14223      1.1  joerg       }
   14224      1.1  joerg     } else {
   14225      1.1  joerg       if (RHS.getComplexIntReal() == 0 && RHS.getComplexIntImag() == 0)
   14226      1.1  joerg         return Error(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
   14227      1.1  joerg 
   14228      1.1  joerg       ComplexValue LHS = Result;
   14229      1.1  joerg       APSInt Den = RHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() +
   14230      1.1  joerg         RHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag();
   14231      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntReal() =
   14232      1.1  joerg         (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() +
   14233      1.1  joerg          LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag()) / Den;
   14234      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntImag() =
   14235      1.1  joerg         (LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() -
   14236      1.1  joerg          LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntImag()) / Den;
   14237      1.1  joerg     }
   14238      1.1  joerg     break;
   14239      1.1  joerg   }
   14240      1.1  joerg 
   14241      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14242      1.1  joerg }
   14243      1.1  joerg 
   14244      1.1  joerg bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   14245      1.1  joerg   // Get the operand value into 'Result'.
   14246      1.1  joerg   if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
   14247      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14248      1.1  joerg 
   14249      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getOpcode()) {
   14250      1.1  joerg   default:
   14251      1.1  joerg     return Error(E);
   14252      1.1  joerg   case UO_Extension:
   14253      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14254      1.1  joerg   case UO_Plus:
   14255      1.1  joerg     // The result is always just the subexpr.
   14256      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14257      1.1  joerg   case UO_Minus:
   14258      1.1  joerg     if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
   14259      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexFloatReal().changeSign();
   14260      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign();
   14261      1.1  joerg     }
   14262      1.1  joerg     else {
   14263      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntReal() = -Result.getComplexIntReal();
   14264      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntImag() = -Result.getComplexIntImag();
   14265      1.1  joerg     }
   14266      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14267      1.1  joerg   case UO_Not:
   14268      1.1  joerg     if (Result.isComplexFloat())
   14269      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign();
   14270      1.1  joerg     else
   14271      1.1  joerg       Result.getComplexIntImag() = -Result.getComplexIntImag();
   14272      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14273      1.1  joerg   }
   14274      1.1  joerg }
   14275      1.1  joerg 
   14276      1.1  joerg bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
   14277      1.1  joerg   if (E->getNumInits() == 2) {
   14278      1.1  joerg     if (E->getType()->isComplexType()) {
   14279      1.1  joerg       Result.makeComplexFloat();
   14280      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(0), Result.FloatReal, Info))
   14281      1.1  joerg         return false;
   14282      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(1), Result.FloatImag, Info))
   14283      1.1  joerg         return false;
   14284      1.1  joerg     } else {
   14285      1.1  joerg       Result.makeComplexInt();
   14286      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(0), Result.IntReal, Info))
   14287      1.1  joerg         return false;
   14288      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(1), Result.IntImag, Info))
   14289      1.1  joerg         return false;
   14290      1.1  joerg     }
   14291      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14292      1.1  joerg   }
   14293      1.1  joerg   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitInitListExpr(E);
   14294      1.1  joerg }
   14295      1.1  joerg 
   14296  1.1.1.2  joerg bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   14297  1.1.1.2  joerg   switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) {
   14298  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Builtin::BI__builtin_complex:
   14299  1.1.1.2  joerg     Result.makeComplexFloat();
   14300  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result.FloatReal, Info))
   14301  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   14302  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), Result.FloatImag, Info))
   14303  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   14304  1.1.1.2  joerg     return true;
   14305  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14306  1.1.1.2  joerg   default:
   14307  1.1.1.2  joerg     break;
   14308  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   14309  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14310  1.1.1.2  joerg   return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
   14311  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   14312  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14313      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   14314      1.1  joerg // Atomic expression evaluation, essentially just handling the NonAtomicToAtomic
   14315      1.1  joerg // implicit conversion.
   14316      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   14317      1.1  joerg 
   14318      1.1  joerg namespace {
   14319      1.1  joerg class AtomicExprEvaluator :
   14320      1.1  joerg     public ExprEvaluatorBase<AtomicExprEvaluator> {
   14321      1.1  joerg   const LValue *This;
   14322      1.1  joerg   APValue &Result;
   14323      1.1  joerg public:
   14324      1.1  joerg   AtomicExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue *This, APValue &Result)
   14325      1.1  joerg       : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), This(This), Result(Result) {}
   14326      1.1  joerg 
   14327      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
   14328      1.1  joerg     Result = V;
   14329      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14330      1.1  joerg   }
   14331      1.1  joerg 
   14332      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
   14333      1.1  joerg     ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(
   14334      1.1  joerg         E->getType()->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType());
   14335      1.1  joerg     // For atomic-qualified class (and array) types in C++, initialize the
   14336      1.1  joerg     // _Atomic-wrapped subobject directly, in-place.
   14337      1.1  joerg     return This ? EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, *This, &VIE)
   14338      1.1  joerg                 : Evaluate(Result, Info, &VIE);
   14339      1.1  joerg   }
   14340      1.1  joerg 
   14341      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   14342      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   14343      1.1  joerg     default:
   14344      1.1  joerg       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   14345      1.1  joerg     case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
   14346      1.1  joerg       return This ? EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, *This, E->getSubExpr())
   14347      1.1  joerg                   : Evaluate(Result, Info, E->getSubExpr());
   14348      1.1  joerg     }
   14349      1.1  joerg   }
   14350      1.1  joerg };
   14351      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   14352      1.1  joerg 
   14353      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAtomic(const Expr *E, const LValue *This, APValue &Result,
   14354      1.1  joerg                            EvalInfo &Info) {
   14355  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14356      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isAtomicType());
   14357      1.1  joerg   return AtomicExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E);
   14358      1.1  joerg }
   14359      1.1  joerg 
   14360      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   14361      1.1  joerg // Void expression evaluation, primarily for a cast to void on the LHS of a
   14362      1.1  joerg // comma operator
   14363      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   14364      1.1  joerg 
   14365      1.1  joerg namespace {
   14366      1.1  joerg class VoidExprEvaluator
   14367      1.1  joerg   : public ExprEvaluatorBase<VoidExprEvaluator> {
   14368      1.1  joerg public:
   14369      1.1  joerg   VoidExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info) : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info) {}
   14370      1.1  joerg 
   14371      1.1  joerg   bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) { return true; }
   14372      1.1  joerg 
   14373      1.1  joerg   bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return true; }
   14374      1.1  joerg 
   14375      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
   14376      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   14377      1.1  joerg     default:
   14378      1.1  joerg       return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
   14379      1.1  joerg     case CK_ToVoid:
   14380      1.1  joerg       VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
   14381      1.1  joerg       return true;
   14382      1.1  joerg     }
   14383      1.1  joerg   }
   14384      1.1  joerg 
   14385      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   14386      1.1  joerg     switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) {
   14387      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__assume:
   14388      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
   14389      1.1  joerg       // The argument is not evaluated!
   14390      1.1  joerg       return true;
   14391      1.1  joerg 
   14392      1.1  joerg     case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
   14393      1.1  joerg       return HandleOperatorDeleteCall(Info, E);
   14394      1.1  joerg 
   14395      1.1  joerg     default:
   14396      1.1  joerg       break;
   14397      1.1  joerg     }
   14398      1.1  joerg 
   14399      1.1  joerg     return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
   14400      1.1  joerg   }
   14401      1.1  joerg 
   14402      1.1  joerg   bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E);
   14403      1.1  joerg };
   14404      1.1  joerg } // end anonymous namespace
   14405      1.1  joerg 
   14406      1.1  joerg bool VoidExprEvaluator::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
   14407      1.1  joerg   // We cannot speculatively evaluate a delete expression.
   14408      1.1  joerg   if (Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
   14409      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14410      1.1  joerg 
   14411      1.1  joerg   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = E->getOperatorDelete();
   14412      1.1  joerg   if (!OperatorDelete->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
   14413      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable)
   14414      1.1  joerg         << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete) << OperatorDelete;
   14415      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14416      1.1  joerg   }
   14417      1.1  joerg 
   14418      1.1  joerg   const Expr *Arg = E->getArgument();
   14419      1.1  joerg 
   14420      1.1  joerg   LValue Pointer;
   14421      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluatePointer(Arg, Pointer, Info))
   14422      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14423      1.1  joerg   if (Pointer.Designator.Invalid)
   14424      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14425      1.1  joerg 
   14426      1.1  joerg   // Deleting a null pointer has no effect.
   14427      1.1  joerg   if (Pointer.isNullPointer()) {
   14428      1.1  joerg     // This is the only case where we need to produce an extension warning:
   14429      1.1  joerg     // the only other way we can succeed is if we find a dynamic allocation,
   14430      1.1  joerg     // and we will have warned when we allocated it in that case.
   14431  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
   14432      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new);
   14433      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14434      1.1  joerg   }
   14435      1.1  joerg 
   14436      1.1  joerg   Optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = CheckDeleteKind(
   14437      1.1  joerg       Info, E, Pointer, E->isArrayForm() ? DynAlloc::ArrayNew : DynAlloc::New);
   14438      1.1  joerg   if (!Alloc)
   14439      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14440      1.1  joerg   QualType AllocType = Pointer.Base.getDynamicAllocType();
   14441      1.1  joerg 
   14442      1.1  joerg   // For the non-array case, the designator must be empty if the static type
   14443      1.1  joerg   // does not have a virtual destructor.
   14444      1.1  joerg   if (!E->isArrayForm() && Pointer.Designator.Entries.size() != 0 &&
   14445      1.1  joerg       !hasVirtualDestructor(Arg->getType()->getPointeeType())) {
   14446      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_base_nonvirt_dtor)
   14447      1.1  joerg         << Arg->getType()->getPointeeType() << AllocType;
   14448      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14449      1.1  joerg   }
   14450      1.1  joerg 
   14451      1.1  joerg   // For a class type with a virtual destructor, the selected operator delete
   14452      1.1  joerg   // is the one looked up when building the destructor.
   14453      1.1  joerg   if (!E->isArrayForm() && !E->isGlobalDelete()) {
   14454      1.1  joerg     const FunctionDecl *VirtualDelete = getVirtualOperatorDelete(AllocType);
   14455      1.1  joerg     if (VirtualDelete &&
   14456      1.1  joerg         !VirtualDelete->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
   14457      1.1  joerg       Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable)
   14458      1.1  joerg           << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VirtualDelete) << VirtualDelete;
   14459      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14460      1.1  joerg     }
   14461      1.1  joerg   }
   14462      1.1  joerg 
   14463      1.1  joerg   if (!HandleDestruction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), Pointer.getLValueBase(),
   14464      1.1  joerg                          (*Alloc)->Value, AllocType))
   14465      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14466      1.1  joerg 
   14467      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.HeapAllocs.erase(Pointer.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>())) {
   14468      1.1  joerg     // The element was already erased. This means the destructor call also
   14469      1.1  joerg     // deleted the object.
   14470      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: This probably results in undefined behavior before we get this
   14471      1.1  joerg     // far, and should be diagnosed elsewhere first.
   14472      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_double_delete);
   14473      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14474      1.1  joerg   }
   14475      1.1  joerg 
   14476      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14477      1.1  joerg }
   14478      1.1  joerg 
   14479      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateVoid(const Expr *E, EvalInfo &Info) {
   14480  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14481      1.1  joerg   assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isVoidType());
   14482      1.1  joerg   return VoidExprEvaluator(Info).Visit(E);
   14483      1.1  joerg }
   14484      1.1  joerg 
   14485      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   14486      1.1  joerg // Top level Expr::EvaluateAsRValue method.
   14487      1.1  joerg //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   14488      1.1  joerg 
   14489      1.1  joerg static bool Evaluate(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) {
   14490  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14491      1.1  joerg   // In C, function designators are not lvalues, but we evaluate them as if they
   14492      1.1  joerg   // are.
   14493      1.1  joerg   QualType T = E->getType();
   14494      1.1  joerg   if (E->isGLValue() || T->isFunctionType()) {
   14495      1.1  joerg     LValue LV;
   14496      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateLValue(E, LV, Info))
   14497      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14498      1.1  joerg     LV.moveInto(Result);
   14499      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isVectorType()) {
   14500      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateVector(E, Result, Info))
   14501      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14502      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
   14503      1.1  joerg     if (!IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E))
   14504      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14505      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
   14506      1.1  joerg     LValue LV;
   14507      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluatePointer(E, LV, Info))
   14508      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14509      1.1  joerg     LV.moveInto(Result);
   14510      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isRealFloatingType()) {
   14511      1.1  joerg     llvm::APFloat F(0.0);
   14512      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateFloat(E, F, Info))
   14513      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14514      1.1  joerg     Result = APValue(F);
   14515      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isAnyComplexType()) {
   14516      1.1  joerg     ComplexValue C;
   14517      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateComplex(E, C, Info))
   14518      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14519      1.1  joerg     C.moveInto(Result);
   14520      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isFixedPointType()) {
   14521      1.1  joerg     if (!FixedPointExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E)) return false;
   14522      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isMemberPointerType()) {
   14523      1.1  joerg     MemberPtr P;
   14524      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(E, P, Info))
   14525      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14526      1.1  joerg     P.moveInto(Result);
   14527      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14528      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isArrayType()) {
   14529      1.1  joerg     LValue LV;
   14530      1.1  joerg     APValue &Value =
   14531  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(E, T, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV);
   14532      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateArray(E, LV, Value, Info))
   14533      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14534      1.1  joerg     Result = Value;
   14535      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isRecordType()) {
   14536      1.1  joerg     LValue LV;
   14537  1.1.1.2  joerg     APValue &Value =
   14538  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(E, T, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV);
   14539      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateRecord(E, LV, Value, Info))
   14540      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14541      1.1  joerg     Result = Value;
   14542      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isVoidType()) {
   14543      1.1  joerg     if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   14544      1.1  joerg       Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral)
   14545      1.1  joerg         << E->getType();
   14546      1.1  joerg     if (!EvaluateVoid(E, Info))
   14547      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14548      1.1  joerg   } else if (T->isAtomicType()) {
   14549      1.1  joerg     QualType Unqual = T.getAtomicUnqualifiedType();
   14550      1.1  joerg     if (Unqual->isArrayType() || Unqual->isRecordType()) {
   14551      1.1  joerg       LValue LV;
   14552  1.1.1.2  joerg       APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
   14553  1.1.1.2  joerg           E, Unqual, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV);
   14554      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateAtomic(E, &LV, Value, Info))
   14555      1.1  joerg         return false;
   14556      1.1  joerg     } else {
   14557      1.1  joerg       if (!EvaluateAtomic(E, nullptr, Result, Info))
   14558      1.1  joerg         return false;
   14559      1.1  joerg     }
   14560      1.1  joerg   } else if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   14561      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) << E->getType();
   14562      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14563      1.1  joerg   } else {
   14564      1.1  joerg     Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
   14565      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14566      1.1  joerg   }
   14567      1.1  joerg 
   14568      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14569      1.1  joerg }
   14570      1.1  joerg 
   14571      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateInPlace - Evaluate an expression in-place in an APValue. In some
   14572      1.1  joerg /// cases, the in-place evaluation is essential, since later initializers for
   14573      1.1  joerg /// an object can indirectly refer to subobjects which were initialized earlier.
   14574      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateInPlace(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &This,
   14575      1.1  joerg                             const Expr *E, bool AllowNonLiteralTypes) {
   14576      1.1  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14577      1.1  joerg 
   14578      1.1  joerg   if (!AllowNonLiteralTypes && !CheckLiteralType(Info, E, &This))
   14579      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14580      1.1  joerg 
   14581      1.1  joerg   if (E->isRValue()) {
   14582      1.1  joerg     // Evaluate arrays and record types in-place, so that later initializers can
   14583      1.1  joerg     // refer to earlier-initialized members of the object.
   14584      1.1  joerg     QualType T = E->getType();
   14585      1.1  joerg     if (T->isArrayType())
   14586      1.1  joerg       return EvaluateArray(E, This, Result, Info);
   14587      1.1  joerg     else if (T->isRecordType())
   14588      1.1  joerg       return EvaluateRecord(E, This, Result, Info);
   14589      1.1  joerg     else if (T->isAtomicType()) {
   14590      1.1  joerg       QualType Unqual = T.getAtomicUnqualifiedType();
   14591      1.1  joerg       if (Unqual->isArrayType() || Unqual->isRecordType())
   14592      1.1  joerg         return EvaluateAtomic(E, &This, Result, Info);
   14593      1.1  joerg     }
   14594      1.1  joerg   }
   14595      1.1  joerg 
   14596      1.1  joerg   // For any other type, in-place evaluation is unimportant.
   14597      1.1  joerg   return Evaluate(Result, Info, E);
   14598      1.1  joerg }
   14599      1.1  joerg 
   14600      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateAsRValue - Try to evaluate this expression, performing an implicit
   14601      1.1  joerg /// lvalue-to-rvalue cast if it is an lvalue.
   14602      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
   14603  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14604  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) {
   14605  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().evaluateAsRValue(Info, E, Result))
   14606  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   14607  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else {
   14608  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (E->getType().isNull())
   14609      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14610      1.1  joerg 
   14611  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!CheckLiteralType(Info, E))
   14612  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   14613      1.1  joerg 
   14614  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!::Evaluate(Result, Info, E))
   14615      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14616  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14617  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (E->isGLValue()) {
   14618  1.1.1.2  joerg       LValue LV;
   14619  1.1.1.2  joerg       LV.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Result);
   14620  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), LV, Result))
   14621  1.1.1.2  joerg         return false;
   14622  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   14623      1.1  joerg   }
   14624      1.1  joerg 
   14625      1.1  joerg   // Check this core constant expression is a constant expression.
   14626  1.1.1.2  joerg   return CheckConstantExpression(Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), Result,
   14627  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  ConstantExprKind::Normal) &&
   14628      1.1  joerg          CheckMemoryLeaks(Info);
   14629      1.1  joerg }
   14630      1.1  joerg 
   14631      1.1  joerg static bool FastEvaluateAsRValue(const Expr *Exp, Expr::EvalResult &Result,
   14632      1.1  joerg                                  const ASTContext &Ctx, bool &IsConst) {
   14633      1.1  joerg   // Fast-path evaluations of integer literals, since we sometimes see files
   14634      1.1  joerg   // containing vast quantities of these.
   14635      1.1  joerg   if (const IntegerLiteral *L = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Exp)) {
   14636      1.1  joerg     Result.Val = APValue(APSInt(L->getValue(),
   14637      1.1  joerg                                 L->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()));
   14638      1.1  joerg     IsConst = true;
   14639      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14640      1.1  joerg   }
   14641      1.1  joerg 
   14642      1.1  joerg   // This case should be rare, but we need to check it before we check on
   14643      1.1  joerg   // the type below.
   14644      1.1  joerg   if (Exp->getType().isNull()) {
   14645      1.1  joerg     IsConst = false;
   14646      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14647      1.1  joerg   }
   14648      1.1  joerg 
   14649      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Evaluating values of large array and record types can cause
   14650      1.1  joerg   // performance problems. Only do so in C++11 for now.
   14651      1.1  joerg   if (Exp->isRValue() && (Exp->getType()->isArrayType() ||
   14652      1.1  joerg                           Exp->getType()->isRecordType()) &&
   14653      1.1  joerg       !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   14654      1.1  joerg     IsConst = false;
   14655      1.1  joerg     return true;
   14656      1.1  joerg   }
   14657      1.1  joerg   return false;
   14658      1.1  joerg }
   14659      1.1  joerg 
   14660      1.1  joerg static bool hasUnacceptableSideEffect(Expr::EvalStatus &Result,
   14661      1.1  joerg                                       Expr::SideEffectsKind SEK) {
   14662      1.1  joerg   return (SEK < Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects && Result.HasSideEffects) ||
   14663      1.1  joerg          (SEK < Expr::SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior && Result.HasUndefinedBehavior);
   14664      1.1  joerg }
   14665      1.1  joerg 
   14666      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAsRValue(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &Result,
   14667      1.1  joerg                              const ASTContext &Ctx, EvalInfo &Info) {
   14668  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14669      1.1  joerg   bool IsConst;
   14670      1.1  joerg   if (FastEvaluateAsRValue(E, Result, Ctx, IsConst))
   14671      1.1  joerg     return IsConst;
   14672      1.1  joerg 
   14673      1.1  joerg   return EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E, Result.Val);
   14674      1.1  joerg }
   14675      1.1  joerg 
   14676      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAsInt(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &ExprResult,
   14677      1.1  joerg                           const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14678      1.1  joerg                           Expr::SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
   14679      1.1  joerg                           EvalInfo &Info) {
   14680  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14681      1.1  joerg   if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
   14682      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14683      1.1  joerg 
   14684      1.1  joerg   if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, ExprResult, Ctx, Info) ||
   14685      1.1  joerg       !ExprResult.Val.isInt() ||
   14686      1.1  joerg       hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects))
   14687      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14688      1.1  joerg 
   14689      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14690      1.1  joerg }
   14691      1.1  joerg 
   14692      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateAsFixedPoint(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &ExprResult,
   14693      1.1  joerg                                  const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14694      1.1  joerg                                  Expr::SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
   14695      1.1  joerg                                  EvalInfo &Info) {
   14696  1.1.1.2  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent());
   14697      1.1  joerg   if (!E->getType()->isFixedPointType())
   14698      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14699      1.1  joerg 
   14700      1.1  joerg   if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, ExprResult, Ctx, Info))
   14701      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14702      1.1  joerg 
   14703      1.1  joerg   if (!ExprResult.Val.isFixedPoint() ||
   14704      1.1  joerg       hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects))
   14705      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14706      1.1  joerg 
   14707      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14708      1.1  joerg }
   14709      1.1  joerg 
   14710      1.1  joerg /// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold using
   14711      1.1  joerg /// any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language standards) that
   14712      1.1  joerg /// we want to.  If this function returns true, it returns the folded constant
   14713      1.1  joerg /// in Result. If this expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion
   14714      1.1  joerg /// will be applied to the result.
   14715      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14716      1.1  joerg                             bool InConstantContext) const {
   14717      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14718      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14719      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
   14720      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
   14721      1.1  joerg   return ::EvaluateAsRValue(this, Result, Ctx, Info);
   14722      1.1  joerg }
   14723      1.1  joerg 
   14724      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14725      1.1  joerg                                       bool InConstantContext) const {
   14726      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14727      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14728      1.1  joerg   EvalResult Scratch;
   14729      1.1  joerg   return EvaluateAsRValue(Scratch, Ctx, InConstantContext) &&
   14730      1.1  joerg          HandleConversionToBool(Scratch.Val, Result);
   14731      1.1  joerg }
   14732      1.1  joerg 
   14733      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsInt(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14734      1.1  joerg                          SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
   14735      1.1  joerg                          bool InConstantContext) const {
   14736      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14737      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14738      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
   14739      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
   14740      1.1  joerg   return ::EvaluateAsInt(this, Result, Ctx, AllowSideEffects, Info);
   14741      1.1  joerg }
   14742      1.1  joerg 
   14743      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsFixedPoint(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14744      1.1  joerg                                 SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
   14745      1.1  joerg                                 bool InConstantContext) const {
   14746      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14747      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14748      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
   14749      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
   14750      1.1  joerg   return ::EvaluateAsFixedPoint(this, Result, Ctx, AllowSideEffects, Info);
   14751      1.1  joerg }
   14752      1.1  joerg 
   14753      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsFloat(APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14754      1.1  joerg                            SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
   14755      1.1  joerg                            bool InConstantContext) const {
   14756      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14757      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14758      1.1  joerg 
   14759      1.1  joerg   if (!getType()->isRealFloatingType())
   14760      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14761      1.1  joerg 
   14762      1.1  joerg   EvalResult ExprResult;
   14763      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateAsRValue(ExprResult, Ctx, InConstantContext) ||
   14764      1.1  joerg       !ExprResult.Val.isFloat() ||
   14765      1.1  joerg       hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects))
   14766      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14767      1.1  joerg 
   14768      1.1  joerg   Result = ExprResult.Val.getFloat();
   14769      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14770      1.1  joerg }
   14771      1.1  joerg 
   14772      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14773      1.1  joerg                             bool InConstantContext) const {
   14774      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14775      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14776      1.1  joerg 
   14777      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold);
   14778      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
   14779      1.1  joerg   LValue LV;
   14780      1.1  joerg   CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps;
   14781      1.1  joerg   if (!EvaluateLValue(this, LV, Info) || !Info.discardCleanups() ||
   14782      1.1  joerg       Result.HasSideEffects ||
   14783      1.1  joerg       !CheckLValueConstantExpression(Info, getExprLoc(),
   14784      1.1  joerg                                      Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(getType()), LV,
   14785  1.1.1.2  joerg                                      ConstantExprKind::Normal, CheckedTemps))
   14786      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14787      1.1  joerg 
   14788      1.1  joerg   LV.moveInto(Result.Val);
   14789      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14790      1.1  joerg }
   14791      1.1  joerg 
   14792  1.1.1.2  joerg static bool EvaluateDestruction(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base,
   14793  1.1.1.2  joerg                                 APValue DestroyedValue, QualType Type,
   14794  1.1.1.2  joerg                                 SourceLocation Loc, Expr::EvalStatus &EStatus,
   14795  1.1.1.2  joerg                                 bool IsConstantDestruction) {
   14796  1.1.1.2  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EStatus,
   14797  1.1.1.2  joerg                 IsConstantDestruction ? EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression
   14798  1.1.1.2  joerg                                       : EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold);
   14799  1.1.1.2  joerg   Info.setEvaluatingDecl(Base, DestroyedValue,
   14800  1.1.1.2  joerg                          EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Dtor);
   14801  1.1.1.2  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = IsConstantDestruction;
   14802  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14803  1.1.1.2  joerg   LValue LVal;
   14804  1.1.1.2  joerg   LVal.set(Base);
   14805  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14806  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!HandleDestruction(Info, Loc, Base, DestroyedValue, Type) ||
   14807  1.1.1.2  joerg       EStatus.HasSideEffects)
   14808  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   14809  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14810  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!Info.discardCleanups())
   14811  1.1.1.2  joerg     llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?");
   14812  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14813  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   14814  1.1.1.2  joerg }
   14815  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14816  1.1.1.2  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsConstantExpr(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14817  1.1.1.2  joerg                                   ConstantExprKind Kind) const {
   14818      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14819      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14820      1.1  joerg 
   14821      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo::EvaluationMode EM = EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression;
   14822      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EM);
   14823      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   14824      1.1  joerg 
   14825  1.1.1.2  joerg   // The type of the object we're initializing is 'const T' for a class NTTP.
   14826  1.1.1.2  joerg   QualType T = getType();
   14827  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Kind == ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument)
   14828  1.1.1.2  joerg     T.addConst();
   14829  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14830  1.1.1.2  joerg   // If we're evaluating a prvalue, fake up a MaterializeTemporaryExpr to
   14831  1.1.1.2  joerg   // represent the result of the evaluation. CheckConstantExpression ensures
   14832  1.1.1.2  joerg   // this doesn't escape.
   14833  1.1.1.2  joerg   MaterializeTemporaryExpr BaseMTE(T, const_cast<Expr*>(this), true);
   14834  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue::LValueBase Base(&BaseMTE);
   14835  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14836  1.1.1.2  joerg   Info.setEvaluatingDecl(Base, Result.Val);
   14837  1.1.1.2  joerg   LValue LVal;
   14838  1.1.1.2  joerg   LVal.set(Base);
   14839  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14840  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!::EvaluateInPlace(Result.Val, Info, LVal, this) || Result.HasSideEffects)
   14841      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14842      1.1  joerg 
   14843      1.1  joerg   if (!Info.discardCleanups())
   14844      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?");
   14845      1.1  joerg 
   14846  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!CheckConstantExpression(Info, getExprLoc(), getStorageType(Ctx, this),
   14847  1.1.1.2  joerg                                Result.Val, Kind))
   14848  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   14849  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!CheckMemoryLeaks(Info))
   14850  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   14851  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14852  1.1.1.2  joerg   // If this is a class template argument, it's required to have constant
   14853  1.1.1.2  joerg   // destruction too.
   14854  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Kind == ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument &&
   14855  1.1.1.2  joerg       (!EvaluateDestruction(Ctx, Base, Result.Val, T, getBeginLoc(), Result,
   14856  1.1.1.2  joerg                             true) ||
   14857  1.1.1.2  joerg        Result.HasSideEffects)) {
   14858  1.1.1.2  joerg     // FIXME: Prefix a note to indicate that the problem is lack of constant
   14859  1.1.1.2  joerg     // destruction.
   14860  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   14861  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   14862  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14863  1.1.1.2  joerg   return true;
   14864      1.1  joerg }
   14865      1.1  joerg 
   14866      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Value, const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14867      1.1  joerg                                  const VarDecl *VD,
   14868  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes,
   14869  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  bool IsConstantInitialization) const {
   14870      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14871      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14872      1.1  joerg 
   14873      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: Evaluating initializers for large array and record types can cause
   14874      1.1  joerg   // performance problems. Only do so in C++11 for now.
   14875      1.1  joerg   if (isRValue() && (getType()->isArrayType() || getType()->isRecordType()) &&
   14876      1.1  joerg       !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   14877      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14878      1.1  joerg 
   14879      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus EStatus;
   14880      1.1  joerg   EStatus.Diag = &Notes;
   14881      1.1  joerg 
   14882  1.1.1.2  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EStatus,
   14883  1.1.1.2  joerg                 (IsConstantInitialization && Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   14884  1.1.1.2  joerg                     ? EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression
   14885  1.1.1.2  joerg                     : EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold);
   14886      1.1  joerg   Info.setEvaluatingDecl(VD, Value);
   14887  1.1.1.2  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = IsConstantInitialization;
   14888      1.1  joerg 
   14889      1.1  joerg   SourceLocation DeclLoc = VD->getLocation();
   14890      1.1  joerg   QualType DeclTy = VD->getType();
   14891      1.1  joerg 
   14892      1.1  joerg   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) {
   14893      1.1  joerg     auto &InterpCtx = const_cast<ASTContext &>(Ctx).getInterpContext();
   14894  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!InterpCtx.evaluateAsInitializer(Info, VD, Value))
   14895      1.1  joerg       return false;
   14896  1.1.1.2  joerg   } else {
   14897  1.1.1.2  joerg     LValue LVal;
   14898  1.1.1.2  joerg     LVal.set(VD);
   14899      1.1  joerg 
   14900  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, LVal, this,
   14901  1.1.1.2  joerg                          /*AllowNonLiteralTypes=*/true) ||
   14902  1.1.1.2  joerg         EStatus.HasSideEffects)
   14903  1.1.1.2  joerg       return false;
   14904      1.1  joerg 
   14905  1.1.1.2  joerg     // At this point, any lifetime-extended temporaries are completely
   14906  1.1.1.2  joerg     // initialized.
   14907  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.performLifetimeExtension();
   14908      1.1  joerg 
   14909  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!Info.discardCleanups())
   14910  1.1.1.2  joerg       llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?");
   14911  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   14912  1.1.1.2  joerg   return CheckConstantExpression(Info, DeclLoc, DeclTy, Value,
   14913  1.1.1.2  joerg                                  ConstantExprKind::Normal) &&
   14914      1.1  joerg          CheckMemoryLeaks(Info);
   14915      1.1  joerg }
   14916      1.1  joerg 
   14917      1.1  joerg bool VarDecl::evaluateDestruction(
   14918      1.1  joerg     SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const {
   14919      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus EStatus;
   14920      1.1  joerg   EStatus.Diag = &Notes;
   14921      1.1  joerg 
   14922  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Only treat the destruction as constant destruction if we formally have
   14923  1.1.1.2  joerg   // constant initialization (or are usable in a constant expression).
   14924  1.1.1.2  joerg   bool IsConstantDestruction = hasConstantInitialization();
   14925  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14926  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Make a copy of the value for the destructor to mutate, if we know it.
   14927  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Otherwise, treat the value as default-initialized; if the destructor works
   14928  1.1.1.2  joerg   // anyway, then the destruction is constant (and must be essentially empty).
   14929  1.1.1.2  joerg   APValue DestroyedValue;
   14930  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (getEvaluatedValue() && !getEvaluatedValue()->isAbsent())
   14931  1.1.1.2  joerg     DestroyedValue = *getEvaluatedValue();
   14932  1.1.1.2  joerg   else if (!getDefaultInitValue(getType(), DestroyedValue))
   14933  1.1.1.2  joerg     return false;
   14934  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   14935  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (!EvaluateDestruction(getASTContext(), this, std::move(DestroyedValue),
   14936  1.1.1.2  joerg                            getType(), getLocation(), EStatus,
   14937  1.1.1.2  joerg                            IsConstantDestruction) ||
   14938      1.1  joerg       EStatus.HasSideEffects)
   14939      1.1  joerg     return false;
   14940      1.1  joerg 
   14941      1.1  joerg   ensureEvaluatedStmt()->HasConstantDestruction = true;
   14942      1.1  joerg   return true;
   14943      1.1  joerg }
   14944      1.1  joerg 
   14945      1.1  joerg /// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be
   14946      1.1  joerg /// constant folded, but discard the result.
   14947      1.1  joerg bool Expr::isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx, SideEffectsKind SEK) const {
   14948      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14949      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14950      1.1  joerg 
   14951      1.1  joerg   EvalResult Result;
   14952      1.1  joerg   return EvaluateAsRValue(Result, Ctx, /* in constant context */ true) &&
   14953      1.1  joerg          !hasUnacceptableSideEffect(Result, SEK);
   14954      1.1  joerg }
   14955      1.1  joerg 
   14956      1.1  joerg APSInt Expr::EvaluateKnownConstInt(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   14957      1.1  joerg                     SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag) const {
   14958      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14959      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14960      1.1  joerg 
   14961      1.1  joerg   EvalResult EVResult;
   14962      1.1  joerg   EVResult.Diag = Diag;
   14963      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
   14964      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   14965      1.1  joerg 
   14966      1.1  joerg   bool Result = ::EvaluateAsRValue(this, EVResult, Ctx, Info);
   14967      1.1  joerg   (void)Result;
   14968      1.1  joerg   assert(Result && "Could not evaluate expression");
   14969      1.1  joerg   assert(EVResult.Val.isInt() && "Expression did not evaluate to integer");
   14970      1.1  joerg 
   14971      1.1  joerg   return EVResult.Val.getInt();
   14972      1.1  joerg }
   14973      1.1  joerg 
   14974      1.1  joerg APSInt Expr::EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(
   14975      1.1  joerg     const ASTContext &Ctx, SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag) const {
   14976      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14977      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14978      1.1  joerg 
   14979      1.1  joerg   EvalResult EVResult;
   14980      1.1  joerg   EVResult.Diag = Diag;
   14981      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
   14982      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   14983      1.1  joerg   Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = true;
   14984      1.1  joerg 
   14985      1.1  joerg   bool Result = ::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, EVResult.Val);
   14986      1.1  joerg   (void)Result;
   14987      1.1  joerg   assert(Result && "Could not evaluate expression");
   14988      1.1  joerg   assert(EVResult.Val.isInt() && "Expression did not evaluate to integer");
   14989      1.1  joerg 
   14990      1.1  joerg   return EVResult.Val.getInt();
   14991      1.1  joerg }
   14992      1.1  joerg 
   14993      1.1  joerg void Expr::EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
   14994      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   14995      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   14996      1.1  joerg 
   14997      1.1  joerg   bool IsConst;
   14998      1.1  joerg   EvalResult EVResult;
   14999      1.1  joerg   if (!FastEvaluateAsRValue(this, EVResult, Ctx, IsConst)) {
   15000      1.1  joerg     EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
   15001      1.1  joerg     Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = true;
   15002      1.1  joerg     (void)::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, EVResult.Val);
   15003      1.1  joerg   }
   15004      1.1  joerg }
   15005      1.1  joerg 
   15006      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvalResult::isGlobalLValue() const {
   15007      1.1  joerg   assert(Val.isLValue());
   15008      1.1  joerg   return IsGlobalLValue(Val.getLValueBase());
   15009      1.1  joerg }
   15010      1.1  joerg 
   15011      1.1  joerg /// isIntegerConstantExpr - this recursive routine will test if an expression is
   15012      1.1  joerg /// an integer constant expression.
   15013      1.1  joerg 
   15014      1.1  joerg /// FIXME: Pass up a reason why! Invalid operation in i-c-e, division by zero,
   15015      1.1  joerg /// comma, etc
   15016      1.1  joerg 
   15017      1.1  joerg // CheckICE - This function does the fundamental ICE checking: the returned
   15018      1.1  joerg // ICEDiag contains an ICEKind indicating whether the expression is an ICE,
   15019      1.1  joerg // and a (possibly null) SourceLocation indicating the location of the problem.
   15020      1.1  joerg //
   15021      1.1  joerg // Note that to reduce code duplication, this helper does no evaluation
   15022      1.1  joerg // itself; the caller checks whether the expression is evaluatable, and
   15023      1.1  joerg // in the rare cases where CheckICE actually cares about the evaluated
   15024      1.1  joerg // value, it calls into Evaluate.
   15025      1.1  joerg 
   15026      1.1  joerg namespace {
   15027      1.1  joerg 
   15028      1.1  joerg enum ICEKind {
   15029      1.1  joerg   /// This expression is an ICE.
   15030      1.1  joerg   IK_ICE,
   15031      1.1  joerg   /// This expression is not an ICE, but if it isn't evaluated, it's
   15032      1.1  joerg   /// a legal subexpression for an ICE. This return value is used to handle
   15033      1.1  joerg   /// the comma operator in C99 mode, and non-constant subexpressions.
   15034      1.1  joerg   IK_ICEIfUnevaluated,
   15035      1.1  joerg   /// This expression is not an ICE, and is not a legal subexpression for one.
   15036      1.1  joerg   IK_NotICE
   15037      1.1  joerg };
   15038      1.1  joerg 
   15039      1.1  joerg struct ICEDiag {
   15040      1.1  joerg   ICEKind Kind;
   15041      1.1  joerg   SourceLocation Loc;
   15042      1.1  joerg 
   15043      1.1  joerg   ICEDiag(ICEKind IK, SourceLocation l) : Kind(IK), Loc(l) {}
   15044      1.1  joerg };
   15045      1.1  joerg 
   15046      1.1  joerg }
   15047      1.1  joerg 
   15048      1.1  joerg static ICEDiag NoDiag() { return ICEDiag(IK_ICE, SourceLocation()); }
   15049      1.1  joerg 
   15050      1.1  joerg static ICEDiag Worst(ICEDiag A, ICEDiag B) { return A.Kind >= B.Kind ? A : B; }
   15051      1.1  joerg 
   15052      1.1  joerg static ICEDiag CheckEvalInICE(const Expr* E, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
   15053      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalResult EVResult;
   15054      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus Status;
   15055      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression);
   15056      1.1  joerg 
   15057      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   15058      1.1  joerg   if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, EVResult, Ctx, Info) || EVResult.HasSideEffects ||
   15059      1.1  joerg       !EVResult.Val.isInt())
   15060      1.1  joerg     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15061      1.1  joerg 
   15062      1.1  joerg   return NoDiag();
   15063      1.1  joerg }
   15064      1.1  joerg 
   15065      1.1  joerg static ICEDiag CheckICE(const Expr* E, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
   15066      1.1  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent() && "Should not see value dependent exprs!");
   15067      1.1  joerg   if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
   15068      1.1  joerg     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15069      1.1  joerg 
   15070      1.1  joerg   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
   15071      1.1  joerg #define ABSTRACT_STMT(Node)
   15072      1.1  joerg #define STMT(Node, Base) case Expr::Node##Class:
   15073      1.1  joerg #define EXPR(Node, Base)
   15074      1.1  joerg #include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
   15075      1.1  joerg   case Expr::PredefinedExprClass:
   15076      1.1  joerg   case Expr::FloatingLiteralClass:
   15077      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ImaginaryLiteralClass:
   15078      1.1  joerg   case Expr::StringLiteralClass:
   15079      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
   15080  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Expr::MatrixSubscriptExprClass:
   15081      1.1  joerg   case Expr::OMPArraySectionExprClass:
   15082  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Expr::OMPArrayShapingExprClass:
   15083  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Expr::OMPIteratorExprClass:
   15084      1.1  joerg   case Expr::MemberExprClass:
   15085      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CompoundAssignOperatorClass:
   15086      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass:
   15087      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ExtVectorElementExprClass:
   15088      1.1  joerg   case Expr::DesignatedInitExprClass:
   15089      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ArrayInitLoopExprClass:
   15090      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ArrayInitIndexExprClass:
   15091      1.1  joerg   case Expr::NoInitExprClass:
   15092      1.1  joerg   case Expr::DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass:
   15093      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ImplicitValueInitExprClass:
   15094      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ParenListExprClass:
   15095      1.1  joerg   case Expr::VAArgExprClass:
   15096      1.1  joerg   case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass:
   15097      1.1  joerg   case Expr::StmtExprClass:
   15098      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXMemberCallExprClass:
   15099      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CUDAKernelCallExprClass:
   15100  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Expr::CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass:
   15101      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
   15102      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXTypeidExprClass:
   15103      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXUuidofExprClass:
   15104      1.1  joerg   case Expr::MSPropertyRefExprClass:
   15105      1.1  joerg   case Expr::MSPropertySubscriptExprClass:
   15106      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass:
   15107      1.1  joerg   case Expr::UserDefinedLiteralClass:
   15108      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXThisExprClass:
   15109      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXThrowExprClass:
   15110      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXNewExprClass:
   15111      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXDeleteExprClass:
   15112      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass:
   15113      1.1  joerg   case Expr::UnresolvedLookupExprClass:
   15114      1.1  joerg   case Expr::TypoExprClass:
   15115  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Expr::RecoveryExprClass:
   15116      1.1  joerg   case Expr::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass:
   15117      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXConstructExprClass:
   15118      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass:
   15119      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXStdInitializerListExprClass:
   15120      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXBindTemporaryExprClass:
   15121      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
   15122      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass:
   15123      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass:
   15124      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass:
   15125      1.1  joerg   case Expr::UnresolvedMemberExprClass:
   15126      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
   15127      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
   15128      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
   15129      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
   15130      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
   15131      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCMessageExprClass:
   15132      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCSelectorExprClass:
   15133      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCProtocolExprClass:
   15134      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
   15135      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
   15136      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
   15137      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCIsaExprClass:
   15138      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCAvailabilityCheckExprClass:
   15139      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ShuffleVectorExprClass:
   15140      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ConvertVectorExprClass:
   15141      1.1  joerg   case Expr::BlockExprClass:
   15142      1.1  joerg   case Expr::NoStmtClass:
   15143      1.1  joerg   case Expr::OpaqueValueExprClass:
   15144      1.1  joerg   case Expr::PackExpansionExprClass:
   15145      1.1  joerg   case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass:
   15146      1.1  joerg   case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass:
   15147      1.1  joerg   case Expr::AsTypeExprClass:
   15148      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprClass:
   15149      1.1  joerg   case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
   15150      1.1  joerg   case Expr::PseudoObjectExprClass:
   15151      1.1  joerg   case Expr::AtomicExprClass:
   15152      1.1  joerg   case Expr::LambdaExprClass:
   15153      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXFoldExprClass:
   15154      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CoawaitExprClass:
   15155      1.1  joerg   case Expr::DependentCoawaitExprClass:
   15156      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CoyieldExprClass:
   15157      1.1  joerg     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15158      1.1  joerg 
   15159      1.1  joerg   case Expr::InitListExprClass: {
   15160      1.1  joerg     // C++03 [dcl.init]p13: If T is a scalar type, then a declaration of the
   15161      1.1  joerg     // form "T x = { a };" is equivalent to "T x = a;".
   15162      1.1  joerg     // Unless we're initializing a reference, T is a scalar as it is known to be
   15163      1.1  joerg     // of integral or enumeration type.
   15164      1.1  joerg     if (E->isRValue())
   15165      1.1  joerg       if (cast<InitListExpr>(E)->getNumInits() == 1)
   15166      1.1  joerg         return CheckICE(cast<InitListExpr>(E)->getInit(0), Ctx);
   15167      1.1  joerg     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15168      1.1  joerg   }
   15169      1.1  joerg 
   15170      1.1  joerg   case Expr::SizeOfPackExprClass:
   15171      1.1  joerg   case Expr::GNUNullExprClass:
   15172      1.1  joerg   case Expr::SourceLocExprClass:
   15173      1.1  joerg     return NoDiag();
   15174      1.1  joerg 
   15175      1.1  joerg   case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass:
   15176      1.1  joerg     return
   15177      1.1  joerg       CheckICE(cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(E)->getReplacement(), Ctx);
   15178      1.1  joerg 
   15179      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ConstantExprClass:
   15180      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<ConstantExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
   15181      1.1  joerg 
   15182      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ParenExprClass:
   15183      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
   15184      1.1  joerg   case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass:
   15185      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)->getResultExpr(), Ctx);
   15186      1.1  joerg   case Expr::IntegerLiteralClass:
   15187      1.1  joerg   case Expr::FixedPointLiteralClass:
   15188      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CharacterLiteralClass:
   15189      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
   15190      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
   15191      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXScalarValueInitExprClass:
   15192      1.1  joerg   case Expr::TypeTraitExprClass:
   15193      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ConceptSpecializationExprClass:
   15194  1.1.1.2  joerg   case Expr::RequiresExprClass:
   15195      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ArrayTypeTraitExprClass:
   15196      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ExpressionTraitExprClass:
   15197      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXNoexceptExprClass:
   15198      1.1  joerg     return NoDiag();
   15199      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CallExprClass:
   15200      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: {
   15201      1.1  joerg     // C99 6.6/3 allows function calls within unevaluated subexpressions of
   15202      1.1  joerg     // constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs because an ICE cannot
   15203      1.1  joerg     // contain an operand of (pointer to) function type.
   15204      1.1  joerg     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
   15205      1.1  joerg     if (CE->getBuiltinCallee())
   15206      1.1  joerg       return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx);
   15207      1.1  joerg     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15208      1.1  joerg   }
   15209      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass:
   15210      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator>(E)->getSemanticForm(),
   15211      1.1  joerg                     Ctx);
   15212      1.1  joerg   case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: {
   15213  1.1.1.2  joerg     const NamedDecl *D = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
   15214  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
   15215      1.1  joerg       return NoDiag();
   15216  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   15217  1.1.1.2  joerg     // C++ and OpenCL (FIXME: spec reference?) allow reading const-qualified
   15218  1.1.1.2  joerg     // integer variables in constant expressions:
   15219  1.1.1.2  joerg     //
   15220  1.1.1.2  joerg     // C++ 7.1.5.1p2
   15221  1.1.1.2  joerg     //   A variable of non-volatile const-qualified integral or enumeration
   15222  1.1.1.2  joerg     //   type initialized by an ICE can be used in ICEs.
   15223  1.1.1.2  joerg     //
   15224  1.1.1.2  joerg     // We sometimes use CheckICE to check the C++98 rules in C++11 mode. In
   15225  1.1.1.2  joerg     // that mode, use of reference variables should not be allowed.
   15226  1.1.1.2  joerg     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
   15227  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (VD && VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Ctx) &&
   15228  1.1.1.2  joerg         !VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
   15229  1.1.1.2  joerg       return NoDiag();
   15230  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   15231      1.1  joerg     return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15232      1.1  joerg   }
   15233      1.1  joerg   case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: {
   15234      1.1  joerg     const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
   15235      1.1  joerg     switch (Exp->getOpcode()) {
   15236      1.1  joerg     case UO_PostInc:
   15237      1.1  joerg     case UO_PostDec:
   15238      1.1  joerg     case UO_PreInc:
   15239      1.1  joerg     case UO_PreDec:
   15240      1.1  joerg     case UO_AddrOf:
   15241      1.1  joerg     case UO_Deref:
   15242      1.1  joerg     case UO_Coawait:
   15243      1.1  joerg       // C99 6.6/3 allows increment and decrement within unevaluated
   15244      1.1  joerg       // subexpressions of constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs
   15245      1.1  joerg       // because an ICE cannot contain an lvalue operand.
   15246      1.1  joerg       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15247      1.1  joerg     case UO_Extension:
   15248      1.1  joerg     case UO_LNot:
   15249      1.1  joerg     case UO_Plus:
   15250      1.1  joerg     case UO_Minus:
   15251      1.1  joerg     case UO_Not:
   15252      1.1  joerg     case UO_Real:
   15253      1.1  joerg     case UO_Imag:
   15254      1.1  joerg       return CheckICE(Exp->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
   15255      1.1  joerg     }
   15256      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("invalid unary operator class");
   15257      1.1  joerg   }
   15258      1.1  joerg   case Expr::OffsetOfExprClass: {
   15259      1.1  joerg     // Note that per C99, offsetof must be an ICE. And AFAIK, using
   15260      1.1  joerg     // EvaluateAsRValue matches the proposed gcc behavior for cases like
   15261      1.1  joerg     // "offsetof(struct s{int x[4];}, x[1.0])".  This doesn't affect
   15262      1.1  joerg     // compliance: we should warn earlier for offsetof expressions with
   15263      1.1  joerg     // array subscripts that aren't ICEs, and if the array subscripts
   15264      1.1  joerg     // are ICEs, the value of the offsetof must be an integer constant.
   15265      1.1  joerg     return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx);
   15266      1.1  joerg   }
   15267      1.1  joerg   case Expr::UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass: {
   15268      1.1  joerg     const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *Exp = cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E);
   15269      1.1  joerg     if ((Exp->getKind() ==  UETT_SizeOf) &&
   15270      1.1  joerg         Exp->getTypeOfArgument()->isVariableArrayType())
   15271      1.1  joerg       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15272      1.1  joerg     return NoDiag();
   15273      1.1  joerg   }
   15274      1.1  joerg   case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: {
   15275      1.1  joerg     const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
   15276      1.1  joerg     switch (Exp->getOpcode()) {
   15277      1.1  joerg     case BO_PtrMemD:
   15278      1.1  joerg     case BO_PtrMemI:
   15279      1.1  joerg     case BO_Assign:
   15280      1.1  joerg     case BO_MulAssign:
   15281      1.1  joerg     case BO_DivAssign:
   15282      1.1  joerg     case BO_RemAssign:
   15283      1.1  joerg     case BO_AddAssign:
   15284      1.1  joerg     case BO_SubAssign:
   15285      1.1  joerg     case BO_ShlAssign:
   15286      1.1  joerg     case BO_ShrAssign:
   15287      1.1  joerg     case BO_AndAssign:
   15288      1.1  joerg     case BO_XorAssign:
   15289      1.1  joerg     case BO_OrAssign:
   15290      1.1  joerg       // C99 6.6/3 allows assignments within unevaluated subexpressions of
   15291      1.1  joerg       // constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs because an ICE cannot
   15292      1.1  joerg       // contain an lvalue operand.
   15293      1.1  joerg       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15294      1.1  joerg 
   15295      1.1  joerg     case BO_Mul:
   15296      1.1  joerg     case BO_Div:
   15297      1.1  joerg     case BO_Rem:
   15298      1.1  joerg     case BO_Add:
   15299      1.1  joerg     case BO_Sub:
   15300      1.1  joerg     case BO_Shl:
   15301      1.1  joerg     case BO_Shr:
   15302      1.1  joerg     case BO_LT:
   15303      1.1  joerg     case BO_GT:
   15304      1.1  joerg     case BO_LE:
   15305      1.1  joerg     case BO_GE:
   15306      1.1  joerg     case BO_EQ:
   15307      1.1  joerg     case BO_NE:
   15308      1.1  joerg     case BO_And:
   15309      1.1  joerg     case BO_Xor:
   15310      1.1  joerg     case BO_Or:
   15311      1.1  joerg     case BO_Comma:
   15312      1.1  joerg     case BO_Cmp: {
   15313      1.1  joerg       ICEDiag LHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getLHS(), Ctx);
   15314      1.1  joerg       ICEDiag RHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getRHS(), Ctx);
   15315      1.1  joerg       if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Div ||
   15316      1.1  joerg           Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Rem) {
   15317      1.1  joerg         // EvaluateAsRValue gives an error for undefined Div/Rem, so make sure
   15318      1.1  joerg         // we don't evaluate one.
   15319      1.1  joerg         if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE) {
   15320      1.1  joerg           llvm::APSInt REval = Exp->getRHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx);
   15321      1.1  joerg           if (REval == 0)
   15322      1.1  joerg             return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc());
   15323      1.1  joerg           if (REval.isSigned() && REval.isAllOnesValue()) {
   15324      1.1  joerg             llvm::APSInt LEval = Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx);
   15325      1.1  joerg             if (LEval.isMinSignedValue())
   15326      1.1  joerg               return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc());
   15327      1.1  joerg           }
   15328      1.1  joerg         }
   15329      1.1  joerg       }
   15330      1.1  joerg       if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
   15331      1.1  joerg         if (Ctx.getLangOpts().C99) {
   15332      1.1  joerg           // C99 6.6p3 introduces a strange edge case: comma can be in an ICE
   15333      1.1  joerg           // if it isn't evaluated.
   15334      1.1  joerg           if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE)
   15335      1.1  joerg             return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc());
   15336      1.1  joerg         } else {
   15337      1.1  joerg           // In both C89 and C++, commas in ICEs are illegal.
   15338      1.1  joerg           return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15339      1.1  joerg         }
   15340      1.1  joerg       }
   15341      1.1  joerg       return Worst(LHSResult, RHSResult);
   15342      1.1  joerg     }
   15343      1.1  joerg     case BO_LAnd:
   15344      1.1  joerg     case BO_LOr: {
   15345      1.1  joerg       ICEDiag LHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getLHS(), Ctx);
   15346      1.1  joerg       ICEDiag RHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getRHS(), Ctx);
   15347      1.1  joerg       if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated) {
   15348      1.1  joerg         // Rare case where the RHS has a comma "side-effect"; we need
   15349      1.1  joerg         // to actually check the condition to see whether the side
   15350      1.1  joerg         // with the comma is evaluated.
   15351      1.1  joerg         if ((Exp->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) !=
   15352      1.1  joerg             (Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) == 0))
   15353      1.1  joerg           return RHSResult;
   15354      1.1  joerg         return NoDiag();
   15355      1.1  joerg       }
   15356      1.1  joerg 
   15357      1.1  joerg       return Worst(LHSResult, RHSResult);
   15358      1.1  joerg     }
   15359      1.1  joerg     }
   15360      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("invalid binary operator kind");
   15361      1.1  joerg   }
   15362      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass:
   15363      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass:
   15364      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
   15365      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
   15366      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass:
   15367      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXConstCastExprClass:
   15368      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: {
   15369      1.1  joerg     const Expr *SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
   15370      1.1  joerg     if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
   15371      1.1  joerg       if (const FloatingLiteral *FL
   15372      1.1  joerg             = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(SubExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
   15373      1.1  joerg         unsigned DestWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType());
   15374      1.1  joerg         bool DestSigned = E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
   15375      1.1  joerg         APSInt IgnoredVal(DestWidth, !DestSigned);
   15376      1.1  joerg         bool Ignored;
   15377      1.1  joerg         // If the value does not fit in the destination type, the behavior is
   15378      1.1  joerg         // undefined, so we are not required to treat it as a constant
   15379      1.1  joerg         // expression.
   15380      1.1  joerg         if (FL->getValue().convertToInteger(IgnoredVal,
   15381      1.1  joerg                                             llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
   15382      1.1  joerg                                             &Ignored) & APFloat::opInvalidOp)
   15383      1.1  joerg           return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15384      1.1  joerg         return NoDiag();
   15385      1.1  joerg       }
   15386      1.1  joerg     }
   15387      1.1  joerg     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
   15388      1.1  joerg     case CK_LValueToRValue:
   15389      1.1  joerg     case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
   15390      1.1  joerg     case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
   15391      1.1  joerg     case CK_NoOp:
   15392      1.1  joerg     case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
   15393      1.1  joerg     case CK_IntegralCast:
   15394      1.1  joerg       return CheckICE(SubExpr, Ctx);
   15395      1.1  joerg     default:
   15396      1.1  joerg       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15397      1.1  joerg     }
   15398      1.1  joerg   }
   15399      1.1  joerg   case Expr::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: {
   15400      1.1  joerg     const BinaryConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E);
   15401      1.1  joerg     ICEDiag CommonResult = CheckICE(Exp->getCommon(), Ctx);
   15402      1.1  joerg     if (CommonResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) return CommonResult;
   15403      1.1  joerg     ICEDiag FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx);
   15404      1.1  joerg     if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) return FalseResult;
   15405      1.1  joerg     if (CommonResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated) return CommonResult;
   15406      1.1  joerg     if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated &&
   15407      1.1  joerg         Exp->getCommon()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) != 0) return NoDiag();
   15408      1.1  joerg     return FalseResult;
   15409      1.1  joerg   }
   15410      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
   15411      1.1  joerg     const ConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
   15412      1.1  joerg     // If the condition (ignoring parens) is a __builtin_constant_p call,
   15413      1.1  joerg     // then only the true side is actually considered in an integer constant
   15414      1.1  joerg     // expression, and it is fully evaluated.  This is an important GNU
   15415      1.1  joerg     // extension.  See GCC PR38377 for discussion.
   15416      1.1  joerg     if (const CallExpr *CallCE
   15417      1.1  joerg         = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Exp->getCond()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
   15418      1.1  joerg       if (CallCE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p)
   15419      1.1  joerg         return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx);
   15420      1.1  joerg     ICEDiag CondResult = CheckICE(Exp->getCond(), Ctx);
   15421      1.1  joerg     if (CondResult.Kind == IK_NotICE)
   15422      1.1  joerg       return CondResult;
   15423      1.1  joerg 
   15424      1.1  joerg     ICEDiag TrueResult = CheckICE(Exp->getTrueExpr(), Ctx);
   15425      1.1  joerg     ICEDiag FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx);
   15426      1.1  joerg 
   15427      1.1  joerg     if (TrueResult.Kind == IK_NotICE)
   15428      1.1  joerg       return TrueResult;
   15429      1.1  joerg     if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_NotICE)
   15430      1.1  joerg       return FalseResult;
   15431      1.1  joerg     if (CondResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated)
   15432      1.1  joerg       return CondResult;
   15433      1.1  joerg     if (TrueResult.Kind == IK_ICE && FalseResult.Kind == IK_ICE)
   15434      1.1  joerg       return NoDiag();
   15435      1.1  joerg     // Rare case where the diagnostics depend on which side is evaluated
   15436      1.1  joerg     // Note that if we get here, CondResult is 0, and at least one of
   15437      1.1  joerg     // TrueResult and FalseResult is non-zero.
   15438      1.1  joerg     if (Exp->getCond()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) == 0)
   15439      1.1  joerg       return FalseResult;
   15440      1.1  joerg     return TrueResult;
   15441      1.1  joerg   }
   15442      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXDefaultArgExprClass:
   15443      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(E)->getExpr(), Ctx);
   15444      1.1  joerg   case Expr::CXXDefaultInitExprClass:
   15445      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(E)->getExpr(), Ctx);
   15446      1.1  joerg   case Expr::ChooseExprClass: {
   15447      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<ChooseExpr>(E)->getChosenSubExpr(), Ctx);
   15448      1.1  joerg   }
   15449      1.1  joerg   case Expr::BuiltinBitCastExprClass: {
   15450      1.1  joerg     if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(nullptr, Ctx, cast<CastExpr>(E)))
   15451      1.1  joerg       return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
   15452      1.1  joerg     return CheckICE(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
   15453      1.1  joerg   }
   15454      1.1  joerg   }
   15455      1.1  joerg 
   15456      1.1  joerg   llvm_unreachable("Invalid StmtClass!");
   15457      1.1  joerg }
   15458      1.1  joerg 
   15459      1.1  joerg /// Evaluate an expression as a C++11 integral constant expression.
   15460      1.1  joerg static bool EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   15461      1.1  joerg                                                     const Expr *E,
   15462      1.1  joerg                                                     llvm::APSInt *Value,
   15463      1.1  joerg                                                     SourceLocation *Loc) {
   15464      1.1  joerg   if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
   15465      1.1  joerg     if (Loc) *Loc = E->getExprLoc();
   15466      1.1  joerg     return false;
   15467      1.1  joerg   }
   15468      1.1  joerg 
   15469      1.1  joerg   APValue Result;
   15470      1.1  joerg   if (!E->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &Result, Loc))
   15471      1.1  joerg     return false;
   15472      1.1  joerg 
   15473      1.1  joerg   if (!Result.isInt()) {
   15474      1.1  joerg     if (Loc) *Loc = E->getExprLoc();
   15475      1.1  joerg     return false;
   15476      1.1  joerg   }
   15477      1.1  joerg 
   15478      1.1  joerg   if (Value) *Value = Result.getInt();
   15479      1.1  joerg   return true;
   15480      1.1  joerg }
   15481      1.1  joerg 
   15482      1.1  joerg bool Expr::isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   15483      1.1  joerg                                  SourceLocation *Loc) const {
   15484      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   15485      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   15486      1.1  joerg 
   15487      1.1  joerg   if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   15488      1.1  joerg     return EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(Ctx, this, nullptr, Loc);
   15489      1.1  joerg 
   15490      1.1  joerg   ICEDiag D = CheckICE(this, Ctx);
   15491      1.1  joerg   if (D.Kind != IK_ICE) {
   15492      1.1  joerg     if (Loc) *Loc = D.Loc;
   15493      1.1  joerg     return false;
   15494      1.1  joerg   }
   15495      1.1  joerg   return true;
   15496      1.1  joerg }
   15497      1.1  joerg 
   15498  1.1.1.2  joerg Optional<llvm::APSInt> Expr::getIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   15499  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                     SourceLocation *Loc,
   15500  1.1.1.2  joerg                                                     bool isEvaluated) const {
   15501      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   15502      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   15503      1.1  joerg 
   15504  1.1.1.2  joerg   APSInt Value;
   15505  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   15506  1.1.1.2  joerg   if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
   15507  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(Ctx, this, &Value, Loc))
   15508  1.1.1.2  joerg       return Value;
   15509  1.1.1.2  joerg     return None;
   15510  1.1.1.2  joerg   }
   15511      1.1  joerg 
   15512      1.1  joerg   if (!isIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx, Loc))
   15513  1.1.1.2  joerg     return None;
   15514      1.1  joerg 
   15515      1.1  joerg   // The only possible side-effects here are due to UB discovered in the
   15516      1.1  joerg   // evaluation (for instance, INT_MAX + 1). In such a case, we are still
   15517      1.1  joerg   // required to treat the expression as an ICE, so we produce the folded
   15518      1.1  joerg   // value.
   15519      1.1  joerg   EvalResult ExprResult;
   15520      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus Status;
   15521      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
   15522      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   15523      1.1  joerg 
   15524      1.1  joerg   if (!::EvaluateAsInt(this, ExprResult, Ctx, SE_AllowSideEffects, Info))
   15525      1.1  joerg     llvm_unreachable("ICE cannot be evaluated!");
   15526      1.1  joerg 
   15527  1.1.1.2  joerg   return ExprResult.Val.getInt();
   15528      1.1  joerg }
   15529      1.1  joerg 
   15530      1.1  joerg bool Expr::isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
   15531      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   15532      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   15533      1.1  joerg 
   15534      1.1  joerg   return CheckICE(this, Ctx).Kind == IK_ICE;
   15535      1.1  joerg }
   15536      1.1  joerg 
   15537      1.1  joerg bool Expr::isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result,
   15538      1.1  joerg                                SourceLocation *Loc) const {
   15539      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   15540      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   15541      1.1  joerg 
   15542      1.1  joerg   // We support this checking in C++98 mode in order to diagnose compatibility
   15543      1.1  joerg   // issues.
   15544      1.1  joerg   assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus);
   15545      1.1  joerg 
   15546      1.1  joerg   // Build evaluation settings.
   15547      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus Status;
   15548      1.1  joerg   SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diags;
   15549      1.1  joerg   Status.Diag = &Diags;
   15550      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression);
   15551      1.1  joerg 
   15552      1.1  joerg   APValue Scratch;
   15553      1.1  joerg   bool IsConstExpr =
   15554      1.1  joerg       ::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, Result ? *Result : Scratch) &&
   15555      1.1  joerg       // FIXME: We don't produce a diagnostic for this, but the callers that
   15556      1.1  joerg       // call us on arbitrary full-expressions should generally not care.
   15557      1.1  joerg       Info.discardCleanups() && !Status.HasSideEffects;
   15558      1.1  joerg 
   15559      1.1  joerg   if (!Diags.empty()) {
   15560      1.1  joerg     IsConstExpr = false;
   15561      1.1  joerg     if (Loc) *Loc = Diags[0].first;
   15562      1.1  joerg   } else if (!IsConstExpr) {
   15563      1.1  joerg     // FIXME: This shouldn't happen.
   15564      1.1  joerg     if (Loc) *Loc = getExprLoc();
   15565      1.1  joerg   }
   15566      1.1  joerg 
   15567      1.1  joerg   return IsConstExpr;
   15568      1.1  joerg }
   15569      1.1  joerg 
   15570      1.1  joerg bool Expr::EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx,
   15571      1.1  joerg                                     const FunctionDecl *Callee,
   15572      1.1  joerg                                     ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args,
   15573      1.1  joerg                                     const Expr *This) const {
   15574      1.1  joerg   assert(!isValueDependent() &&
   15575      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   15576      1.1  joerg 
   15577      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus Status;
   15578      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated);
   15579      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   15580      1.1  joerg 
   15581      1.1  joerg   LValue ThisVal;
   15582      1.1  joerg   const LValue *ThisPtr = nullptr;
   15583      1.1  joerg   if (This) {
   15584      1.1  joerg #ifndef NDEBUG
   15585      1.1  joerg     auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee);
   15586      1.1  joerg     assert(MD && "Don't provide `this` for non-methods.");
   15587      1.1  joerg     assert(!MD->isStatic() && "Don't provide `this` for static methods.");
   15588      1.1  joerg #endif
   15589  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (!This->isValueDependent() &&
   15590  1.1.1.2  joerg         EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, This, ThisVal) &&
   15591  1.1.1.2  joerg         !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects)
   15592      1.1  joerg       ThisPtr = &ThisVal;
   15593  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   15594  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Ignore any side-effects from a failed evaluation. This is safe because
   15595  1.1.1.2  joerg     // they can't interfere with any other argument evaluation.
   15596  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false;
   15597      1.1  joerg   }
   15598      1.1  joerg 
   15599  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallRef Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(Callee);
   15600      1.1  joerg   for (ArrayRef<const Expr*>::iterator I = Args.begin(), E = Args.end();
   15601      1.1  joerg        I != E; ++I) {
   15602  1.1.1.2  joerg     unsigned Idx = I - Args.begin();
   15603  1.1.1.2  joerg     if (Idx >= Callee->getNumParams())
   15604  1.1.1.2  joerg       break;
   15605  1.1.1.2  joerg     const ParmVarDecl *PVD = Callee->getParamDecl(Idx);
   15606      1.1  joerg     if ((*I)->isValueDependent() ||
   15607  1.1.1.2  joerg         !EvaluateCallArg(PVD, *I, Call, Info) ||
   15608  1.1.1.2  joerg         Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) {
   15609      1.1  joerg       // If evaluation fails, throw away the argument entirely.
   15610  1.1.1.2  joerg       if (APValue *Slot = Info.getParamSlot(Call, PVD))
   15611  1.1.1.2  joerg         *Slot = APValue();
   15612  1.1.1.2  joerg     }
   15613  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   15614  1.1.1.2  joerg     // Ignore any side-effects from a failed evaluation. This is safe because
   15615  1.1.1.2  joerg     // they can't interfere with any other argument evaluation.
   15616  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false;
   15617      1.1  joerg   }
   15618      1.1  joerg 
   15619  1.1.1.2  joerg   // Parameter cleanups happen in the caller and are not part of this
   15620  1.1.1.2  joerg   // evaluation.
   15621  1.1.1.2  joerg   Info.discardCleanups();
   15622  1.1.1.2  joerg   Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false;
   15623  1.1.1.2  joerg 
   15624      1.1  joerg   // Build fake call to Callee.
   15625  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, Callee->getLocation(), Callee, ThisPtr, Call);
   15626  1.1.1.2  joerg   // FIXME: Missing ExprWithCleanups in enable_if conditions?
   15627  1.1.1.2  joerg   FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
   15628  1.1.1.2  joerg   return Evaluate(Value, Info, this) && Scope.destroy() &&
   15629      1.1  joerg          !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects;
   15630      1.1  joerg }
   15631      1.1  joerg 
   15632      1.1  joerg bool Expr::isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD,
   15633      1.1  joerg                                    SmallVectorImpl<
   15634      1.1  joerg                                      PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags) {
   15635      1.1  joerg   // FIXME: It would be useful to check constexpr function templates, but at the
   15636      1.1  joerg   // moment the constant expression evaluator cannot cope with the non-rigorous
   15637      1.1  joerg   // ASTs which we build for dependent expressions.
   15638      1.1  joerg   if (FD->isDependentContext())
   15639      1.1  joerg     return true;
   15640      1.1  joerg 
   15641      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus Status;
   15642      1.1  joerg   Status.Diag = &Diags;
   15643      1.1  joerg 
   15644      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(FD->getASTContext(), Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression);
   15645      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   15646      1.1  joerg   Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = true;
   15647      1.1  joerg 
   15648      1.1  joerg   // The constexpr VM attempts to compile all methods to bytecode here.
   15649      1.1  joerg   if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) {
   15650  1.1.1.2  joerg     Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().isPotentialConstantExpr(Info, FD);
   15651  1.1.1.2  joerg     return Diags.empty();
   15652      1.1  joerg   }
   15653      1.1  joerg 
   15654      1.1  joerg   const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
   15655      1.1  joerg   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD ? MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
   15656      1.1  joerg 
   15657      1.1  joerg   // Fabricate an arbitrary expression on the stack and pretend that it
   15658      1.1  joerg   // is a temporary being used as the 'this' pointer.
   15659      1.1  joerg   LValue This;
   15660      1.1  joerg   ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(RD ? Info.Ctx.getRecordType(RD) : Info.Ctx.IntTy);
   15661      1.1  joerg   This.set({&VIE, Info.CurrentCall->Index});
   15662      1.1  joerg 
   15663      1.1  joerg   ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args;
   15664      1.1  joerg 
   15665      1.1  joerg   APValue Scratch;
   15666      1.1  joerg   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
   15667      1.1  joerg     // Evaluate the call as a constant initializer, to allow the construction
   15668      1.1  joerg     // of objects of non-literal types.
   15669      1.1  joerg     Info.setEvaluatingDecl(This.getLValueBase(), Scratch);
   15670      1.1  joerg     HandleConstructorCall(&VIE, This, Args, CD, Info, Scratch);
   15671      1.1  joerg   } else {
   15672      1.1  joerg     SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
   15673      1.1  joerg     HandleFunctionCall(Loc, FD, (MD && MD->isInstance()) ? &This : nullptr,
   15674  1.1.1.2  joerg                        Args, CallRef(), FD->getBody(), Info, Scratch, nullptr);
   15675      1.1  joerg   }
   15676      1.1  joerg 
   15677      1.1  joerg   return Diags.empty();
   15678      1.1  joerg }
   15679      1.1  joerg 
   15680      1.1  joerg bool Expr::isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E,
   15681      1.1  joerg                                               const FunctionDecl *FD,
   15682      1.1  joerg                                               SmallVectorImpl<
   15683      1.1  joerg                                                 PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags) {
   15684      1.1  joerg   assert(!E->isValueDependent() &&
   15685      1.1  joerg          "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
   15686      1.1  joerg 
   15687      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus Status;
   15688      1.1  joerg   Status.Diag = &Diags;
   15689      1.1  joerg 
   15690      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(FD->getASTContext(), Status,
   15691      1.1  joerg                 EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated);
   15692      1.1  joerg   Info.InConstantContext = true;
   15693      1.1  joerg   Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = true;
   15694      1.1  joerg 
   15695      1.1  joerg   // Fabricate a call stack frame to give the arguments a plausible cover story.
   15696  1.1.1.2  joerg   CallStackFrame Frame(Info, SourceLocation(), FD, /*This*/ nullptr, CallRef());
   15697      1.1  joerg 
   15698      1.1  joerg   APValue ResultScratch;
   15699      1.1  joerg   Evaluate(ResultScratch, Info, E);
   15700      1.1  joerg   return Diags.empty();
   15701      1.1  joerg }
   15702      1.1  joerg 
   15703      1.1  joerg bool Expr::tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx,
   15704      1.1  joerg                                  unsigned Type) const {
   15705      1.1  joerg   if (!getType()->isPointerType())
   15706      1.1  joerg     return false;
   15707      1.1  joerg 
   15708      1.1  joerg   Expr::EvalStatus Status;
   15709      1.1  joerg   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold);
   15710      1.1  joerg   return tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(this, Type, Info, Result);
   15711      1.1  joerg }
   15712